Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Committee leaders:
Susan Bershad – NFPA Staff Liaison
Carl Rivkin – Hydrogen Technology Committee chair (NFPA 2 – Hydrogen
Technologies Code)
Rob Early – Industrial and Medical Gases Committee chair (NFPA 55 – Compressed
Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code)
Agenda:
Review and act on public inputs for NFPA 2 material resident in NFPA 2 – Carl Rivkin, chair
Monday, August 22 – 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM
Tuesday, August 23 – 8:00 AM to 12:00 noon
NFPA 2 technical committee members review and act upon PIs. NFPA 55 committee
members are welcome to attend but are not required to do so.
Review and act on public inputs for material extracted from NFPA 55 to NFPA 2 and for
hydrogen storage requirements in NFPA 55 – Rob Early, chair
Tuesday, August 23 – 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Wednesday, August 24 – 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM
Thursday, August 25 – 8:00 AM to 12:00 noon
NFPA 55 technical committee members review and act upon PIs. NFPA 2 technical
committee members attend and comment on PIs as part of the review process.
Review and act on public inputs for NFPA 55 material not extracted to NFPA 2 – Rob Early,
chair
Thursday, August 25 – 1:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Friday, August 26 – 8:00 AM to 12:00 noon
End of joint meeting
NFPA 55 technical committee members review and act upon PIs. NFPA 2 technical
committee members are welcome to attend but are not required to do so.
1 of 745
2 of 745
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Hydrogen Technology HYD-AAA
3 of 745 1
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Hydrogen Technology HYD-AAA
4 of 745 2
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Hydrogen Technology HYD-AAA
5 of 745 3
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Industrial and Medical Gases IMG-AAA
6 of 745 1
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Industrial and Medical Gases IMG-AAA
7 of 745 2
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Industrial and Medical Gases IMG-AAA
8 of 745 3
07/25/2016
Address List No Phone Susan Bershad
Industrial and Medical Gases IMG-AAA
9 of 745 4
Minutes of Meeting – NFPA 55 Second Draft Meeting
NREL, Golden, CO
July 14th – 15th, 2014
Member Attending
Rob Early – chair Yes Member
John Anicello Yes Member
William Barlen Yes Member
Rodney Barnes No Member
Erik Christiansen Yes Member
Therese Cirone No Member
Julie Cordero Yes Member
David De Fina No Member
Alejandro Gonzalez No Member
Martin Gresho Yes Member
Gerry Hayes Yes Member
Anthony Lachawiec Yes Member
Frank Licari No Member
Glenn Mahnken No Member
Eugene Ngai Yes Member
Robert Nii No Member
Richard Palluzi Yes Member
Diana Parks Yes Member
Jerry Sameth Yes Member
Carl Rivkin Yes Member
David Rohrig Yes Member
William Satterfield No Member
Mike St. Clair No Member
Randolph Viscomi Yes Member
Jonathan Willard Yes Member
Edgar Wolff-Klammer No Member
Joseph Balbo No Alternate
Richard Craig Yes Alternate
Kenneth Fegley No Voting Alternate
Rick Ginn Yes Alternate
Scott Heyworth No Alternate
Stuart Muller No Alternate
Brian Musch No Alternate
Michael Pirrello No Alternate
Scott Swanson No Alternate
10 of 745
Chuck Henrici Yes Member Emeritus
Bob Boyd Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Aaron Harris Yes Guest
Nick Barilo yes Guest – NFPA 2
Marcia Poxson Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Karen Hall Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Steve Goyette Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Joseph Plati Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Brian Ladds Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Laurie Florence Yes Guest – NFPA 2
Susan Bershad Yes. NFPA
1. The meeting was called to order by the NFPA 55 chair, Rob Early, at 9:00 AM on July 14th.
2. Susan Bershad from NFPA gave an overview of the new process and an update as to the
document schedule and committee membership.
3. The committee reviewed and acted on the non-hydrogen related public comments received
for NFPA 55 on July 14th
4. The committee reviewed a letter received from the New England Fire Marshalls regarding the
regulation of CNG tube trailers being used as fuel for facilities that are not serviced by natural
gas pipelines. The committee is setting up a task group, chaired by Rob Early, to work with the
group on reviewing the applicable requirements in 55 and determining if additional
requirements should be proposed. The task group roster is as follows:
Rob Early – chair
Rick Ginn
Jonathan Willard
Rich Craig
John Anicello
Aaron Harris
5. Representatives from Oberon fuels gave a presentation on dimethyl ether as an alternative
vehicular fuel. Oberon would like to work with the NFPA 55 Technical Committee to develop
new material for the next revision cycle on requirements for dimethyl ether. Marty Gresho will
be chairing a task group that will be looking at this issue. The task group roster is as follows:
Marty Gresho – chair
Erik Christiansen
Bill Barlen
Bob Boyd
6. In addition to the formation of the two task groups listed above, the committee added Nick
Barilo and Eugene Ngai to the LH2 separation distances task group to work on the issue of
flammable gas separation distances in Chapter 7.
7. The committee continued on July 15th at 8 am with the review of hydrogen related public
comment for NFPA 55 and public comment for NFPA 2 on material that is extracted from 55.
This material was reviewed by both technical committees.
8. The NFPA 55 meeting was adjourned at 3 pm on Tuesday, July 15th at 3 pm.
9. The next meeting of the IMG Technical Committee will be a first draft meeting for NFPA 51,
which is an annual 2017 document. This will be held in the fall of 2015.
11 of 745
Minutes of Meeting – NFPA 2 Second Draft Meeting
NREL, Golden, CO
July 16th – 17th, 2014
12 of 745
James Martin No Alternate
Kuldeep Prasad No Alternate
R. Tanner No Alternate
Diana Parks Yes Guest – NFPA 55
Chris LaFleur Yes Guest
Aaron Harris Yes Guest
Rick Ginn Yes Guest – NFPA 55
Rich Palluzi Yes Guest – NFPA 55
Julie Cordero Yes Guest – NFPA 55
Anthony Lachawiez Yes Guest - NFPA 55
Carl Rivkin Yes Guest – NFPA 55
Susan Bershad – NFPA Yes No
Eric Nette - NFPA Yes- by web
1. The meeting was called to order by the NFPA 2 chair, Marty Gresho, at 8:00 AM on July 16th.
2. Susan Bershad from NFPA gave an overview of the new process and an update as to the
document schedule and committee membership.
3. The committee reviewed and acted on the public comments received for NFPA 2. Note that
the public comment received on material extracted from NFPA 55 was reviewed and acted on
by the 55 technical committee the previous day, with input and recommendations from the
NFPA 2 technical committee.
4. The committee reviewed the current task groups. Two groups will continue into the upcoming
revision cycle, the LH2 separations task group (which is joint with the NFPA 55 committee), and
the enclosure task group. See the attached task group for the rosters for these two groups.
5. The enclosure task group will continue work with the goal of creating a TIA concurrent with the
processing of the document. The goal would be to process the TIA this fall. The group was
close to completing its final document, but has not reached consensus.
6. The concept of chapter leads was reviewed. An updated list of chapter leads is attached. The
chapter lead is to act as a resource for questions from users on the Chapter.
7. The next meeting of the technical committee will be a first draft meeting for the next revision
cycle, which will be A2018. This will take place in August or September of 2016.
8. The meeting was adjourned at 5:00 pm on Thursday, July 18th.
13 of 745
Task Group Name Purpose, Scope and Roster Status
Liquid Hydrogen This Task Group will continue its efforts on The goal of this committee is to
LH2 separation distances. Review of generate material for public input for
Separation Distances flammable gas separation distances in 7.6.2 the next revision cycle.
– Joint 2/55 was added to the scope at the second draft
(Active) meeting. Carl Rivkin is the Chair.
Enclosures Scope: Develop a technical basis for creating This group will continue work with
prescriptive (or possibly performance based) focus on creating material for a TIA to
(Active - New Task code requirements for the range of be processed concurrent with the
Group) enclosures used for hydrogen systems from ballot schedule.
the smallest to the largest.
14 of 745
Chapter Title Primary Contact
13 Hydrogen Generation Systems Larry Moulthrop
14 Combustion Applications Larry Danner
15 Special Atmosphere Applications Larry Danner
16 Laboratory Operations Nick Barilo
17 Parking Garages Marcia Poxson
18 Repair Garages Marcia Poxson
15 of 745
Minutes of Meeting – NFPA 2 Continuation of Second Draft Meeting
Web Meeting/Teleconference
October 23, 2014
11 AM – 12:30 PM ET
Member Attending Member
Marty Gresho -Chair Yes Yes
Nick Barilo Yes Yes
Robert Boyd Yes Yes
Robert Burgess No Yes
Larry Danner Yes Yes
Joseph DiGiacomo No Yes
Rob Early Yes Yes
Dave Farese Yes Yes
Laurie Florence Yes Yes
Filippo Gavelli Yes Yes
Steve Goyette Yes Yes
Karen Hall Yes Yes
Doug Horne No Yes
Thomas Joseph Yes Yes
Mardy Kazarians No Yes
Y. Khalil No Yes
Quon Kwan No Yes
Brian Ladd Yes Yes
Gregory Milewski No Yes
Larry Moulthrop Yes Yes
Marcia Poxson Yes Yes
Spencer Quong Yes Yes
Jerry Sameth Yes Yes
Al Unione No Yes
Nathan Weyandt No Yes
Robert Wichert No Yes
Jiann Yang No Yes
Joseph Plati Yes Voting Alternate
Jacquelyn Birdsall No Alternate
Rich Craig No Alternate
John Dimmick No Alternate
Bryan Gordon No Alternate
Scott Heyworth Yes Alternate
James Martin No Alternate
Kuldeep Prasad No Alternate
16 of 745
R. Tanner No Alternate
Chris LaFleur Yes Alternate
Susan Bershad – NFPA Yes No
1. The meeting was called to order by the NFPA 2 Chair, Marty Gresho, at 11:00 AM ET on
October 23rd.
2. Susan Bershad from NFPA gave an overview of the ballot schedule and the process for
reconsideration of the committee’s action on SR-57, the material of hydrogen equipment
enclosures that was passed at the second draft meeting in July.
3. Nick Barilo reviewed the Chapter 7 draft of the material extracted from Chapter 7 and 10 of
NFPA 55. This material was approved by the technical committee and will be incorporated into
the second draft ballot.
4. The committee voted to reconsider its action on SR-57 and the associated definition for
hydrogen equipment enclosures in Chapter 3. The work of the enclosure task group was
presented and discussed. This material was approved by the committee and will be
incorporated into the second draft ballot as a proposed second revision.
5. The meeting was adjourned at 12:30 PM.
17 of 745
Minutes of Meeting – NFPA 51 First Draft Meeting
Web Meeting
November 17th, 2015, 1 PM ET
Member Attending
Rob Early – chair Yes Member
John Anicello Yes Member
William Barlen No Member
Rodney Barnes No Member
Denise Beach Yes Member
Erik Christiansen No Member
Julie Cordero No Member
Ken Fegley Yes Member
David De Fina No Member
Alejandro Gonzalez No Member
Martin Gresho No Member
Gerry Hayes No Member
Anthony Lachawiec No Member
Frank Licari No Member
Eugene Ngai No Member
Robert Nii No Member
Diana Parks Yes Member
Carl Rivkin Yes Member
David Rohrig No Member
Jerry Sameth Yes Member
William Satterfield No Member
Mike St. Clair Yes Member
Randolph Viscomi No Member
Jonathan Willard No Member
Edgar Wolff‐Klammer Yes Member
Joseph Balbo No Alternate
Richard Craig Yes Alternate
Dave Farese No Alternate
Rick Ginn Yes Alternate
Scott Heyworth No Alternate
Steward Muller Yes Alternate
Brian Musch No Alternate
Michael Pirrello No Alternate
Scott Swanson No Alternate
Robert Whittlesley No Alternate
18 of 745
Chuck Henrici Yes Member Emeritus
Susan Bershad NFPA
1. The meeting was called to order by the chair, Rob Early, at 1:00 PM on November 17th
2. Susan Bershad, NFPA staff, gave an update on committee membership, the A2017 document
schedule, and the procedures for first draft meetings.
3. Rob Early gave a summary of the status of NFPA 55. The 2016 edition of 55 has been issued
and printed. The TIA developed by the CNG task group has been balloted and will be
considered at the December 2015 Standards Council meeting. Another TIA on fire barrier walls
is being processed and will be considered at the April Standards Council meeting.
4. Rob also provided an update on the Hydrogen Separation Distance Task Group, which is a joint
task group between the NFPA 2 and the NFPA 55 committees. This group is working on
revisions to the separation distance tables for gaseous and liquid hydrogen.
5. The committee reviewed and acted on public input for NFPA 51, and created first revisions to
the document. The committee voted to extract the material from Chapter 15 of NFPA 55 on
MATS Fire Protection into NFPA 51. It was noted that there were several changes made to this
material in comparison to the original TIA from 2012.
6. The next meeting of the committee will be the first draft meeting for NFPA 55, which is an
A2018 document. The Public Input closing date for NFPA 55 is June 29th, 2016. This meeting is
tentatively scheduled for the week of September 12th, 2016 in the vicinity of Dulles airport in
Virginia.
7. The committee discussed the new NFPA extract policy and the effect it may have on NFPA 2.
NFPA 2 extracts heavily from NFPA 55. The new policy does not allow for extracts from
documents in the same revision cycle. Currently NFPA 55 and NFPA 2 are both in the A2018
revision cycle. Susan is working with Standards Administration to clarify this issue so that the
committees can continue to work jointly on revisions to the documents, and so that the
changes can occur concurrently.
8. The meeting was adjourned at 2:30 PM ET.
19 of 745
Tentative Interim Amendment
NFPA 2
Hydrogen Technologies Code
2016 Edition
Reference: 18.3.3
TIA 16-1
(SC 15-8-13 / TIA Log #1178)
Note: Text of the TIA was issued and incorporated into the document prior to printing of the standard, therefore no
separate publication is necessary.
18.3.3 Gas Detection System. Major repair garages shall be provided with an approved hydrogen gas
detection system such that gas can be detected where vehicle hydrogen fuel storage systems are serviced or
indoor defueling occurs.
(Note: For further information on NFPA Codes and Standards, please see www.nfpa.org/codelist)
Copyright © 2015 All Rights Reserved
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION
20 of 745
NFPA® 55
Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code
2016 Edition
Reference: 1.1.1
TIA 16-1
(SC 15-12-3 / TIA Log #1195)
Pursuant to Section 5 of the NFPA Regulations Governing the Development of NFPA Standards, the National Fire Protection
Association has issued the following Tentative Interim Amendment to NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code,
2016 edition. The TIA was processed by the Technical Committee on Industrial and Medical Gases and was issued by the Standards
Council on December 8, 2015, with an effective date of December 28, 2015.
A Tentative Interim Amendment is tentative because it has not been processed through the entire standards-making procedures. It is
interim because it is effective only between editions of the standard. A TIA automatically becomes a public input of the proponent for
the next edition of the standard; as such, it then is subject to all of the procedures of the standards-making process.
1.1.1* Applicability. This code shall apply to the installation, storage, use, and handling of compressed gases and cryogenic fluids
in portable and stationary cylinders, containers, equipment, and tanks in all occupancies.
A.1.1.1 The term “portable” points out the application of this code to systems other than those considered to be permanent; i.e.,
systems where the equipment is installed on foundations and meant to stay in place for a considerable period of time. This code
applies to portable and temporary systems, including the two types listed below:
(1) Equipment that is ordinarily used for the transportation and delivery of compressed gases or cryogenic fluids but that is
located at a customer (end user) location and used for storage of compressed gases or cryogenic fluids. One example is a
compressed gas tube trailer that is dropped at a customer location and left in place to supply the compressed gas to the
customer use point. Another example is a cryogenic liquid trailer that is left at a customer location to supply cryogenic liquids
to the customer use point (or vaporized into gas before going to the use point).
(2) Equipment used for the temporary supply of compressed gases or cryogenic fluids at a customer location. An example is a
portable cryogenic tank that is mounted on a trailer and dropped at the customer location and not always connected to
foundations by anchor bolts. Such a supply system may be in place for a matter of weeks as opposed to a more permanent
system that is left in place for years.
Some of the requirements of this code are not applicable to this type of equipment. For example, some sections of this code
mandate that the equipment be anchored to permanent foundations. Equipment with wheels for transportation do not need to be
anchored. However, auxiliary equipment, such as pressure reducing stations, would need to be anchored to a foundation. The user
must determine which sections of the code apply to equipment and which sections do not apply.
It is not the intent of this code to regulate transportation and delivery equipment when that equipment is used only to deliver
product to a storage system at a customer location. For example, a cryogenic liquid trailer that delivers product into a storage
system (and does not stay on site after delivering product) does not have to meet the requirements of this code. The trailer is
21 of 745
governed by DOT/TC requirements. Another example is a compressed gas tube trailer that delivers product to a permanent storage
system and does not stay on site to supply product to the end user.
Portable equipment is sometimes transported with product loaded in the storage vessel or may be shipped with the vessel empty, to
be filled at the customer location. Equipment that is designed to be transported with product in it is governed by DOT/TC
regulations. Nothing in this code is intended to overrule the DOT/TC regulations governing the use of such equipment.
(Note: For further information on NFPA Codes and Standards, please see www.nfpa.org/codelist)
Copyright © 2015 All Rights Reserve
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION
22 of 745
Tentative Interim Amendment
NFPA® 55
2016 Edition
Pursuant to Section 5 of the NFPA Regulations Governing the Development of NFPA Standards, the National Fire Protection
Association has issued the following Tentative Interim Amendment to NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids
Code, 2016 edition. The TIA was processed by the Technical Committee on Industrial and Medical Gases, and was issued
by the Standards Council on April 6, 2016, with an effective date of April 26, 2016.
A Tentative Interim Amendment is tentative because it has not been processed through the entire standards-making procedures. It is
interim because it is effective only between editions of the standard. A TIA automatically becomes a public input of the proponent for
the next edition of the standard; as such, it then is subject to all of the procedures of the standards-making process.
11.3.2.2.1 The distances in 1, 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12 in Table 11.3.2.2 shall be permitted to be reduced by two-thirds, but to not less
than 5 ft (1.5 m), for insulated portions of the system.
11.3.2.2.2* The distances in 1, 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12 in Table 11.3.2.2 shall be permitted to be reduced by the use of fire barrier
walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours when constructed in accordance with 8.7.2.1 and 11.3.2.2.
(Note: For further information on NFPA Codes and Standards, please see www.nfpa.org/codelist)
Copyright © 2016 All Rights Reserve
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION
23 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
Change "Material Safety Data Sheet(s)/MSDS" to "Safety Data Sheet(s)/SDS" throughout this document.
OSHA terminology has changed from "Material Safety Data Sheets" to "Safety Data Sheets".
24 of 745
NFPA 72® , National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 edition.
NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery, 2015 edition.
NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives, 2016 edition.
NFPA 82, Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment, 2014 edition.
NFPA 86, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces, 2015 edition.
NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2015 edition.
NFPA 91, Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids, 2015 edition.
25 of 745
American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
ANSI A13.1, Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems , 2007.
ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code , 2012.
ANSI /CSA/AM FC 1, American National Standard for Fuel Fuel cell technologies: Part 3-100: Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems - Safety , 2012
2014 .
ANSI/CSA/AM FC 3, American National Standard/CSA American Standard for Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2004.
ANSI Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs, 2011.
ANSI Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols, 2011.
ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, 2011.
2.3.2 ASME Publications.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME International , Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.
ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, 2007 2015 .
ASME B31.3, Process Piping, 2012 2016 .
ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines, 2011 2014 .
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, 2013 2015 .
ASME International, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, “Rules for the Construction of Unfired Pressure Vessels,” Section VIII, 2013 2015 .
2.3.3 ASTM Publications.
American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM International , 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2014 2015b .
ASTM E136, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C, 2012 2016 .
ASTM E1529, Determining Effects of Large Hydrocarbon Pool Fire on Structural Members and Assemblies, 2013 2014a .
ASTM E1591, Standard Guide for Data for Fire Models, 2013.
ASTM E2652, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Tube Furnace with a Cone-shaped Airflow Stabilizer, at 750°C, 2012 2016 .
2.3.4 CGA Publications.
Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923.
CGA C-7, Guide to the Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking Classification and Labeling of Compressed Gas Containers Gasses ,
2011 2014 .
CGA G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems, 2014.
CGA P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers, 2008 2015 .
CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 1 — Cylinders for Compressed Gases, 2011.
CGA S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 2 — Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, 2009.
CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed Gases, 2008.
2.3.5 * CTC Publications.
Canadian Transport Commission, Queen's Printer, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. (Available from the Canadian Communications Group Publication Centre,
Ordering Department, Ottawa, Canada K1A 0S9.)
Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations.
2.3.6 ICC Publications.
International Code Council, 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001.
, International Fire Code (IFC), 2015.
International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC), 2015.
2.3.7 IEEE Publications.
IEEE, 449 & 501 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854-4141.
IEEE C2, National Electric Safety Code (NESC), 2017.
2.3.8 SAE Publications.
Society of Automotive Engineers SAE International , 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, www .SAE.org.
SAE J2600, Compressed Hydrogen Surface Refueling Connection Devices, 2012.
2.3.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/ UL 723, Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008 , revised 2013 .
2.3.9 U.S. Government Publications.
U. S. Government Printing Government Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, DC 20402 20401-0001 .
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.1000.
2.3.10 Other Publications.
Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam-Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.
26 of 745
Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.
27 of 745
American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
ANSI A13.1, Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems, 2007.
ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code, 2012.
ANSI /CSA FC 1, American National Standard for Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2012.
ANSI/CSA FC 3, American National Standard/CSA American Standard for Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems , 2004.
ANSI Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs, 2011.
ANSI Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols, 2011.
ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, 2011.
Remove CSA Group Reference Publications from 2.3.1 ANSI Publications. Proposal to recognize CSA Group as publisher of FC 1 & FC 3 has been submitted
separately.
28 of 745
American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
ANSI A13.1, Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems , 2007.ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code, 2012.
ANSI/CSA FC 1, American National Standard for Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2012.
ANSI/CSA FC 3, American National Standard/CSA American Standard for Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2004.
ANSI Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs, 2011.
ANSI Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols, 2011.
ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels , 2011.
jdkfjdkfjdkfjd
kdjfdkjfkdjfkdjf
kdjfdkjfkdjfkd
jfkdjfkdjfkdfjdk
fkdjfdjfkdjf
1.
2.
3.
.
29 of 745
Date updates
30 of 745
date updates
31 of 745
2.3.X CSA Group Publications. CSA Group, 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road, Cleveland, OH 44131.
CSA B51, Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code, 2014.
ANSI/CSA FC 1, Fuel cell technologies – Part 3-100: Stationary fuel cell power systems – Safety, 2014.
ANSI/CSA America FC 3, Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2004.
Move CSA FC 1 and FC 3 documents from 2.3.1 ANSI Publications section to a new section to recognize CSA Group as publisher of these documents. This
proposal also updates CSA document designations, titles and/or year of edition. Also, add CSA B51 to the referenced publication list, as it is referenced in 3.3.193.
32 of 745
These references are introduced in PI proposals for Section 10.3.1.13. SAE J2601 specifies fueling protocols for automotive dispensers. This standard has been
developed by the automotive and hydrogen industry, to ensure that the fueling protocol will not overheat, over-pressurize or overfill the vehicle tank. SAE J2799 is a
vehicle to dispenser fueling protocol used with SAE J2601 and most fuel cell vehicles on the road today
33 of 745
2.3.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 723, Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008 2013 .
34 of 745
2.3.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 723, Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008.
UL 252A, "Compressed Gas Regulator Accessories ,2010.
ANSI/UL 252, "Compressed Gas Regulators ,2010.
Reason Statement: 10.3.1.1 requires the listing or approval of various components. These standards identify the requirements and testing required for regulator and
accessory listings and can be the basis for AHJ approval if not listed.
35 of 745
These definitions are used in new PI proposals submitted for 10.3.1.13. It is important to specify fueling protocols designed by an automotive standard because it
ensures that all vehicles can fuel at the dispenser without concerns of over heating, over-pressurization, or over-density. In addition, automotive companies have
designed their vehicles around these standards.
36 of 745
Input from NFPA-2 Technical Committee sub-group on HEE: The use of an enclosed court around pressurized gas storage equipment is prohibited in a number of
sections in NFPA-55 [7.10.1.2.4] and [7.10.2.2.4], also prohibited for cryogenic storage, this creates a conflict with the as constructed walls around Hydrogen process
equipment. The Hydrogen Equipment court is intended to meet the requirements for security and containment of the process and storage equipment, to provide a fire
separation rating where required, and to meet the local aesthetic requirements of the community.
This change will rely on possible amendments to the CGA P-41 "Locating Bulk Storage Systems in Courts" to allow a 4-walled structure to surround Hydrogen
process and storage equipment. We also submit that any changes should be verified by a safety and risk assessment such as testing or modeling to satisfy the
proposed application is suitable to the intended design use. The TC should seek additional verification in coordination with NFPA-55 and the CGA Compressed Gas
Association.
37 of 745
3.3.56 CSA.
CSA Group.
CSA Group standards are referenced in the NFPA document, and should be included in the definitions. This proposal is similar to definitions that exist for ASME,
ASTM and CGA.
38 of 745
Substantiation Statement: Exterior walls may indeed carry a fire resistance rating.
The Linde IC90 H70 fueling station in-a-box (HEE) system is a good example of this new proposed sentence. Powertech, Hydrogenics, H2 Logic and McPhy are
also producing integrated systems that are fully enclosed and provide active mitigation of hydrogen leaks.
Comments:
Sub-group comments: List looks good to go and should go into NFPA 2 and 55.
39 of 745
An “area” exists on a piece of land. We don't ship an area, we might ship an “appliance”, a “system”, “device” or an “appliance” that will then be located in, or
installed into (per the building code) an area: this change is suggested for clarity.
In the case where the H2 station designer has built four walls around an “area” where hydrogen equipment is located, the word “area” is very applicable We need to
make a distinction between the two methods of reducing setbacks to H2 processing equipment
“and a roof” is three words that were somehow removed from the definition at the last minute in error. There may be some confusion, but most NFPA-2 technical
Committee members know there should be “and a roof” in this definition and that the omission of these three word was and error.
“Protection” is not as descriptive as “contain”. Protection could be weather protection NFPA2:6.6 and this ambiguity is cleaned up with the change from “protect” to
“contain”. HEEs may contain just the hydrogen equipment but may also contain hydrogen leaks and vent any leaks to a safe location and use the containment as a
method detect and manage hydrogen leaks.
Comments:
Submit to Technical committees for 2 and 55
40 of 745
4.2.3.1.2.5*
Operations shall be conducted at facilities in a safe manner that minimizes, reduces, controls, or mitigates the risk of fire injury or death for the operators,
while protecting the occupants not intimate with initial fire development for the amount of time needed to evacuate, relocate, or defend in place.
[1:4.1.3.1.2.5]
“safe” a subjective and redundant adjective which is not actionable in this context.
41 of 745
4.3.1.1
The fire protection methods of this code shall assume multiple unrelated simultaneous fire incidents will not occur. [ 1: 4.2.1.1]
42 of 745
4.3.1.2
The single fire source assumption shall not preclude the evaluation of multiple unrelated design fire scenarios as required by Section 5.4. [1:4.2.1.2]
43 of 745
4.4.3 Where any of the requirements of either compliance method requires records to be kept they shall comply with the following:
(A) Records shall be maintained on the premises or other approved location.
(B) Retention of records onsite shall be for not less than 3 years, or shall comply with the period of time where specified in this code or referenced
standards, whichever is longer.
(C) Records shall be made available for inspection by the AHJ and a copy shall be provided to the AHJ upon request.
Reason: The purpose of this proposal is to establish standard rules for the keeping of records. If the committee agrees with this direction and approves the
suggested language, the next step will be to review NFPA 2 and where ever a requirement for a record is mentioned a pointer to this new section would be added.
44 of 745
4.6.2
The plan shall be available for inspection by the AHJ and shall include the following information:
(6) A list of personnel who are designated and trained to be liaison personnel for the fire department and who are responsible for the following:
(11) A list of the types and quantities of GH2 and LH2 found within the facility
US DoL OSHA changed the terminology. Please convert to be consistent with OSHA
45 of 745
The grammar is convoluted and may lead to error. The proposed modification, which includes a new one line paragraph is an attempt to minimize the potential
confusion.
46 of 745
This requirement is for hazardous material that are toxic to the air. such gases are CO2, Methane, Ethane, Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) hydrocarbons,
fluorocarbons, and the list goes on and on, but hydrogen is not on that list of toxic gases. hydrogen is breathable up to 10 % in air although flammable, not a
greenhouse gas and does not present any chemical threat to the environment as hydrogen gas or liquid or as a product of combustion; water.
Air quality management boards want H2 motor fuel projects in their jurisdictions because there is a net reduction in greenhouse.
47 of 745
These requirements are for hazardous materials that are toxic to waterway.
These are all concerning releases that could contaminate waterways. The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, waste water discharge regulations, and
sewer treatment system requirements do not apply to hydrogen releases and are targeted at liquids that can run off a site and mix with water such as Material
handling and storage of bulk solids or liquids that can spill, equipment maintenance and cleaning, and other activities at industrial facilities that are often exposed to
the weather. Runoff from rainfall or snowmelt that comes in contact with these activities can pick up pollutants, and transport them directly to a nearby river, lake, or
coastal water or indirectly via a storm sewer and degrade water quality.
Even if Liquid hydrogen was spilled in massive quantities, there would no chemical or toxicity implications if the release contacted water event directly and all liquid
hydrogen turns to hydrogen vapor which rises quickly into the atmosphere.
Hydrogen is not a potential contaminate of waterways, these requirements are not applicable to hydrogen (gas or liquid)
48 of 745
4.10.6.1
The person, firm, or corporation responsible for an unauthorized release of a hazardous process material (e.g. catalyst, heat transfer fluid, lubricant,
etc.) shall institute and complete all actions necessary to remedy the effects of such unauthorized release, whether sudden or gradual, at no cost to the
AHJ. [ 400: 6.1.3.7.1]
There is no cleanup of hydrogen. It disperses. However, there may be process materials which require cleanup. Some of these materials may be toxic and/or
pyrophoric.
49 of 745
4.10.6.2
When deemed necessary by the AHJ, cleanup of an unauthorized release of a process material (e.g. catalyst, heat transfer fluid, lubricant, etc.) shall be
permitted to be initiated by the fire department or by an authorized individual or firm, and costs associated with such cleanup shall be borne by the owner,
operator, or other person responsible for the unauthorized release. [ 400: 6.1.3.7.2]
Again, there is no cleanup of hydrogen. It disperses. However, there may be process materials which require cleanup. Some of these materials may be toxic and/or
pyrophoric.
50 of 745
US DoL OSHA changed the terminology. Please convert to be consistent with OSHA
There may be process materials which are hazardous. Some of these materials may be toxic and/or pyrophoric.
51 of 745
Public Input No. 148-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 4.11.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Persons engaged in the generation, processing, storing, using, or or handling [GH2 or LH2] hydrogen on site shall be designated as operations personnel
and shall be trained in accordance with 4.11.1 and 4.11.2.1 through 4.11.3.2 . [ 400: 6.1.4.2]
There may be on site generation, cleanup (e.g. pipeline odorants). We should avoid the term using because it may be considered synonymous with dispensing of
hydrogen fuel.
52 of 745
Public Input No. 300-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 4.11.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Persons engaged in storing, using, or handling [GH2 or LH2] shall be designated as operations personnel and shall be trained in accordance with 4.11.1
and 4.11.2.1 through 4.11.3.2 . [400:6.1.4.2]
New Section after 4.11.2:
4.11.2.1 Persons performing public motor fuel dispensing of GH2 Vehicles in accordance with Chapter 10 shall not be designated as operations personnel
and shall not be subject to the requirements of 4.11.2.
Renumber subsequent sections.
A literal application of existing requirement could result in a requirement to train members of the public who are simply refueling their GH2 powered vehicle beyond
the simple requirements of 4.11.1 which can be addressed mostly by signage for a refueling operation. For a public fueling station in compliance with Chapter 10, the
need for additional training of public personnel is minimal - similar to how gasoline is handled.
53 of 745
Different sites may have different system designs and/or hardware. Therefore the hazards may be different requiring specific training requirements,
54 of 745
The proposed change is to eliminate confusion (either actual or professed) by the user of this document. In discussions with Ms. Quakenbush, it was determined
that compression, if used, will most likely be co-located with storage and should be considered integral with the storage system. However, who are versed in this and
other relevant documents took several minutes looking for the clarification. Thus we believe that modifying “storage” to “storage system” will lead the user to the
definitions in 3.3.227, which while not overly specific, highly infer compression to be part of a storage system.
55 of 745
4.11.3.2
Emergency response liaison personnel shall do the following:
[400:6.1.4.3.2]
US DoL OSHA changed the terminology. Please convert to be consistent with OSHA and section 4.9.3
56 of 745
4.11.4.5 Documentation.
4.11.4.5.1 Training documents shall conform in format and symbology to US DoL OSHA regulations (i.e. be in compliance with the NEMA
Z535 series of documents)
4.11.4.5.2 Training shall be documented and made available to the AHJ upon written request.
[ 400: 6.1.4.6]
There are two embedded requirements in this clause that should be clear. Therefore split the clause.
The first is a federal requirement, the documents shall conform to ANSI/NEMA Z535. There are repeated references in 23 CFR 1910 (e.g. 1910.145). As an aside,
please note that ANSI/NEMA documents are heavily harmonized with their ISO counterpart, but they are not identical
The second change is a new clause number for the existing text.
57 of 745
The proposed change is to eliminate confusion (either actual or professed) by the user of this document. The original text is, in our opinion, incomplete and
non-actionable to the novice. The amended text is an attempt to clearly define requirements and point the user to the appropriate requirements in NFPA 70.
58 of 745
The first is a federal requirement, the documents shall conform to ANSI/NEMA Z535. There are repeated references in 23 CFR 1910
59 of 745
4.14.1.1
Guard posts
4.14.1.1 Bollards or other approved means shall be provided to protect the following where
subject to
there is the potential of vehicular damage:
* Storage tanks and connected
(1) * Containment system including but not limited to storage, compression, interconnecting piping, valves, and fittings
(2) Storage areas containing tanks or portable containers except where the exposing vehicles are powered industrial trucks used for
transporting the [
GH 2
GH2 or
LH 2
LH2 ] hydrogen
(3) Use areas
[ 400: 6.1.9.1]
First the guard post is called a bollard. A guard post is where a sentry is.
“A bollard is a short vertical post. Originally it meant a post used on a ship or a quay, principally for mooring. The word now also describes a variety of structures to
control or direct road traffic, such as posts arranged in a line to obstruct the passage of motor vehicles.”
60 of 745
The AHJ already has this authority, do not allow the user the misconception that this is open to discussion.
61 of 745
6.2.1 In seismically active areas, designs shall include the seismic design requirements of the [adopted] building code.
Reason: The proposed language points the user to the [adopted] building code where the seismic zones and requirements are addressed to ensure designs and
installations address seismic requirements.
62 of 745
Note: The maximum quantity indicated is the aggregate quantity of materials in storage and use combined.
†A gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure is required. Pressure relief devices or stationary or portable containers shall be vented directly outdoors or to an
exhaust hood. (See 8.1.4.6.)
6.4.1.2 Aggregate Allowable Quantities.
The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage. [55:6.3.1.3]
6.4.1.3 Incompatible Materials.
When the classification of materials in individual containers requires the area to be placed in more than one [occupancy classification], the separation of
[occupancies] shall not be required, providing the area is constructed to meet the requirements of the most restrictive [occupancy classification] and that the
incompatible materials are separated as required by 7.2.1.1 . [55:6.3.1.4]
6.4.1.4 Multiple Hazards.
GH2 blended with other gases having multiple hazards shall also comply with NFPA 55.
6.4.1.5 GH2.
6.4.1.5.1*
[GH 2 ] shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies. [ 55: 6. 3.1.6.1]
6.
4.1.5.1.1
Cylinders, containers, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 Nm3) content at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) and used for maintenance purposes,
patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted. [ 55: 6.3.1.6.2]
6.4.1.5.1.2
Piping systems used to supply GH2 in accordance with 7.1.15.1 shall be permitted.
Table 6.4.1.1
This requirement makes since for compressed gas cylinders containing non-flammable gases. He concern apparently being addressed is the cylinder “cooking off”
during a structural fire. “Cooking off” is caused by overheating the cylinder without the temperature actuated PRD (CGA S-1 valve) actuating.
This is a real concern. Most cylinders are made from UNS G4130. This material is limited to 650oF. Above that temperature the quickly loses strength. Most alloy
steels have lost 90% of their strength before reaching 1000oF.
However, for a fuel gas in a cylinder (hydrogen, natural gas, etc.) a more common concern would be a release due to a defective PRD (CGA S-1 valve), a damaged
or defective cylinder valve (CGA V-1 valve), and/or a leaking attachment. In this case, a sprinkler system is not necessarily a wise move. I’ve was taught that when
dealing with fuel gas fires, isolate the source of the gas and allow the gas to be consumed prior to fighting a secondary fire (in this case a structural fire would be a
secondary fire). If the fuel fire is extinguished prior to removal of the source, this will result in the risk of re-ignition and the potential for an explosion.
6.4.1.5 Seriously, we can’t use gaseous hydrogen in a laboratory, as a motor fuel, as a fuel gas.
6.4.1.5.1.1 Patient care is not a viable option. What about commercial or residential power generation? Commercial handling equipment, like stackers? How about
laboratory applications? Let’s not go there.
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Sun Jun 26 19:00:29 EDT 2016
64 of 745
6.4.1.5.1*
[GH2] shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies. [55:6.3.1.6.1]
6.4.1.5.1.1
Cylinders, containers, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 Nm3) content at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) and used for maintenance purposes,
patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted. [55:6.3.1.6.2]
6.4.1.5.1.2
Piping systems used to supply GH2 in accordance with 7.1.15.1 shall be permitted.
Editorial. Since this is a heading I prefer spelling out the acronym here.
65 of 745
6.4.1.5 GH2.
6.4.1.5.1*
[GH 2 ] shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies. [ 55: 6.3.1.6.1]
6.4.1.5.1.1
Cylinders, containers, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 Nm3) content at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) and used for maintenance purposes,
patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted. [55:6.3.1.6.2]
6.4.1.5.1.2
Piping systems used to supply GH2 in accordance with 7.1.15.1 shall be permitted.
Seriously, we can’t use gaseous hydrogen in a laboratory, as a motor fuel, as a fuel gas .
Patient care is not a viable option. What about commercial or residential power generation? Commercial handling equipment, like stackers? How about laboratory
applications?
66 of 745
Public Input No. 387-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 6.4.1.5.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
[GH 2 ] shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies. [ 55: 6.3.1.6.1]
This section is overly restrictive and presents a road block to hydrogen technology. A simple example is use of hydrogen in a laboratory which is classified as either a
business or educational occupancy. This topic is best regulated by the adopted building and fire codes which include thresholds for varied levels of protection.
67 of 745
6.4.1.5.1.1
Cylinders, containers, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 Nm3) content at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) and used for maintenance purposes,
patient care, [-] or operation of equipment shall be permitted. [55:6.3.1.6.2]
Hydrogen is not needed for patient care. The target gas here is oxygen in NFPA 55 so deleting "patient care" here makes NFPA 2 more applicable to hydrogen only.
I prefer to retain the extract tag to NFPA 55 so the bracket approach has been utilized to signify editorial changes made to make the text applicable to hydrogen. The
use of the bracket approach is consistent with the 2nd paragraph of the introductory text on page 2-1 of 2016 NFPA 2 and pasted here for convenience.
68 of 745
6.6.1.4
Buildings or structures used for weather protection shall be in accordance with the following:
[55:6.6.3]
The use of ventilation and blow out panels should be allowed to enclose the structure.
69 of 745
Reason: NFPA currently has NFPA 55 extract guidance for what level system should apply when emergency power is required. The purpose of this proposal is to
provide matching language providing guidance for what level system should apply if a standby power system is installed.
Background
NFPA 110
4.4* Level. This standard recognizes two levels of equipment installation, performance, and maintenance.
4.4.1* Level 1 systems shall be installed where failure of the equipment to perform could result in loss of human life or serious injuries.
4.4.2* Level 2 systems shall be installed where failure of the EPSS to perform is less critical to human life and safety.
NFPA 111
4.5* Level. The level of equipment installation, performance, and maintenance shall be as specified in 4.5.1 through 4.5.5.
4.5.1* Level 1 systems shall be installed where failure of the equipment to perform could result in loss of human life or serious injuries.
4.5.2* Level 2 systems shall be installed where failure of the EPSS to perform is less critical to human life and safety.
70 of 745
71 of 745
6.14.3* LH2. Diking or berms shall be used when necessary to direct the spill away from an additional hazard.
A.6.14.3 The site design for liquid hydrogen storage shall prevent pooling of the leak, but may use berms or dikes to redirect a spill away from storm
sewers, building access points or other hazards and to direct the release to an appropriate area.
Reason: The purpose of this proposal is to add language dealing with the use of diking or berms to redirect flow from an LH2 leak away from an identified additional
hazard.
72 of 745
6.14.2 LH2.
We should allow berms or dikes to direct the release to an appropriate area and avoid storm sewers, building access points, etc. We should prevent pooling. This is
not clear in this statement.
73 of 745
6.15 Shelving.
6.15.1
Shelves used for the storage of cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be of noncombustible substantial construction consisting of noncombustible
materials and designed to support the weight of the materials stored. [ 55: 6.14.1]
6.15.2
In seismically active areas, shelves and containers shall be secured from overturning. [ 55: 6.14.2] shelving shall be braced and anchored in accordance
with the seismic design requirements of the [adopted] building code .
Reason: The purpose of this change to is clarify that substantial construction should always be employed where the storage of cylinders, containers and/or tanks are
involved regardless of seismic activity. The language addressing seismic protection is modified to point the user to the [adopted] building code where the seismic
zones and requirements are addressed.
74 of 745
6.15.2
In seismically active areas, shelves and containers Shelves used for the storage of equpment and and containers (e,g, cylinders, vessels) shall be secured
from overturning. [ 55: 6.14.2]
200 scft cylinders like the 3AA2015, weigh in excess of 100 lbs. Inadvertently dropping one on the cylinder valve will ruin someone’s day. Don’t limit the requirement
to seismically active areas.
75 of 745
6.16.2 The exits of vent stacks shall be located so the concentration of vented gas at any point of personnel exposure is below the flammable or
asphyxiation limit. Exits of vent stacks shall be located outdoors and away from personnel areas, ignition sources, air intakes, building openings,
and overhangs.
Reason: Questions have routinely arisen when dealing with the location of vent pipe terminations and the locations for defueling discharges. The typical path is from
a model building and fire code to NFPA 2 which then refers to CGA-G-5.5 to find guidance. The current language in NFPA 2 for vent pipe termination at 7.1.17.3.2
points the user back to Section 6.16 and for defueling discharge the user is pointed to Section 18.7.
To provide more affirmative language within NFPA 2 dealing with the location of the termination and discharge points language is proposed to be added to 6.16 and
18.7.5. The language is sourced from CGA-G-5.5 and by placing it within the body of NFPA 2 it helps the user of the code to design and install compliant systems as
well as assists code officials by providing clear guidance.
Along with the proposed changes to 6.16 and 18.7.5, a new Annex note “A.18.7.5” is proposed to point back to the guidance found at annex note A.6.16.
Related
A.6.16 The termination point for piped vent systems serving cylinders, containers, tanks, and gas systems used for the purpose of operational or emergency venting
[should] be located to prevent impingement exposure on the system served and to minimize the effects of high temperature thermal radiation or the effects of contact
with the gas from the escaping plume to the supply system, personnel, adjacent structures, and ignition sources. [55:6.15]
7.1.17.3.2 The termination point for piped vent systems serving cylinders, containers, tanks, and gas systems used for the purpose of operational or emergency
venting shall be in accordance with Section 6.16. [55:7.3.1.5.2]
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas. Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1 The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system modification or repair or when
welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with Section 18.7.
18.3.1.2 Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge. The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through an approved method of atmospheric
venting in accordance with 18.7.1 through 18.7.6.
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities. Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply
containers. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled for the intended use.
18.7.3 Manufacturer Equipment Required. Equipment supplied by the vehicle manufacturer shall be used to connect the vehicle fuel supply containers to be defueled
to the defueling system.
18.7.4 Isolated Use. The defueling shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
Source
CGA G5.5-2014
77 of 745
For many products using mechanical ventilation, the classified area within an enclosure is held at a sub-ambient pressure. This is a variation of NFPA 496. The
non-classified area is held at ambient or above resulting in positive pressurization relative to the potentially classified area.
78 of 745
This PI moves the repair garage exhaust requirements to Chapter 18. This is important because Chapter 18 is being aligned with NFPA30A and IFC to encourage
the same exhaust requirement for all repair garages. This proposal should only be considered if PI 151 is accepted.
79 of 745
Mechanical exhaust or fixed natural ventilation shall be at a rate of not less than 1 scf/min/ft2 (0. 3048 Nm 0051 m 3 / min/ s · m 2 ) of floor area over the
area of storage or use. [55:6.16.3.2]
This should be easy. The metric units are supposed to be in SI units. SI doesn’t use minutes; only hours or seconds as defined in ANSI SI-10.
IFC2012 608.6.1 - .2 Continuous ventilation shall be provided at a rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot (1 ft3/min/ft2) [0.0051 m3/s · m2]
of floor area of the room.
80 of 745
Mechanical exhaust or fixed natural ventilation shall be at a rate of not less than 1 scf/min/ft2 (0.3048 Nm3/min/m2) of floor area over the area of storage or
use. [ 55: 6.16.3.2] , but no less than 1 ft3/min/12 ft3 (0.03 m3 /min/0.34 m3) of room volume .
6.17.2 Mechanical Exhaust Ventilation.
6.17.2.1 Ventilation Systems.
In addition to the requirements of Section 6.17, ventilation systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the requirements of the [adopted]
mechanical code. [55:6.16.2]
6.17.2.1.1 Continuous Operation.
When operation of ventilation systems is required, systems shall operate continuously unless an alternative design is approved by the AHJ. [55:6.16.3.1]
6.17.2.1.2 Shutoff Controls.
Where powered ventilation is provided, a manual shutoff switch shall be provided outside the room in a position adjacent to the principal access door to the
room or in an approved location. [55:6.16.5]
6.17.2.1.3 Manual Shutoff Switch.
The switch shall be the breakglass or equivalent type and shall be labeled as follows:
WARNING:
VENTILATION SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF
[55:16.3.3.1]
6.17.2.1.4 Inlets to the Exhaust System.
6.17.2.1.4.1
The exhaust ventilation system design shall take into account the density of the potential gases released. [55:6.16.4.1]
6.17.2.1.4.2
For gases that are lighter than air, exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 in. (305 mm) of the ceiling. The use of supplemental inlets shall be allowed
to be installed at points below the 12 in. (305 mm) threshold level. [55:6.16.4.3]
6.17.2.1.4.3 *
For [LH2 systems], exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 in. (305 mm) of the floor. The use of supplemental inlets shall be allowed to be installed at
points above the 12 in. (305 mm) threshold level. [55:6.16.4.2]
6.17.2.1.5 Recirculation of Exhaust.
The location of both the exhaust and inlet air openings shall be designed to provide air movement across all portions of the floor or ceiling of the room or
area to prevent the accumulation of [hydrogen] within the ventilated space. [55:6.16.4.4]
6.17.2.1.6 Ventilation Discharge.
Ventilation discharge systems shall terminate at a point not less than 50 ft (15 m) from intakes of air-handling systems, air-conditioning equipment, and air
compressors. [55:6.16.6]
6.17.2.1.7 Air Intakes.
Storage and use of GH2 or LH2 shall be located not less than 50 ft (15 m) from air intakes.
The air inlets shall be designed to prevent foreign matter from entering. Air intakes to a hydrogen generation system shall be located so the plant is not
adversely affected by other exhausts, gases, or contaminants.
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
81 of 745
82 of 745
For many products using ventilation, the effect is negated due to the blockage of the enclosure intakes with dead leaves, trash, snow and/or ice. This is a real
hazard.
83 of 745
6.17.2.1.4.3 *
For [LH2 systems], exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 in. (305 mm) of the floor. The use of supplemental inlets shall be allowed to be installed at
points above the 12 in. (305 mm) threshold level. [ 55: 6.16.4.2] ceiling. Inlets shall be provided within 12 in. (305 mm) of the floor.
For LH2 most releases will quickly vaporize and warm up making the requirement for a ceiling level exhaust and floor level inlet appropriate. The room air needs to
be swept from bottom to top.
84 of 745
This change adds this requirement from NFPA 55 into NFPA 2. Currently it is missing.
85 of 745
Hydrogen is much lighter than air and will not accumulate along the floor. There is no need to ventilate the floor unless a heavier than air hazardous gas is present
also, which is outside of the scope of this clause.
86 of 745
Deletes text from 55 extract using bracketed format that required the floor to be swept. Since hydrogen is lighter than air this situation applies to the ceiling not the
floor.
87 of 745
Currently this section is not a correct extract and does not address re circulation of exhaust but rather is another requirement for Inlets to the exhaust system. This
change correctly aligns text with NFPA 55. The extract tag can remain.
88 of 745
We are inconsistent with other lighter than air applications standards. We should refer to the other two product installation standards; NFPA 37 (Stationary IC
Engines) and NFPA 853 (Stationary Fuel Cells).
NFPA 37 states:
4.1.2.2.2 Dedicated detached structures shall be located at least 1.5 m (5 ft) from openings in walls and at least 1.5 m (5 ft) from structures having combustible walls.
A minimum separation shall not be required where any of the following conditions exist:
(1) The exposing wall of the detached structure has a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour.
(2) The exposed wall of the adjacent structure has a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour.
(3) The detached structure is protected by an automatic fire protection system.
5.2.3 The exhaust outlet(s) from process areas or areas that contain fuel bearing components of a fuel cell power system shall be located at least 4.6 m (15 ft) from
heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) air intakes, windows, doors, and other openings into buildings.
5.2.3.1 The exhaust outlet(s) shall not be directed onto walkways or other paths of travel for pedestrians.
5.2.3.2 The area classification around outlets from processes or compartments that contain fuel-bearing components shall be in accordance with Article 500 or Article
505 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
Both aforementioned standards have been adopted by the ICC (IMC 915 and 924) for a number of years. NFPA 37 was first published in 1905. NFPA 853 was first
published in 2000.
89 of 745
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA 2 where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
90 of 745
91 of 745
(1) The system is installed and prior to being placed into service.
(2) There is a change in service.
(3) * There are alterations or repair of the system, involving the replacement of parts or addition to the piping system and prior to returning the system to
service.
(4) * The design standards or written procedures specify cleaning or purging.
[55:7.1.18.1.1]
6.21.1.2
Cleaning and purging of the internal surfaces of [hydrogen] systems shall be conducted by qualified individuals trained in cleaning and purging operations
and procedures, including the recognition of potential hazards associated with cleaning and purging. [55:7.1.18.1.2]
6.21.1.3 *
A written cleaning or purging procedure shall be provided to establish the requirements for the cleaning and purging operations to be conducted.
[55:7.1.18.1.3]
6.21.1.3.1 *
An independent or third-party review of the written procedure shall be conducted after the procedure has been written and shall accomplish the following:
(1) Evaluate hazards, errors, and malfunctions related to each step in the procedure
(2) Review the measures prescribed in the procedure for applicability
(3) Make recommendations for additional hazard mitigation measures if deemed to be necessary
[55:7.1.18.1.3.1]
6.21.1.3.2
The completed written procedure shall be:
[55:7.1.18.1.3.2]
6.21.1.3.3
Where generic cleaning or purging procedures have been established, a job-specific operating procedure shall not be required. [55:7.1.18.1.3.3]
6.21.1.3.4
Generic procedures shall be reviewed when originally published or when the procedure or operation is changed. [55:7.1.18.1.3.4]
6.21.1.4
Written procedures to manage change to process materials, technology, equipment, procedures, and facilities shall be established and implemented.
[654:4.3]
6.21.1.4.1
The management-of-change procedures shall ensure that the following topics are addressed prior to any change:
[56:4.6.1]
6.21.1.4.2 *
Implementation of the management-of-change procedures shall not be required for replacements-in-kind. [56:4.6.2]
6.21.1.4.3
The written cleaning and purging procedure, as required by 6.21.1.3, shall be updated to incorporate the change. [56:4.6.3]
6.21.1.5
Prior to cleaning or purging [in, hydrogen] piping systems shall be inspected and tested to determine that the installation, including the materials of
construction, and method of fabrication, comply with the requirements of the design standard used and the intended application for which the system was
designed. [55:7.1.18.1.5]
6.21.1.5.1
Inspection and testing of piping systems shall not be required to remove a system from service. [55:7.1.18.1.5.1]
92 of 745
6.21.1.5.2 *
Personnel in the affected area(s), as determined by the cleaning or purging procedure, shall be informed of the hazards associated with the operational
activity and notified prior to the initiation of any such activity. [55:7.1.18.1.5.3]
Cleaning, purging, purge - cause confusion and may result in the reader assuming the mandated cleaning procedure is a gas blow. Not a good idea.
Thinking it over, we should not discuss purging or purges. The manufacturer is required here to generate a cleaning procedure. OSHA requires that the equipment
have a lock out tag out (LOTO) to do that procedure. Inerting a fuel line is a LOTO for the cleaning spec. Handle it this way and we are clean and green.
93 of 745
6.21.1 General.
The contamination of a system or of the hydrogen within a system may present safety issues with the system or with the use of the hydrogen
exiting the system.
6.21.1.1
[Hydrogen] systems shall be cleaned and purged in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.21 when one or more of the following conditions exist:
(1) The system is installed and prior to being placed into service.
(2) There is a change in service.
(3) * There are alterations or repair of the system, involving the replacement of parts or addition to the piping system and prior to returning the system to
service.
(4) * The design standards or written procedures specify cleaning or purging.
[55:7.1.18.1.1]
6.21.1.2
Cleaning and purging of the internal surfaces of [hydrogen] systems shall be conducted by qualified individuals trained in cleaning and purging operations
and procedures, including the recognition of potential hazards associated with cleaning and purging. [55:7.1.18.1.2]
6.21.1.3 *
A written cleaning or purging procedure shall be provided to establish the requirements for the cleaning and purging operations to be conducted.
[55:7.1.18.1.3]
6.21.1.3.1 *
An independent or third-party review of the written procedure shall be conducted after the procedure has been written and shall accomplish the following:
(1) Evaluate hazards, errors, and malfunctions related to each step in the procedure
(2) Review the measures prescribed in the procedure for applicability
(3) Make recommendations for additional hazard mitigation measures if deemed to be necessary
[55:7.1.18.1.3.1]
6.21.1.3.2
The completed written procedure shall be:
[55:7.1.18.1.3.2]
6.21.1.3.3
Where generic cleaning or purging procedures have been established, a job-specific operating procedure shall not be required. [55:7.1.18.1.3.3]
6.21.1.3.4
Generic procedures shall be reviewed when originally published or when the procedure or operation is changed. [55:7.1.18.1.3.4]
6.21.1.4
Written procedures to manage change to process materials, technology, equipment, procedures, and facilities shall be established and implemented.
[654:4.3]
6.21.1.4.1
The management-of-change procedures shall ensure that the following topics are addressed prior to any change:
[56:4.6.1]
6.21.1.4.2 *
Implementation of the management-of-change procedures shall not be required for replacements-in-kind. [56:4.6.2]
6.21.1.4.3
The written cleaning and purging procedure, as required by 6.21.1.3, shall be updated to incorporate the change. [56:4.6.3]
6.21.1.5
Prior to cleaning or purging [in, hydrogen] piping systems shall be inspected and tested to determine that the installation, including the materials of
construction, and method of fabrication, comply with the requirements of the design standard used and the intended application for which the system was
designed. [55:7.1.18.1.5]
6.21.1.5.1
Inspection and testing of piping systems shall not be required to remove a system from service. [55:7.1.18.1.5.1]
94 of 745
6.21.1.5.2 *
Personnel in the affected area(s), as determined by the cleaning or purging procedure, shall be informed of the hazards associated with the operational
activity and notified prior to the initiation of any such activity. [55:7.1.18.1.5.3]
95 of 745
6.21.1.1
[Hydrogen] systems shall be demonstrated and documented as cleaned and purged in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.21 when one or
more of the following conditions exist:
(1) The system is installed and prior to being placed into service.
(2) There is a change in service.
(3) * There are alterations or repair of the system, involving the replacement of parts or addition to the piping system and prior to returning the system to
service.
(4) * The design standards or written procedures specify cleaning or purging an appropriate purge process ..
[ 55: 7.1.18.1.1]
A.6.21.1.1(3) The replacement of parts in a system to repair leaks, the addition of gaskets, and similar routine maintenance is not intended to
establish the need for cleaning of the entire piping system. The requirement is to not introduce new contaminants during the repair (e.g. cutting
oils, grinding debris, contaminated hardware).
Conversely, when a piping system is extended, or when the system needs to be rendered safe for maintenance purposes, a purge of the system [out of
service] before disassembly will likely be required as will internal cleaning if new piping or materials of construction are introduced
A.6.21.1.1(4) Cleaning and a purge of [hydrogen] systems (see 3.3.196) can be conducted as individual functions, i.e., just cleaning or just purging, or in
combination as required to satisfy the requirements of the procedures.
There are several issues. First the AHJ does not clean or purge systems. Usually, they are not present when it happens. The best the AHJ can enforce is that it has
been demonstrated and documented
The second is that this clause should refer to the definition in 3.3.196 and not 3.3.197. The former involves an inerting step. The latter is a “gas blow”, which is a
dangerous process that NFPA and the US Chemical Safety Board has been reticent to suggest after the KLEEN ENERGY incident of 2010 which killed five and
injured more than fifty.
For A6.21.1.1.2(3)
Several points to address. First this clause needs some clarification on the first requirement, cleanliness. Lack of cleanliness with high pressure small bore hardware
can in of itself be a safety hazard; controls binding.
The second point is that there are two requirements here. One stipulated, one embedded. The embedded one will be missed. The requirement merits a separate
paragraph so that it is obvious that there are two requirements.
The third point is that this clause should refer to the definition in 3.3.196 and not 3.3.197. See comment for 6.21.1.1(4).
A.6.21.1.1(4) There is a major difference between an inerting process and a risky cleaning process. Terms should be selected to avoid confusing the two. This
should refer to the definition in 3.3.196 and not 3.3.197.
3.3.196* Purge [Special Atmosphere Applications]. The replacement of a flammable, indeterminate, or high oxygen bearing atmosphere with another gas that, when
complete, results in a nonflammable final state. [86, 2015]
3.3.197 Purging Gas Blow. A method used to free the internal volume of a piping system of unwanted contents that results in the existing contents being removed or
replaced. [55, 2016]
96 of 745
6.21.1.2
Cleaning and purging of of the internal surfaces of [hydrogen] systems shall be conducted by qualified individuals trained in cleaning and purging
operations and procedures, including the recognition of potential hazards associated with cleaning and purging. [55:7.1.18.1.2]
As written, this can be interpreted as mandating a gas blow. See comment for 6.21.1.1(4). We should not be mandating a gas blow
97 of 745
6.21.1.3 *
A written cleaning or purging procedure shall be provided to establish the requirements for the cleaning and purging operations to be conducted.
[55:7.1.18.1.3]
6.21.1.3.1 *
An independent or third-party review of the written procedure shall be conducted after the procedure has been written and shall accomplish the following:
(1) Evaluate hazards, errors, and malfunctions related to each step in the procedure
(2) Review the measures prescribed in the procedure for applicability
(3) Make recommendations for additional hazard mitigation measures if deemed to be necessary
[ 55: 7.1.18.1.3.1]
6.21.1.3.2
The completed written procedure shall be:
[ 55: 7.1.18.1.3.2]
6.21.1.3.3
Where generic cleaning or purging procedures have been established, a job-specific operating procedure shall not be required. [ 55: 7.1.18.1.3.3]
6.21.1.3.4
Generic procedures shall be reviewed when originally published or when the procedure or operation is changed. [ 55: 7.1.18.1.3.4]
6.21.1.3 As written, this can be interpreted as mandating a gas blow. See comment for 6.21.1.1(4). We should not be mandating a gas blow. Cover inerting of the
line in the LOTO requirements to be included in the manuals.
6.21.1.3.4 Delete. Redundant. Who is authorized and/or to review these procedures? The AHJ? An AHJ appointed third party? Don’t go here
98 of 745
6.21.1.4
Written procedures to manage change to process materials, technology, equipment, procedures, and facilities shall be established and implemented .
[ 654: 4.3] by the owner/operator
6.21.1.4.1
The management-of-change procedures shall ensure that the following topics are addressed prior to any change:
[56:4.6.1]
6.21.1.4.2 *
Implementation of the management-of-change procedures shall not be required for replacements-in-kind. [56:4.6.2]
6.21.1.4.3
The written cleaning and purging procedure, as required by 6.21.1.3 , shall be updated to incorporate the change. [ 56: 4.6.3] before implementation of
the change. Changes shall be made available upon request to the AHJ.
6.21.1.4 Who is required to do this? The AHJ? The manufacturer who may go out of business? No the owner/operator who is liable in an incident
6.21.1.4.3 If the paperwork is allow to lag, it won’t be done. Require the paperwork be present for conducting the “change”.
99 of 745
6.21.1.5
Prior to cleaning or purging [in , a hydrogen ] piping systems shall be inspected and tested by the owner/operator to determine that the installation,
including the materials of construction, and method of fabrication, comply with the requirements of the design standard used and the intended application
for which the system was designed. [ 55: 7.1.18.1.5]
6.21.1.5.1
Inspection and testing of piping systems shall not be required to remove a system from service. [ 55: 7.1.18.1.5.1]
6.21.1.5. 2 *
Personnel in the affected area(s), as determined by the cleaning or purging procedure, shall be informed by the owner/operator of the hazards associated
with the operational activity and notified prior to the initiation of any such activity. [ 55: 7.1.18.1.5.3] The owner/operator shall maintain records of the
notification/training and the records shall be made available to the AHJ upon request.
100 of 745
7.1.1.1
Where specific requirements are provided in other chapters, those specific requirements shall apply.
7.1.1.2
Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable.
7.1.1.3
The occupancy of a building or structure, or portion thereof, where hydrogen is stored or used shall be classified in accordance with the adopted building
code.
7.1.2 * GH2 Systems.
7.1.2.2 Installation.
Installation of bulk [GH2] systems shall be supervised by personnel knowledgeable in the application of the standards for their construction and use.
[55:7.1.2.2]
7.1.2.3 Controls.
7.1.2.3.1
[GH2] system controls shall be designed to prevent materials from entering or leaving the process at an unintended time, rate, or path. [55:7.3.1.2.1]
7.1.2.3.2
Automatic controls shall be designed to be fail-safe. [55:7.3.1.2.2]
7.1.3 Listed or Approved Hydrogen Equipment.
Listed or approved hydrogen-generating and hydrogen-consuming equipment shall be in accordance with the listing requirements and manufacturers’
instructions. [55:10.2.8.1]
7.1.4 * Metal Hydride Storage Systems.
7.1.4.1 General.
7.1.4.1.1
The storage and use of metal hydride storage systems shall be in accordance with 7.1.4 . [55:10.2.9.1.1]
7.1.4.1.2 Metal Hydride Systems Storing or Supplying GH2.
Those portions of the system that are used as a means to store or supply [GH2] shall also comply with Sections 7.2 or 7.3 as applicable. [55:10.2.9.1.2]
7.1.4.1.3 Classification.
The hazard classification of the metal hydride storage system shall be based on the [GH2] stored without regard to the metal hydride content.
[55:10.2.9.1.3]
7.1.4.1.4 * Listed or Approved Systems.
Metal hydride storage systems shall be listed or approved for the application and designed in a manner that prevents the addition or removal of the metal
hydride by other than the original equipment manufacturer. [55:10.2.9.1.4]
7.1.4.1.5 Design and Construction of Containers.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks used for metal hydride storage systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with 7.1.5.1.
[55:10.2.9.1.5]
7.1.4.1.6 Service Life and Inspection of Containers.
Metal hydride storage system cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be inspected, tested, and requalified for service at not less than 5-year intervals.
[55:10.2.9.1.6]
7.1.4.1.7 Marking and Labeling.
Marking and labeling of cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems shall be in accordance with 7.1.5 and the requirements in 7.1.4.1.7.1 through
7.1.4.1.7.4 . [55:10.2.9.1.7]
7.1.4.1.7.1 System Marking.
Metal hydride storage systems shall be marked with the following:
[55:10.2.9.1.7.1]
101 of 745
[55:10.2.9.1.7.2]
7.1.4.1.7.3 Pressure Relief Device Marking.
Metal hydride storage system pressure relief devices shall be marked with the following:
[55:10.2.9.1.7.3]
(A)
The required markings for pressure relief devices that are integral components of valves used on cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be allowed to be
placed on the valve. [55:10.2.9.1.7.3(A)]
7.1.4.1.7.4 Pressure Vessel Markings.
Cylinders, containers, and tanks used in metal hydride storage systems shall be marked with the following:
[55:10.2.9.1.7.4]
7.1.4.1.8 Temperature Extremes.
Metal hydride storage systems, whether full or partially full, shall not be exposed to artificially created high temperatures exceeding 125°F (52°C) or
subambient (low) temperatures unless designed for use under the exposed conditions. [55:10.2.9.1.8]
7.1.4.1.9 Falling Objects.
Metal hydride storage systems shall not be placed in areas where they are capable of being damaged by falling objects. [55:10.2.9.1.9]
7.1.4.1.10 Refilling of Containers.
The refilling of listed or approved metal hydride storage systems shall be in accordance with the listing requirements and manufacturers’ instructions.
[55:10.2.9.1.11]
7.1.4.1.10.1 Industrial Trucks.
The refilling of metal hydride storage systems serving powered industrial trucks shall be in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 10.
7.1.4.1.10.2 Hydrogen Purity.
The purity of [GH2] used for the purpose of refilling containers shall be in accordance with the listing and the manufacturers’ instructions. [55:10.2.9.1.11.2]
7.1.4.1.11 Electrical.
Electrical components for metal hydride storage systems shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with NFPA 70. [55:10.2.9.1.12]
7.1.4.2 Portable Containers or Systems.
7.1.4.2.1 Securing Containers.
Cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be secured in accordance with 7.1.7.4 . [55:10.2.9.2.1]
7.1.4.2.1.1 Use on Mobile Equipment.
Where a metal hydride storage system is used on mobile equipment, the equipment shall be designed to restrain cylinders, containers, or tanks from
dislodgement, slipping, or rotating when the equipment is in motion. [55:10.2.9.2.1.1]
7.1.4.2.1.2 Motorized Equipment.
(A)
Metal hydride storage systems used on motorized equipment shall be installed in a manner that protects valves, pressure regulators, fittings, and controls
against accidental impact. [55:10.2.9.2.1.2]
(B)
Metal hydride storage systems, including cylinders, containers, tanks, and fittings, shall not extend beyond the platform of the mobile equipment.
[55:10.2.9.2.1.2(A)]
7.1.4.2.2 Valves.
Valves on cylinders, containers, and tanks shall remain closed except when containers are connected to closed systems and ready for use. [55:10.2.9.2.2]
7.1.5 Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks.
7.1.5.1 Design and Construction.
Cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and marked (stamped) in accordance with regulations of DOT, Transport Canada
(TC) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations, or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, “Rules for the Construction of Unfired Pressure
Vessels,” Section VIII. [55:7.1.5.1]
7.1.5.2 Defective Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks.
102 of 745
7.1.5.2.1
Defective cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be returned to the supplier. [55:7.1.5.2.1]
7.1.5.2.2
Suppliers shall repair the cylinders, containers, and tanks, remove them from service, or dispose of them in an approved manner. [55:7.1.5.2.2]
7.1.5.3 Supports.
Stationary cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be provided with engineered supports of noncombustible material on noncombustible foundations.
[55:7.1.5.3]
7.1.5.4 Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks Containing Residual Gas.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks containing residual product shall be treated as full except when being examined, serviced, or refilled by a gas
manufacturer, authorized cylinder requalifier, or distributor. [55:7.1.5.4]
7.1.5.5 Pressure Relief Devices.
7.1.5.5.1
When required by 7.1.5.5.2 , pressure relief devices shall be provided to protect containers and systems containing [GH2] from rupture in the event of
overpressure from thermal exposure. [55:7.1.5.5.1]
7.1.5.5.2
Pressure relief devices to protect containers shall be designed and provided in accordance with CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards— Part 1 —
Cylinders for Compressed Gases, for cylinders; CGA S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards— Part 2 — Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed
Gases, for portable tanks; and CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed Gases, for
stationary tanks or in accordance with applicable equivalent requirements in the country of use. [55:7.1.5.5.2]
7.1.5.5.3
Pressure relief devices shall be sized in accordance with the specifications to which the container was fabricated. [55:7.1.5.5.3]
7.1.5.5.4
The pressure relief device shall have the capacity to prevent the maximum design pressure of the container or system from being exceeded. [55:7.1.5.5.4]
7.1.5.5.5
Pressure relief devices shall be arranged to discharge unobstructed to the open air in such a manner as to prevent any impingement of escaping gas upon
the container, adjacent structures, or personnel. This requirement shall not apply to DOT specification containers having an internal volume of 2.0 scf
(0.057 Nm3) or less. [55:7.1.5.5.5]
7.1.5.5.6
Pressure relief devices or vent piping shall be designed or located so that moisture cannot collect and freeze in a manner that would interfere with
operation of the device. [55:7.1.5.5.6]
7.1.6 Labeling Requirements.
7.1.6.1 Containers.
Individual [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be marked or labeled in accordance with DOT requirements or those of the applicable regulatory
agency. [55:7.1.7.1]
7.1.6.2 Label Maintenance.
The labels applied by the gas manufacturer to identify the liquefied or nonliquified [GH2] cylinder contents shall not be altered or removed by the user.
[55:7.1.7.2]
7.1.6.3 Stationary GH2 Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks.
7.1.6.3.1
Stationary [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be marked in accordance with NFPA 704. [55:7.1.7.3.1]
7.1.6.3.2
Markings shall be visible from any direction of approach. [55:7.1.7.3.2]
7.1.6.4 Piping Systems.
7.1.6.4.1
Except as provided in 7.1.6.4.2, piping systems shall be marked in accordance with ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, or
other applicable approved [codes and] standards as follows:
(1) Marking shall include the name of the gas and a direction-of-flow arrow.
(2) Piping that is used to convey more than one gas at various times shall be marked to provide clear identification and warning of the hazard.
(3) Markings for piping systems shall be provided at the following locations:
[55:7.1.7.4.1]
7.1.6.4.2
Piping within gas manufacturing plants, gas processing plants, refineries, and similar occupancies shall be marked in an approved manner. [55:7.1.7.4.2]
7.1.6.5 Marking.
7.1.6.5.1
Hazard identification signs shall be provided in accordance with 4.13.2 . [55:10.2.1.1]
103 of 745
7.1.6.5.2
In addition, the area in which a hydrogen system is located shall be permanently placarded as follows:
WARNING: HYDROGEN — FLAMMABLE GAS — NO SMOKING — NO OPEN FLAMES
[55:10.2.1.2]
7.1.7 Security.
7.1.7.1 General.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems shall be secured against accidental dislodgement and against access by unauthorized personnel.
[55:7.1.8.1]
7.1.7.2 * Security of Areas.
Storage, use, and handling areas shall be secured against unauthorized entry. [55:7.1.8.2]
7.1.7.2.1
Administrative controls shall be allowed to be used to control access to individual storage, use, and handling areas located in secure facilities not
accessible by the general public. [55:7.1.8.2.1]
7.1.7.3 Physical Protection.
7.1.7.3.1
[GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems that could be exposed to physical damage shall be protected. [55:7.1.8.3.1]
7.1.7.3.2
Guard posts or other means shall be provided to protect [GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems indoors and outdoors from vehicular damage in
accordance with. Section 4.14 . [55:7.1.8.3.2]
7.1.7.3.3
Where guard posts are installed, they shall be in accordance with 4.14.1.2 .
7.1.7.4 Securing GH2 Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks in use or in storage shall be secured to prevent them from falling or being knocked over by corralling them and
securing them to a cart, framework, or fixed object by use of a restraint, unless otherwise permitted by 7.1.7.4.1 and 7.1.7.4.2. [55:7.1.8.4]
7.1.7.4.1
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks in the process of examination, servicing, and refilling shall not be required to be secured. [55:7.1.8.4.1]
7.1.7.4.2
At cylinder-filling plants, authorized cylinder requalifier’s facilities, and distributors’ warehouses, the nesting of cylinders shall be permitted as a means to
secure cylinders. [55:7.1.8.4.2]
7.1.8 Valve Protection.
7.1.8.1 * General.
[GH2] cylinder, container, and tank valves shall be protected from physical damage by means of protective caps, collars, or similar devices. [55:7.1.9.1]
7.1.8.1.1
Valve protection of individual valves shall not be required to be installed on individual cylinders, containers, or tanks installed on tube trailers or similar
transportable bulk gas systems equipped with manifolds that are provided with a means of physical protection that will protect the valves from physical
damage when the equipment is in use. Protective systems required by DOT for over the road transport shall provide an acceptable means of protection.
[55:7.1.9.1.1]
7.1.8.1.1.1
Valve protection of individual valves shall not be required to be installed on individual cylinders, containers, or tanks that comprise bulk or non-bulk gas
systems where the containers are stationary, or portable equipped with manifolds that are provided with physical protection in accordance with 4.1.4 and
7.1.7.3 or other approved means. Protective systems required by DOT for over the road transport shall provide an acceptable means of protection.
[55:7.1.9.1.1.1]
7.1.8.2 Valve-Protective Caps.
Where [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks are designed to accept valve-protective caps, the user shall keep such caps on the [GH2] cylinders,
containers, and tanks at all times, except when empty, being processed, or connected for use. [55:7.1.9.2]
7.1.9 Separation from Hazardous Conditions.
7.1.9.1 General.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems in storage or use shall be separated from materials and conditions that present exposure hazards to or
from each other. [55:7.1.10.1]
7.1.9.1.1 * Clearance from Combustibles and Vegetation.
Combustible waste, vegetation, and similar materials shall be kept a minimum of 10 ft (3.1 m) from [GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems.
[55:7.1.10.3]
7.1.9.1.1.1
A noncombustible partition without openings or penetrations and extending not less than 18 in. (457 mm) above and to the sides of the storage area shall
be permitted in lieu of the minimum distance. [55:7.1.10.3.1]
7.1.9.1.1.2
The noncombustible partition shall either be an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building adjacent to the storage area. [55:7.1.10.3.2]
7.1.9.1.2 Ledges, Platforms, and Elevators.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall not be placed near elevators, unprotected platform ledges, or other areas where [GH2] cylinders, containers,
or tanks could fall distances exceeding one-half the height of the cylinder, container, or tank. [55:7.1.10.4]
7.1.9.1.3 Temperature Extremes.
104 of 745
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks, whether full or partially full, shall not be exposed to temperatures exceeding 125°F (52°C) or subambient (low)
temperatures unless designed for use under such exposure. [55:7.1.10.5]
7.1.9.1.3.1
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks that have not been designed for use under elevated temperature conditions shall not be exposed to direct sunlight
outdoors where ambient temperatures exceed 125°F (52°C). The use of a weather protected structure or shaded environment for storage or use shall be
permitted as a means to protect against direct exposure to sunlight. [55:7.1.10.5.1]
7.1.9.1.4 Falling Objects.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall not be placed in areas where they are capable of being damaged by falling objects. [55:7.1.10.6]
7.1.9.1.5 Heating.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks, whether full or partially full, shall not be heated by devices that could raise the surface temperature of the cylinder,
container, or tank to above 125°F (52°C). [55:7.1.10.7]
7.1.9.1.5.1 Electrically Powered Heating Devices.
Electrical heating devices shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. [55:7.1.10.7.1]
7.1.9.1.5.2 Fail-Safe Design.
Devices designed to maintain individual [GH2] cylinders, containers, or tanks at constant temperature shall be designed to be fail-safe. [55:7.1.10.7.2]
7.1.9.1.8.1*
Electrical devices mounted on [GH2] piping, cylinders, containers, or tanks shall be installed, grounded, and bonded in accordance with the methods
specified in NFPA 70(NEC). [55:7.1.10.10.1]
7.1.10 Service and Repair.
Service, repair, modification, or removal of valves, pressure relief devices, or other [GH2] cylinder, container, or tank appurtenances shall be performed by
trained personnel and with the permission of the container owner. [55:7.1.11]
7.1.11 Unauthorized Use.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall not be used for any purpose other than to serve as a vessel for containing the product for which it was
designed. [55:7.1.12]
7.1.12 Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks Exposed to Fire.
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks exposed to fire shall not be used or shipped while full or partially full until they are requalified in accordance with the
pressure vessel code under which they were manufactured. [55:7.1.13]
7.1.13 Leaks, Damage, or Corrosion.
7.1.13.1 * Removal From Service.
Leaking, damaged, or corroded [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be removed from service. [55:7.1.14.1]
7.1.14 Surfaces.
7.1.14.1
To prevent bottom corrosion, cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be protected from direct contact with soil or surfaces where water might accumulate.
[55:7.1.15.1]
7.1.14.2
Surfaces shall be graded to prevent accumulation of water. [55:7.1.15.2]
7.1.15 Piping.
7.1.15.1 * Piping Systems.
Piping, tubing, fittings, and related components shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with applicable parts of ASME B31.3, Code for
Process Piping, and Sections 704.1.2.3, 704.1.2.4, and 704.1.2.5 of the ICC International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC). Cast-iron pipe, valves, and fittings shall
not be used.
7.1.15.1.1
Prior to acceptance and initial operation, all piping installations shall be inspected and pressure tested in accordance with ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping
and Pipelines, and ICC International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC), Section 705. [55:10.2.2.1]
7.1.15.1.2
In addition to the requirements of 7.1.15.1 , brazing materials used for joints in piping and tubing systems shall have a melting point about 1000°F (538°C).
[55:10.2.2.2]
7.1.15.1.3
Underground piping system shall be in accordance with 7.1.15.3 . [55:10.2.2.3]
105 of 745
7.1.15.1.4 Integrity.
Piping, tubing, pressure regulators, valves, and other apparatus shall be kept gastight to prevent leakage. [55:7.3.1.3.1]
7.1.15.1.5 Backflow Prevention.
Backflow prevention or check valves shall be provided where the backflow of hazardous materials could create a hazardous condition or cause the
unauthorized discharge of hazardous materials. [55:7.3.1.3.2]
7.1.15.2 Equipment Assembly.
7.1.15.2.1
Valves, gauges, regulators, and other accessories used for hydrogen compressed gas systems shall be specified for hydrogen service by the manufacturer
or the hydrogen supplier. [55:10.2.4.1]
7.1.15.2.2
Storage containers, piping, valves, regulating equipment, and appurtenances serving hydrogen compressed gas systems shall be protected against
physical damage and tampering. [55:10.2.4.1.1]
7.1.15.2.3
Cabinets or enclosures containing hydrogen control or operating equipment shall be ventilated to prevent the accumulation of hydrogen. [55:10.2.4.2]
7.1.15.2.4
Mobile hydrogen supply units used as part of a hydrogen compressed gas system shall be secured to prevent movement. [55:10.2.4.3]
7.1.15.2.5
Mobile hydrogen supply units shall be electrically bonded to the storage system before hydrogen is discharged from the supply unit. [55:10.3.2.1]
7.1.15.3 Underground Piping.
7.1.15.3.1
Underground piping shall be of welded construction without valves, unwelded mechanical joints, or connections installed underground. [55:7.1.17.1]
7.1.15.3.1.1
Valves or connections located in boxes or enclosures shall be permitted to be installed underground where such boxes or enclosures are accessible from
above ground and where the valves or connections contained are isolated from direct contact with earth or fill. [55:7.1.17.1.1]
7.1.15.3.1.2
Valve boxes or enclosures installed in areas subject to vehicular traffic shall be constructed to resist uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads in
accordance with the [adopted] building code for areas designated as vehicular driveways and yards, subject to trucking. [55:7.1.17.1.1.1]
7.1.15.3.1.3 *
Piping installed in trench systems located below grade where the trench is open to above shall not be considered to be underground. [55:7.1.17.1.2]
7.1.15.3.2 Contact with Earth.
7.1.15.3.2.1
Gas piping in contact with earth or other material that could corrode the piping shall be protected against corrosion in an approved manner. [55:7.1.17.2]
7.1.15.3.2.2
When cathodic protection is provided, it shall be in accordance with 7.1.18 . [55:7.1.17.2.1]
7.1.15.3.3
Underground piping shall be installed on at least 6 in. (150 mm) of well-compacted bedding material. [30:27.6.5.1]
7.1.15.3.4
In areas subject to vehicle traffic, the pipe trench shall be deep enough to permit a cover of at least 18 in. (450 mm) of well-compacted backfill material and
pavement. [30:27.6.5.2]
7.1.15.3.5
In paved areas where a minimum 2 in. (50 mm) of asphalt is used, backfill between the pipe and the asphalt shall be permitted to be reduced to 8 in.
(200 mm) minimum. [30:27.6.5.3]
7.1.15.3.6
In paved areas where a minimum 4 in. (100 mm) of reinforced concrete is used, backfill between the pipe and the concrete shall be permitted to be
reduced to 4 in. (100 mm) minimum. [30:27.6.5.4]
7.1.15.3.7
In areas not subject to vehicle traffic, the pipe trench shall be deep enough to permit a cover of at least 12 in. (300 mm) of well-compacted backfill material.
[55:7.1.17.7]
7.1.15.3.8
A greater burial depth shall be provided when required by the manufacturer’s instructions or where frost conditions are present. [30:27.6.5.6]
7.1.15.3.9
Piping within the same trench shall be separated horizontally by at least two pipe diameters. Separation need not exceed 9 in. (230 mm). [30:27.6.5.7]
7.1.15.3.10
Two or more levels of piping within the same trench shall be separated vertically by a minimum 6 in. (150 mm) of well-compacted bedding material.
[30:27.6.5.8]
7.1.15.3.11
“As-built” drawings of the underground piping installation shall be maintained by the owner and shall be available upon request by the AHJ.
7.1.16 Valves.
7.1.16.1
Valves utilized on [GH2] systems shall be designed for the gas or gases and pressure intended and shall be accessible. [55:7.3.1.4.1]
106 of 745
7.1.16.2
Valve handles or operators for required shutoff valves shall not be removed or otherwise altered to prevent access. [55:7.3.1.4.2]
7.1.17 GH2 Venting Systems.
Hydrogen-venting systems serving pressure relief devices discharging [GH2] to the atmosphere shall be in accordance with CGA G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent
Systems. [55:10.2.3]
7.1.17.1
Venting from the relief vents from the hydrogen supply piping serving listed fuel cell power systems shall be permitted to be discharged into an enclosure
integral to the fuel cell system where the concentration of hydrogen is diluted below 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL) at the outlet of the
enclosure. [55:10.2.3.1]
7.1.17.2
The hydrogen supply piping system shall be designed to isolate the source of hydrogen from the relief vent in the event of loss of dilution ventilation or
power. [55:10.2.3.1.1]
7.1.17.3 Vent Pipe Termination.
7.1.17.3.1
Venting of [GH2] shall be directed to an approved location. [55:7.3.1.5.1]
7.1.17.3.2
The termination point for piped vent systems serving cylinders, containers, tanks, and gas systems used for the purpose of operational or emergency
venting shall be in accordance with Section 6.16 . [55:7.3.1.5.2]
7.1.18 Cathodic Protection.
Where required, cathodic protection shall be in accordance with 7.1.18. [55:7.1.6]
7.1.18.1 Operation.
Where installed, cathodic protection systems shall be operated and maintained to continuously provide corrosion protection. [55:7.1.6.1]
7.1.18.2 Inspection.
Container systems equipped with cathodic protection shall be inspected for [proper] operation by a cathodic protection tester. The frequency of inspection
shall be determined by the designer of the cathodic protection system. [55:7.1.6.2]
7.1.18.2.1
The cathodic protection tester shall be certified as being qualified by the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, International (NACE). [55:7.1.6.2.1]
7.1.18.3 Impressed Current Systems.
Systems equipped with impressed current cathodic protection systems shall be inspected in accordance with the requirements of the design and 7.1.18.2 .
[55:7.1.6.3]
7.1.18.3.1
The design limits of the cathodic protection system shall be available to the AHJ upon request. [55:7.1.6.3.1]
7.1.18.3.2
The system owner shall maintain the following records to demonstrate that the cathodic protection is in conformance with the requirements of the design:
[55:7.1.6.3.2]
7.1.18.4 Corrosion Expert.
Repairs, maintenance, or replacement of a cathodic protection system shall be under the supervision of a corrosion expert certified by NACE. [55:7.1.6.4]
7.1.18.4.1
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:7.1.6.4.1]
7.1.19 Transfer.
Transfer of [GH2] between cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be performed by qualified personnel using equipment and operating procedures in
accordance with CGA P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers. [55:7.3.1.9]
7.1.20 Compression and Processing Equipment.
Compression and gas processing equipment integral to hydrogen compressed gas storage systems shall be designed for use with GH2 and for maximum
pressures and temperatures to which it can be subjected under normal operating conditions. [55:10.2.5]
7.1.20.1
Compression and gas processing equipment shall have pressure relief devices that limit each stage pressure to the maximum allowable working pressure
for the compression cylinder and piping associated with that stage of compression. [55:10.2.5.1]
7.1.20.2
Where GH2 compression equipment is operated unattended, it shall be equipped with a high discharge and a low suction pressure automatic shutdown
control. [55:10.2.5.2]
7.1.20.3
Control circuits that automatically shut down shall remain down until manually activated or reset after a safe shutdown is performed. [55:10.2.5.3]
7.1.21 Stationary Compressors.
7.1.21.1 Valves.
(A)
Valves shall be installed such that each compressor is able to be isolated for maintenance. [55:10.2.5.4.1.1]
107 of 745
(B)
The discharge line shall be equipped with a check valve to prevent the backflow of gas from high-pressure sources located downstream of the compressor.
[55:10.2.5.4.1.2]
7.1.21.2 Foundations.
(A)
Foundations used for supporting equipment shall be designed and constructed to prevent frost heaving. [55:10.2.5.5.1]
(B)
The structural aspects of such foundations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the [adopted] building code.
[55:10.2.5.5.2]
7.1.21.3 Emergency Shutdown.
When an emergency shutdown system is required, activation of the emergency shutdown system shall shut down operation of all compressors serving a
single gas installation. [55:10.2.5.6]
7.1.21.4 Relief Valves.
(A)
Each compressor shall be provided with a vent or relief device that will prevent overpressurizing of the compressor under normal or upset conditions.
[55:10.2.5.7.1]
(B)
Pressure relief devices used to serve pumps or compression equipment shall be connected to a vent pipe system in accordance with 7.1.17 .
[55:10.2.5.7.2]
7.1.21.5 Pressure Monitoring.
The pressure on the compressor discharge shall be monitored by a control system. [55:10.2.5.8]
(A)
Discharge pressures in excess of the equipment design pressures shall cause the compressor to shut down. [55:10.2.5.8.1]
7.1.21.6 Protection.
Transfer piping and compressors shall be protected from vehicular damage. [55:10.2.5.9]
7.1.22 Use of GH2 for Inflation.
Inflatable equipment, devices, or balloons shall not be pressurized or filled with GH2.
7.1.23.1.2
HEE shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
7.1.23.2 Bonding and Grounding.
7.1.23.2.1
HEE grounding and equipment bonding within the enclosure shall comply with all of the following:
(1) The HEE structure shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA 70.
(2) All conductive parts of the enclosure shall be grounded or bonded.
(3) Hydrogen piping and equipment shall be bonded to the HEE structure to prevent static discharge.
7.1.23.3
GH2 shall not be vented within the HEE or to compartments within a HEE.
7.1.23.3.1
Vent pipes shall be in accordance with Section 7.1.17.3 .
7.1.23.3.2
Pressure relief devices and valves discharging to the atmosphere shall be vented in accordance with 7.1.5.5.5 .
7.1.23.4
A HEE that can be entered and contains or is connected to a source of GH2 shall be evaluated for the potential of an oxygen-deficient atmosphere during
normal or off-normal conditions.
7.1.23.4.1
Where the potential exists for an oxygen-deficient atmosphere, detection and notification appliances shall be provided to warn personnel of an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere.
7.1.23.4.1.1
Notification appliances shall produce a distinctive audible and visual alarm and be located outside the entrance to all locations where the oxygen-deficient
condition could exist.
108 of 745
7.1.23.4.1.2
If a GH2 detection system is provided in accordance with Section 6.12 , oxygen detectors are not required.
7.1.23.5 Security.
7.1.23.5.1
Exterior access doors for a HEE shall be secured against unauthorized entry.
7.1.23.5.1.1
Exterior access doors shall not be required to be secured if a secured perimeter fence or wall is provided to prevent unauthorized entry.
7.1.23.5.2
Locks or latches shall not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort for the operation from the egress side.
7.1.23.6 *
Means of egress for a HEE shall be in accordance with 7.1.23.6.1, unless the HEE cannot be entered.
7.1.23.6.1
Not fewer than two means of egress shall be provided from each equipment enclosure or equipment compartment, unless all of the following criteria are
met:
(1) Undivided HEE or equipment compartments do not exceed 200 ft2 (18.6 m2), and
(2) HEE or equipment compartments have a travel distance to the room or compartment exit door(s) not exceeding 15 ft (4.6 m).
7.1.23.6.1.1
The means of egress shall have:
7.1.23.7
Hydrogen piping and equipment shall be isolated, depressurized, and made safe prior to replacement.
7.1.23.8
A HEE shall be secured to a structure or foundation in a manner approved by the AHJ.
7.1.23.9 Isolation of GH2 Storage.
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9 .
Hydrogen generation,
HEE or a compartment in a Support equipment room
GH2 storage GH2 storage compression and/or
HEE contains: (in an HEE)
processing equipment
Enclosure Volume: <200 ft3 ≥200 ft3 Not limited Not limited
Contains or is connected to a Yes Yes Yes No
source of hydrogen:
Automatic isolation from GH2 Not required Not required Required Not applicable
storage
Ventilation Natural or mechanical Natural for 3-walls Mechanical No additional requirement
HEE/mechanical for 4-walls
HEE
Storage compartment separation Not applicable Not applicable Required Required
Electrical equipment Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Unclassified
Bonding/grounding Required Required Required Per NFPA 70
7.1.23.9.3
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be located within the same compartment as the hydrogen storage.
7.1.23.9.4
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall operate on GH2 detection alarms, fire alarms, and emergency shutdown system activations.
7.1.23.9.5
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be fail-safe to close upon loss of power or air pressure.
7.1.23.9.6
GH2 generation and compression equipment within a HEE which supplies hydrogen to storage containers shall be equipped with either an external
automatic emergency shutoff valve or non-return valve on the exit piping outside the enclosure or compartment.
7.1.23.10 Ventilation.
109 of 745
7.1.23.10.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , ventilation shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.10 .
7.1.23.10.2
A HEE and compartments within a HEE that contain GH2 storage, equipment, or piping shall be provided with ventilation in accordance with 7.3.2.2.2.2.
7.1.23.10.3
Natural ventilation openings and air intakes for mechanical ventilation systems shall be separated from non-bulk sources of GH2 in accordance with
7.2.2.3.2.2 and from bulk sources of GH2 in accordance with 7.3.2.3.1.1 .
7.1.23.10.3.1
Air intakes and ventilation openings shall not be required to meet the requirements of 7.1.23.10.3 where the compartment is provided with GH2 detection
in accordance with 7.1.23.14 , which deactivates power to all electrical equipment within the enclosure upon detection of 25 percent of the LFL.
7.1.23.11 Storage Area Separation.
7.1.23.11.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , storage area separation shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.11 .
7.1.23.11.2
Fuel cell equipment, compressors, hydrogen generators, electrical distribution equipment, and similar appliances shall be separated from GH2 storage
areas within the HEE by a one-hour fire rated barrier that is also capable of preventing gas transmission.
7.1.23.12 Electrical Equipment.
7.1.23.12.1
All electrical equipment in a HEE that has GH2 piping, storage, generation, or processing equipment shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of NFPA 70.
7.1.23.12.2
Electrical equipment within 15 ft (4.6 m) of any natural ventilation opening or required exhaust discharge of a HEE shall comply with the requirements of
Chapter 5 of NFPA 70.
7.1.23.13 Emergency Shutdown System.
7.1.23.13.1
An emergency shutdown system (ESS) shall be provided for the HEE.
7.1.23.13.1.1
The ESS shall operate on GH2 detection alarms, fire alarms, and loss of ventilation alarms, where these are required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 .
7.1.23.13.1.2
The ESS shall operate upon activation of a manual emergency shutdown device (ESD).
7.1.23.13.1.3
The ESS shall operate across all interconnected HEE at a common site.
7.1.23.13.1.4
Where activated, the ESS shall de-energize unclassified electrical equipment inside compartments containing hydrogen or other flammable gases and
close all automatic shutoff control valves on piping into and from interconnected HEE and HEE compartments containing hydrogen equipment.
7.1.23.13.1.5
A manual ESD shall be located on the exterior of each HEE that is interconnected to the hydrogen system.
(A)
The ESD shall be identified by a sign located at the exterior of the equipment enclosure.
7.1.23.13.1.6
A remote emergency shutdown shall be located not less than 25 ft (7.6 m) and not more than 100 ft (30 m) from HEE equipped with individual ESDs.
7.1.23.14 Detection.
7.1.23.14.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , GH2 detection, fire detection, and loss of ventilation detection shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.14 .
7.1.23.14.2
GH2 detection shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.12.
7.1.23.14.2.1
Detection of hydrogen above 25 percent of the LFL shall result in activation of the ESS, and shall be indicated by a visible notification device mounted on
the exterior of the HEE.
7.1.23.14.3
Heat detectors or flame detectors shall be provided and installed in accordance in NFPA 72.
7.1.23.14.4
A device shall be provided to detect failure of the ventilation system.
7.1.23.14.4.1
The device shall activate the ESS when airflow drops below 75 percent of the required flow.
7.1.23.15 Explosion Control.
7.1.23.15.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , explosion control shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.9 .
7.1.23.15.1.1
Explosion vents, where used, shall not discharge into adjacent HEE compartments.
110 of 745
7.1.24.1.1 *
Manual emergency shutoff valves or the device that activates an automatic emergency shutoff valve on a bulk source or piping systems serving the bulk
supply shall be identified by means of a sign. [55:7.3.1.11.1.1]
7.1.24.2
Emergency shutoffs shall be located at the point of use and at the tank, cylinder, or bulk source,and at the point where the system piping enters the
building. [55:7.3.1.11.2]
7.1.25 Emergency Isolation.
7.1.25.1
Where [GH2] [-] is carried in pressurized piping above a gauge pressure of 15 psi (103 kPa), an approved means of emergency isolation shall be provided
[-]. [55:7.3.1.12.1]
7.1.25.2
Approved means of meeting the requirements for emergency isolation shall include any of the following:
(1) Automatic shutoff valves located as close to the bulk source as practical tied to leak detection systems.
(2) Attended control stations where trained personnel can monitor alarms or supervisory signals and can trigger emergency responses.
(3) A constantly-monitored control station with an alarm and remote shutoff of the gas supply system.
(4) Excess flow valves at the bulk source.
[55:7.3.1.12.2
7.1.25.3
The requirements of7.1.25 shall not be required for the following:
(1) Piping for inlet connections designed to prevent backflow at the source
(2) Piping for pressure relief devices
(3) Where the source of the gas is not in excess of the quantity threshold indicated in Table 6.4.1.1
[55:7.3.1.12.3]
7.1.25.4 Location Exemptions.
The requirements of 7.1.25.1 shall not apply to the following:
[55:7.3.1.12.4]
7.1.26 Ignition Source Control.
Ignition sources in areas containing [GH2] shall be in accordance with 7.1.26. [55:7.6.3]
111 of 745
[GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be separated in accordance with Table 7.2.1.1 . [55:7.1.10.2]
Table 7.2.1.1 Separation of Gas Cylinders, Containers, and Tanks by Hazard Class [from Non-Bulk GH2 Cylinders, Containers, Tanks, and Systems]
GH2a
Gas Category ft m
Toxic or highly toxic 20 6.1
Pyrophoric 20 6.1
Flammable — —
Oxidizing 20 6.1
Corrosive 20 6.1
Unstable reactive Class 2, Class 3, or Class 4 20 6.1
Other gas NR NR
7.2.1.1.1
GH2 systems in outdoor storage or use shall be separated from other compressed gases in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
7.2.1.1.2
Subparagraph 7.2.1.1.1 shall not apply to [GH2] contained within closed piping systems. [55:7.1.10.2.1]
7.2.1.1.3
The distances shown in Table 7.2.1.1 shall be permitted to be reduced without limit [when GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks are separated by a barrier
of noncombustible construction that has a fire resistance rating of at least 0.5 hour and interrupts the line of sight between the containers. [55:7.1.10.2.2]
7.2.1.1.4
The 20 ft (6.1 m) distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 5 ft (1.5 m) where one of the gases is enclosed in a gas cabinet or without limit where both
gases are enclosed in gas cabinets. [55:7.1.10.2.3]
7.2.1.1.5
Cylinders without pressure relief devices shall not be stored without separation from flammable and pyrophoric gases with pressure relief devices.
[55:7.1.10.2.4]
7.2.1.1.6
Spatial separation shall not be required between cylinders deemed to be incompatible in gas production facilities where cylinders are connected to
manifolds for the purposes of filling, analysis of compressed gases, or manufacturing procedures, assuming the prescribed controls for the manufacture of
gas mixtures are in place. [55:7.1.10.2.5]
7.2.1.2 Bonding and Grounding.
The hydrogen compressed gas system shall be electrically bonded and grounded. [55:10.3.2]
7.2.1.2.1
Mobile hydrogen supply units shall be electrically bonded to the storage system before hydrogen is discharged from the supply unit. [55:10.3.2.1]
7.2.2 Non-Bulk GH2 Storage.
7.2.2.1 General.
7.2.2.1.1 Applicability.
The storage of [GH2] exceeding the quantity thresholds for gases requiring special provisions as specified in Table 6.4.1.1 shall be in accordance with
Chapters 1 through 6 [as applicable] and Sections 7.1 through 7.2 . [55:7.6.1.1]
7.2.2.1.2 Classification of Weather Protection as an Indoor Versus Outdoor Area.
For other than explosive materials and hazardous materials presenting a detonation hazard, a weather protection structure shall be permitted to be used
for sheltering outdoor storage or use areas without requiring such areas to be classified as indoor storage. [55:7.2.1.3]
7.2.2.2 Indoor Storage.
Indoor storage of [GH2] shall be in accordance with the [applicable] provisions of Section 7.1 . [55:7.2.2.1]
7.2.2.2.1
Indoor GH2 systems in control areas with less than the maximum allowable quantities per control area shown in Table 6.4.1.1 shall be located in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Table 7.3.2.2.1 .
7.2.2.2.2 Indoor Hydrogen System Location.
112 of 745
7.2.2.2.2.1
Hydrogen systems of less than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3) and greater than the MAQ, where located inside buildings, shall be in accordance with the following:
(a) The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 10 ft (3.1 m) where the room or area in which the hydrogen system is installed is protected by a
listed detection system as per Article 500.7(K) of NFPA 70 and the detection system shall shut down the fuel supply in the event of a leak that
results in a concentration that exceeds 25 percent of the LFL.
(b) Emergency shutoff valves shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.24 .
[55:10.3.4.1]
7.2.2.2.2.2 Systems Installed in One Room.
(A)
More than one system of 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3) or less shall be permitted to be installed in the same room or area, provided the systems are separated by
at least 50 ft (15 m) or a full-height fire-resistive partition having a minimum fire resistance rating of 2 hours is located between the systems. [55:10.3.4.2.1]
(B)
The separation distance between multiple systems of 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3) or less shall be permitted to be reduced to 25 ft (7.6 m) in buildings where the
space between storage areas is free of combustible materials and protected with a sprinkler system designed for Extra Hazard, Group 1 in accordance
with the requirements of Section 6.10 . [55:10.3.4.2.2]
(C)
The required separation distance between individual portable systems in the process of being filled or serviced in facilities associated with the manufacture
or distribution of hydrogen and its mixtures shall not be limited by 7.2.2.2.2.2(A) or 7.2.2.2.2.2(B) when such facilities are provided with Protection Level 2
controls and the applicable requirements of Chapters 1 through 7. [55:10.3.4.2.3]
7.2.2.3 Outdoor Storage.
7.2.2.3.1 General.
Exterior storage of [GH2] shall be in accordance with 7.2.1 , 7.2.2.1 , and 7.2.2.3 . [55:7.2.2.2.1]
Minimum Minimum Distance to Minimum Distance to Minimum Distance to Buildings on the Same
Maximum Amount Distance Between Lot Lines of Property Public Streets, Public Property
Per Storage Area Storage Areas That Can Be Built Upon Alleys, or Public Ways Less Than 2-Hour 2-Hour 4-Hour
(ft3) (ft) (ft) (ft) Construction Construction Construction
0–4225 5 5 5 5 0 0
4226–21,125 10 10 10 10 5 0
21,126–50,700 10 15 15 20 5 0
50,701–84,500 10 20 20 20 5 0
84,501–200,000 20 25 25 20 5 0
(B)
The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building adjacent to the storage or use area. [55:7.5.2.1.2]
(C)
The fire barrier wall shall be without openings or penetrations. [55:8.7.2.1.1]
(1) Penetrations of the fire barrier wall by conduit or piping shall be permitted provided that the penetration is protected with a firestop system in
accordance with the [adopted] building code. [55:8.7.2.1.1.1]
(D)
The configuration of the [fire barrier] shall be designed to allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations.
[55:7.6.2.3]
7.2.2.3.2.2 Air Intakes.
Storage and use of [GH2] shall not be located within 50 ft (15.2 m) of air intakes. [55:7.6.2.4]
113 of 745
7.2.3.1 General.
7.2.3.1.1 Applicability.
The storage or use of [GH2] exceeding the quantity thresholds for gases requiring special provisions as specified in Table 6.4.1.1 shall be in accordance
with Chapters 1 through 6 [as applicable] and Sections 7.1 and 7.2 . [55:7.6.1.1]
7.2.3.2 Indoor Use.
Indoor use of [GH2] shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 7.1 . [55:7.3.2.1]
7.2.4.1 Applicability.
The storage or use of [GH2] exceeding the quantity thresholds for gases requiring special provisions as specified in Table 6.4.1.1 shall be in accordance
with Chapters 1 through 6 [as applicable] and Sections 7.1 and 7.2 . [55:7.6.1.1]
7.2.4.2 Carts and Trucks.
7.2.4.2.1
Cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be moved using an approved method. [55:7.3.3.2.1]
7.2.4.2.2
Where cylinders, containers, and tanks are moved by hand cart, hand truck, or other mobile device, such carts, trucks, or devices shall be designed for the
secure movement of cylinders, containers, and tanks. [55:7.3.3.2.2]
7.2.4.3 Lifting Devices.
Ropes, chains, or slings shall not be used to suspend [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks unless provisions at time of manufacture have been made on
the cylinder, container, or tank for appropriate lifting attachments, such as lugs. [55:7.3.3.3]
7.2.4.4 Cargo Transport Unloading.
Cargo transport unloading shall be in accordance with 7.3.4.2 .
7.3 Bulk GH2 Systems.
7.3.1.1 Applicability.
The storage, use, and handling of bulk [GH2] systems shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapters 1 through 6, and Section 7.3 .
[55:10.1]
7.3.1.2
7.3.1.2.1 Bonding and Grounding.
The [bulk] hydrogen compressed gas system shall be electrically bonded and grounded. [55:10.3.2]
7.3.2 Bulk GH2 Systems Storage.
Quantity of Hydrogen
Location ≥5000 scf to <15,000 scf (≥142Nm3 to <425 Nm3) ≥15,000 scf (≥425 Nm3)
In a detached building A A
In a gas room, in accordance with Section 6.4 A Detached building required
Not in a gas room NA Detached building required
114 of 745
7.3.2.2.2.1
Detached buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.5 .
[55:10.4.5.2.1]
7.3.2.2.2.2
Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 . [55:10.4.5.2.2]
(A)
Outlet openings shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls or roof. [55:10.4.5.2.2.1]
(B)
Inlet and outlet openings shall each have a minimum total area of 1 ft2/1000 ft3 (1 m2/305 m3) of room volume. [55:10.4.5.2.2.2]
(C)
Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or conducted to the atmosphere. [55:10.4.5.2.2.3]
7.3.2.2.2.3*
Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.9 . [55:10.4.5.2.3]
7.3.2.2.2.4
Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with Article 501 of NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 2 locations. [55:10.4.5.2.4]
7.3.2.2.2.5
Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or other indirect means except that electrical heating shall be permitted to be used if in compliance with
7.3.2.2.2.4. [55:10.4.5.2.5]
7.3.2.2.3 Hydrogen Gas Rooms.
7.3.2.2.3.1
Floors, walls, and ceilings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials in accordance with the requirements of the [adopted]
building code. [55:10.4.5.3.1]
(A)
Interior walls or partitions shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours, shall be continuous from floor to ceiling, and shall be anchored to
resist movement. [55:10.4.5.3.1.1]
(B)
Not less than 25 percent of the perimeter wall shall be an exterior wall. [55:10.4.5.3.1.2]
(C)
Openings to other parts of the building shall not be permitted. [55:10.4.5.3.1.3]
(D)
Windows and doors shall be in exterior walls only. [55:10.4.56.3.1.4]
7.3.2.2.3.2
Ventilation shall be as provided in 6.17 . [55:10.4.5.3.2]
7.3.2.2.3.3
Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.9 . [55:10.4.5.3.3]
7.3.2.2.3.4
There shall be no sources of ignition from open flames, electrical equipment, or heating equipment. [55:10.4.5.3.4]
7.3.2.2.3.5*
Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with Article 501 of NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 2 locations. [55:10.4.5.3.5]
7.3.2.2.3.6
Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or indirect means except that electrical heating shall be permitted to be used if in compliance with
7.3.2.2.3.5. [55:10.4.5.3.6]
7.3.2.3 Outdoor Storage.
7.3.2.3.1 Aboveground Locations.
115 of 745
116 of 745
The minimum distance from a [GH2] system located outdoors to specified exposures shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a), Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b)
or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) . [55:10.4.2.2.1]
(1) Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnecting Piping. The maximum internal diameter of the piping system used for interconnecting piping
between the shutoff valve on any single storage container to the point of connection to the system source valve shall not be required to be in
accordance with the values shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) when in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) . [55:10.4.2.2.2]
(a) The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters other than those specified in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) for the pressure range
selected shall be permitted with tabular distances determined based on the use of the equations in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) .
[55:10.4.2.2.1.1]
(b) Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) shall be subject to review and approval by the
AHJ. [55:10.4.2.2.2.2]
(c) * Determination of Internal Diameter. The internal diameter of the piping system shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving that
portion of a storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3). The piping system size used in the application of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a),
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) and shall be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest maximum internal
diameter. [55:10.4.2.2.2.1]
(d) * Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum operating pressure of the storage array with
content greater than 5000 scf (141.6Nm3), irrespective of those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure. [55:10.4.2.2.3]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Exposures Group 1 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Lot lines 12 40 14 46 9 29 10 34
(b) Air intakes (HVAC, compressors, other)
(c) Operable openings in buildings and structures
(d) Ignition sources such as open flames and welding
Exposures Group 2 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Exposed persons other than those servicing the system 6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16
(b) Parked cars
Exposures Group 3 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Buildings of non-combustible non-fire-rated construction 5 17 6 19 4 12 4 14
(b) Buildings of combustible construction
(c) Flammable gas storage systems above or below ground
(d) Hazardous materials storage systems above or below ground
(e) Heavy timber, coal, or other slow-burning combustible solids
(f) Ordinary combustibles, including fast-burning solids such as ordinary lumber,
excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and vegetation other than that found in
maintained landscaped areas
(g) Unopenable openings in building and structures
(h) Encroachment by overhead utilities (horizontal distance from the vertical plane
Below the nearest overhead electrical wire of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous materials
(j) Flammable gas metering and regulating stations such as natural gas or propane.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(a)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
117 of 745
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to
units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to
units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(c)]
7.3.2.3.1.2* Reduction of Distance by Mitigation Means.
118 of 745
(A) *
Except for distances to air intakes, the distances to Group 1 and 2 exposures shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) ,Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) and Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c)
shall be permitted to be reduced by one-half and shall not apply to Group 3 exposures where fire barrier walls are located between the system and the
exposure and constructed in accordance with the following: [55:10.4.2.2.4.1]
(1) The fire barrier wall shall be without openings or penetrations. [55:8.7.3.2.1]
(a) Penetrations of the fire barrier wall by conduit or piping shall be permitted provided that the penetration is protected with a firestop system in
accordance with the [adopted] building code. [55:8.7.3.2.1.1]
(2) Fire barrier walls shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(1)]
(3) The fire barrier wall shall interrupt the line of sight between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the exposure. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(2)]
(4) The configuration of the fire barrier shall allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(3)]
(5) The number of fire barrier walls used to separate individual systems shall be limited to three. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(4)]
(6) The fire barrier wall shall not have more than two sides at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) directions or not more than three sides with connecting angles of 135
degrees (2.36 rad). [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(5)]
(a) The connecting angles between fire barrier walls shall be permitted to be reduced to less than 135 degrees (2.3 rad) for installations consisting of
three walls when in accordance with 8.3.2.3.1.5(E). [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(5)(a)]
(7) Fire barrier walls shall be designed and constructed as a structure in accordance with the requirements of the building code without exceeding the
specified allowable stresses for the materials of construction utilized. Structures shall be designed to resist the overturning effects caused by lateral
forces due to wind, soil, flood, and seismic events. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(6)]
(8) Where clearance is required between bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the barrier wall for the performance of service or maintenance-
related activities, a minimum horizontal clearance of 5 ft (1.5 m) shall be provided between the structure and the system. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(7)]
(9) The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building adjacent to the storage or use area when the exterior
building wall meets the requirements for fire barrier walls. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(8)]
119 of 745
(A)
[GH2] containers shall be examined for internal and external surface flaws and inclusions before burial, or at the time of manufacture. [55:10.4.1.1.2 (A)]
(B)
[GH2] containers with flaws or inclusions exceeding the lesser of 5 percent of the wall thickness or 0.12 in. (3 mm) shall not be used. [55:10.4.1.1.2 (B)]
7.3.2.4.3.2
The seal design shall include a method of detecting a leak in the primary seal. [55:10.4.3.1.4.2]
7.3.2.4.4 Piping Systems.
7.3.2.4.4.1
Joints in the piping system shall be installed and inspected in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines, or other
approved standards. [55:10.4.3.1.5.1]
7.3.2.4.4.2
Valves, controls, safety devices, and instrumentation shall be above ground and accessible to authorized personnel. [55:10.4.3.1.5.2]
7.3.2.4.5 Location.
[GH2] containers shall be located in accordance with 7.3.2.4.5.1 through 7.3.2.4.5.6 . [55:10.4.3.1.6]
7.3.2.4.5.1
Underground [GH2] containers shall not be located beneath buildings. [55:10.4.3.1.6.1]
7.3.2.4.5.2
[GH2] containers and associated equipment shall be located with respect to foundations and supports of other structures such that the loads carried by
such structures cannot be transmitted to the tank. [55:10.4.3.1.6.2]
7.3.2.4.5.3
The distance from any part of the [GH2] container to the nearest wall of a basement, pit, cellar, or lot line shall not be less than 10 ft (3.1 m).
[55:10.4.3.1.6.3]
7.3.2.4.5.4
A structure or foundation of a structure on the same property shall not be erected or constructed within 10 ft (3.1 m) of any point on the container surface,
unless the footings extend to the bottom of the container or the container’s foundation. [55:10.4.3.1.6.4]
7.3.2.4.5.5
A minimum distance of 1 ft (0.3 m), shell to shell, shall be maintained between adjacent underground containers. [55:10.4.3.1.6.5]
7.3.2.4.5.6*
A minimum distance of 3 ft (0.9 m) shall be maintained between [GH2] containers and buried utilities. [55:10.4.3.1.6.6]
7.3.2.4.6 Foundations.
Underground [GH2] containers shall be set on foundations constructed in accordance with the [adopted] building code, and surrounded with not less than
6 in. (152 mm) of noncorrosive inert material. [55:10.4.3.1.7]
7.3.2.4.6.1
The concrete shall extend a minimum of 1 ft (0.3 m) horizontally beyond the footprint of the tank in all directions. [55:10.4.3.1.7.1]
7.3.2.4.7 Depth, Cover, and Fill.
7.3.2.4.7.1
Containers shall be buried such that the top of the container is covered with a minimum of 1 ft (0.3 m) of earth and with concrete a minimum of 4 in.
(101 mm) thick placed over the earthen cover. [55:10.4.3.1.8]
7.3.2.4.8 * Anchorage and Security.
[GH2] containers installed underground in flood hazard areas shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement resulting from
hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood. [55:10.4.3.1.9]
7.3.2.4.9 Venting of Underground GH2 Containers.
Vent pipes for underground [GH2] containers shall be in accordance with 7.1.15 . [55:10.4.3.1.10]
7.3.3.1
The use of bulk GH2 systems shall be in accordance with Section 7.1 .
120 of 745
7.3.4.1
The handling of GH2 shall be in accordance with 7.2.4.
NFPA 55 deals with DOT approved vessels, as it should for bottle yards. DOT approved vessels by definition are transportable. In NFPA 2 we are dealing with
transportable and stationary vessels. We need to differentiate the requirements of DOT from ASME. They are in practice different.
Additionally NFPA 55 deals with many gases stored in a limited area, one set of hazards. NFPA 2 deals with one and up to six flammable gases, not toxics, no
asphyxiants, a different set of hazards. - Equipment - hazards - rules, two sets.
121 of 745
7.1.4.1.1
The storage and use of metal hydride storage systems shall be in accordance with this section, 7.1.4 . [55:10.2.9.1.1]
Started looking for 7.1.4. Isn’t this obvious by heading? Just say, this section.
122 of 745
Delete the last clause. It is not enforceable. We are dealing with the general public.
123 of 745
Is inspection and frequency a NFPA or NBBI requirement? NFPA doesn’t inspect pressure vessels or relief valves nor set frequency. Let’s refer to local ordinance.
124 of 745
[55:10.2.9.1.7.1]
125 of 745
[55:10.2.9.1.7.2]
Valve marking is usually under the purview of ASME or MSS (same requirements). Only add to and do not repeat the requirements.
126 of 745
[ 55: 10.2.9.1.7.3]
(A)
(1)
The required markings for pressure relief devices that are integral components of valves used on cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be allowed to be
placed on the valve. [ 55: 10.2.9.1.7.3(A)]
Valve marking is usually under the purview of ASME or MSS (same requirements). Only add to and do not repeat the requirements. What is “A”?
127 of 745
(1) Service life identifying the last date the vessel can be used
(2) System name or product code that identifies the system by the type of chemistry used in the system
[ 55: 10.2.9.1.7.4]
Valve marking is usually under the purview of ASME or DOT (same requirements). Only add to and do not repeat the requirements.
128 of 745
Not enforceable. What temperature? What is “artificially created”? What is “subambient (low) temperatures”? If the gas entering it is 55 F (underground pipeline
temperature) and the outside air is 70 F am I in violation?
129 of 745
7.1.4.2.2 Valves.
Valves on cylinders, containers, and tanks shall remain closed closed and secured (i.e. capped or with cylinder valve cover installed) except when
containers are connected to closed systems and ready for use. [ 55: 10.2.9.2.2] in use.
Not enforceable. Not sure this is an improvement. Maybe delete the whole item.
130 of 745
WHy limit to only section VIII? Section X applies and possibly Section XII. Let the ASME Code do the directing.
131 of 745
7.1.5.2.1
Defective transportable cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be returned to the supplier. [55:7.1.5.2.1]
The rules for transportable and stationary cylinders are not the same. We need to differentiate between stationary and transportable storage. A DOT3AA cylinder is
an examples transportable storage.
132 of 745
We need to differentiate between stationary and transportable storage. An ASME stamped vessel is an example of stationary storage.
133 of 745
7.1.5.2.2
Suppliers shall
repair
remove the transportable cylinders, containers, and tanks
, remove them
from service
,
and either repair or dispose of them in an approved manner.
[ 55: 7.1.5.2.2]
First the cylinder is removed from service, then the cylinder owner decides to repair or scrap.
134 of 745
7.1.5.3 Supports.
Stationary cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be provided with engineered supports of noncombustible material on noncombustible foundations.
[55:7.1.5.3]
Additional guidance on supports can be found in ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures”, and ASME B31E, “Standard
for the Seismic Design and Retrofit of Above-Ground Piping Systems”
The current requirement needs support. ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures”, and ASME B31E, “Standard for the Seismic Design
and Retrofit of Above-Ground Piping Systems” are current references. ASCE covers structures. ASME piping systems.
135 of 745
136 of 745
7.1.5.5.1
When required by 7.1.5.5.2 , pressure relief devices shall be provided to protect containers and systems containing [GH2] from rupture in the event of
overpressure from thermal exposure. [55:7.1.5.5.1]
Pressure relief devices are to conform to either stationary or transportable storage requirements based on design and usage.
137 of 745
7.1.5.5.2
Pressure relief devices to protect transportable containers shall be designed and provided in accordance with CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device
Standards — Part 1 — Cylinders for Compressed Gases, for cylinders; CGA S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 2 — Cargo and Portable
Tanks for Compressed Gases, for portable tanks; and CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for
Compressed Gases, for stationary tanks or in accordance with applicable equivalent requirements in the country of use. [55:7.1.5.5.2]
Pressure relief devices to protect stationary storage shall be design and operated per the ASME BVPC, Section VIII.
138 of 745
7.1.6.3.1
Stationary [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be marked in accordance with NFPA 704. [ 55: 7.1.7.3.1] NFPA 704 or Hazardous Materials
Iden fica on System (HMIS) as the applica on dictates .
The intent of this PI is to suggest the TC consider differentiating between stationary and transportable storage as appropriate in Chapter 7. A CSA HGV 2 cylinder or
a DOT3AA are examples of transportable storage. There are many places in section 7.1.… where this issue comes up. We wish to tee this topic up for NFPA 2, and
potentially for the NFPA 2/ NFPA 55 joint discussion. This specific section is one example in section 7.1.X.. where the hydrogen application in NFPA 2 may go
beyond the intent of the extract text in NFPA 55 due to the use of stationary storage systems subject to ASME rules. It is likely the best approach in these cases is to
differentiate between stationary and transportable storage in NFPA 2 and remove the extract tags for NFPA 55, which may potentially not need to make similar
revisions. Reference: US DoL OSHA - 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazardous Materials Identification.
139 of 745
7.1.6.3.1
Stationary [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be marked in accordance with NFPA 704. [ 55: 7.1.7.3.1] or Hazardous Materials Identification
System (HMIS) as the application dictates.
There are two accepted marking systems. The second is federal regulation, US DoL OSHA - 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazardous Materials Identification. List both as
either/or.
140 of 745
7.1.7.3.2
Guard posts Bollards or other means shall be provided to protect [GH2] cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems indoors and outdoors from vehicular
damage in accordance with. Section 4.14 . [55:7.1.8.3.2]
A guard post is a portal through a perimeter often manned with a sentry to limit the entry of personnel. A bollard is a short vertical post. Originally it meant a post
used on a ship or a quay, principally for mooring. The word now also describes a variety of structures to control or direct road traffic, such as posts arranged in a line
to obstruct the passage of motor vehicles. This needs to be corrected in a number of locations in the text.
141 of 745
Transporable [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks in use or in storage shall be secured to prevent them from falling or being knocked over by corralling
them and securing them to a cart, framework, or fixed object by use of a restraint, unless otherwise permitted by 7.1.7.4.1 and 7.1.7.4.2. [55:7.1.8.4]
7.1.7.4.1
Transportable [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks in the process of examination, servicing, and refilling shall not be required to be secured.
[55:7.1.8.4.1]
7.1.7.4.2
At cylinder-filling plants, authorized cylinder requalifier’s facilities, and distributors’ warehouses, the nesting of cylinders shall be permitted as a means to
secure cylinders. [55:7.1.8.4.2]
142 of 745
143 of 745
2. The concern here is the inadvertent activation of the CGA S-1 valve. Stationary storage does not require S-1 valves. So this only applies to transportable
storage.
3. The concern with stationary storage is the possibility of a pool fire under the storage. An appropriate approach might be to place the storage above grade,
maybe a concrete slab, so that an untenable release of a liquid fuel cannot pool under the storage.
4. Consider:
7.1.9.1.3 Temperature extremes
7.1.9.1.3.1 Transportable storage
7.1.9.1.3.1.1 (text from 7.1.9.1.3)
7.1.9.1.3.1.2 (text from 7.1.9.1.3.1)
7.1.9.1.3.2 Stationary storage (pool fires)
144 of 745
145 of 745
7.1.9.1.5 Heating.
Stationary and transportable storage [GH2] cylinders, containers, and tanks, whether full or partially full, shall not be heated by devices that could raise the
surface temperature of the cylinder, container, or tank to above 125°F (52°C). [55:7.1.10.7]
7.1.9.1.5.1 Electrically Powered Heating Devices.
Electrical heating devices shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. [55:7.1.10.7.1]
7.1.9.1.5.2 Fail-Safe Design.
Devices designed to maintain individual [GH 2 ] cylinders, containers, or tanks at maintain Stationary and transportable storageat constant temperature
shall be designed to be fail-safe. [55:7.1.10.7.2]
146 of 745
147 of 745
148 of 745
149 of 745
150 of 745
151 of 745
What does “approved manner” mean exactly? “With the tooling and to the procedures appropriate for the specific storage type design”?
152 of 745
7.1.14 Surfaces.
7.1.14.1
To prevent bottom corrosion, cylinders, containers, and tanks stationary and transportable storage shall be either catholically protected, anodically
protected, orprotected from direct contact with soil or surfaces where water might accumulate. [55:7.1.15.1]
7.1.14.2
Surfaces shall be graded to prevent accumulation of water. [ 55: 7.1.15.2]
Provision is to be made to keep storage components out of the water (and/or mud).
3. Keeping the storage out of the water may not be possible in the tidewater regions of the east and gulf coasts. Heavy rains don’t drain, they pool when the water
table is only a couple of inches below grade.
153 of 745
7.1.15.1 The designer could follow B31.1, B31.3, B31.8 or B31.12 and be safe. Let’s not limit the designer ASME doesn't.
Also ASME B31.12 cautions against the use of cast, ductile, malleable or high silicon irons [ASME B31.12 GR-2.1.4 (b)(1).]
7.1.15.1.2 Why is this arbitrary number quote? The American Welding Society defines brazing as “a group of joining processes that produce coalescence of
materials by heating them to a brazing temperature and by using a filler metal having a liquidus exceeding 840°F and below the solidus of the base metals.” In actual
practice, most brazing is done at temperatures from about 1100ºF to 2200F.
154 of 745
Public Input No. 398-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.1.15.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Piping, tubing, fittings, and related components shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with applicable parts of ASME B31. 3 12 , Code
for Process Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines , and Sections 704.1.2.3, 704.1.2.4, and 704.1.2.5 of the ICC International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC). Cast-iron
pipe, valves, and fittings shall not be used.
The suggested change correlates with the testing specified in Section 7.1.15.1.1 and correlates with the ICC International Fuel Gas Code which references B31.12.
B31.12 also incorporates B31.1, 2, 3, 4, 8, and 8S through a mandatory reference in Appendix II.
This correlation and pointer to B31.12 may need to be looked at throughout the code.
155 of 745
7.1.15.3 There are different rules for vaulted versus buried piping? Where are they?
7.1.15.3.1 This tweak should clarify.
7.1.15.3.1.3 How open? Periodic vault vents or entirely covered with deck grating?
156 of 745
Zip:
Submittal Date: Sun Jun 26 19:54:30 EDT 2016
157 of 745
Valve boxes or enclosures installed in areas subject to vehicular traffic shall be constructed to resist uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads in
accordance with the [adopted] building code for areas designated as vehicular driveways and yards, subject to trucking. [ 55: 7.1.17.1.1.1]
Vaulted piping shall be treated as buried piping unless leak detection monitoring is used, in which case it is to be treated as piping installed in an
open trench.
7.1.15.3.1.3
Piping installed in an open trench shall not be considered underground piping if the ventilation is equivalent to above ground piping .
7.1.15.3.1.3 4 *
Piping installed in trench systems located below grade where the trench is open to above an open trench shall not be considered to be underground.
[ 55: 7.1.17.1.2] underground piping if the ventilation is equivalent to above ground piping .
7.1.15.3.2 Contact with Earth.
7.1.15.3.2.1
Gas piping in contact with earth or other material that could corrode the piping shall be protected against corrosion in an approved manner. [55:7.1.17.2]
7.1.15.3.2.2
When cathodic protection is provided, it shall be in accordance with 7.1.18 . [55:7.1.17.2.1]
7.1.15.3.3
Underground piping shall be installed on at least 6 in. (150 mm) of well-compacted bedding material. [30:27.6.5.1]
7.1.15.3.4
In areas subject to vehicle traffic, the pipe trench shall be deep enough to permit a cover of at least 18 in. (450 mm) of well-compacted backfill material and
pavement. [30:27.6.5.2]
7.1.15.3.5
In paved areas where a minimum 2 in. (50 mm) of asphalt is used, backfill between the pipe and the asphalt shall be permitted to be reduced to 8 in.
(200 mm) minimum. [30:27.6.5.3]
7.1.15.3.6
In paved areas where a minimum 4 in. (100 mm) of reinforced concrete is used, backfill between the pipe and the concrete shall be permitted to be reduced
to 4 in. (100 mm) minimum. [30:27.6.5.4]
7.1.15.3.7
In areas not subject to vehicle traffic, the pipe trench shall be deep enough to permit a cover of at least 12 in. (300 mm) of well-compacted backfill material.
[55:7.1.17.7]
7.1.15.3.8
A greater burial depth shall be provided when required by the manufacturer’s instructions or where frost conditions are present. [30:27.6.5.6]
7.1.15.3.9
Piping within the same trench shall be separated horizontally by at least two pipe diameters. Separation need not exceed 9 in. (230 mm). [30:27.6.5.7]
7.1.15.3.10
Two or more levels of piping within the same trench shall be separated vertically by a minimum 6 in. (150 mm) of well-compacted bedding material.
[30:27.6.5.8]
7.1.15.3.11
“As-built” drawings of the underground piping installation shall be maintained by the owner and shall be available upon request by the AHJ.
The intent of this PI is to clarify requirements for vaulted versus buried piping. This PI provides some clarification; however further work is needed.
7.1.15.3 There are different rules for vaulted versus buried piping. (Where are they?) Recommend clarifying language and pointing to the appropriate section.
7.1.15.3.1 Clarification.
7.1.15.3.1.3* Clarification needed: How open? Periodic vault vents or entirely covered with deck grating?
159 of 745
7.1.16.2
Valve handles or operators for required shutoff 16.2.1 Valves not accessible to the general public with handles or actuators required to close the valves
shall not be removed or otherwise altered to prevent access. [ 55:
7.
3.
1.
4
16 .2
]
1. Access by the general public needs to be addressed. The AHJ has found with other fuel gases that historically tampering is a greater threat so they required
standardized valves and the first responders carry the tools to close the valve.
160 of 745
7.1.17.1
Venting from the relief vents from the hydrogen supply piping serving listed fuel cell power systems shall be permitted to be discharged into an enclosure
integral to the fuel cell system where the concentration of hydrogen is diluted below 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL) at the outlet of the
enclosure. [ 55: 10.2.3.1]
Delete this redundant requirement. All fuel cell requirements are in NFPA 853, refer to chapter 12. This specific topic is covered in NFPA 853 Chapter 7.
161 of 745
7.1.17.2
A relief vent is the exit path from a relief valve. Isolation downstream of the relief valve is against code and a really bad idea.
Differentiating between safety relief valve vents and process (or exhaust) vent would be wise.
162 of 745
Not actionable. What does “directed to an approved location” mean? Who approves?
Not user friendly. Section 6.16 sends you to CGA G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems. Just call out the reference.
163 of 745
[55:7.1.6.3.2]
7.1.18.4 Corrosion Expert.
Repairs, maintenance, or replacement of a cathodic protection system shall be under the supervision of a corrosion expert certified by NACE. [55:7.1.6.4]
7.1.18.4.1
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:7.1.6.4.1]
164 of 745
Public Input No. 199-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.1.18 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Where required, cathodic protection shall be in accordance with 7.1.18 . [this section]. [55:7.1.6]
165 of 745
7.1.19 Transfer.
Transfer of [GH2] between cylinders, containers, and tanks cstationary and transportable storages shall be performed by qualified personnel using
equipment and operating procedures in accordance with CGA P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers. [ 55: 7.3.1.9] Transfer of [GH2]
between stationary and transportation storage is discussed in chapter 10 of this document
We need to differentiate between stationary and transportable storage and embellish a bit.
166 of 745
7.1.19 Transfer.
Transfer of [GH2] between cylinders, containers, and tanks stationary and transportable storage shall be performed by qualified personnel using
equipment and operating procedures in accordance with CGA P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers. [55:7.3.1.9]
7.1.19.1
Transfer of [GH2] between stationary and transportation storage is discussed in chapter 10 of this document.
Submitted correlating PI to NFPA 55 this cycle (81 NFPA 55: 2016). Intent is to differentiate between stationary and transportable storage as requirements differ. For
this document, PI also adds a pointer for requirements for transferring between stationary and transportable storage.
167 of 745
7.1.20.3
Control circuits that automatically shut down
When an automatic shutdown control shuts down a system. The system shall remain down until manually activated or reset
after a safe shutdown is performed. [ 55: 10.2.5.3]
by personnel authorized by the owner/operator after determination of the cause of the shut down and the determination that the system is safe to
restart.
Not a sentence. I think this is what was (or should have been) intended.
168 of 745
7.1.21.1 Valves.
(A)
Valves shall be installed such that each compressor is able to be isolated for maintenance. [55:10.2.5.4.1.1]
(B)
The discharge line shall be equipped with a check valve to prevent the backflow of gas from high-pressure sources located downstream of the compressor.
[55:10.2.5.4.1.2]
We need a requirement, not a selection of method and hardware. Besides “check valves don’t check”…
169 of 745
7.1.21.2 Foundations.
(A)
Foundations used for supporting equipment shall be designed and constructed to prevent frost heaving. [ 55: 10.2.5.5.1]
(B)
The structural aspects of such foundations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 5000, ICC IBC or as superseded
by the [adopted] building code . [ 55: 10.2.5.5.2]
170 of 745
What is the difference between an automatic shutdown and an emergency shutdown? To me, an automatic shutdown occurs when a sensor detects and anomaly an
initiates a standard controlled shutdown protecting the hardware from further potential damage.
An emergency shutdown is initiated either automatically or manually in response to an unsafe condition or event. An emergency shutdown does not protect
hardware. It is used to protect personnel and the general public.
In each case, the system should include a LOR (lock out relay) which requires the fault to be corrected and the system inspected by authorized (trained) personnel
prior to locally resetting the lock out.
171 of 745
2. We need a requirement, not a selection of method and hardware. Besides relief valves are not the only solution and avoidance of a release is preferable.
172 of 745
173 of 745
Substantiation Statement: HEEs are General Requirements applicable to LH2 pumping systems as well as compressors and cryo-compressors. H2 Station
products (HEEs) exist today that and can connect to a compressed hydrogen supply or liquid hydrogen supply system. Such systems may perform heat exchange of
the dispensed hydrogen at high pressure with cryogenic hydrogen at low pressure, reducing energy waste for precooling. These \ heat exchange mechanisms and
integrated system packaging benefit the need for compact foot print support the hydrogen economy.
Likewise LH2-pumps, such as those installed at Livermore National Laboratory, are prefabricated inside an HEE, according to risk assessment, safety integrity
levels, hazop, and layer of protection analysis.
NFPA 2 should extend the HEEs requirement to support LH2 equipment in order to safely commercialize advanced hydrogen technologies provide guidance to the
AHJ.
174 of 745
7.1.23.1.2
HEE shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
7.1.23.2 Bonding and Grounding.
7.1.23.2.1
HEE grounding and equipment bonding within the enclosure shall comply with all of the following:
7.1.23.3
GH 2 shall not be vented within the HEE or to compartments within a HEE.
7.1.23.3.1
Vent pipes shall be in accordance with Section 7.1.17.3 .
7.1.23.3.2
Pressure relief devices and valves discharging to the atmosphere shall be vented in accordance with 7.1.5.5.5 .
7.1.23.4
A HEE that can be entered and contains or is connected to a source of GH 2 shall be evaluated for the potential of an oxygen-deficient atmosphere during
normal or off-normal conditions.
7.1.23.4.1
Where the potential exists for an oxygen-deficient atmosphere, detection and notification appliances shall be provided to warn personnel of an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere.
7.1.23.4.1.1
Notification appliances shall produce a distinctive audible and visual alarm and be located outside the entrance to all locations where the oxygen-deficient
condition could exist.
7.1.23.4.1.2
If a GH 2 detection system is provided in accordance with Section 6.12 , oxygen detectors are not required.
7.1.23.5 Security.
7.1.23.5.1
Exterior access doors for a HEE shall be secured against unauthorized entry.
7.1.23.5.1.1
Exterior access doors shall not be required to be secured if a secured perimeter fence or wall is provided to prevent unauthorized entry.
7.1.23.5.2
Locks or latches shall not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort for the operation from the egress side.
7.1.23.6 *
Means of egress for a HEE shall be in accordance with 7.1.23.6.1 , unless the HEE cannot be entered.
7.1.23.6.1
Not fewer than two means of egress shall be provided from each equipment enclosure or equipment compartment, unless all of the following criteria are
met:
(1) Undivided HEE or equipment compartments do not exceed 200 ft 2 (18.6 m 2 ), and
(2) HEE or equipment compartments have a travel distance to the room or compartment exit door(s) not exceeding 15 ft (4.6 m).
175 of 745
7.1.23.6.1.1
The means of egress shall have:
7.1.23.7
Hydrogen piping and equipment shall be isolated, depressurized, and made safe prior to replacement.
7.1.23.8
A HEE shall be secured to a structure or foundation in a manner approved by the AHJ.
7.1.23.9 Isolation of GH 2 Storage.
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH 2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9 .
7.1.23.9.3
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be located within the same compartment as the hydrogen storage.
7.1.23.9.4
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall operate on GH 2 detection alarms, fire alarms, and emergency shutdown system activations.
7.1.23.9.5
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be fail-safe to close upon loss of power or air pressure.
7.1.23.9.6
GH 2 generation and compression equipment within a HEE which supplies hydrogen to storage containers shall be equipped with either an external
automatic emergency shutoff valve or non-return valve on the exit piping outside the enclosure or compartment.
7.1.23.10 Ventilation.
7.1.23.10.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , ventilation shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.10 .
7.1.23.10.2
A HEE and compartments within a HEE that contain GH 2 storage, equipment, or piping shall be provided with ventilation in accordance with 7.3.2.2.2.2 .
7.1.23.10.3
Natural ventilation openings and air intakes for mechanical ventilation systems shall be separated from non-bulk sources of GH 2 in accordance with
7.2.2.3.2.2 and from bulk sources of GH 2 in accordance with 7.3.2.3.1.1 .
7.1.23.10.3.1
Air intakes and ventilation openings shall not be required to meet the requirements of 7.1.23.10.3 where the compartment is provided with GH 2 detection
in accordance with 7.1.23.14 , which deactivates power to all electrical equipment within the enclosure upon detection of 25 percent of the LFL.
7.1.23.11 Storage Area Separation.
7.1.23.11.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , storage area separation shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.11 .
7.1.23.11.2
Fuel cell equipment, compressors, hydrogen generators, electrical distribution equipment, and similar appliances shall be separated from GH 2 storage
areas within the HEE by a one-hour fire rated barrier that is also capable of preventing gas transmission.
7.1.23.12 Electrical Equipment.
7.1.23.12.1
All electrical equipment in a HEE that has GH 2 piping, storage, generation, or processing equipment shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of NFPA 70 .
7.1.23.12.2
Electrical equipment within 15 ft (4.6 m) of any natural ventilation opening or required exhaust discharge of a HEE shall comply with the requirements of
Chapter 5 of NFPA 70 .
7.1.23.13 Emergency Shutdown System.
7.1.23.13.1
An emergency shutdown system (ESS) shall be provided for the HEE.
176 of 745
7.1.23.13.1.1
The ESS shall operate on GH 2 detection alarms, fire alarms, and loss of ventilation alarms, where these are required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 .
7.1.23.13.1.2
The ESS shall operate upon activation of a manual emergency shutdown device (ESD).
7.1.23.13.1.3
The ESS shall operate across all interconnected HEE at a common site.
7.1.23.13.1.4
Where activated, the ESS shall de-energize unclassified electrical equipment inside compartments containing hydrogen or other flammable gases and
close all automatic shutoff control valves on piping into and from interconnected HEE and HEE compartments containing hydrogen equipment.
7.1.23.13.1.5
A manual ESD shall be located on the exterior of each HEE that is interconnected to the hydrogen system.
(A)
The ESD shall be identified by a sign located at the exterior of the equipment enclosure.
7.1.23.13.1.6
A remote emergency shutdown shall be located not less than 25 ft (7.6 m) and not more than 100 ft (30 m) from HEE equipped with individual ESDs.
7.1.23.14 Detection.
7.1.23.14.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , GH 2 detection, fire detection, and loss of ventilation detection shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.14 .
7.1.23.14.2
GH 2 detection shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.12 .
7.1.23.14.2.1
Detection of hydrogen above 25 percent of the LFL shall result in activation of the ESS, and shall be indicated by a visible notification device mounted on
the exterior of the HEE.
7.1.23.14.3
Heat detectors or flame detectors shall be provided and installed in accordance in NFPA 72 .
7.1.23.14.4
A device shall be provided to detect failure of the ventilation system.
7.1.23.14.4.1
The device shall activate the ESS when airflow drops below 75 percent of the required flow.
7.1.23.15 Explosion Control.
7.1.23.15.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , explosion control shall be provided in accordance with Section 6.9 .
7.1.23.15.1.1
Explosion vents, where used, shall not discharge into adjacent HEE compartments.
This is a placeholder public input requesting that the Technical Committee perform a proper risk analysis on the HEE requirements and modify them during the public
comment period. A proper risk analysis was not performed when these HEE requirements were created. They were also significantly modified during the public
comment hearing without proper review. I am NOT requesting to delete this section.
177 of 745
7.1.23.1.2
HEE shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
7.1.23.1.x
When the exterior enclosure walls carry a fire resistance rating, the fire rating shall be specified by the HEE manufacturer.
This is a new requirement. The manufacturer may take credit for reduction of setback distances by the use of containment, gas detection, ESD system, ventilation,
and fire resistance as approved by the AHJ.
178 of 745
7.1.23.1.2*
HEE structural members shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
A.7.1.23.1.2
HEE structures such as ISO containers and custom enclosures are typically framed using metal. Converted ISO containers may have a wooden floor that
is covered with metal, and may have interior wall and ceiling insulation protected by fire rated material.
Language is too broad and limiting. Original intent of clause is to preclude all wood construction or garden shed as an HEE. Instead, allow for industry practice of
constructing HEE with noncombustible structural members and using fire retardant or fire rated interior insulating materials.
Today, industry constructs HEE using metal containers or enclosures that also use 1/2 hour gypsum and insulation, or 1/2 hour fire retardant coated laminated
insulation board, to add thermal or sonic insulation for the equipment within. Listed water electrolyzers placed in an insulated ISO container HEE for environmental
protection are a common example; compressors in an HEE with sound damping materials are another.
In the case where rated and listed water electrolyzers are placed in HEE for environmental protection,
179 of 745
7.1.23.3.1 2
Vent pipes shall be in accordance with Section 7.1.17.3 .
7.1.23.3.2 3
Pressure relief devices and valves discharging to the atmosphere shall be vented in accordance with 7.1.5.5.5 .
This section is all about Hydrogen Vent Systems. for editorial clarity create a section title and move the first requirement under the title
180 of 745
7.1.23.4
A HEE that can be entered and contains or is connected to a source of GH2 shall be evaluated for to determine if it is to be considered a confined space
(i.e has the potential of an oxygen-deficient atmosphere) during normal or off-normal conditions.
7.1.23.4.1
Where the potential exists for an oxygen-deficient atmosphere, detection and notification appliances shall be provided to warn personnel of an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere
Confined spaces shall be identified and marked as such .
7.1.23.4.1.1
Notification appliances shall produce a distinctive audible and visual alarm and be located outside the entrance to all locations where the oxygen-deficient
condition could exist.
7.1.23.4.1.2
If a GH 2 detection system is provided in accordance with Section 6.12 , oxygen detectors are not required.
181 of 745
7.1.23.4
A HEE that can be entered and contains or is connected to a source of GH2 shall be evaluated for to determine if it is to be considered a confined space
(i.e has the potential of an oxygen-deficient atmosphere) during normal or off-normal conditions.
7.1.23.4.1
Where the potential exists for an oxygen-deficient atmosphere, detection and notification appliances shall be provided to warn personnel of an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere
Confined spaces shall be identified and marked as such .
7.1.23.4.1.1
Notification appliances shall produce a distinctive audible and visual alarm and be located outside the entrance to all locations where the oxygen-deficient
condition could exist.
7.1.23.4.1.2
If a GH2 detection system is provided in accordance with Section 6.12, oxygen detectors are not required.
182 of 745
7.1.23.4.1 Alarms
7.1.23.4.1.1
Where the potential exists for an oxygen-deficient atmosphere, detection and notification appliances shall be provided to warn personnel of an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere.
7.1.23.4.1.1 2
Notification appliances shall produce a distinctive audible and visual alarm and be located outside the entrance to all locations where the oxygen-deficient
condition could exist.
7.1.23.4.1.2 3
If a GH2 detection system is provided in accordance with Section 6.12, oxygen detectors are not required.
This section is all about Alarms. for editorial clarity, create section title and move first requirement "down"
183 of 745
7.1.23.7
Hydrogen piping and equipment shall be isolated, depressurized, and made safe prior to replacement. Means to do so shall be provided.
The HEE sub-group discussed this at length and wanted to add a prescriptive statement to support the operational direction of the existing section/language.
184 of 745
7.1.23.7
Hydrogen piping and equipment shall be isolated, depressurized, and made safe prior to replacement, maintenance or service . Means to do so shall be
provided.
The HEE sub-group discussed adding the words "maintenance or service" to include other possible industry locations where work may take place. Then move this to
the general section of HEE under 7.1.23 for clarity and organization.
185 of 745
7.1.23.8 1.3
A HEE shall be secured to a structure or foundation in a manner approved by the AHJ.
this is a general requirement and should be moved up to the general requirements in section 7.23.1
186 of 745
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9.
Hydrogen generation,
HEE or a compartment in a Support equipment room
GH2 storage GH2 storage compression and/or
HEE contains: (in an HEE)
processing equipment
Enclosure Volume: <200 ft3 ≥200 ft3 Not limited Not limited
Contains or is connected to a Yes Yes Yes No
source of hydrogen:
Automatic isolation from GH2 Not required Not required Required Not applicable
storage
Ventilation Natural or mechanical Natural for 3-walls Mechanical No additional requirement
HEE/mechanical for 4-walls
HEE
Storage compartment separation Not applicable Not applicable Required Required
Electrical equipment Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Unclassified
Bonding/grounding Required Required Required Per NFPA 70
7.1.23.9.5
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be fail-safe to close upon loss of power or air pressure.
7.1.23.9.6
GH 2 generation and compression equipment within a HEE which supplies hydrogen to storage containers shall be equipped with either an external
automatic emergency shutoff valve or non-return valve on the exit piping outside the enclosure or compartment fail in the closed position .
7.1.23.9.2 Delivery to or from storage? I believe you are referring to the dispenser supply
7.1.23.9.3 Why can’t the valve be outside the HEE, negating the need for hardware for classified areas? A couple of feet of pipe and a gas barrier vs C1D1 or C1D2
hardware?
7.1.23.9.5 Don’t have to get into valve actuation: electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, mechanical. Just state the requirement.
187 of 745
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9.
Hydrogen generation,
HEE or a compartment in a Support equipment room
GH2 storage GH2 storage compression and/or
HEE contains: (in an HEE)
processing equipment
Enclosure Volume: <200 ft3 ≥200 ft3 Not limited Not limited
Contains or is connected to a Yes Yes Yes No
source of hydrogen:
Automatic isolation from GH2 Not required Not required Required Not applicable
storage
Ventilation Natural or mechanical Natural for 3-walls Mechanical No additional requirement
HEE/mechanical for 4-walls
HEE
Storage compartment separation Not applicable Not applicable Required Required
Electrical equipment Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Unclassified
Bonding/grounding Required Required Required Per NFPA 70
7.1.23.9.3
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be located within the same compartment as the hydrogen storage.
7.1.23.9.4
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall operate on GH2 detection alarms, fire alarms, and emergency shutdown system activations.
7.1.23.9.5
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be fail-safe to close upon loss of power or air pressure.
7.1.23.9.6
GH2 generation and compression equipment within a HEE which supplies hydrogen to storage containers shall be equipped with either an external
automatic emergency shutoff valve or non-return valve on the exit piping outside the enclosure or compartment.
The section was titled incorrectly in the 2016 version of NFPA 2. This section address all protection features, not just isolation.
188 of 745
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9.
Hydrogen generation,
HEE or a compartment in a Support equipment room
GH 2 storage GH 2 storage compression and/or
HEE contains: (in an HEE)
processing equipment
Enclosure Volume: <200 ft 3 ≥200 ft 3 Not limited Not limited
Contains or is connected to a Yes Yes Yes No
source of hydrogen:
Automatic isolation from GH 2 Not required Not required Required Not applicable
storage
Ventilation Natural or mechanical Natural
for 3-walls HEE/mechanical for 4-walls HEE
or mechanical Mechanical No additional
requirement
Storage compartment Not applicable Not applicable Required Required
separation
Electrical equipment Per NFPA 70 , Per NFPA 70 , Per NFPA 70 , Chapter 5 Unclassified
Chapter 5 Chapter 5
Bonding/grounding Required Required Required Per NFPA 70
The Terra inputs to table 7.1.23.9.1 look scrambled after my changes, the NFPA-2 Technical Committee HEE sub-group discussed and wanted to remove the specific
type of ventilation requirements for 3 or 4 walls, and leave the option open to natural or mechanical and allow the designers to determine and demonstrate based on
a safety plan or risk assessment of the design.
189 of 745
7.1.23.9.1
Where required by Table 7.1.23.9.1 , a means for isolation of GH2 storage shall be provided in accordance with 7.1.23.9.
Hydrogen generation,
HEE or a compartment in a Support equipment room
GH2 storage GH2 storage compression and/or
HEE contains: (in an HEE)
processing equipment
Enclosure Volume: <200 ft3 ≥200 ft3 Not limited Not limited
Contains or is connected to a Yes Yes Yes No
source of hydrogen:
Automatic isolation from GH2 Not required Not required Required Not applicable
storage
Ventilation Natural or mechanical Natural for 3-walls Mechanical No additional requirement
HEE/mechanical for 4-walls
HEE or mechnanical
Storage compartment separation Not applicable Not applicable Required Required
Electrical equipment Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Per NFPA 70, Chapter 5 Unclassified
Bonding/grounding Required Required Required Per NFPA 70
The safety plan resulting from the risk review will dictate if natural or mechanical ventilation is needed for a “storage” compartment. Typically the most probable leak
points are at the compressor system and control system valves which are not part of “storage” areas. The existing requirement for mechanical ventilation is too
prosctriptive.
190 of 745
7.1.23.10.3.1
Air intakes and ventilation openings shall not be required to meet the requirements of 7.1.23.10.3 where the compartment is provided with GH 2 detection
in accordance with 7.1.23.14 , which deactivates power to all electrical equipment within the enclosure upon detection of 25 percent of the LFL.
17 .
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
191 of 745
7.1.23.10.3.1
Air intakes and ventilation openings shall not be required to meet the requirements of 7.1.23.10.3 where the compartment is provided with GH2 detection in
accordance with 7.1.23.14 , which deactivates power to all electrical equipment initiates the ESS Emergency Station Shut-down system for the equipment
within the enclosure upon detection of 25 percent greater than 50 percent of the LFL.
Substantiation Statement: Not all electrical equipment should be shut off. Not the sensors, not the control system, only sparking or high voltage electrical equipment
and active the ESS system systems. The way the current requirement reads is potentially unsafe, sensors should be able to keep detecting and all rated electrical
systems continue to function.
Detection of 25% may stop equipment normally (“Soft shutdown”) or may trigger alterative action such as increased ventilation rates. the published LFL is 4% H2 in
air, Let’s allow equipment vendors to take alternative action or mitigation steps at 1% H2 in air (25% of LFL) and raise the level requiring automatic shutdown to 2%
H2 in air (50% of LFL). The HEE vendor should be able to select a lower activation level if suggested by risk assessment or other criteria.
Comments:
7.1.23.13.1.4 page 2-37 enclosure references.
The HEE sub-group had much discussion on this point, the general consensus was to allow some rated equipment to continue to operate during the soft shut-down
phase to provide measurements or telemetry to further assess the conditions. Should be thoroughly discussed at the Technical Committee.
192 of 745
7.1.23.11.3
Change title 7.2.23.11 Storage Area Separation, to Storage Area. Add section after 7.1.23.11.2 as follows:
Composite storage tubes with combustible carbon fibre reinforcing for structural integrity shall be protected from potential impinging jet fires from potential
leaking components in the HEE by a 1-hour fire rated/resistant construction.
Substantiation Statement:
7.1.23.11.2: Not all electrical equipment should be shut off. Not the sensors, not the control system, only unclassified electricals
7.1.23.11.3: This is a necessary addition as it addresses the key issues regarding the use of composite cylinders: keep potential jet fires from impinging on the
carbon fiber tubes
There were some late comments from sub-group members that did not make it to discussion during the phone meeting of 23 June'16, we believe this should go to
the TC for general discussion. This also aligns with the input to revise 7.1.23.10.3 to modify the electrical equipment shut-down during activation of the emergency
shut-down system.
193 of 745
7.1.23.11.2: Not all electrical equipment should be shut off. Not the sensors, not the control system, only unclassified electricals
7.1.23.11.3: This is a necessary addition as it addresses the key issues regarding the use of composite cylinders: keep potential jet fires from impinging on the
carbon fiber tubes
194 of 745
7.1.23.11.2
Fuel cell equipment, compressors, hydrogen hydrogen generators, electrical distribution equipment, and similar appliances shall be separated from GH2
storage areas within the HEE by a one-hour fire rated barrier that is also capable of preventing gas transmission.
Substantiation Statement: GH2 Storage areas must be protected from fire. Within an HEE, compressors, fuel cell equipment, hydrogen generators, electrical
distribution, and similar appliances are sources of flame jets, oil/lubricant fires/fuel, rotating machinery, and high voltage equipment that should be separated from
GH2 Storage with appropriately designed fire barriers. GH2 Cylinders whether Types I, II, III, or IV are mechanically impacted by the high temperature of a flame.
Likewise, GH2 storage areas can be the source of jet fires that must also be prevented from impacting the other equipment in the HEE. Gas transmission from either
the GH2 storage area into equipment area, or vice versa, should not be considered a hazard as the HEE is required to have ventilation systems, detection, and
shutoff to manage the transmission of gasses, appropriate to that HEE, as indicated in Table 7.1.23.9.1. Additionally, sources of ignition are adequately managed by
the electrical area classification and rated electrical equipment inside the HEE.
Sub-group Comments: This needs work, need two requirements one for gas electrical areas and the other for mechanical compartments. The group thinks this needs
further discussion but wanted to get this in front of the TC.
195 of 745
GH2 piping, storage, generation, or processing equipment shall be selected and installed in accordance with
Chapter 5 of NFPA 70
Articles 500 through 505 of NFPA 70 .
7.1.23.12.2
NFPA 70 Chapter 5 is too broad a reference. It covers hospitals, theaters, recreational vehicles, etc. We should be discussing classified areas.
196 of 745
7.1.23.13.1.6
A remote emergency shutdown shall be located based on the accessibility to the general public and local ordinance.
7.1.23.13.1.6.1 For locations not accessible to the general public a remote emergency shutdown shall be located not less than
25 ft
25 ft (7.
6m
6 m ) and not more than
100 ft
100 ft (
30 m
30 m ) from HEE equipped with individual ESDs.
7.1.23.13.1.6.2 For locations accessible to the general public, the placement of an ESD shall conform to the local regulations for ESDs at
petroleum fueling stations.
Need to deal with the differences between accessible and non-accessible to the general public. Is a false activation is more like and dangerous than no activation?
What are the local ordinances for petroleum fueling stations? Might as well use the rules the AHJ will impose.
197 of 745
7.1.23.14.2.1
Detection of hydrogen above 25 percent at greater than 50 percent of the LFL shall result in activation of the ESS, and shall be indicated by a visible
notification device mounted on the exterior of the HEE.
HEE sub-group input, this aligns with input to 7.1.23.10.3.1 for greater than 50% LFL activation. The sub-group also wanted to make sure that the TC were
comfortable with the substantiation that included sensor technology issues and false positives. This should have more discussion in the TC.
198 of 745
7.1.23.14.3
Heat detectors or flame detectors shall be provided and installed in accordance in Fire detection shall be provided. The type of detection shall be as
determined by a risk assessment. Fire detection shall be in accordance with NFPA 72.
Substantiation Statement: Need to link this to the Table 7.1.23.9.1 requirement for fire detection, i.e. clarify that heat detection is adequate fire detection.
NFPA 72 is for buildings, occupancies. Consider deleting the reference to NFPA-72 and only referencing NFPA-79 and best industrial practice. We need to find
better words to get into more industrial appliance manufacturing practices and get away from the building code requirement based NFPA-72.
The HEE sub-group discussed this at length and wanted to allow the designer to use a risk assessment to determine the type of fire detection that will meet the
needs of the prescriptive requirement to have fire detection. I left the NFPA-79 reference in the statement, the was some discussion this did not apply. For TC
discussion.
199 of 745
7.1.23.14.4
A device shall be provided to detect failure of the ventilation system.
7.1.23.14.4.1
The device shall activate the ESS when airflow drops below 75 percent at 75 percent of the required flow. ventilation performance threshlod. Add annex
statement, the performance threshold and means to monitor the ventilation system should be determined by the system designer through a risk
assessment.
The HEE sub-group wanted to allow the designer to choose the most suitable technology to meet the prescriptive requirement for ventilation monitoring.
200 of 745
7.1.23.14.4
* A device shall be provided to detect failure of the ventilation system.
7.1.23.14.4.1
The device shall activate the ESS when airflow drops below 75 percent of the required flow ventilation preformace threshold
new annex note; The ventiateion system, 75% performance threshold, and means to monitor the ventilation system should be determined by the system
designer through a risk assessment .
Loss of Ventilation detection is generally done with motor feedback. This tells the PLC that the motor is not turning when the contacts are closed. Adding and
additional device should only be required if a risk assessment or some other qualitative justification shows that it is necessary.
Motor feedback will be highly effective, we can only see flow measurement necessary in the event that the fan blades break or something (highly unlikely), and
generally the motor will over amp/shutoff at that point, hence motor feedback will be effective.
Adding an additional device such a flow sensor should only be required if a risk assessment or some other qualitative justification shows that it is necessary. Motor
feedback will be highly effective, we can only see flow measurement necessary in the event that the fan blades break or something (highly unlikely), and generally
the motor will over amp/shutoff at that point, hence motor feedback will be effective.
The HEE sub-group wanted to allow the designer to choose the most suitable technology to meet the prescriptive requirement for ventilation monitoring.
201 of 745
Public Input No. 245-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.1.26 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Ignition sources in areas containing [GH2] shall be in accordance with 7.1.26 . [ 55: 7.6.3] addressed and where possible eliminated.
202 of 745
OSHA regulates safety signs at CFR 1910.145. In addition to the OSHA language there is a reference to ANSI Z535. If the posted warnings in this code require
'signs' correlation with the OSHA and ANSI Z535 requirements is necessary. Specifying differing colors and other sign requirements in this code causes conflict with
the OSHA requirements and a lack of warning consistency.
OSHA does not have requirements for 'labels'. As an alternative solution this proposal suggests replacing the word 'sign' with the word 'label' as one method of
eliminating the conflict. Or the committee could choose to do a more extensive correlation by ensuring correlation with the OSHA requirements for signs. Whichever
path the committee chooses it would need to be addressed throughout the code.
203 of 745
7 6 . 1.28 22 Maintenance. 7
6 . 1 22 . 28. 1
Maintenance shall be performed annually by a qualified representative of the equipment owner. [55:10.2.6.2.1]
7 6 . 1 22 . 28. 2
The maintenance shall include inspection for physical damage, leak tightness, ground system integrity, vent system operation, equipment identification,
warning signs, operator information and training records, scheduled maintenance and retest records, alarm operation, and other safety-related features.
[55:10.2.6.2.2]
7 6 . 1 22 . 28. 3
Scheduled maintenance and retest activities shall be formally documented and records shall be maintained a minimum of 3 years. [55:10.2.6.2.3]
As currently written, the maintenance of hydrogen systems would be required annually for all systems regardless of whether the quantities are less than or greater
than Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ). This is a significant change from the maintenance philosophy in the previous edition of NFPA 2 where it was required only
for bulk systems over the MAQ.
Changing section number puts this requirement in a section that would only be required if the quantities are greater than the MAQ. This would make the requirement
consistent with annual maintenance requirement for flammable gas systems found in NFPA 400 (2016 Edition) section 21.3.6.5.
204 of 745
This is chapter is gaseous hydrogen. What does this mean for hydrogen?
205 of 745
Minimum Minimum Distance to Minimum Distance to Minimum Distance to Buildings on the Same
Maximum Amount Distance Between Lot Lines of Property Public Streets, Public Property
Per Storage Area Storage Areas That Can Be Built Upon Alleys, or Public Ways Less Than 2-Hour 2-Hour 4-Hour
(ft3) (ft) (ft) (ft) Construction Construction Construction
0–4225 5 5 5 5 0 0
4226–21,125 10 10 10 10 5 0
21,126–50,700 10 15 15 20 5 0
50,701–84,500 10 20 20 20 5 0
84,501–200,000 20 25 25 20 5 0
(1) Penetrations of the fire barrier wall by conduit or piping shall be permitted provided that the penetration is protected with a firestop system in
accordance with the [adopted] building code. [55:8.7.2.1.1.1]
(D)
The configuration of the [fire barrier] shall be designed to allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations. [55:7.6.2.3]
7.2.2.3.2.2 Air Intakes.
Storage and use of [ GH 2 GH2 ] shall not be located within 50 ft 50 ft (15. 2 m 2 m ) of air intakes . [ 55: 7.6.2.4] unless obstructed by a sturdy partition
with a 2-hr fire rating, in which the distance can be reduced to at least 4.6 m (15 ft).
7.2.2.3.2.3 Building Openings.
Storage and use of [ GH 2 GH2 ] outside of buildings shall also be separated from building openings by 25 ft 25 ft (7. 6 m). 6 m) unless obstructed by a
sturdy partition with a 2-hr fire rating, in which the distance can be reduced to at least 4.6 m (15 ft). Fire barriers shall be permitted to be used as a means
to separate storage areas from openings or a means of egress used to access the public way. [ 55: 7.6.2.5]
7.2.2.3.2.12&3 The NFPA installation standards for special appliances has historically allowed shorted distances for a number of decades with the implicit
assumption of a minimal velocity head release. Eliminate the direct impingement concern and the distance can be reduced. For example; “The exhaust outlet(s)
from process areas or areas that contain fuel-bearing components of a fuel cell power system shall be located at least 4.6 m (15 ft) from heating, ventilating, and
air-conditioning (HVAC) air intakes, windows, doors, and other openings into buildings”. [853:5.2.3]
206 of 745
The NFPA installation standards for special appliances has historically allowed shorted distances for a number of decades with the implicit assumption of a minimal
velocity head release. Eliminate the direct impingement concern and the distance can be reduced. For example; “The exhaust outlet(s) from process areas or areas
that contain fuel-bearing components of a fuel cell power system shall be located at least 4.6 m (15 ft) from heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) air
intakes, windows, doors, and other openings into buildings”. [853:5.2.3]
207 of 745
7.2.3.1.1 Applicability.
The storage or use of [GH2] exceeding the quantity thresholds for gases requiring special provisions as specified in Table 6.4.1.1 shall be in accordance
with Chapters 1 through 6 [as applicable] and Sections 7.1 and 7.2 . [55:7.6.1.1]
208 of 745
1. We need to differentiate between stationary and transportable storage. An ASME cylinder or a DOT3AA are examples transportable storage.
2. What is “an approved method”, who approved the method? Commercially accepted is a best practice that has been historical demonstrated to be adequate.
209 of 745
Quantity of Hydrogen Location ≥5000 scf to <15,000 scf (≥142Nm 3 to <425 Nm 3 ) ≥15,000 scf (≥425 Nm 3 ) In a detached building A A In a gas room, in
accordance with Section 6.4 A Detached building required Not in a gas room NA Detached building required
A: Allowed. NA: Not allowed.
[ 55: Table 10.4.5.1.1] Large bulk systems 15000 scf (425 Nm 3 ) or larger shall be located in a detached building. Small bulk systems of 5000 to 15000 scf
(142 to 425 Nm3) shall be located in either a detached building or a gas room per section 6.4. Volumes less than 5000 scf are not considered bulk storage
and are addressed in 7.2.2.
Inlet and outlet openings shall each have a minimum total area of 1 ft2/1000 ft3 (1 m2/305 m3) of room volume. [55:10.4.5.2.2.2]
(C)
Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or conducted to the atmosphere. [55:10.4.5.2.2.3]
7.3.2.2.2.3*
Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.9. [55:10.4.5.2.3]
7.3.2.2.2.4
Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with Article 501 of NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 2 locations. [55:10.4.5.2.4]
7.3.2.2.2.5
Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or other indirect means except that electrical heating shall be permitted to be used if in compliance with
7.3.2.2.2.4. [55:10.4.5.2.5]
7.3.2.2.3 Hydrogen Gas Rooms.
7.3.2.2.3.1
Floors, walls, and ceilings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials in accordance with the requirements of the [adopted]
building code. [55:10.4.5.3.1]
(A)
Interior walls or partitions shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours, shall be continuous from floor to ceiling, and shall be anchored to resist
movement. [55:10.4.5.3.1.1]
(B)
Not less than 25 percent of the perimeter wall shall be an exterior wall. [55:10.4.5.3.1.2]
(C)
Openings to other parts of the building shall not be permitted. [55:10.4.5.3.1.3]
(D)
Windows and doors shall be in exterior walls only. [55:10.4.56.3.1.4]
7.3.2.2.3.2
Ventilation shall be as provided in 6.17. [55:10.4.5.3.2]
7.3.2.2.3.3
Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.9. [55:10.4.5.3.3]
7.3.2.2.3.4
There shall be no sources of ignition from open flames, electrical equipment, or heating equipment. [55:10.4.5.3.4]
7.3.2.2.3.5*
Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with Article 501 of NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 2 locations. [55:10.4.5.3.5]
7.3.2.2.3.6
Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or indirect means except that electrical heating shall be permitted to be used if in compliance with
7.3.2.2.3.5. [55:10.4.5.3.6]
Lose the table, it is confusing. In this case text is more understandable. Also have the 15000 scf a soft limit otherwise there will be gamesmanship to get under the
hard limit.
211 of 745
7.3.2.2.2.2
Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 . [ 55: 10.4.5.2.2]
(A)
Outlet openings shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls or roof. [ 55: 10.4.5.2.2.1]
(B)
Inlet and outlet openings shall each have a minimum total area of 1 ft 2 /1000 ft 3 (1 m 2 /305 m 3 ) of room volume. [ 55: 10.4.5.2.2.2]
(C)
Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or conducted to the atmosphere. [ 55: 10.4.5.2.2.3]
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
212 of 745
(1) Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnecting Piping. The maximum internal diameter of the piping system used for interconnecting piping
between the shutoff valve on any single storage container to the point of connection to the system source valve shall not be required to be in
accordance with the values shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) when in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) . [55:10.4.2.2.2]
(2) The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters other than those specified in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) for the pressure range
selected shall be permitted with tabular distances determined based on the use of the equations in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) .
[ 55: 10.4.2.2.1.1]
(3) Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) shall be subject to review and approval by
the AHJ. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.2.2]
(4) * Determination of Internal Diameter. The internal diameter of the piping system shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving
that portion of a storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ). The piping system size used in the application of Table
7.3.2.3.1.1(a) , Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) and shall be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest
maximum internal diameter. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.2.1]
(5) * Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum operating pressure of the storage array
with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6Nm 3 ), irrespective of those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.3]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH 2 ] Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Pressure > 15 to ≤ 250 psig > 250 to ≤ 3000 psig > 3000 to ≤ 7500 psig > 7500 to ≤ 15000 psig Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) >103.4 to ≤ 1724 kPa >1724 to ≤
20,684 kPa >20,684 to ≤ 51,711 kPa >51,711 to ≤ 103,421 kPa d mm d = 52.5 mm d = 18.97 mm d = 7.31 mm d = 7.16 mm Exposures
Group 1 m ft m ft m ft m ft (a) Lot lines 12 40 14 46 9 29 10 34 (b) Air intakes (HVAC, compressors, other) (c) Operable openings in buildings
and structures (d) Ignition sources such as open flames and welding Exposures Group 2 m ft m ft m ft m ft (a) Exposed persons other than
those servicing the system 6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16 (b) Parked cars Exposures Group 3 m ft m ft m ft m ft (a) Buildings of non-combustible
non-fire-rated construction 5 17 6 19 4 12 4 14 (b) Buildings of combustible construction (c) Flammable gas storage systems above or below ground (d)
Hazardous materials storage systems above or below ground (e) Heavy timber, coal, or other slow-burning combustible solids (f) Ordinary combustibles,
including fast-burning solids such as ordinary lumber, excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and vegetation other than that found in maintained landscaped
areas (g) Unopenable openings in building and structures (h) Encroachment by overhead utilities (horizontal distance from the vertical plane Below the
nearest overhead electrical wire of building service) (i) Piping containing other hazardous materials (j) Flammable gas metering and regulating stations
such as natural gas or propane.
[ 55: Table 10.4.2.2.1(a)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH 2 ] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
Pressure >15 to ≤250 psig
>103.4 to ≤1724 kPa >250 to ≤3000 psig
>17.24 to ≤20,684 kPa Exposures*† Exposures*† Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 D = 0.231d D = 0.12584d
− 0.47126 D = 0.096d D = 0.738d D = 0.43616d − 0.91791 D = 0.307d ID (in.) d (mm) m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft
0.2 5.1 1 4 0 1 0 2 4 12 1 4 2 5 0.3 7.6 2 6 0 2 1 2 6 18 2 8 2 8 0.4 10.2 2 8 1 3 1 3 7 25 4 12 3 10 0.5 12.7 3 10 1 4 1 4 9 31 5 15 4 13 0.6 15.2 4 12 1 5 1 5 11 37 6 19 5
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to
units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[ 55: Table 10.4.2.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH 2 ] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
Pressure >3000 to ≤7500 psig
>20,684 to ≤51,711 kPa >7500 to ≤15,000 psig
>51,711 to ≤103,421 kPa Exposures*† Exposures*† Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 ID (in.) d (mm) D
= 1.105d D = 0.68311d − 1.3123 D = 0.459d D = 1.448d D = 1.448d D = 0.602d m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft
0.2 5.1 6 18 2 7 2 8 7 24 3 10 3 10 0.3 7.6 8 28 4 13 3 11 11 36 5 18 5 15 0.4 10.2 11 37 6 18 5 15 15 48 8 25 6 20 0.5 12.7 14 46 7 24 6 19 18 60 10 33 8 25 0.6 15.2
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to
units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[ 55: Table 10.4.2.2.1(c)]
213 of 745
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) This table is confusing. Suggest the following format, using a soft conversion on pressure. Also is the minimum pressure needed? We could
say for pressures exceeding 15 psig (105 kPa) in the table title.
Suggest the following format, using a soft conversion on pressure. Also is the minimum pressure needed? We could say for pressures exceeding 0.103 MPa in the
table title.
Additionally, I’m pretty sure the equation for 7500 to 15000 psig Group 2 is incorrect. It is the same as Group 1 but the distances are different.
Finally, using 0 for distances less than 1 meter allows line on line contact which is not the intent. Replacing with 0.3 or 0.6 means a minimum separation of 1or 2 ft
and is in keeping with the next table.
214 of 745
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures
Typical Maximum Pipe Size
215 of 745
Table b
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1 (b) Maximum Distances from Outdoor Gaseous Hydrogen Systems to Exposure
by Maximum Internal Pipe Diameter for pressures from >15 to <15,000 PSIG 103.4 kPa to 103.4
MPa (SI Units)
Pressure - MPa
minimum 0.103 1.724 20.68 7500
maximum 1.724 20.68 51.71 103.4
Group 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Internal Diameter (mm.) Minimum Distance - meters
5.1 1 0 0 4 1 2 6 2 2 7 3 3
0.3 0.6
7.6 2 0 1 6 2 2 8 4 3 11 5 5
0.6
10.2 2 1 1 7 4 3 11 6 5 15 8 6
12.7 3 1 1 9 5 4 14 7 6 18 10 8
15.2 4 1 1 11 6 5 17 9 7 22 12 9
17.8 4 2 2 13 7 5 20 11 8 26 15 11
20.3 5 2 2 15 8 6 22 13 9 29 17 12
22.9 5 2 2 17 9 7 25 14 10 33 20 14
25.4 6 3 2 19 10 8 28 16 12 37 22 15
27.9 6 3 3 21 11 9 31 18 13 40 24 17
30.5 7 3 3 22 12 9 34 20 14 44 27 18
33.0 8 4 3 24 13 10 36 21 15 48 29 20
35.6 8 4 3 26 15 11 39 23 16 51 31 21
38.1 9 4 4 28 16 12 42 25 17 55 34 23
40.6 9 5 4 30 17 12 45 26 19 59 36 24
43.2 10 5 4 32 18 13 48 28 20 63 38 26
45.7 11 5 4 34 19 14 51 30 21 66 41 28
48.3 11 6 5 36 20 15 53 32 22 70 43 29
50.8 12 6 5 37 21 16 56 33 23 74 46 31
53.3 12 6 5 39 22 16
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
* For a list of exposures in each exposure group, see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
† When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and
pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed
in units of measure in meters (m).]
D = (x * D) + y
Where
D = Minimum Distance (meters)
ID = Internal Diameter (millimeters)
x = Function Slope
y = Function intercept
216 of 745
Table c
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1 (c) Maximum Distances from Outdoor Gaseous Hydrogen Systems to Exposure
by Maximum Internal Pipe Diameter for pressures from >15 to <3000 PSIG to 15,000 PSIG
(Customary Units)
Pressure - psig
minimum 15 250 3000 7500
maximum 250 3000 7500 15,000
Group 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Internal Diameter (in.) Minimum Distance - feet
0.2 4 1 2 12 4 5 18 7 8 24 10 10
0.3 6 2 2 18 8 8 28 13 11 36 18 15
0.4 8 3 3 25 12 10 37 18 15 48 25 20
0.5 10 4 4 31 15 13 46 24 19 60 33 25
0.6 12 5 5 37 19 15 55 30 23 72 41 30
0.7 13 6 6 43 22 18 64 36 27 84 49 35
0.8 15 7 6 49 26 20 74 41 31 97 56 40
0.9 17 8 7 55 30 23 83 47 34 109 64 45
1.0 19 9 8 62 33 26 92 53 38 121 72 50
1.1 21 10 9 68 37 28 101 58 42 131 80 55
1.2 23 11 10 74 41 31 111 64 46 145 87 60
1.3 25 12 10 80 44 33 120 70 50 157 95 65
1.4 27 13 11 86 48 36 129 75 54 169 103 70
1.5 29 14 12 92 52 38 138 81 57 181 111 75
1.6 31 15 13 98 55 41 147 87 61 193 118 80
1.7 33 16 14 105 59 43 157 92 65 205 126 85
1.8 35 17 14 111 62 46 166 98 69 217 134 90
1.9 37 18 15 117 66 49 175 104 73 229 142 95
2.0 39 19 16 123 70 51 184 110 77 241 149 100
2.1 40 20 17 129 73 54
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
* For a list of exposures in each exposure group, see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
† When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated in the notes
for Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) in SI units and then convert to customary units. feet, multiply the value in
meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
217 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
218 of 745
SEE SUBSTANTIATION FOR CHANGES TO NUMBERING. THIS WAS A PC HELD FROM LAST CYCLE.
7.3.2.3.1.1* Minimum Distance for Aboveground Locations.
219 of 745
The minimum distance from a [GH2] system located outdoors to specified exposures shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) ,Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b)
or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) . [55:10.4.2.2.1]
(1) Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnecting Piping. The maximum internal diameter of the piping system used for interconnecting piping
between the shutoff valve on any single storage container to the point of connection to the system source valve shall not be required to be in
accordance with the values shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) when in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) . [55:10.4.2.2.2]
(2) The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters other than those specified in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) for the pressure range
selected shall be permitted with tabular distances determined based on the use of the equations in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) .
[ 55: 10.4.2.2.1.1]
(3) Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) shall be subject to review and approval by
the AHJ. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.2.2]
(4) * Determination of Internal Diameter. The internal diameter of the piping system shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving
that portion of a storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ). The piping system size used in the application of Table
7.3.2.3.1.1(a) , Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) and shall be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest
maximum internal diameter. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.2.1]
(5) * Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum operating pressure of the storage array
with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6Nm 3 ), irrespective of those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure. [ 55: 10.4.2.2.3]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Exposures Group 1 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Lot lines 12 40 14 46 9 29 10 34
(b) Air intakes (HVAC, compressors, other)
(c) Operable openings in buildings and structures
(d) Ignition sources such as open flames and welding
Exposures Group 2 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Exposed persons other than those servicing the system 6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16
(b) Parked cars
Exposures Group 3 m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Buildings of non-combustible non-fire-rated construction 5 17 6 19 4 12 4 14
(b) Buildings of combustible construction
(c) Flammable gas storage systems above or below ground
(d) Hazardous materials storage systems above or below ground
(e) Heavy timber, coal, or other slow-burning combustible solids
(f) Ordinary combustibles, including fast-burning solids such as ordinary lumber,
excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and vegetation other than that found in
maintained landscaped areas
(g) Unopenable openings in building and structures
(h) Encroachment by overhead utilities (horizontal distance from the vertical plane
Below the nearest overhead electrical wire of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous materials
(j) Flammable gas metering and regulating stations such as natural gas or propane.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(a)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
220 of 745
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units
of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal
pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units
of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.4.2.2.1(c)]
221 of 745
NOTE: This Public Input appeared as "Reject but Hold" in Public Comment No. 44 of the (A2015 cycle) Second Draft Report for NFPA 2 and per the Regs. at
4.4.8.3.1.
This section did not flow (work) logically and was missing an enabler for one of the tables - reorganized. Since "(B), (C), (D), & (E)" have been moved to other
sections or removed entirely, "(A)" is no longer necessary - removed to reduce number of indents and confusion re: numbering. Text was missing pointer to Table
...(c) - added. Moved "Determination of Internal Diameter" to top of list because this is the first information needed to use the tables. Moved permission to use
equations under "Determination of Internal Diameter" to keep diameter related information together. Since tables allow extrapolation between diameters, changed
wording to only allow equations for diameters greater than those in tables. Moved "Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnect Piping" (exception for piping between
shut off valve and storage) under "Determination of Internal Diameter" to keep diameter related information together. Moved "Determination of System Pressure" to
2nd in list because this is the second piece of information needed to use the tables. Moved "...subject to review and approval by the AHJ." to last because it applies
to everything that comes before it. NOTE: This is totally unnecessary text. The laws that empower the AHJs trump anything in an NFPA code. Note: Need to update
Annex A to correlate with numbering changes. Note: NFPA 55 should be updated as well.
222 of 745
223 of 745
1 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
(A) *
224 of 745
2 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
The minimum distance from a [GH2] system located outdoors to specified exposures shall be in accordance
with Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(a) a), Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b), or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A c )(b) . (See also Annex I.)
[55:10.3.2.1] Maximum
of Interconnecting Piping
(1) . The
maximum
used for interconnecting piping between the shutoff valve on any single storage container to the point of
connection to the system source valve shall not be required to be in accordance with the values shown in
(1) shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving that portion of a storage array with content
greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ). The piping system size used in the application of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
A)(
(1) a)
A)(b)
(1) b), or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) shall be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest
maximum internal diameter . [ 55: 10.3.2.2 .1 ]
(2) * The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters
other
(1)
.1
(1)
(a)(
A)(a) for the pressure range selected shall be permitted with tabular distances determined based on the use of
the equations in
(1)
A)(
(1)
(1)
(a)c) shall be determined based on the use of the equations in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
225 of 745
3 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
(1)
(a)b )
(a)
(1)
A)(
(1)
(a)c)
(1)
(1)
(a)1 .
2Determination of
(1)
(a)1 ]
(1)
(a)Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnecting Piping . The maximum internal diameter of the
piping system
shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving that portion of a storage array with content greater
than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ). The piping system size used in the application of
(1)
(a)used for interconnecting piping between the shutoff valve on any single storage container to the
point of connection to the system source valve shall not be required to be in accordance with the
values shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
A)(b) or
(1)
A)(c)and shall be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest maximum internal diameter
(1)
.1
(1)
(a)]
(2) * Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum
operating pressure of the storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6Nm 3 ), irrespective of
those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure. [ 55: 10.3.2.3]
Table 7
226 of 745
4 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
A)(
(1) a), Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b), or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) shall be subject to review and approval by the AHJ.
[ 55: 10.3.2.2.2]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1( a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH 2 ] Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum
Pipe Size
227 of 745
5 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
Internal Pipe
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
Diameter (ID)
D = 0.12584d D = 0.43616d
D = 0.231d D = 0.096d D = 0.738d D = 0.307d
− 0.47126 − 0.91791
ID d
(in.) (mm) m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft
0.2 5.1 1 4 0 1 0 2 4 12 1 4 2 5
0.3 7.6 2 6 0 2 1 2 6 18 2 8 2 8
0.4 10.2 2 8 1 3 1 3 7 25 4 12 3 10
0.5 12.7 3 10 1 4 1 4 9 31 5 15 4 13
0.6 15.2 4 12 1 5 1 5 11 37 6 19 5 15
0.7 17.8 4 13 2 6 2 6 13 43 7 22 5 18
0.8 20.3 5 15 2 7 2 6 15 49 8 26 6 20
0.9 22.9 5 17 2 8 2 7 17 55 9 30 7 23
1.0 25.4 6 19 3 9 2 8 19 62 10 33 8 26
1.1 27.9 6 21 3 10 3 9 21 68 11 37 9 28
1.2 30.5 7 23 3 11 3 10 22 74 12 41 9 31
1.3 33 8 25 4 12 3 10 24 80 13 44 10 33
1.4 35.6 8 27 4 13 3 11 26 86 15 48 11 36
1.5 38.1 9 29 4 14 4 12 28 92 16 52 12 38
1.6 40.6 9 31 5 15 4 13 30 98 17 55 12 41
1.7 43.2 10 33 5 16 4 14 32 105 18 59 13 43
1.8 45.7 11 35 5 17 4 14 34 111 19 62 14 46
1.9 48.3 11 37 6 18 5 15 36 117 20 66 15 49
2.0 50.8 12 39 6 19 5 16 37 123 21 70 16 51
2.1 53.3 12 40 6 20 5 17 39 129 22 73 16 54
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
A)(
a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure
group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated
distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet,
multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[ 55: Table 10.3.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
A)(
c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH 2 ] Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures
>3000 to ≤15,000 psig
>3000 to ≤7500 psig >20,684 to ≤51,711 >7500 to ≤15,000 psig >51,711 to ≤103,421
Pressure kPa kPa
Exposures*† Exposures*†
Internal Pipe
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
Diameter (ID)
ID d D = 0.68311d
(in.) (mm) D = 1.105d − 1.3123 D = 0.459d D = 1.448d D = 1.448d D = 0.602d
228 of 745
6 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
>3000 to ≤7500 psig >20,684 to ≤51,711 >7500 to ≤15,000 psig >51,711 to ≤103,421
Pressure kPa kPa
Exposures*† Exposures*†
Internal Pipe
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
Diameter (ID)
m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft
0.2 5.1 6 18 2 7 2 8 7 24 3 10 3 10
0.3 7.6 8 28 4 13 3 11 11 36 5 18 5 15
0.4 10.2 11 37 6 18 5 15 15 48 8 25 6 20
0.5 12.7 14 46 7 24 6 19 18 60 10 33 8 25
0.6 15.2 17 55 9 30 7 23 22 72 12 41 9 30
0.7 17.8 20 64 11 36 8 27 26 84 15 49 11 35
0.8 20.3 22 74 13 41 9 31 29 97 17 56 12 40
0.9 22.9 25 83 14 47 10 34 33 109 20 64 14 45
1.0 25.4 28 92 16 53 12 38 37 121 22 72 15 50
1.1 27.9 31 101 18 58 13 42 40 133 24 80 17 55
1.2 30.5 34 111 20 64 14 46 44 145 27 87 18 60
1.3 33.0 36 120 21 70 15 50 48 157 29 95 20 65
1.4 35.6 39 129 23 75 16 54 51 169 31 103 21 70
1.5 38.1 42 138 25 81 17 57 55 181 34 111 23 75
1.6 40.6 45 147 26 87 19 61 59 193 36 118 24 80
1.7 43.2 48 157 28 92 20 65 63 205 38 126 26 85
1.8 45.7 51 166 30 98 21 69 66 217 41 134 28 90
1.9 48.3 53 175 32 104 22 73 70 229 43 142 29 95
2.0 50.8 56 184 33 110 23 77 74 241 46 149 31 100
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(
A)(
a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the exposure
group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated
distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet,
multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[ 55: Table 10.3.2.1(c)]
229 of 745
7 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
using Word
(showing
proposed
final
version of
changes
without all
the clutter).
This section did not flow (work) logically and was missing an enabler for one of the tables - reorganized.
Since "(B), (C), (D), & (E)" have been moved to other sections or removed entirely, "(A)" is no longer necessary -
removed to reduce number of indents and confusion re: numbering.
Moved "Determination of Internal Diameter" to top of list because this is the first information needed to use the tables.
Moved permission to use equations under "Determination of Internal Diameter" to keep diameter related information
together.
Since tables allow extrapolation between diameters, changed wording to only allow equations for diameters greater
than those in tables.
Moved "Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnect Piping" (exception for piping between shut off valve and storage)
under "Determination of Internal Diameter" to keep diameter related information together.
Moved "Determination of System Pressure" to 2nd in list because this is the second piece of information needed to use
the tables.
Moved "...subject to review and approval by the AHJ." to last because it applies to everything that comes before it.
NOTE: This is totally unnecessary text. The laws that empower the AHJs trump anything in an NFPA code.
230 of 745
8 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Wed May 14 09:51:08 EDT 2014
Committee Statement
Copyright Assignment
I, Stephen Goyette, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this
Public Comment (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire
no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Comment in this or another similar or derivative
form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Comment and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright
assignment.
By checking this box I affirm that I am Stephen Goyette, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms
and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my
submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature
231 of 745
9 of 9 5/13/2016 8:32 AM
S. Goyette Proposed Changes for 7.3.2.3.1.1 Minimum Distance for Aboveground Locations
1.
2. * Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the
maximum operating pressure of the storage array with content greater than 5000 scf
(141.6Nm3), irrespective of those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure.
[55:10.3.2.3]
3. Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(a), Table
7.3.2.3.1.1(b), or Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(c) shall be subject to review and approval by the
AHJ. [55:10.3.2.2.2]
Page 1 of 2
232 of 745
S. Goyette Proposed Changes for 7.3.2.3.1.1 Minimum Distance for Aboveground Locations
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures
— Typical Maximum Pipe Size
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(a)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures
by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries
is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated,
based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is
entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of
measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet, multiply the
value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures
by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries
is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated,
based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is
entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of
measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet, multiply the
value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(c)]
Page 2 of 2
233 of 745
S. Goyette Proposed Changes for 7.3.2.3.1.1 Minimum Distance for Aboveground Locations
Page 1 of 2
234 of 745
S. Goyette Proposed Changes for 7.3.2.3.1.1 Minimum Distance for Aboveground Locations
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures —
Typical Maximum Pipe Size
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(a)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by
Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries
is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated,
based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is
entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of
measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet, multiply the
value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(b)]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor [GH2] Systems to Exposures by
Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries
is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated,
based on the exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is
entered in millimeters (mm). The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of
measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of measure in feet, multiply the
value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
[55:Table 10.3.2.1(c)]
Page 2 of 2
235 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
(A) *
Except for distances to air intakes, the distances to Group 1 and 2 exposures shown in Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a),Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) and Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c)
shall be permitted to be reduced by one-half and shall not apply to Group 3 exposures where fire barrier walls are located between the system and the
exposure and constructed in accordance with the following: [55:10.4.2.2.4.1]
(1) The fire barrier wall shall be without openings or penetrations. [55:8.7.3.2.1]
(2) Penetrations of the fire barrier wall by conduit or piping shall be permitted provided that the penetration is protected with a firestop system in
accordance with the [adopted] building code. [ 55: 8.7.3.2.1.1]
(3) Fire barrier walls shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(1)]
(4) The fire barrier wall shall interrupt the line of sight between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the exposure. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(2)]
(5) The configuration of the fire barrier shall allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(3)]
(6) The number of fire barrier walls used to separate individual systems shall be limited to three. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(4)]
(7) The fire barrier wall shall not have more than two sides at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) directions or not more than three sides with connecting angles of 135
degrees (2.36 rad). [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(5)]
(8) The connecting angles between fire barrier walls shall be permitted to be reduced to less than 135 degrees (2.3 rad) for installations consisting
of three walls when in accordance with 8.3.2.3.1.5(E) . [ 55: 10.4.2.2.4.1(5)(a)]
(9) Fire barrier walls shall be designed and constructed as a structure in accordance with the requirements of the building code without exceeding the
specified allowable stresses for the materials of construction utilized. Structures shall be designed to resist the overturning effects caused by lateral
forces due to wind, soil, flood, and seismic events. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(6)]
(10) Where clearance is required between bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the barrier wall for the performance of service or maintenance-
related activities, a minimum horizontal clearance of 5 ft (1.5 m) shall be provided between the structure and the system. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(7)]
(11) The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure, the wall of a Hydrogen equipment enclosure, the wall of a court, or the exterior wall of
the building adjacent to the storage or use area when the exterior building wall meets the requirements for fire barrier walls. [55:10.4.2.2.4.1(8)]
Hydrogen equipment enclosures and courts may include walls that are constructed of fire resistive material, and as long as they meet all the requirements of a fire
barrier wall, they can be used to provide the same benefits of a fire barrier wall. For example, with this proposed text located as part of subparagraph (A), fire barrier
walls need to meet the previously specified requirements, such as being constructed with a minimum 2 hour fire rating and interrupting the line of sight between the
system and exposure. This is comparable to the existing language in subparagraph (9) which already refers to independent structures and exterior walls of
buildings.
The HEE sub-group discussed this and with a few modifications settled on this as an effective means to satisfy additional barriers that may include the newly
discussed courts in other public inputs. With an improved substantiation statement, we believe this will meet the needs of the TC moving forward.
236 of 745
In many ways the distance to exposures can be removed by the used of an HEE as the storage or compressor system is now “contained” by the structure of the HEE
and no longer “outdoors”
The containment of compressed storage and compressor systems inside a 4 walled HEE is much different than “outdoor” storage as leaks can be detected and
managed by the HEE control systems.
the use of HEE with sealed fire resistant walls is not the same as a fire wall, therefore it is not appropriate to include HEEs in 7.3.2.3.1.2 Reduction of Distance by
Mitigation Means section (A) as is proposed in PI 276
237 of 745
Public Input No. 201-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.3.2.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems installed underground where [GH2] containers are to be buried in contact with earth or fill shall be in accordance
with 7.3.2.4 . [ this section] . [55:10.4.3.1]
238 of 745
Public Input No. 252-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.3.2.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems installed underground where [GH2] containers are to be buried in contact with earth or fill shall be in accordance
with 7.3.2.4 . [ 55: 10.4.3.1] be addressed as follows
239 of 745
Public Input No. 202-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.3.2.4.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Pressure [GH2] containers installed underground using burial methods shall be of seamless construction in accordance with Part UF or Appendix 22 of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. [ 55: 10.4.3.1.1] .
The specificity of this requirement is unnecessarily restrictive. The data coming out of recent Sandia and NIST analysis indicate welding of current generation
materials (uniform microstructure) to be acceptable after thousands of load cycles. Does data exists to show that UNS 4130 forgings are suitable for thousands of
load cycles?
240 of 745
Sealing with tapered pipe threads, especially at higher pressures, becomes problematic. The seal is a caulk or film located between thread teeth for only a short
portion of the thread engagement.
It is suggested that it would be wise to separate requirements between tapered and non-tapered threaded joints. Additionally, seal welding tapered threaded joints is
often recommended by industry
241 of 745
7.3.2.4.3.1
* Threaded [GH2] container outlet connections shall be designed with primary and secondary seals that shall be tested for functionality. [55:10.4.3.1.4.1]
A 7.3.2.4.3.1: Tapered threaded joints shall be avoided for storage pressures exceeding 250 psig.
As fittings and vessels use tapered threads, it was suggested by the FCHEA Hydrogen Codes Task Force Writing Team to develop an annex note on best practice
information for safety, rather than proposing a change in requirements. We are open to alternate ways to address the concern.
Sealing with tapered pipe threads, especially at higher pressures, becomes problematic. The seal is a caulk or film located between thread teeth for only a short
portion of the thread engagement.
It is suggested that it would be wise to separate requirements between tapered and non-tapered threaded joints. Additionally, seal welding tapered threaded joints is
often recommended by industry.
242 of 745
7.3.2.4.4.1
Joints in the piping system shall be installed and inspected in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and
Pipelines B31 Code for Pressure Piping , or other approved standards. [55:10.4.3.1.5.1]
ASME B31.1, B31.3, B31.8 could also be used. The owners would prefer to follow a single section not multiple sections of the code for a site.
243 of 745
7.3.2.4.6 Foundations.
Underground [GH2] containers shall be set on foundations constructed in accordance with the [adopted] building code, and surrounded with not less than
6 in. (152 mm) of noncorrosive inert material. [55:10.4.3.1.7]
7.3.2.4.6.1
The concrete foundation shall extend a minimum of 1 ft (0.3 m) horizontally beyond the footprint of the tank in all directions. [ 55: 10.4.3.1.7.1] directions
or as stipulated in the locally adopted building code.
Where did the requirement that the foundation be concrete come from? Are we going to get into what type of concrete? This is a regional requirement based on
water table and freeze line. Leave foundations to the building code.
244 of 745
Public Input No. 365-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 7.3.2.4.6 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Underground [GH2] containers shall be set on foundations constructed in accordance with the [adopted] building code, and surrounded with not less than
6 in. (152 mm) of noncorrosive inert material. [55:10.4.3.1.7]
DELETE INERT OR DEFINE IN THIS CONTEXT - WHAT IS DIFFERENCE BETWEEN INERT AND NON-CORROSIVE TO A METAL?
245 of 745
7.3.2.4.7.1
Containers shall be buried such that the top of the container is covered with a minimum of 1 ft (0.3 m) of earth and then capped with concrete a minimum
of 4 in. (101 mm) thick placed over the earthen cover. [ 55: 10.4.3.1.8] a non-flammable, static minimizing building material that complies with the locally
adopted building code. The earthen layer shall be a minimum of 1 ft (0.3 m). The cap shall add an additional 4 in. (100 mm). Unless otherwise stipulated
by the locally adopted building code.
Is this 4” from tank to grade (concrete), 12” from tank to grade (dirt) or 16” from tank to grade (dirt & concrete)? Why would it be necessary to cover with concrete?
Why wouldn't the locally adopted building code trump this requirement?
246 of 745
7.3.4.2.1
Personnel conducting Only personnel authorized by the bulk suppliers shall conduct transfer operations from the a bulk transport vehicle shall be
trained .
What does “trained” mean? Who is certified to “train”? Etc. Let’s leave this with the bulk supplier. He has the legal liability during a transfer incident.
247 of 745
Public Input No. 419-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 8.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
The storage, use, and handling of LH 2 in LH 2 storage systems shall of liquefied hydrogen (LH2) shall comply with this chapter in addition to other
applicable requirements of this code.
248 of 745
249 of 745
(C)
The system owner shall maintain the following records to demonstrate that the cathodic protection is in conformance with the requirements of the design:
[55:8.14.9.3.3]
8.1.3.1.8.4 Corrosion Expert.
(A)
Repairs, maintenance, or replacement of a cathodic protection system shall be under the supervision of a corrosion expert certified by NACE. [55:8.14.9.4]
(B)
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:8.14.9.4.1]
8.1.3.1.9 Testing.
8.1.3.1.9.1
Piping systems shall be tested and proved free of leaks after installation as required by the codes and standards to which they are designed and
constructed. [55:8.14.10.1]
8.1.3.1.9.2
Test pressures shall not be less than 150 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure when hydraulic testing is conducted or 110 percent when
testing is conducted pneumatically. [55:8.14.10.2]
251 of 745
252 of 745
(B)
The design limits shall be available to the AHJ upon request. [55:8.14.9.3.2]
(C)
The system owner shall maintain the following records to demonstrate that the cathodic protection is in conformance with the requirements of the design:
[55:8.14.9.3.3]
8.1.3.1.8.4 Corrosion Expert.
(A)
Repairs, maintenance, or replacement of a cathodic protection system shall be under the supervision of a corrosion expert certified by NACE. [55:8.14.9.4]
(B)
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:8.14.9.4.1]
8.1.3.1.9 Testing.
8.1.3.1.9.1
Piping systems shall be tested and proved free of leaks after installation as required by the codes and standards to which they are designed and
constructed. [55:8.14.10.1]
8.1.3.1.9.2
Test pressures shall not be less than 150 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure when hydraulic testing is conducted or 110 percent when
testing is conducted pneumatically. [55:8.14.10.2]
253 of 745
8.1.3.1.1.2
Piping or tubing used at operating temperatures below –20°F (–29°C) shall be fabricated from materials meeting the impact test requirements of of ASME
B31 .12, Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines . [ 55: 11.2.3.2] Code for Pressure Piping
Blanket change
254 of 745
8.1.3.1.2.1
Brazing materials, where used, shall have a melting point above 1000°F 840°F (538°C 450°C ). [11:2.3.4]
AWS deines a braze as above 840 f> The braze rod selected will be based on compatibility with the alloys to be brazed, not the liquidus temperature.
255 of 745
8.1.4.1.1
Pressure relief devices shall be provided to protect containers and systems containing [LH 2 ] from rupture in the event of overpressure.
[ 55: 8.2.4.1.1] containingpiping systems containing hydrogen from damage due to an overpressure.
Leak and deformation are not rupture. Rupture is a catastrophic event. We are also concerned about any loss of containment or any damage which may lead to a
catastrophic event.
256 of 745
8.1.4.1.2
Pressure relief devices shall be designed in accordance with CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 1 — Cylinders for Compressed Gases,
and CGA S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 2 — Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, for portable tanks; and CGA S-1.3,
Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed Gases, for stationary tanks. [55:8.2.4.1.2]
Why are the only CGA S-1 relief valves allowed? Why aren’t ASME relief valves allowed? Aren’t CGA S-1 relief valves thermally activated?
257 of 745
Public Input No. 426-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 8.1.4.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Portable containers that are open to the atmosphere and are designed to contain [LH2] at atmospheric pressure shall not be required to be equipped with
pressure relief devices. [55:8.2.4.2]
Boil off from such containers is to be evacuated outdoors (or approved hood) is an accepted manner.
This isn’t nitrogen or air where the Dewar bottle vents boil-off into the room. How is the boil-off issue addressed? This is a flammable gas.
258 of 745
8.1.4.2.2
Containers located indoors shall be within a zone of local exhaust using a mechanical exhaust system.
8.1.4.2.2.1
The exhaust system shall operate continuously when LH2 is present and shall be designed in accordance with the mechanical code for the removal of
flammable vapors.
8.1.4.2.2.2
The duct system used to exhaust the hydrogen released from open containers shall be considered to be a hazardous exhaust system.
8.1.4.2.2 Does the area using the Dewar need to be classified? Why not?
8.1.4.2.2.1 What is an open container. A Dewer is a vacuum flask with a boil off vent. not a cooler with a block of dry ice.
Use the term Dewer and right the clauses for Dewers.
259 of 745
8.1.6.1.1.1
Portable [LH2] containers shall be marked in accordance with CGA C-7, Guide to the Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking of Compressed
Gas Containers. [55:8.4.1.1.1]
Does CGA C-7 conform to OHSA (HMIS) or NFPA 704? Does NFPA want three different labeling schemes?
260 of 745
8.1.6.4.1.2
They shall be identified by a schematic drawing that indicates their function and designates whether they are connected to the vapor or liquid space of the
container. [55:8.4.4.1.2]
(A) When a schematic drawing is provided, it shall be attached to the container and maintained in a legible condition. [ 55: 8.4.4.1.2.1]
(B) A copy of the schematic shall be included with the application operations and maintenance instructions
A copy should be with the site O&M and possibly LOTO instructions
261 of 745
8.1.9.1 General.
Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA 70, NFPA 79 and 8.1.9 . [55:8.8.1]
Why isn’t NPFA 79 referenced? My experience is that NFPA 70 applies between components and the grid. NFPA 79 applies within systems and modules (e.g. –
what if you have five 110 circuits in the same box? What are the color code and labeling requirements?
262 of 745
8.1.14.1.1
Emergency shutoff valves on a bulk source or piping systems serving the bulk supply shall be identified by means of a sign for the first responders .
8.1.14.1.2
Emergency shutoff valves shall be located at the point of use, at the source of supply, and at the point where the system piping enters the building a
structure ..
Suggest revising definitions slightly and then referencing definition. The requirements for a fire valve are different from a process valve.
3.3.241.1 Emergency Shutoff Valve. A designated valve designed to shut off the flow of gases or liquids. [55, 2016]
3.3.241.1.1 Automatic Emergency Shutoff Valve. A designated fail-safe automatic closing valve designed to shut off the flow of gases or liquids that is initiated by a
control system where the control system is activated by either manual or automatic means. [55, 2016]
3.3.241.1.2 Manual Emergency Shutoff Valve. A manually initiated valve designed to be tamper resistant and intended to be used in an area accessible by the
general public to shut off the flow of gases or liquids.
3.3.241.2 Shutoff Valve. A shutoff valve is a valve used to secure the flow of gases or liquids in an areas that are not accessible by the general public.
3.3.241.2.1* Safety Shutoff Valve. A normally closed valve installed in the piping that closes automatically to shut off the fuel, atmosphere gas, or oxygen in the event
of abnormal conditions or during shutdown. [86, 2015]
3.3.241.3* Source Valve. A shutoff valve on the piping system serving a bulk gas supply system where the gas supply, at service pressure, first enters the supply line.
[55, 2016]
263 of 745
Where is Outdoor dispensing areas addressed? This could be inserted as “8.1.15.1 Outdoor Dispensing Areas – reserved”.
264 of 745
8.1.15.2 Ventilation.
Indoor areas in which [LH2] are dispensed shall be ventilated in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 and the [adopted] mechanical code .
[ 55: 8.14.11.3.2.2]
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
265 of 745
8.2.2.2.4 Installation of LH2 Inside Buildings Other Than Detached Buildings and Gas Rooms.
Portable LH2 containers of 39.7 gal (150 L) or less capacity where housed inside buildings, not located in a gas room, and exposed to other occupancies
shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
(1) Containers shall be located 20 ft (6.1 m) from all classes of flammable or combustible liquids and combustible materials such as excelsior or paper.
(2) Containers shall be located 25 ft (7.6 m) from ordinary electrical equipment and other sources of ignition, including process or analytical equipment.
(3) Containers shall be located 50 ft (15 m) from intakes for ventilation, air-conditioning equipment, or compressors.
(4) Containers shall be located 50 ft (15 m) from the storage or use of other flammable gases or the storage or use of incompatible gases.
(5) Containers shall be protected against physical damage in accordance with the requirements of 8.1.7.5 .
(6) Containers shall be secured in accordance with the requirements of 8.1.7.3 .
(7) Welding or cutting operations and smoking shall be prohibited while hydrogen is in the room, and signs shall be provided as required by 4.13.3 .
(8) Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 .
(9) Pressure-relief devices on stationary or portable containers shall be vented directly outdoors or to an exhaust hood. (See 8.1.4.6 )
[55:11.3.3]
bullet (4) Separation distances are most likely excessive. Boil-off is typically a low volumetric flow, low velocity flow event. Suggest basing the distances based on
the typical boil-off rate unless the boil-off is plumbed outside. Additionally, the boil-off distances should be reduced outdoors also. The “Thermos bottle” design of a
Dewar should protect the Dewar from a structure fire by thermally limiting the amount of boil-off. This should be calculable. I’d expect something on the 2 to 3 times
the boil-off rate at room temperature. A 2.5 safety factor on the typical boil off rate would be a defensible position. The average structure fire is ~1100 F.
Bullet (7) (5) Welding or cutting operations and smoking shall be prohibited while hydrogen is allowed to vent into the area, and signs shall be provided as required
by 4.13.3.
266 of 745
50 feet sounds excessive for boil-off during a fire. Is this to protect from boil-off or a BLEV event? If boil-off the flow velocity would be about 5 times that of the
typical boil-off velocity. %0 ft is excessive for a Dewer..
267 of 745
268 of 745
8.2.2.3.5.2
Where exit access is provided to serve areas in which equipment is installed, the minimum width shall be not less than 28 in. (710 mm). [55:8.13.2.2.1]
What does the building code (NFPA 101) require for minimum egress door size?
269 of 745
8.2.2.3.9.4 Grade.
(A)
The
grade
elevation differential for a distance of not less than
50 ft
50 ft (15.
2m
2 m ) from where [
LH 2
LH2 ] storage or delivery systems are installed shall be
higher than the grade on which
such that a release will not flow into an area where other flammable or combustible liquids are stored or used.
[ 55: 8.13.2.6.4]
(B) *
Drainage Control.
(1) When the grade elevation differential between the storage or delivery system and the flammable or combustible liquids storage or use area is not in
accordance with 8.2.2.3.9.4(A) , diversion curbs or other means of drainage control shall be used to divert the flow of flammable or combustible liquids
away from the [LH2] system. [55:8.13.2.6.4.1(A)]
(2) The means of drainage control shall prevent the flow of flammable or combustible liquid to a distance not less than 50 ft (15.2 m) from all parts of the
delivery system. [55:8.13.2.6.4.1(B)]
Actually, the term “grade” is a poor choice. It means average change in elevation.
270 of 745
OSHA requirement
271 of 745
What makes a person qualified? Are they personnel trained in the process of transferring cryogenic fluids and recognized as such by the owner and the LH2
supplier?
272 of 745
8.2.3.1.1.3 Inspection.
(A)
[LH 2 ] storage systems shall be inspected and maintained by a qualified representative of the equipment owner [-]. [ 55: 8.14.1.4.1]
(1) The interval between inspections [-] shall be based on nationally recognized good practices or standards. [ 55: 8.14.1.4.1.1] local regulation, or lacking
regulation, the safety analyses
(2) A record of the inspection history shall be
prepared and provided
(3) maintained by the owner and shall be available to the
user or the
(4) authority having jurisdiction upon request.
[ 55: 8.14.1.4.2]
(5)
In ASME speak, you inspect paperwork and examine hardware. The skill sets being different. What is it in NFPA speak?
273 of 745
(A)
[LH2] storage systems shall be inspected and maintained by a qualified representative of the equipment owner [-]. [55:8.14.1.4.1]
(1) The interval between inspections [-] shall be based on nationally recognized good practices or standards. [55:8.14.1.4.1.1]
(2) A record of the inspection shall be prepared and provided to the user or the authority having jurisdiction upon request. [55:8.14.1.4.2]
Editorial.
274 of 745
8.2.3.1.2.2
Piping systems shall be designed and constructed to allow for expansion, contraction, vibration, settlement, and fire exposure. [55:8.14.2.2]
Fire exposure? Are we insulating the pipes? With the exception of fire exposure this is redundant with calling out the piping code.
275 of 745
8.2.3.1.9.2 Inspection.
(A) Container systems equipped with cathodic protection shall be
inspected
examined for the intended operation by a cathodic protection tester.
[ 55: 8.14.9.2.1]
(B)
In ASME speak, you inspect paperwork and examine hardware. The skill sets being different. What is it in NFPA speak?
Incomplete requirement?
276 of 745
examined for the intended operation by a qualified examiner. The examinations shall be documented
(B) The design limits shall be available to the AHJ upon request. [ 55: 8.14.9.3.2]
(C) The system owner shall maintain the following records to demonstrate that the cathodic protection is in conformance with the requirements of the
design:
[ 55: 8.14.9.3.3]
(1) report indicating that the impressed current system is operating properly and that the corrosion of the hardware being protected has not exceeded
safety margins.
Incomplete requirement?
277 of 745
8.2.3.1.9.5
Repairs, maintenance, or replacement of a cathodic protection system shall be under the supervision of a corrosion expert certified by NACE. [55:8.14.9.4]
(A)
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:8.14.9.4.1]
278 of 745
(A)
The corrosion expert shall be certified by NACE as a senior corrosion technologist, a cathodic protection specialist, or a corrosion specialist or shall be a
registered engineer with registration in a field that includes education and experience in corrosion control. [55:8.14.9.4.1]
279 of 745
8.2.3.2.1.1 General.
A qualified person shall be in attendance at all times [LH 2 ] is transferred from mobile supply units to a storage system. [ 55: 8.14.1.2]
This is redundant to section 8.2.3.1.1.2. and 8.3.3.1.4. Requesting the TC consider either cleaning this up by removing one or more occurrences, or perhaps placing
the requirement in Section 8.1. Is there ever a case in NFPA 2 where a qualified person need not be in attendance when [LH2] is transferred from mobile supply
units to a storage system?
280 of 745
8.2.3.2.1.1 General.
A qualified person shall be in attendance at all times [LH2] is transferred from mobile supply units to a storage system. [55:8.14.1.2]
281 of 745
8.2.3.2.1.3 Ventilation.
Indoor areas in which [LH2 is] dispensed shall be ventilated in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 and the [adopted mechanical code] .
[55: 8.14.11.3.2.2 ]
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
282 of 745
8.2.4.4.1
Pressurized containers shall be closed while transported. [55:8.14.11.4.4.1]
We need a better word than closed. Closed can be misconstrued. Sealed? Container valve closed?
283 of 745
8.3.1.2.3.8*
Means shall be provided to minimize exposure of personnel to piping operating at low temperatures and to prevent air condensate from contacting piping,
structural members, and surfaces not designed for [LH2] temperatures. [55:11.2.3.6]
(A)
Insulation on piping systems used to convey [LH2] shall be of noncombustible material and shall be designed to have a vaportight seal in the outer covering
to prevent the condensation of air and subsequent oxygen enrichment within the insulation. [55:11.2.3.6.1]
(B)
The insulation material and outside shield shall be designed to prevent deterioration of the insulation due to normal operating conditions. [55:11.2.3.6.2]
8.3.1.2.3.9
Uninsulated piping and equipment that operates at LH2 temperatures shall not be installed above asphalt or other combustible materials or surfaces in
order to prevent the contact of liquid air with such materials. [55:11.2.3.7]
8.3.1.2.3.10
Drip pans shall be allowed to be installed under uninsulated piping and equipment to retain and vaporize condensed liquid air. [55:11.2.3.8]
8.3.1.2.3.11
Cleaning and purging of piping systems shall be in accordance with Section 6.21 .
The ASME code will guide you. The requirements are the same for the various sections. Currently Section 3 has cryo-systems
284 of 745
8.3.1.2.3.6
Brazing materials, where used, shall have a melting point above 1000°F 840°F (538°C 450°C ). [55:11.2.3.4]
285 of 745
8.3.1.2.3.9
Uninsulated piping and equipment that operates at LH2 temperatures shall not be installed above asphalt or other combustible materials or surfaces in
order to prevent the contact of liquid air with such materials. [55:11.2.3.7]
Hardware and piping accessible to the general public shall be guarded to protect the general public from the low temperature surfaces
Very cold pipes, hot humid day and people - bad combination.
286 of 745
8.3.1.2.3.10
Drip pans shall be allowed to be installed under uninsulated piping and equipment to retain and vaporize condensed liquid air. [55:11.2.3.8] The drip pan
shall be of minimum size and planform to prevent standing water resulting in breeding places for insects.
With all the mosquito issues, limiting the drip pans before the board of health steps in might be wise.
287 of 745
8.3.1.2.4.2
Storage containers, piping, valves, regulating equipment, and other accessories shall be accessible and shall be protected against physical damage and
tampering. [55:11.2.4.2]
(A)
Emergency shutoff valves shall be located in liquid and vapor use lines as close to the container as practical to terminate all flow to use lines during an
emergency. [55:11.2.4.2.1]
(B)
Containers exceeding 2000 gal (7570 L) capacity shall be provided with an automatic emergency shutoff valve. [55:11.2.4.2.2]
(1) The remotely operated emergency isolation valve shall be operated by a remotely located, manually activated shutdown control. [55:11.2.4.2.2.1]
(2) The shutoff valve shall be connected to the primary container by means of welded connections without the use of flanges or other appurtenances
except that a manual shutoff valve equipped with welded connections is allowed to be installed immediately upstream of the automatic shutoff valve to
allow for maintenance of the automatic valve. [55:11.2.4.2.2.2]
(3) Connections downstream of the shutoff valve shall be in accordance with with ASME B31 .12 Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines . Code for Pressure
Piping [ 55: 11.2.4.2.2.3]
288 of 745
289 of 745
290 of 745
8.3.2.1.2*
Diking shall not be used to contain a LH 2 spill. [ 55: 11.3.1.2] Pooling of a release is prohibited. The use of berms or dykes may be used to redirect flow
from an additional hazard.
Dykes are a tool. The function is to prevent pooling. A dyke or berm may be required to separate hazards.
291 of 745
(1) A connection shall be provided on the exterior of the vacuum jacket to allow measurement of the pressure within the annular space between the inner
and the outer vessel. [55:8.2.1.2.3.1]
(2) The connection shall be fitted with a bellows-sealed or diaphragm-type valve equipped with a vacuum gauge tube that is shielded to protect against
damage from impact. [55:8.2.1.2.3.2]
[55:8.2.2.2]
8.3.2.1.4.4 Foundations and Supports.
Stationary tanks shall be provided with concrete or masonry foundations or structural steel supports on firm concrete or masonry foundations, and the
requirements of 8.3.2.1.4.4(A) through 8.3.2.1.4.4(E) also shall apply. [55:8.2.3]
(A) Excessive Loads.
Stationary tanks shall be supported to prevent the concentration of excessive loads on the supporting portion of the shell. [55:8.2.3.1]
(B) Expansion and Contraction.
Foundations for horizontal containers shall be constructed to accommodate expansion and contraction of the container [55:8.2.3.2]
(C) * Support of Ancilliary Equipment.
(1) Foundations shall be provided to support the weight of the vaporizers or heat exchangers. [55:8.2.3.3.1]
(2) Foundations shall be designed to withstand soil and frost conditions as well as the anticipated seismic, snow, wind, and hydrostatic loading under
operating conditions. [55:8.2.3.3.2]
Zip:
Submittal Date: Tue Jun 28 18:13:11 EDT 2016
293 of 745
8.3.2.2.2.2 Ventilation.
Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 and 8 . 3.2.2.2.2(A) through 8.3.2.2.2.2(D) . [55: 11.4.4.2 ]
(A)
Inlet openings shall be located within 18 in. (0.46 m) of the floor in exterior walls only. [ 55: 11.4.4.2.1]
(B)
Outlet openings shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls or the roof. [ 55: 11.4.4.2.2]
(C)
Both the inlet and outlet vent openings shall have a minimum total area of 1 ft 2 /1000 scf (1 m 2 /300 Nm 3 ) of room volume. [ 55: 11.4.4.2.3]
(D)
Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or conducted to a location that allows for dissipation of the exhaust air in the ambient surroundings away
from air intakes and occupied spaces. [ 55: 11.4.4.2.4]
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
294 of 745
Is this mandating Class 1 Division 1? If so, why? Why not use Article 500 language?
295 of 745
8.3.2.3.1.1 Access.
(A)
Stationary containers shall be located to provide access by mobile supply equipment and authorized personnel. [55:8.13.2.2]
(B)
Where exit access is provided to serve areas in which equipment is installed, the minimum width shall be not less than 28 in. (710 mm). [55:8.13.2.2.1]
What does the building code (NFPA 101) require for minimum egress door size? Do we comply?
296 of 745
8.3.2.3.1.4 Drainage.
(A)
The area surrounding stationary and portable containers shall be provided with a means to prevent accidental discharge of fluids from endangering
personnel, containers, equipment, and adjacent structures and from entering enclosed spaces in accordance with [the adopted fire prevention code].
[55:8.13.2.6.1]
(B)
The stationary container shall not be placed where spilled or discharged [LH2] will be retained around the container. [55:8.13.2.6.2]
(C)
The provisions of 8.3.2.3.1.4(B) shall be permitted to be altered or waived where the authority having jurisdiction determines that the container does not
constitute a hazard after consideration of special features such as the following:
[55:8.13.2.6.3]
(D) Grade.
The grade for a distance of not less than 50 ft (15.2 m) from where cryogenic fluid storage or delivery systems are installed shall be higher than the grade
on which flammable or combustible liquids are stored or used. [55:8.13.2.6.4]
(a) Where the grade differential between the storage or delivery system and the flammable or combustible liquids storage or use area is not in
accordance with 8.3.2.3.1.4(D), diversion curbs or other means of drainage control shall be used to divert the flow of flammable or combustible
liquids away from the [LH2]. [55:8.13.2.6.4.1(A)]
(b) The means of drainage control shall prevent the flow of flammable or combustible liquid to a distance not less than 50 ft (15.2 m) from all parts of
the delivery system. [55:8.13.2.6.4.1(B)]
297 of 745
(B)
Unloading connections on delivery equipment shall not be positioned closer to any of the exposures cited in Table 8.3.2.3.1.6(A) than the distances given
for the storage system. [55:11.3.2.3]
(1) The distances in table 8.3.2.3.1.6(A) Group 1 and Group 2 may be reduced to 50 feet when the following active mitigation methods are installed and
employed as standard practice at the bulk liquid hydrogen storage site:
(a) the installed bulk liquid hydrogen system shall include equipment to allow for connection of both liquid transfer (fill) hose and a separate trailer “head
space” vent hose to connect to the bulk storage system vent stack.
(b) all liquid hydrogen delivery trailers shall utilize a vent hose connection method to vent the trailer head space to the bulk storage vent stack system at the
end of the bulk liquid hydrogen trans-fill process.
(c) the liquid hydrogen delivery procedures shall incorporate the physical changes required in (a) and (b) above to eliminate “end of trans-fill venting” at the
trailer vent stack.
(d) all liquid hydrogen delivery trailers trans-filling at the site are equipped with an emergency shutdown (ESD) system and fast acting liquid hydrogen shut
off valve that will isolate the trailer in the event of an emergency during the trans-fill process
The existing setback distance required by NFPA section are based on the vent-down of trailer headspace after fueling events happening at the back of the trailer,
where there is a relatively low-to-the-ground vent stack on the top of the trailer. By moving the discharge point of the trans-fill related vent release from the back end
of the trailer vent to the much taller bulk storage system vent the key drivers for the separation distance from the back of the trailer has been eliminated.
These alternative trans-fill procedures reduce the setback distance requirements from the back of the trailer, and minimize the risks associated with the liquid
hydrogen trans-fill process. Based on the supporting information at the time of this submittal, the setback distance from the end of the trailer, the fill connection point
and fill connections on the liquid hydrogen trailer shall be a minimum of 50 feet
The Linde North American engineering and risk management teams have reviewed the potential for leaks and has chosen as a worst case a 10% leak area of the
liquid transfer hose. Linde engineering standards are based on high pressure oilfield leak data known as the Dutch Purple Book Table and 3.19 to show a likelihood
of 4x10^-5.yr for leaks of up to 10% leak area for equipment such as the 1.5" ID Vacuum Jacketed Air Force-type bayonet hose according to the guidelines of
Appendix H of NFPA 55.
The need for setback distance from the fill point to be equal to the setback distance of the installed bulk liquid hydrogen tank is no longer necessary with the use of
the improved trans-fill procedures which eliminates the need to vent hydrogen from the back end of the trailer at the end of the trans-fill event. The distance to
exposures is now driven by the potential leaks in the liquid hydrogen transfer hose, connections and devices on the trailer and the control valves on the bulk liquid
hydrogen tank and conservative modeling of those leaks show a worst case leak with a 41 foot range of flammability (based on the conservative 4% LFL and 10 %
leak area assumptions)
Linde has implemented PHAST dispersion models to calculate the horizontal distance to the 4% volume fraction concentration (LFL) of hydrogen in air at the 7ft
(door height) elevation to be 41 feet. This is a very conservative large leak rate assumption and although the probability of such a leak is extremely low, the
horizontal distance such a hydrogen jet could travers in unfavorable wind conditions (same direction as the jet) is 41 feet.
NFPA 2 setback distances are currently based on 3% leak area (still very conservative) and Linde PHAST modeling using the of the NFPA 2 shows a horizontal
distance of 14.5 feet to the LFL of 4%. If we are to use the assumptions from the NFPA-2 Task Group and the worst case leaks that will be accepted by the NFPA
2 technical committee for the 3rd edition of NFPA 2, for compressed setback distances the assumptions would be 1% leak area and effective LFL for hydrogen in air
at 8% and this would justify perhaps a 25 foot setback distance from the back end of the trailer and from the liquid hydrogen fill connection point.
It is possible that Sandia, BoydH2, Linde and other members of the Liquid H2 separations task group may be able to provide further justification to allow for a greater
reduction of setback distance to the back end of the trailer than this proposal for changing from 75 to 50 feet .
298 of 745
(A) Construction.
Storage tanks for liquid hydrogen shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section VIII of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and shall
be vacuum-jacketed in accordance with 8.3.2.3.1.7(A)(1). [55:11.4.3.1]
(2) The vacuum jacket shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
(a) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and shall be designed to withstand the anticipated loading, including loading from vehicular traffic,
where applicable. [ 55: 11.4.3.1.1.1]
(b) Portions of the vacuum jacket installed below grade shall be designed to withstand anticipated soil, hydrostatic, and seismic loading.
[ 55: 11.4.3.1.1.2]
(c) The vacuum jacket shall be constructed of stainless steel or other approved corrosion-resistant material. [ 55: 11.4.3.1.1.2(A)]
(d) Corrosion Protection. The vacuum jacket shall be protected by an engineered cathodic protection system. A cathodic protection system
maintenance schedule shall be provided and reconciled by the owner/operator. Exposed components shall be inspected at least twice a year.
[ 55: 11.4.3.1.1.2(B)]
299 of 745
300 of 745
See 6.21
301 of 745
Public Input No. 204-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 8.3.3.1.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
A qualified person shall be in attendance at all times [LH 2 is] transferred from mobile supply units to a storage system. [ 55: 8.14.1.2]
This is redundant to section 8.2.3.1.1.2. and 8.3.2.1.1. Requesting the TC consider either cleaning this up by removing one or more occurrences, or perhaps placing
the requirement in Section 8.1. Is there ever a case in NFPA 2 where a qualified person need not be in attendance when [LH2] is transferred from mobile supply
units to a storage system?
302 of 745
8.3.3.1.5 Inspection.
8.3.3.1.5.1
[LH2] storage systems shall be inspected and maintained by a qualified representative of the equipment owner[-]. [55:8.14.1.4.1]
(A)
The interval between inspections [-] shall be based on nationally recognized good practices or standards. [55:8.14.1.4.1.1]
8.3.3.1.5.2
A record of the inspection shall be prepared and provided to the user or the authority having jurisdiction upon request. [55:8.14.1.4.2]
303 of 745
8.3.3.2.1.3 Ventilation.
Indoor areas in which [LH2] is dispensed shall be ventilated in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17 and the [adopted mechanical code] .
[55: 8.14.11.3.2.2 ]
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
304 of 745
8.3.4.4.1
Pressurized containers shall be closed while being transported. [55:8.14.11.4.4.1]
305 of 745
8.3.4.5.1
Personnel conducting transfer operations from the bulk transport vehicle shall be trained.
306 of 745
10.2.1.2 *
A hazard analysis shall be conducted on every hydrogen fueling system installation by a qualified engineer(s) with proven expertise in hydrogen fueling
systems, installations, and hazard analysis techniques. Standard designs that have been previously analyzed by recognized methodology do not require
re-analysis each and every time such an installation occurs, only site-specific elements that are unique to the installation shall be reviewed in concert with
the existing analysis performed on the standard system to ensure that the standard design has not been altered in a way that would negatively affect the
existing hazard analysis .
Reason: This proposal takes guidance language from the annex note and places that language within the body of the code to provide specific enforceable language,
rather than just guidance to eliminate unnecessary costs for redundant analysis.
307 of 745
Items such as pressure relief valves, pressure gauges, valves, etc. are covered under ASME codes (such as BPV, B31.X, ASME B40.100 (for gauges). Why does
this standard require these items to be listed when they don't exist and have design standards already present.
308 of 745
This proposal includes terminology for additional system components for hydrogen dispensing.
309 of 745
ASME PSV’s are not listed or approved. Pressure gauges and transducers are not listed or approved, but ASME suggests conforming to ASME B40.100.
Regulators and Valves are not listed or approved. All of these items fall under the ASME piping code.
310 of 745
10.3.1.2
Devices not otherwise specifically provided for shall be constructed to provide safety equivalent to that required for other parts of a system.
Delete 10.3.1.2 altogether. Non enforceable and doesn’t really say anything useful. Restates what is already regular industry practices.
311 of 745
Public Input No. 14-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.4.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Pressure Lifting devices on pressure relief valves for GH 2 GH2 service shall not be accessable by the public. If accessable, they shall not be fitted with
lifting devices.
Why do we limit the use of lifting devices. As long as the lifting devices are not accessible by the operator it should be OK.
312 of 745
10.3.1.4.1.1
The adjustment, if external, shall be provided with a means for sealing the adjustment to prevent resist tampering.
313 of 745
10.3.1.4.1.5
Pressure relief valves protecting ASME pressure vessels shall be repaired, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code with local regulation .
ASME handles new design and construction. NBBI handles repair and inspection. These rules are in place for the AHJ and he knows them. Hence ' local
regulations
314 of 745
10.3.1.4.2.3 *
Pressure relief devices installed on hydrogen dispensers shall exceed the full flow capacity of the dispenser supply.
Where is the full flow of the dispenser measured? This needs to be specified so that the user of this document is informed so that the vehicle is not over pressurized.
315 of 745
Public Input No. 80-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.4.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Pressure relief valves shall be tested at least every 5 years. tested as required by local regulation or in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
.
This requirement is set by the NBIC and local regulation. The AHJ already knows how to handle this.
316 of 745
(B)
Pressure relief devices designed and installed in accordance with 10.3.1.4.1.5 shall be examined and tested in accordance with the applicable
requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code local regulation .
317 of 745
Pressure gauges need to be designed per the current and used codes within industry. This ensures the pressure gauges meet specific requirements.
318 of 745
10.3.1.5.1
A pressure gauge , if provided, and transducers shall be capable of reading at least 1.2 times the system MAWP.
System could have either a gauge or transducer; changing section will ensure either component is rated for the correct pressure.
Removed “if provided” because if the system doesn’t have either then the section doesn’t apply but if it has one or the other, then it does.
319 of 745
A transient flow resulting in large changes in pressure is likely to induce flow induced vibration which may be detrimental to the instrument and the accuracy of the
measurement.
320 of 745
10.3.1.5.3
Pressure gauges and transducers shall be constructed
such that the gauge will
in accordance with ASME B40.100 and shall protect personnel under overpressure conditions (e.g., blow-out back or secondary containment and
release).
321 of 745
10.3.1.6.4
Pressure regulators shall be designed and installed in accordance with ASME B31.X
Pressure regulators have design standards that need to be followed. Granted the standard already refers to all tubing/piping needs to be per ASME B31.X if the
document has specific requirements for regulators it should also specify ASME B31.X (or equivalent)
322 of 745
10.3.1.7.1.1
Piping components in contact with hydrogen Wetted piping, tubing, fittings, gaskets, and packing material shall be compatible with the hydrogen service
conditions.
Section revised for clarity and to ensure all components are included. This also clarifies that we intended hydrogen and service conditions
323 of 745
10.3.1.7.1.2
Gray Cast , ductile, and cast malleable or high silicon iron pipe , valves, and fittings shall not be used.
ASME B31.12 does not endorse the use of cast, ductile, malleable or high silicon irons. Refere to ASME B31.12 GR-2.1.4 (b)(1).
324 of 745
10.3.1.7.3 *
Hydrogen gas piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping . X Standards of Pressure Piping
You can use multiple sections of ASME B31.X (power piping, hydrogen piping, b31.3). They all follow similar methods and do the same thing. It's up to the designer
to design the system to the appropriate standard where the dispenser will be installed.
325 of 745
10.3.1.7.3 *
Hydrogen gas piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31. 3 12 , Process Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines .
Correlation with the International Fuel Gas Code and consistency within NFPA 2.
326 of 745
10.3.1.7.3 *
Hydrogen gas piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with ANSI/ with ASME B31 .3, Process Code for Pressure Piping .
ASME B31 consists of over ten sections. Each section is industry specific. However, regardless of the section, you get the same technical answer. ASME does not
require a fossil power plant which is built to B31.1 to design a hydrogen line to B31.12. Nor is a refinery built to B31.3 to design a line to B31.12.
327 of 745
Public Input No. 19-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.7.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Piping joints made with tapered threaded pipe and sealant shall not be used downstream of the source valve in hydrogen service above 3000 psi (20.7
MPa).
Why - what standard is driving this? NPT is perfectly fine to be used in high pressure hydrogen applications as long as it is the correct classification of thread.
Autoclave, HIP, Swagelok, BuTECH, etc. all make NPT fittings up to 10 KSI. As long as these are properly installed and correct NPT thread classification they seal
328 of 745
This requirement is spelled out in ASME B31.12; part IP-5.2.2 (d) Seal Welds
329 of 745
This is spelled out in ASME B31.12 IP-9.14 (b) Joints for Seal Welding.
330 of 745
10.3.1.7.4.1
Tapered joints shall be allowed on systems exceeding 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) under the following conditions:
(1) Where valves or instrumentation are not available with straight threads
(2) Where tapered joints are seal welded in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping .
Again to the reference above - NPT threads are suitable for high pressure hydrogen as long as the correct classification of thread is used.
331 of 745
10.3.1.7.4.1
Tapered joints shall be allowed on systems exceeding 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) under the following conditions:
(1) Where valves or instrumentation are not available with straight threads
(2) Where tapered joints are seal welded in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31. 3 12 , Process Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines .
Correlation.
332 of 745
10.3.1.7.4.1
Tapered joints shall be allowed on systems exceeding 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) under the following conditions:
(1) Where valves or instrumentation are not available with straight threads
(2) Where tapered joints are seal welded in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ the ASME B31 .3, Process Piping . Code for Pressure Piping
333 of 745
10.3.1.7.6.6
A bend in piping or tubing shall have the pressure rating reduced according to ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping . X - Standard of Pressure Piping
Generalize the use of pressure piping code and allow the designer to apply the appropriate design codes for the application.
334 of 745
10.3.1.7.6.6
A bend in piping or tubing shall have the pressure rating reduced according to ANSI/ASME ASME B31. 3 12 , Process Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines .
335 of 745
10.3.1.7.6.6
A bend in piping or tubing shall have the pressure rating reduced according to ANSI/ to ASME B31 .3, Process Code for Pressure Piping .
336 of 745
10.3.1.8.3
Prior to use, hose assemblies shall be tested by the component OEM or its designated representative at a pressure at least twice the maximum allowable
pressure pressure and marked accordingly as “passed” with “date of test” .
Would verify assemblies were tested. I don’t think “marking” the hoses and assemblies is practical. Perhaps change to “Records of testing shall be maintained”.
337 of 745
10.3.1.8.4
Hose and metallic hose shall be distinctly marked by the manufacturer, either by the manufacturer’s permanently attached tag or by distinct markings
indicating the manufacturer’s name or trademark, applicable service identifier, and design pressure, and flow direction .
Proposed change was decided on at TG at conference call on 6/13/16. Pipe, tube and hose do not have a flow direction. Components often do.
338 of 745
10.3.1.8.5
The use of hose in a hydrogen dispensing system shall be limited to vehicle fueling hose
.
10.3. 1 .8.5.1
Each section shall be installed so that it is protected against mechanical damage and accessible for inspection.
Why does this affect the safety of the system? If the dispenser designer wishes to use hoses within the dispenser system for other than vehicle refueling (e.g. in
place of tubing, dewatering, etc.) they should be able to do so as long as the hose is designed for hydrogen service, the engineer has performed due diligence to
ensure the permeation is OK and the hoses are on an appropriate maintenance schedule to prevent cyclic fatigue.
339 of 745
10.3.1.8.6.1
Such devices shall be arranged to separate using a force not greater than 150 lb (68 kg) and a minimum of _____ when applied in any direction that the
vehicle would move.
There needs to be a minimum value for the break away. I think this information is in existing CSA HGV 4.X documents.
340 of 745
10.3.1.8.6.1
Such devices shall be arranged to separate using a force not greater than 150 lb lb ( 68 kg 667 N ) when when applied in any direction that the vehicle
would move.
Value agrees with “CSA HGV 4.4-2013; 2.4 Separation Test” protocol.
341 of 745
Public Input No. 24-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.9.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
All system components valves shall be listed or approved designed per ASME B31.X for the hydrogen service pressures, internal and external
temperatures, and operating environment of the hydrogen dispensing system.
No listed or approved valves exist and the CSA documents are not suitable for use by industry (it makes the valves incredibly costly). Many manufacturers design
valves per ASME B31.3 and are perfectly suitable. They have appropriate safety margins built in and a competent engineer will be able to determine material
compatibility issues.
342 of 745
10.3.1.9.1.2
Leakage shall not occur when tested Valve leakage (externally) shall not exceed specified limits in ASME B31.X when tested hydrostatically or
pneumatically in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines, either pneumatically or hydrostatically. The
test pressure shall be not less than 110 percent of the rated service pressure when tested pneumatically, using an inert gas as the medium, nor less than
150 percent of the rated service pressure when tested hydrostatically. X.
ASME B31 already specifies how to test valves and the leakage limits. Use existing standards.
343 of 745
10.3.1.9.1.2
Leakage shall not occur when tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ of ASME B31 .12, Hydrogen Piping and
Pipelines Code for Pressure Piping , either pneumatically or hydrostatically. The test pressure shall be not less than 110 percent of the rated
service pressure when tested pneumatically, using an inert gas as the medium, nor less than 150 percent of the rated service pressure when tested
hydrostatically.
Standardized title
344 of 745
10.3.1.10.2
This leak test shall be in addition to the ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process X - Standard of Pressure Piping , testing required by 10.3.1.7.3 .
345 of 745
10.3.1.10.2
This leak test shall be in addition to the ANSI/ ASME B31 .3, Process Code for Pressure Piping , testing required by 10.3.1.7.3 .
Standardized title
346 of 745
Public Input No. 27-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.10.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
The assembly shall be leak tested using hydrogen or helium in accordance with ASME B31.X using a small molecule non-reactive gas .
Don't specify the media - specify what is needed (small molecule non reactive gas)
347 of 745
Public Input No. 97-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.10.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Personally have encountered hydrogen systems not leaking on helium but leaking on hydrogen. Follow the pneumatic leak test in B31. Low pressure, look for leaks
and attended. The raise to high pressure.
348 of 745
If we don’t require documentation, the testing won’t happen. We can't force the AHJ to witness. But we can phrase it so that he knows we would like him to at least
spot check.
349 of 745
The frequency, LOTO procedure and test procedure is best defined by the "expert", the mfg. The procedure belongs in the manuals.
350 of 745
10.3.1.10.3.1
This leak test shall be conducted following any maintenance that involves breaking a connection or, at a minimum, annually .
10.3.1.10.3.1 A new assembly shall be leak tested at a lower pressure on a non-reactive gas to detect and repair gross leakage, prior to
testing at the code pressure levels on hydrogen to detect manageable leak rates.
10.3.1.10.3.2 In case of a local (minor) repair, testing requirements can be reduced to hydrogen at 85% of the safety valve relief setting .
Leak testing should be per the mfg's requirements. Not stipulated by code. the newer clauses are for clarity and practicality. To test a leaking valve packing should
not require disabling the safety valves.
351 of 745
352 of 745
10.3.1.11.2.1
Hoses, nozzles, and breakaways shall be examined monthly or according to the manufacturers’ recommendations or at least monthly , whichever period
is shorter, and shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.
Grammar
353 of 745
354 of 745
(1) Hydrogen 350 bar fueling events of 350 bar shall have an second integrity check repeated at 85 percent 80 to 90 percent of the dispenser nozzle
service pressure by stopping flow and checking the pressure decay over a period of 5 seconds.
(2) Hydrogen fueling events of 700 bar shall have an integrity check repeated at 45 percent and 85 percent of 700 bar fueling events with a starting
pressure of less than 200 bar shall have a second integrity test at 40 to 50 percent and third integrity test at 80 to 90 percent of the dispenser nozzle
service pressure by stopping flow and checking the pressure decay over a period of at least 5 seconds.
(3) 700 bar fueling events with a starting pressure of greater than 200 bar shall have a second integrity test 80 to 90 percent of the dispenser nozzle
service pressure by stopping flow and checking the pressure decay over a period of at least 5 seconds .
The hose leak tests or integrity tests are not part of 10.3.1.11 System Maintenance and should have a separate subsection
the proposed change from 45% and 85% to ranges 40 to 50% and 80 to 90 % of the service pressure are intended to give some flexibility to the station designer
and may allow the dispenser control system to stop the flow for a bank switch and do an integrity test at the same time
the new text shown as (3) is to cover the condition where cars may come to the dispenser with a partially full tank. if the vehicle presents to the dispenser at >
than 30% of the service pressure, the dispenser should not need to do a second integrity test just after the first. the modified langage in (2) and new language in (3)
is intended to address this issue.
355 of 745
10.3.1.11.7
Personnel performing maintenance on hydrogen installations shall be trained and wear personal protective equipment as prescribed in the material safety
data sheets.
356 of 745
10.3.1.12
Hydrogen dispensing systems shall be protected to prevent damage from vehicles and to minimize physical damage from vehicles and vandalism vandals .
grammar
357 of 745
10.3.1.13.A The fueling rate shall maintain the specified range for the ambient temperature and initial pressure of the vehicle tank.
10.3.1.13.B The dispenser gas temperature shall maintain the specified temperature range for the fueling rate.
10.3.1.13.C For light duty vehicles, the dispenser shall not fuel the vehicle if the initial pressure of the container is less than 72.5 psi (0.5 MPa) or greater
than the service pressure of the container.
10.3.1.13.D For light duty vehicles, the dispenser shall not dispense more than 7 ounces (200g) of hydrogen into the container prior to the start of the main
fueling process.
This proposal adds four important fueling protocol parameters that the dispenser should meet in order to avoid over-pressurizing, overheating, or overfilling a vehicle
tank. These parameters are implemented in SAE j2601 the industry fueling protocol standard
358 of 745
Hydrogen vehicles are challenging to fuel because they heat as they fill. In addition, the dispenser must fuel a vehicle to near full at a high pressure at a specific rate
with limited information. Because of these issues, it is critical that dispensers use a fueling protocol that has been developed, validated and approved by both the
automotive and hydrogen industry. Not using these protocols could result in overheating, over-pressurizing, or overfilling the vehicle tank. This proposal provides
the text to require a "standard automotive fueling protocol".
The commentor would prefer to reference J2601 directly, but knows the challenges in doing so given NFPA2 rules.
Dispensers which use non-standard protocols, or are designed to fuel buses and other off road vehicles can cause significant problems for light duty vehicles.
Therefore, they must have mechanical means to ensure it is practically impossible to fuel a light duty vehicle. Experience from the field has shown that drivers can
easily trade PINs or cards.
Finally, it is critical that the dispenser fueling protocol is validated to CSA HGV 4.3 because this is the only test standard designed test a fueling protocol.
This PI 297should be considered if PI410 is rejected which has a mandatory reference to SAE J2601
359 of 745
Hydrogen vehicles are challenging to fuel because they heat as they fill. In addition, the dispenser must fuel a vehicle to near full at a high pressure at a specific rate
with limited information. Because of these issues, it is critical that dispensers use a fueling protocol that has been developed, validated and approved by both the
automotive and hydrogen industry. Not using these protocols could result in overheating, over-pressurizing, or overfilling the vehicle tank. This proposal provides the
text to require SAE J2601 fueling protocol. Dispensers which use non-standard protocols, or are designed to fuel buses and other off road vehicles can cause
significant problems for light duty vehicles. Therefore, they must have mechanical means to ensure it is practically impossible to fuel a light duty vehicle. Experience
from the field has shown that drivers can easily trade PINs or cards. Finally, it is critical that the dispenser fueling protocol is validated to CSA HGV 4.3 because this
is the only test standard designed test a fueling protocol.
This PI 410 should be considered prior to PI 297 which is an alternative PI that does not have a mandatory reference to SAE J2601
360 of 745
10.3.1.13.1.1
GH 2 dispensing systems shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when a fuel supply container reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure.
10.3.1.13.1.2
The dispenser shall not exceed the service pressure, temperature, or maximum fuel density of the container over the range of dispenser operating
conditions.
10.3.1.13.1.3
The means of protection shall stop the dispensing of hydrogen if the dispenser pressure or dispenser fuel temperature deviate from the operating
parameters.
10.3.1.13 .1 .4
A hydrogen container shall not be charged in excess of the service pressure that is stamped on the container and displayed on a label near the filling
connection when compensated for differences in temperature from 59°F (15°C).
10.3.1.13.1.1 5
A hydrogen container shall not be subjected to pressure in excess of 125 percent of its marked service pressure.
10.3.1.13. 1.6
The dispenser gas temperature shall be measured as close to the hose breakaway as possible and shall not be less than −40°F (−40°C).
10.3.1.13.1.7
A dispenser shall only dispense hydrogen when the ambient temperature is between −40°F (−40°C) and 122°F (50°C).
10.3.1.13.1.8 *
The flowrate of a hydrogen dispenser for light duty vehicles shall not exceed 0.1323 lb (60 g) of hydrogen per second.
10.3.1.13.1.9
The limit of 0.1323 lb (60 g) per second does not include transient excursions due to valve actuation.
10.3.1.13. 2 Communications Protocol.
10.3.1.13.2.1
Dispensers using a communications protocol to control the fueling shall abort the fill or revert to a noncommunication fueling strategy in the event of a
communications failure.
10.3.1.13.3
GH 2 dispensing systems shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when a fuel supply container reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure.
10.3.1.13. 4
Where an overpressure incident that results in operation of the overpressure protection system occurs, the dispenser pressure control system shall be
examined and certified by a qualified technician prior to being returned to service.
10.3.1.13.5
The transfer of GH2 into a fuel supply container shall be performed in accordance with instructions posted at the dispensing station.
10.3.1.13.6
Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing to facilitate disconnection.
10.3.1.13.7
Bleed connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
10.3.1.13.8
GH2 shall not be used to operate any device or equipment that has not been designed or modified for GH2 service.
10.3.1.13.9
Sources of ignition shall not be permitted within 10 ft (3.0 m) of any filling connection during a transfer operation.
10.3.1.13.10
A warning sign with the words “STOP MOTOR, NO SMOKING,, FLAMMABLE GAS, HYDROGEN HAS NO ODOR” shall be posted at each dispenser.
10.3.1.13.10.1
The lettering on the sign shall be large enough to be visible and legible from each point of transfer.
10.3.1.13.11
Pneumatic gas supply systems for control devices shall be designed to prevent internal and external freezing. Fuel gas controls shall be installed to prevent
external freezing.
10.3.1.13.12
Vehicles shall not be considered a source of ignition with respect to the provisions of this chapter.
361 of 745
10.3.1.13.12.1
Vehicles containing fuel-fired equipment (e.g., recreational vehicles and catering trucks) shall be considered a source of ignition unless this equipment is
shut off completely before entering an area in which ignition sources are not permitted.
10.3.1.13.13
A means shall be provided to bring the system to a safe condition in the event of failure of the hydrogen dispensing system logic controller.
10.3.1.13.13.1
The means of protection shall stop the dispensing of hydrogen if the dispenser pressure or dispenser fuel temperature deviate from the operating
parameters.
10.3.1.13.14
The dispenser gas temperature shall be measured as close to the hose breakaway as possible and shall not be less than −40°F (−40°C).
10.3.1.13.15
A dispenser shall only dispense hydrogen when the ambient temperature is between −40°F (−40°C) and 122°F (50°C).
10.3.1.13.16 *
The flowrate of a hydrogen dispenser for light duty vehicles shall not exceed 0.1323 lb (60 g) of hydrogen per second.
10.3.1.13.16.1
The limit of 0.1323 lb (60 g) per second does not include transient excursions due to valve actuation.
10.3.1.13.17
The dispenser shall not exceed the service pressure, temperature, or maximum fuel density of the container over the range of dispenser operating
conditions.
This proposeal moves 10.3.1.13.1 and 10.3.1.13.14-17 into the same section because all of these requirements relate to the fueling protocol and the dispenser's
implementation of the fueling protocol. By maintaining these parameters, the dispenser will ensure that a vehicle is not overheated, overpressurized, or filled above
100% density. The order of the sub-sections have changed to better reflect their importance. There have been no changes to the text
362 of 745
363 of 745
10.3.1.13.1.1
A hydrogen container shall not be subjected to pressure in excess of 125 percent of its marked service pressure or the name plate value for maximum
allowable working pressure (MAWP) . .
364 of 745
This PI proposes to limit the communications system to one approved by the vehicle manufacturer, and encourages SAE J2799 which is the industry standard for
vehicle to dispenser communication. This is important because conflicting communications systems could send signals that are mis-interpreted by the dispenser,
and could result in issues in fueling the vehicle. For example, if the pressure signal is different by a factor of 10, the dispenser could over-pressurize the tank. The PI
also requires validation to HGV 4.3 which ensures that the industry standard vehicle to dispenser communication system is properly tested.
365 of 745
10.3.1.13.2.1
Manufacturer's certification of compliance shall be permissible as evidence of compliance with requirements that are not phsically verifiable or able to be
confirmed during a functional test.
Chapter 10 contains functional requirements that are not readily verifiable by AHJs. Adding this text allows manufacturers to certify compliance with requirements
that may be embedded in software but not able to be confirmed via a functional test.
366 of 745
10.3.1.13.3
GH2 dispensing systems shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when a fuel supply container reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure or
target density .
A dispenser can fill to a target density thereby providing more range for the vehicle. The proposed change allow for this option.
367 of 745
10.3.1.13.7
Bleed connections shall lead to Hydrogen that is vented when the dispenser nozzle is disconnected from the vehicle shall be directed to a safe point of
discharge.
this text is in the dispenser section and where there is a bleed down of pressure associated with disconnection of the dispensing nozzle from the vehicle
receptacle. The revised text clarifies the intention of the requirement for safety operation of the dispenser.
368 of 745
10.3.1.13.8
GH2 shall not be used to operate any device or equipment that has not been designed or modified for GH2 service.
If an engineer redesigns a product, it has been “designed”. If a tradesman reworks a product it is modified. We don’t want modified, we want designed.
369 of 745
10.3.1.13.9
Sources of ignition shall not be permitted within 10 ft 5 ft (3 1 .0 m 5 m ) of any filling connection during a transfer operation. Refer to 10.3.1.13.12
370 of 745
10.3.1.13.10.1
The lettering on the sign shall be large enough to be visible and , be legible from each point of transfer and conform to NEMA Z535 .
371 of 745
Shutting done a CNG turbine may be problematic. However, the vehicle design should have addressed C1D2 lighter than air fuels.
372 of 745
10.3.1.13.13.1
The dispenser shall have means of protection shall to stop the dispensing of hydrogen if the dispenser pressure or dispenser fuel temperature any of the
fueling protocol parameters deviate from the maximum or minimum operating parameters.
The previous clause was confusing. The proposed change clarifies the meaning and also specifies the max/min operating parameters
373 of 745
10.3.1.13.15
A dispenser shall only dispense hydrogen when the ambient temperature is between −40°F (−40°C) and 122°F (50°C) unless designed for extreme
temperatures and clause 10 .3.1.13.17.
NFPA documents have been adopted outside of the contiguous 48 states. Areas in the Persian gulf that have adopted NFPA exceed these limits
374 of 745
10.3.1.14.2
The use of adapters to transition from the nozzle to the vehicle shall be prohibited.
375 of 745
Public Input No. 114-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.15.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
With the approval of the authority having jurisdiction, the classified areas specified in Table 10.3.1.15.1 shall be permitted to be reduced or eliminated by
positive pressure ventilation from a source of clean air or inert gas in conjunction with effective safeguards against ventilator ventilation system failure by
purging methods recognized in NFPA 496.
a ventilator is a piece of sheet metal that rotates due to the natural draft of a heat source beneath it. The correct term is "ventilation system".
376 of 745
10.3.1.15.2.1
Modifications shall be approved by a qualified engineer with expertise in fire safety and gaseous fuels.
This statement makes no sense. A dispenser must be designed by a professional and ideally labeled and listed. This means the only allowable changes are design
changes approved by the NRTL or the AHJ. Modifications are prohibited.
377 of 745
Public Input No. 116-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.1.17.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
An emergency manual shutdown device shall be provided at the dispensing area and also at a location remote from the dispensing area. Placement shall
be determined by local regulation or lacking local regulation by safety analysis.
This document requirement is incomplete. We state a need without any guidance. The placement of E-Stops for petroleum varies from state to state based on
experience. It should be expected that the local AHJ will have input here. The addition is to remind the owner/operator that the AHJ will most likely determine the
placement. Knowing this the owner/operator will likely request input on placement prior to installation to avoid costly rework.
378 of 745
10.3.1.18 * Fire Protection . A portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 4-A: 80-B:C shall be provided at the dispensing area in approved
locations not more than 50 ft (15.2 m) away from the dispensing area. Fire extinguishers shall be inspected and maintained according to NFPA 10.
10.3. 1 .18.1
Dispensing equipment shall be provided with hydrogen gas de tection, leak detection, and flame detection at the fueling area.
10.3.1.18.1.1
The detection systems shall be maintained and calibrated in accordance with Chapter 6
10.3.1.18.1.2
The station owner or operator shall maintain a record of detector maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to the inspector.
10.3.1.18.1.3
Activation of the detection systems shall automatically stop dispensing and activate the automatic emergency shutoff valve. Reactivation of the dispenser
requires a manual restart following the provisions of this chapter.
10.3.1.18.1.4
Dispenser enclosure shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable gas within the enclosure.
The 80-B rating is in keeping with the minimum rating required for dispensing gasoline in NFPA 30A. The addition of the A rating was the result of reading the annex
material which says the extinguisher is to control surrounding fires, thus the 4-A rating. This is also in keeping with the rating of a 10 pound ABC extinguisher which
has a rating of 4-A:80-B:C.
379 of 745
10.3.1.18.1.2
T The station owner or operator owner/operator shall maintain a record of detector maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to
the inspector. . These records shall be readily available to the AHJ upon request and be maintained for a minimum of three (3) years.
The use of owner or operator versus owner/operator is left to the NFPA 2 editor staff, it is a style question.
380 of 745
10.3.1.18.1.3
Activation of the detection systems shall automatically stop dispensing and
activate the
determine the cause of the activation and the system shall respond properly to the detected event. As a minimum, the system should stop dispensing fuel
from the dispenser in the event area by activating that dispenser’s activate automatic emergency shutoff valve.
Reactivation of the dispenser equipment disabled by the detection of the event shall require requires a manual restart following the provisions of this
chapter.
An alarm activates the safety system. The safety system decides upon the correct response and initiates the action.
381 of 745
(1) The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construction requirements of the adopted building code. Type I construction is defined in NFPA 5000
Section 7.2.1.1.
(2) Operations located under canopies shall be limited to refueling only.
(3) The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas.
Where is type I construction defined? Type I construction is defined in NFPA 5000 Section 7.2.1.1.
The working group tabled for the next edition whether or not type I is excessive. Would type II or type III be more appropriate? A dispenser or car fire event will not
last for multiple hours. A dispenser fire is likely to be less than a couple of minutes as would a hydrogen vehicle PRD release. A pool fire from a petroleum fueled
vehicle would most likely be resolved under 1 hour.
382 of 745
10.3.2.3.1.3 *
The vehicle fueling pad shall be of concrete or a material having a resistivity not exceeding 1 megaohm 1 megaohm when measured at a potential of
500 V d.c. as determined by an approved method unless the vehicle is grounded by other means, such as a grounding cable .
In NFPA 79 section 18.3 the insulation resistance test is done at 500 V dc and acceptance is a resistance of >1 megaohm. UL 508 section 49 has similar verbiage.
383 of 745
(B)
VFAs shall be listed or approved .
Currently there is an insufficient number of components listed. For the near term this becomes an AHJ approval task until the market demand is sufficient to amortize
the cost of a product safety listing with a NRTL.
384 of 745
(C)
The installation of VFAs shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the listing .
The manufacturer’s instructions are part of the listing and require change control and NRTL approval. It is treated the same as if it were a part in the device.
385 of 745
(1) Interior walls or partitions shall be continuous from floor to ceiling, shall be anchored, and shall have a fire resistance rating of at least 2 hours.
Rooms containing dispensing equipment and dipensing operations only shall not be required to have a fire resistance rating.
(2) At least one wall shall be an exterior wall.
(3) Explosion venting shall be provided in accordance with 10.3.3.2.2(B) and 10.3.3.2.2(C) .
(4) Access to the room shall be from outside the primary structure.
(5) If access to the room from outside the primary structure is not possible, access from within the primary structure shall be permitted where such access
is made through a vapor-sealing, self-closing fire door having the appropriate rating for the location where installed.
Reason: When looking at the existing language and the history of its development, it makes sense to require the 2 hour fire resistance rating when storage,
compression, or gas processing is included within the space to protect that space from a fire threat from within the rest of the building. But that level of protection is
not needed when only dispensing equipment and operations are present with the storage, compression, or gas processing located elsewhere.
386 of 745
(F) Ventilation.
(1) Indoor locations shall be ventilated utilizing air supply inlets and exhaust outlets arranged to provide uniform air movement to the extent practical.
(2) Inlets shall be uniformly arranged on exterior walls near floor level .
(3) Outlets shall be located in exterior walls at the high point of the room or in the roof.
This is room temperature H2 (1/14th the density of air. We need to sweep the ceiling not the floor. Floor level vents get block with snow, ice, leaves, sticks, etc.
Additionally, if petroleum is used in the area, a minimum height of 18” would be appropriate.
387 of 745
(1) Ventilation shall be by a continuous mechanical ventilation system or by a mechanical ventilation system activated by a continuously monitoring
hydrogen detection system where a gas concentration of not more than one-quarter of the lower flammable limit is present.
(2) In either case in 10.3.3.2.2(F) (D)(1), the system shall immediately shut down the fueling system in the event of detection of an alarm condition or
failure of the ventilation system, the detection system, or of the controls.
(H)
The ventilation rate shall be at least 1 ft 3 /min/ft 2 (0.3 m 3 /min/m 2 ) of room area, but no less than 1 ft 3 /min/12 ft 3 (0.03 m 3 /min/0.34 m 3 ) of room
volume.
in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17.
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
388 of 745
(H)
The ventilation rate shall be at least 1 ft least 60 ft 3 / min hr /ft 2 ( 0.3 m 18 m 3 / min hr /m 2 ) of of room area, but no less than 1 ft than 5
ft 3 / min hr / 12 ft ft 3 ( 0.03 m 5 m 3 / min hr / 0.34 m m 3 ) of of room volume.
This is an ANSI standard. ANSI standards conform to ANSI SI-10 for metric units. SI-10 uses seconds and hours for time, not minutes.
Upon further review, in hours it becomes nice round numbers. Almost like the original numbers were SWAGs.
389 of 745
(J)
Where installed, a gas detection system shall be equipped to sound a latched an alarm which requires a manual reset and visually indicate when a
maximum of one-quarter of the lower flammable limit is reached.
(1) The gas detection system shall be certified by a qualified engineer with expertise in fire safety and gaseous detection.
390 of 745
(L)
Reactivation of the fueling system shall be by manual restart reset and shall be conducted by trained personnel.
The operator reset the controls. The controls evaluate it the fault persists, if the fault clears the controls initiates a restart.
391 of 745
(1) Access doors shall have warning signs with the words “WARNING — NO SMOKING — FLAMMABLE GAS.” “HYDROGEN HAS NO ODOR.”
(2) The wording shall be in plainly legible, bright red letters not less than 1 in. (25 mm) high on a white background.
(3) All markings, placards and symbols shall be in compliance with ANSI/NEMA Z535.
OSHA regulation
392 of 745
(P) Construction of Indoor Areas. Walls, ceilings, and floors within 15 feet (4.
6m
6 m ) of the dispenser shall be constructed as fire barriers having a fire resistance rating not less than
2 hours.
2 hours.
(A) Walls within 15 feet (4.6 m) of the dispenser shall be constructed as fire barriers having a fire resistance rating not less than 2 hours.
(B) Openings. Opening protectives shall be provided for wall openings in accordance with the requirements of the adopted building code.
(C) Penetrations. Through-penetrations and membrane penetrations of fire resistance rated construction shall be protected in accordance with the
requirements of the adopted building code.
(D) Roof-Ceiling Assemblies.
The fire
Roof or ceilings less than 20 ft (6.1 m) above the floor immediately below shall be constructed as fire barriers having a fire resistance rating not less
than 2 hours. fire -resistive protection of a roof-ceiling assembly required by 10.3.3.2.2
(P)
.16 shall not be required where every part of the roof-ceiling assembly is
20 ft
20 ft (6.
1m
1 m ) or more above any floor immediately below.
(E) Attics. Open attics above the dispensing area are prohibited.
(F) Floors. Floors in dispensing areas constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials shall not be required to comply with
10.3.3.2.2
(P)
. 16.
There is a discrepancy for roof/ceilings. The charging statement stated 15’ and paragraph D stated 20’.
Many buildings have open attics. Attics can provide a pathway for hydrogen to migrate within a building and should be prohibited.
393 of 745
(1) Openings. Opening protectives shall be provided for wall openings in accordance with the requirements of the adopted building code.
(2) Penetrations. Through-penetrations and membrane penetrations of fire resistance rated construction shall be protected in accordance with the
requirements of the adopted building code.
(3) Roof-Ceiling Assemblies. The fire-resistive protection of a roof-ceiling assembly required by 10.3.3.2.2(P) shall not be required where every part of
the roof-ceiling assembly is 20 ft (6.1 m) or more above any floor immediately below.
(4) Floors. Floors in dispensing areas constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials shall not be required to comply with 10.3.3.2.2(P) .
Reason: When looking at the existing language and the history of its development, it makes sense to require the 2 hour fire resistance rating when storage,
compression, or gas processing is included within the space to protect that space from a fire threat from within the rest of the building. But that level of protection is
not needed when only dispensing equipment and operations are present with the storage, compression, or gas processing located elsewhere.
394 of 745
10.3.3.2.3.1
Fast-fill fueling indoors shall be permitted where storage, gas processing, and compression equipment is located outdoors complying with 10 7 .3.2.3. 1.1
through 10.3.2.3.1.6 .
Sections 10.3.2.3.1.1 to 10.3.2.3.1.6 apply to outdoor public fueling and are not appropriate here. The intent is to assure that the hydrogen equipment except for the
indoor dispenser are located outdoors and are compliant with the code. Pointing to section 7.3.2.3 is more general and appropriate
395 of 745
10.3.3.2.3.2 Ventilation.
(A)
Ventilation shall be in accordance with 10.3.3.2.2(F) . the provisions of Section 6.17.
(B)
The ventilation system of 10.3.3.2.2(F) of Section 6.17 shall not be required in industrial and storage occupancies when the room or area in which
dispensing occurs is in accordance with the following:
(1) The minimum volume of the room in which a dispenser is installed shall be not less than 180,000 ft3 (5000 m 3), and the maximum quantity of fuel to
be dispensed per fueling event shall be limited to 9.2 lb (4.2 kg).
(2) The dispenser shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff control to shut down the source of fuel when the maximum fuel quantity per dispensing
event is reached or when the vehicle has been fueled to capacity, whichever is less.
(a) The shutoff control shall be tested at installation and annually thereafter.
(b) Failure of the controller shall shut down the dispensing system.
(3) When multiple dispensers are installed in a room, the minimum room volume shall be incrementally increased for each additional dispenser.
(4) The height of the ceiling of the room where dispensing occurs shall be not less than 25 ft (8 m).
(5) The maximum refueling rate shall be limited to not more than 2.2 lb/min (1 kg/min), and the flow limiting device shall be installed outdoors.
(6) All potential leak points between the dispenser cabinet and the refueling nozzle shall be monitored by the dispenser in accordance with 10.3.1.11.4
and 10.3.1.11.5 . Activation of the monitoring system shall shut down the dispensing system.
(7) The fueling hose shall be limited to a maximum length of 25 ft (7.6 m) and shall be protected from mechanical damage, from abrasion, and from being
driven over by a vehicle.
(a) Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing the nozzle through the dispenser vent line to facilitate disconnection.
(8) The dispensing area shall be inspected annually and certified in accordance with 10.1.1.1 .
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
396 of 745
(A)
Ventilation shall be in accordance with 10.3.3.2.2(F) . the mechanical code.
No special ventilation requirements are needed. A typical application is in an existing warehouse. Because the room volume requirements of this section require a
large room 180,000 cubic feet or larger, additional ventilation requirements beyond those normally applicable to storage occupancies inthe mechanical code are not
warranted. This text will avoid misapplication of hazardous exhaust systems which are not warranted.
397 of 745
Public Input No. 125-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.3.2.3.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
The electrical area classification for the dispenser shall be Class 1 Division 2 Group B within 15 ft (4.6 m) of the point of transfer during filling.
Group B adds clarification to the electrical classification. Adds detail of the impact of other fuels on a hydrogen system.
398 of 745
Public Input No. 7-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 10.3.3.2.3.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
The electrical area classification for the dispenser shall be Class 1 Class I, Group B, Division 2 or Class I, Group IIC, Zone 2 within 15 ft (4.6 m) of the
point of transfer during filling.
Two issues here, NFPA 70 "Class" designations are in Roman numerals. The added NFPA 70 Article 505 designation (Class I, Group IIC, Zone 2) is being added to
be inclusive of the alternate IEC information provided by Article 505. This change makes NFPA 2 more universal and applicable in countries that subscribe to the
IEC classification methods.
399 of 745
Adds detail of the impact of other fuels on a hydrogen system and vice versa.
400 of 745
(1) An interlock shall be provided so that the dispenser will not operate if the fire alarm is not operational.
(1) Not less than 20 ft (6.1 m) and not more than 100 ft (30.5 m) from the dispensing station.
An additional manual fire alarm box shall be located at
(2) At the nearest building exit from the dispensing area.
Activation of the fire alarm box shall sound a local fire alarm signal to alert building occupants of a fire in the dispensing area and shall shut down the
dispenser, stop the flow of gas into the room, and start or continue to run the ventilation system
(D)
The requirements of this section do not require a full fire alarm system for the remainder of the building where none is required by the fire code .
The requirements for a fire alarm system are only intended to apply to the area of dispensing. Required initiating devices are fire detectors that cover the fueling
area and manual pulls as specified. In a building with no current fire alarm system or without full notification, these requirements are not intended to require such
systems. The section does require both audible and visual notification in the area of fueling - but not necessarily the entire building. The revisions are intended to
make the requirement more clear.
401 of 745
(1) The self-closing valve referred to in 10.3.3.2.3.7(A) is located immediately upstream of the dispenser.
(2) The dispenser is equipped with a self-closing valve that closes each time the control arm is turned to the OFF position or when the ESD is activated.
Faster closing is redundant with quarter turn and does not provide greater direction. You don't buy a fast closing hand valve. You buy a 1/4 turn valve.
402 of 745
(D) Reactivation.
Reactivation of the dispenser and gas flow into the room after system shutdown required by 10.3.3.2.3.7(A) or 10.3.3.2.3.7(C) shall be by manual restart
rest and shall be conducted by trained personnel.
We reset controls. Controls check to see if the fault persists and if it does not, restarts system
403 of 745
(1) A fueling hose that is limited to a maximum length of 25 ft (7.6 m) and is protected from mechanical damage from abrasion and from being driven over
by a vehicle.
A maximum of 3 ft (1 m) in length where used to prevent abrasion damage resulting from vibration on the inlet, outlet, or both
(2) When hose is used as a thermal expansion joint, an alignment joint, or as part of a vibration damping system, the length shall not exceed 3 ft (0.9 m)
in length .
(3) Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing the nozzle to facilitate disconnection.
(4) Bleed connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
Clarification of intent
404 of 745
(1) A fueling hose that is limited to a maximum length of 25 ft (7.6 m) and is protected from mechanical damage from abrasion and from being driven over
by a vehicle.
(2) A maximum of 3 ft (1 m) in length where used to prevent abrasion damage resulting from vibration on the inlet, outlet, or both.
(3) Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing the nozzle to facilitate disconnection.
Bleed connections shall lead
(4) If the piping system or nozzle assembly includes means to to vent hydrogen, the vented hydrogen shall be directed to a safe point of discharge.
405 of 745
(G)
Persons performing dispensing operations shall be qualified trained and authorized by the bulk supplier or the transport owner/operator to deliver and
dispense GH 2 fuels.
The trainee could be an employee of either the bulk supplier or the transport owner/operator. Trained and authorized offers greater clarity than qualified.
406 of 745
HAZOP, hazard or process safety infer specific methodology. Safety analysis is more generic.
407 of 745
11.2.2 Security.
LH2 dispensers shall be designed to secure all equipment from tampering be tamper resistant .
Impossible to be tamper (or idiot) proof, best we can do is tamper (or idiot) resistant. A vandal (or idiot) will always find a way to beat the tamper proofing.
408 of 745
According to NFPA 10, an Extra Hazard would necessitate a 40-B extinguisher at 30 ft or an 80-B extinguisher at 50 ft. The text in NFPA 2 allowing the maximum
travel distance for an 80-B extinguisher should be deleted as it conflicts with NFPA 10.
NFPA 10 provides the following information in the annex to support the 50 ft travel distance:
E.4.4 The reason the basic maximum travel distance to Class B fire extinguishers is 50 ft (15.25 m), as opposed to 75 ft (22.9 m) for Class A fire extinguishers, is that
flammable liquid fires reach their maximum intensity almost immediately. It is imperative that the fire extinguisher be brought to the fire in a much shorter period of
time than that allowed for a slower developing Class A fire.
409 of 745
ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping, section 12 clause GR-2.1.4 Fluid Service Requirements for Materials
(b) Specific Material Considerations — Metals. The following are some specific considerations that should be evaluated when selecting certain metals in piping:
(1) Irons — Cast, Ductile, Malleable, and High Silicon (14.5%). Due to their lack of ductility and their sensitivity to thermal and mechanical shock, these materials are
prohibited.
410 of 745
What vaporizers? This is Chapter 11 LH2 Fueling Facilities. This item belongs in liquid storage (back court not front court).
411 of 745
21st century will most likely use transducers and switches, not gauges.. More accurate, more reliable.
412 of 745
11.2.12.1
Electrical equipment and wiring shall be as specified by and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 and shall meet the requirements of Class I,
Group B, Division or Zone as specified in Table 11.2.12.1 .
Table 11.2.12.1 LH2 Fueling Facility Electrical Area Classification
aSee Article 500, “Hazardous (Classified) Locations,” in NFPA 70 for definitions of classes, groups, and divisions.
bThe classified area not to extend beyond an unpierced wall, roof, or solid vaportight partition.
11.2.12.1.1
Electrical equipment
on internal combustion engines
and wiring shall be as specified by and shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 37.
NFPA 70 and shall meet the requirements of any other flammable fluids in use at this facility
Delete the original text. It belongs in Chapter 12 and a rested changge has been submitted.
Inert proposed test.. Fueling stations will most likely have multiple fuels. The fuel will interact, the requirements must also interact.
413 of 745
Public Input No. 8-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 11.2.12.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Electrical equipment and wiring shall be as specified by and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 and shall meet the requirements of Class I,
Group B, Division or Class I, Group IIC, Zone as specified in Table 11.2.12.1.
Table 11.2.12.1 LH2 Fueling Facility Electrical Area Classification
Class I, Group B
aSee Article 500, “Hazardous (Classified) Locations,” in NFPA 70 for definitions of classes, groups, and divisions or Article 505, "Zone 0, 1, and 2
Locations" in NFPA 70 for definition of Class I Zones and associated Gas Groups .
bThe classified area not to extend beyond an unpierced wall, roof, or solid vaportight partition.
The added NFPA 70 Article 505 information (Class I, Group IIC, Zone 2) is being added to be inclusive of the alternate IEC information provided by Article 505. This
makes NFPA 2 more universal and applicable in countries that subscribe to the IEC classification methods.
414 of 745
11.2.12.2
Static protection shall be required when LH2 cargo transport vehicles are unloaded, except where cargo transport vehicles or marine equipment are loaded
or unloaded by conductive hose, flexible metallic tubing, or pipe connections through or from tight (top or bottom) outlets where both halves of metallic
couplings are in contact (bonded) .
Clarity
415 of 745
11.2.14.1.2
Records of required maintenance shall be provided to the authority having jurisdiction upon request. Details of this program shall be available to the AHJ
upon request.
416 of 745
11.2.14.5.1
All maintenance and servicing shall be done in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 for energy control.(Lock out/Tag out).
Clarity
417 of 745
Systems leak on hydrogen that do not leak on other fluids. How do we test at temperature? The tests above are room temperature gas tests not cryo-hydrostatic
tests. With the exception of helium all other gases are solids at liquid hydrogen temperatures.
418 of 745
ASME not NFPA purview, Historically, proprietary components with product safety listing fall under NFPA.
419 of 745
Public Input No. 329-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 11.3.1.3.4.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Welding or brazing for the repair or alteration of an ASME pressure vessel shall comply with the documents under which the pressure vessel was
fabricated local requlations .
Repair of fielded hardware is not ASME. Local regulation will invoke the NBBI NBIC.
420 of 745
11.3.1.5.1.5
Pressure relief valves protecting ASME pressure vessels shall be repaired, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code local regulations .
Repair of fielded hardware is not ASME. Local regulation will cal out NBBI NBIC
421 of 745
We missed a big one here. Hot sweaty hands on a -400 F hose or fitting...
422 of 745
11.3.1.10.2
This leak test shall be in addition to the ANSI/ ASME B31 .3, Process Piping, testing Coe for Pressure Piping testing required by 11.2.8.3 .
ASME B31 section 1, 3, 8 and 12 could be used and get the same answer. Conduct a gross leakage test prior to testing on hydrogen.
423 of 745
11.3.1.10.3
The assembly shall be leak tested using hydrogen or helium .
424 of 745
11.3.1.10.5
Pressure relief valves shall be tested at least at a frequency set by local regulation, lacking regulation test every 3 years.
Clarity
425 of 745
11.3.1.12.1
Where the flow is away from the hose, a check valve the means for back flow prevention shall be permitted to be used as the shut-off valve.
Function not hardware. Stating hardware inhibits the development of new hardware designs.
426 of 745
11.3.1.16.1.1
If the hydrogen is not odorized, the wording “HYDROGEN GAS DOES NOT HAVE A DISTINCTIVE ODOR” shall be added to the warning sign
“Liquid Hydrogen is extremely cold. Insert OSHA “safety symbol”. Do not touch the liquid” .
427 of 745
It will probably take two code cycles to get sufficient product listed. Currently, there is sufficient demand for the hardware by the market to amortize the cost of a
product listed.
428 of 745
11.3.2.1 Outdoors.
A facility in which LH2 pumping, gas processing, hydrogen generation equipment, storage, and dispensing equipment are sheltered by an enclosure that is
constructed as weather protection in accordance with Section 6.6 with a roof designed for ventilation and dispersal of escaped gas shall be considered to
be located outdoors.
11.3.2.2 Indoors
(Reserved)
Currently cities like New York have indoor gasoline dispensers located in underground parking facilities. Don’t preclude the approach, remain neutral.
429 of 745
Public Input No. 374-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 11.3.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Currently cities like New York have indoor gasoline dispensers located in underground parking facilities. Don’t preclude the approach, remain neutral.
430 of 745
11.3.3.1.5
A vehicle fueling pad shall be provided in the area where vehicles are to be refueled. shall occur upon a fueling pad
11.3.3.1.5.1
The pad shall be constructed with a length and width to accommodate the types of vehicles to be fueled and to provide a surface under the fueling hose.
11.3.3.1.5.2
The vehicle fueling pad shall be of durable non-combustible construction like concrete construction .
(A)
Combustible materials including asphalt shall not be used for the construction of or surfacing of the fueling pad. (See 8.3.2.3.1.5 .)
431 of 745
11.3.4.6.5
Each area where dispensing of LH2 in the open from a transport vehicle to a motor vehicle shall be provided with one or more listed fire extinguishers that
have a minimum capability of 40 80 -B:C.
11.3.4.6.5.1
The fire extinguishers shall be within the dispensing operation.
11.3.4.6.5.2
Fire extinguishers shall be inspected and maintained under NFPA 10.
This paragraph addresses dispensing liquid hydrogen which is more hazardous than gaseous hydrogen thus the 40-B rating. There should be a larger extinguisher
with more fire fighting capability. A 40-B extinguisher today is a 5 pound ABC with duration of approximately 14 seconds, which is a relatively very short duration. A
20 pound extinguisher will have a longer discharge duration (somewhere between 24 and 30 seconds, depending on the rating) and still has a good B:C rating.
432 of 745
433 of 745
434 of 745
12.3.1.1.1.1
Prepackaged, self-contained [stationary] fuel cell power systems shall be designed, tested, and listed in accordance with ANSI CSA FC . 1, American
National Standard for Fuel Cell Technologies - Part 3-100: Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems - Safety . [853:4.2.1]
435 of 745
12.3.1.1.1.2
Prepackaged, self-contained [stationary] fuel cell power systems outside the scope of ANSI/ CSA FC . 1, American National Standard for Fuel Cell Power
Systems Fuel cell technologies - Part 3-100: Stationary fuel cell power systems - Safety , shall meet the provisions of 12.3.1.1.2 [853:4.2.2]
436 of 745
12.3.1.1.2.1
Pre-engineered fuel cell power systems and matched modular components shall be designed and tested to meet the intent of ANSI/ CSA FC . 1, American
National Standard for Fuel Cell Power Systems Fuel cell technologies - Part 3-100: Stationary fuel cell power systems - Safety . [853:4.3.1]
437 of 745
12.3.2.1.1 *
Prepackaged, self-contained portable fuel cell power systems shall be designed, tested, and listed in accordance with ANSI/CSA America FC 3, American
National Standard / CSA American Standard for Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, or IEC 6228-1, Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, Safety.
438 of 745
nOW THR CHAPTER COVERS ALL HYDROGEN POWERED ELECTRIC GENERATORS, REGARDLESS OF TECHNOLOGY.
439 of 745
13.3.1 Electrolyzers.
13.3.1.1 General.
13.3.1.1.1 Siting and Interconnecting.
Siting and interconnection of water electrolyzers shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 13.2 as modified or appended by this
section.
13.3.1.1.2 * Product Standards.
Water electrolyzers shall be listed or approved for their use.
13.3.1.1.3 Hazardous Material Containment.
With the exception of gaseous hydrogen, electrolyzers that contain or utilize hazardous materials as defined by the adopted building code shall be designed
and installed to contain such materials in accordance with the adopted building code.
13.3.1.2 Ventilation for Indoor Electrolyzers.
If mechanical ventilation is required, a control interlock shall be provided to shut down the electrolyzer upon loss of ventilation.
13.3.1.3
If oxygen is released within the electrolyzer room, sufficient ventilation shall be provided to prevent oxygen-enriched atmospheres above 23.5 percent
oxygen.
13.3.1.4
Ventilation for indoor electrolyzers shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and with one of the following:
13.3.1.4 Why are we requiring 10 and 25% LFL instead of 25 and 50%? This isn’t a hydrocarbon fuel where the LFL and LEL are essentially the same.
13.3.1.6 I would expect that the requirements in NFPA 853 would suffice. Fuel cell is electrolyzer in reverse – power, water, hydrogen, and oxidant (air or oxygen).
440 of 745
13.3.2.1.1.1
Hydrogen piping, valves, and fittings from the catalytic reforming–based hydrogen generation equipment to hydrogen storage system shall conform to
ASME /ANSI B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines . B31 Code for Pressure Piping
This is a blanket change. Multiple sections of the code could be followed. Allow the user to use the same section throughout the product.
441 of 745
13.3.2.2.7 Ventilation.
13.3.2.2.7.1
Catalytic reforming–based hydrogen generation systems shall be provided with a source of ventilation, in accordance with Section 6.17 and this chapter.
13.3.2.2.7.2
If mechanical ventilation is required, a control interlock shall be provided to shut down the unit upon loss of ventilation.
13.3.2.2.7.3 Ventilation Air.
(A)
If mechanical ventilation is required, a separate mechanical ventilation system shall be provided for the area where the catalytic reforming–based hydrogen
generation system power is located.
(B)
If natural ventilation is available, it shall be permitted to provide all required ventilation.
(C)
The air inlets shall be designed to prevent foreign matter from entering.
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA 2 where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
442 of 745
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA 2 where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
443 of 745
13.3.2.3.3
Air intakes to a hydrogen generation system shall be located so the plant is not adversely affected by other exhausts, gases, or contaminants.
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA 2 where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2
444 of 745
13.3.2.4.1 General.
Subsection 13.3.2.4 identifies additional requirements and or modifications to 13.3.2 for small catalytic reforming hydrogen generation systems with
hydrogen generation capacity of less than 9 lb/hr (4 kg/hr).
(Reserved)
There are no requirements in this section. Delete text and insert "Reserved"
445 of 745
Why are we requiring warning alarms for gasifiers? SMRs don’t require them and they generate CO and can generate carbonyls? Warning lights are usually used
with attended equipment. In this context the equipment is is unattended, who will check the lights?
Delete.
446 of 745
13.3.3.1.2.8
The controller for the gasifier process control system shall be located in a
safe
area not accessible to the general public , isolated from the gasifier hazard area and other local hazards . A manually activated emergency stop device
shall be located outside of the gasifier hazard area and be readily accessible to the owner/operator.
447 of 745
(A)
Piping, valves, and fittings from the gasifier chamber to the end use or storage system shall conform to ASME /ANSI B31.3, Process B31 Code for
Pressure Piping .
Blanket change
448 of 745
(C) *
Thermal Detectors.
(1) Thermal detectors, thermal fuses and/or thermal cut-outs shall be provided throughout the gasifier area to detect fires and activate the fire
suppression system and initiate a gasifier shutdown. These devices shall be listed, registered or approved.
(2) The detection system shall comply with NFPA 72.
(3) Ultraviolet/infrared (UV/IR) flame detection shall be provided in the vicinity of the gasifier vessel and all downstream equipment in which the gas
temperature exceeds 80 percent of the lowest autoignition temperature of a contained constituent that exceeds 3 percent of the gas mix by volume.
These components are test to the following standards: UL 873 and UL 60730
449 of 745
(C) *
Thermal Detectors.
(1) Thermal detectors shall be provided throughout the gasifier area to detect fires and activate the fire suppression system and initiate a gasifier
shutdown.
(2) The detection system shall comply with NFPA 72.
(3) Ultraviolet/infrared (UV/IR) flame detection shall be provided in the vicinity of the gasifier vessel and all downstream equipment in which the gas
temperature exceeds 80 percent of the lowest autoignition temperature of a contained constituent that exceeds 3 percent of the gas mix by volume.
We don’t care how, leave that to the designer. We care that it is detected. Function instead of hardware.
450 of 745
13.3.3.2.2
Security barriers, fences, landscaping, or other obstacles shall be provided in the vicinity of the relief panels to prevent access to the potentially hazardous
outlet areas.
451 of 745
452 of 745
13.4 Storage.
13.4.1 Requirements for Hydrogen Storage Systems Serving Electrolyzer Installations.
The requirements of this section addressing hydrogen storage systems serving electrolyzer installations are supplemental to those specified by
Section 13.2 and 13.3.1 .
13.4.1.1
In residential applications, the electrolyzer installation shall be in accordance with the equipment listing and the manufacturer's instructions.
13.4.1.2
Hydrogen piping, valves, and fittings from the electrolyzer to the hydrogen storage system shall be in accordance with ASME B31.12, Hydrogen Piping and
Pipelines .
453 of 745
13.4.1 Requirements for Hydrogen Storage Systems Serving Electrolyzer Local Generation Installations.
The requirements of this section addressing address hydrogen storage systems serving electrolyzer installations are supplemental to those specified by
Section 13.2 and 13.3.1 . local generation installations
13.4.1.1
In residential applications, the electrolyzer local generation installation shall be in accordance with the equipment listing and the manufacturer's
instructions.
13.4.1.2
Hydrogen piping, valves, and fittings from the electrolyzer to the hydrogen storage system shall be in accordance with ASME B31 .12, Hydrogen Piping
and Pipelines . Code for Pressure Piping
Why is this limited to electrolyzers? What about reformers (SMR and ATR)? What about gasifiers? This should cover all H2 generators.
454 of 745
(1) The thermal spraying system shall be prevented from starting if hydrogen is detected at a concentration exceeding 25 percent LFL.
(2) The thermal spray system shall be shut down upon detection of hydrogen during operation at a concentration exceeding 25 percent LFL.
14.3.1.2.7
Automatic emergency shutoff valves shall be provided on the piping used to supply hydrogen gas to the thermal spraying equipment. Activation of the
valves shall shut off the flow of hydrogen in the event of the following:
Second, 14.3.1.2.6 Mandate the requirement not the one method of meeting the requirement.
455 of 745
Public Input No. 9-NFPA 2-2016 [ Section No. 14.3.1.2.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
The area in which the thermal spray equipment is installed shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 70, Article 500 or Article 505 .
The NFPA 70 Article 505 reference is being added to raise awareness of the alternate IEC information provided by Article 505. This makes NFPA 2 more universal
and applicable in countries that subscribe to the IEC classification methods.
456 of 745
14.4 Storage.
14.4.1 Requirements for Hydrogen Storage Systems Serving Thermal Spray Equipment.
14.4.1.1 General.
Hydrogen storage systems attendant to thermal spraying facilities shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Chapters 6 through 8.
14.4.1.1.1
Active gas generation devices used as a source of hydrogen supply, including but not limited to electrolyzers or reformers, shall also be in accordance with
the applicable provisions of Chapter 13.
14.4.1.2 Indoor Storage. (Reserved)
14.4.1.3 Outdoor Storage. (Reserved)
14.4.2 Requirements for Hydrogen Storage Systems Serving Heating Applications. (Reserved)
This is the second chapter with storage. Why doesn’t this point back to chapters 4 & 6?
457 of 745
15.1.1
The storage, use, and handling of GH2 in any quantity shall also comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 4 and the requirements of Chapters 6
through 8, as applicable.
15.1.2
In addition to the requirements of this code, furnaces using hydrogen in the form of a special atmosphere shall be in accordance with NFPA 86.
15.1.3
Where there is a conflict between a fundamental requirement and a use-specific requirement, the use-specific requirement shall apply.
15.2 General. (Reserved)
15.3 Use.
15.3.1 Furnaces.
15.3.1.1 General.
15.3.1.1.1 *
Subsection 15.3.1 shall apply to the production and use of special atmospheres either by blending (or mixing) pure hydrogen gas with other gases, such
as nitrogen or the use of pure hydrogen as the sole constituent of the special atmospheres in furnaces.
15.3.1.1.1.1
Subsection 15.3.1 shall apply to special atmospheres containing hydrogen used in Class C or Class D furnaces.
15.3.1.1.1.2
All furnace installations shall also comply with the requirements of NFPA 86.
15.3.1.1.2
Before new equipment is installed or existing equipment is remodeled, complete plans, sequence of operations, and specifications shall be submitted for
approval to the authority having jurisdiction. [86:4.1.1]
15.3.1.1.2.1 *
Plans shall be drawn that show all essential details with regard to location, construction, ventilation, piping, and electrical safety equipment. A list of all
combustion, control, and safety equipment giving manufacturer and type number shall be included. [86:4.1.1.1]
15.3.1.1.2.2 *
Wiring diagrams and sequence of operations for all safety controls shall be provided. [86:4.1.1.2]
15.3.1.1.2.3
Any deviation from this code shall require approval from the authority having jurisdiction. [86:4.1.2]
15.3.1.1.3 Venting.
15.3.1.1.3.1
Unwanted, normal operating, and emergency releases of fluids (gases or liquids) from special [hydrogen] atmosphere generators, storage tanks, gas
cylinders, and flow control units shall be disposed of to an approved location. [86:13.5.1.3]
15.3.1.1.3.2
Venting of unwanted flammable [hydrogen] atmosphere gas shall be done by controlled venting to an approved location outside the building or by
completely burning the atmosphere gas and venting the products of combustion to an approved location. [86:13.5.1.4]
15.3.1.1.3.3
Nonflammable and nontoxic fluids shall be vented to an approved location outside the building at a rate that does not pose a hazard of asphyxiation.
[86:13.5.1.5]
15.3.1.1.4 Flow Control of Special [Hydrogen] Atmospheres. [86:13.5.7]
15.3.1.1.4.1 *
Processes and equipment for controlling flows of special [hydrogen] atmospheres shall be designed, installed, and operated to maintain a positive
pressure within connected furnaces. [86:13.5.7.1]
15.3.1.1.4.2
The flow rates used shall restore positive internal pressure without infiltration of air during atmosphere contractions when furnace chamber doors close or
workloads are quenched. [86:13.5.7.2]
15.3.1.1.4.3 *
Where the atmosphere is flammable, its flow rate shall be sufficient to provide stable burn-off flames at vent ports. [86:13.5.7.3]
15.3.1.1.4.4
Means shall be provided for metering and controlling the flow rates of all fluids that the special [hydrogen] atmosphere for a furnace comprises.
[86:13.5.7.4]
458 of 745
(A)
Devices with visible flow indicators shall be used to meter the flows of carrier gases, carrier gas component fluids, inert purge gases, enrichment gases, or
air. [86:13.5.7.4 (A)]
(B)
The installation of flow control equipment shall meet the following criteria: [86:13.5.7.4 (C)]
(1) It shall be installed at the furnace, at the generator, or in a separate flow control unit. [86:13.5.7.4 (C)(1)]
(2) It shall be accessible and located in an illuminated area so that its operation can be monitored. [86:13.5.7.4 (C)(2)]
(1) * Pipes feeding [hydrogen] atmosphere mixing systems shall contain manual isolation valves.
(2) The effluents from the relief devices used to protect a [hydrogen] atmosphere mixing system shall be piped to an approved location.
(3) * Piping and components shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, appropriate volume.
(4) The use of liquids shall not be permitted in [hydrogen] atmosphere mixing systems.
(5) Means shall be provided for metering and controlling the flow rates of all gases.
(6) Flow control of the blended atmosphere gas shall be in compliance with each furnace's applicable special [hydrogen] atmosphere flow requirements
and protective equipment.
(7) Atmosphere gas mixers that create nonflammable or indeterminate gas mixtures shall be provided with the following:
(a) Gas analyzers or other equipment for continuously monitoring and displaying the flammable gas composition
(b) Automatic controls to shut off the flammable gas flow when the [hydrogen] concentration rises above the operating limit
(8) If the creation of a gas mixture with a [hydrogen] content that is higher than intended results in the risk of explosions where none existed, controls shall
be provided to shut off the [hydrogen] flow automatically when the [-] concentration rises above the operating limit.
(9) When the [hydrogen] concentration in a mixed gas exceeds the established high limit, an alarm shall be actuated to alert personnel in the area.
(10) Restart of [hydrogen] flow after a high concentration limit interruption shall require manual intervention at the site of the gas mixer.
(11) Safety shutoff valves used to admit combustible gases to the gas mixer shall be normally closed and capable of closing against maximum supply
pressure.
(12) Atmosphere gas mixers installed outdoors shall be selected for outdoor service or placed in a shelter that provides weather protection.
(13) Where a gas mixer is sited in a shelter, the temperature within shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
[86:13.5.6]
15.3.1.1.6 Synthetic Atmosphere Flow Control.
Synthetic atmosphere flow control units shall have the additional capabilities specified in 15.3.1.1.6.1 through 15.3.1.1.6.9 . [86:13.5.8]
15.3.1.1.6.1
An atmosphere flow control unit equipped with an inert purge mode shall have a manually operated switch on the face of the unit that actuates the purge.
[86:13.5.8.1]
15.3.1.1.6.2
A safety interlock shall be provided for preventing the initial introduction of [any] flammable fluid into a furnace before the furnace temperature has risen to
1400°F (760°C). [86:13.5.8.2]
(1) Open circuit failure of the temperature-sensing components shall cause the same response as an operating temperature less than 1400°F (760°C).
[86:8.17.2]
(2) * The 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock shall be equipped with temperature indication. [86:8.17.3]
(3) * The temperature-sensing components of the 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock shall be rated for the temperature and the atmosphere to which they
are exposed. [86:8.17.4]
(4) The temperature-sensing element of the 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock shall be located so that unsupervised burners are not allowed to operate at
temperatures below 1400°F (760°C). [86:8.17.5]
(5) * The temperature-sensing element of the [1400°F (760°C)] bypass interlock shall be located where recommended by the [furnace] manufacturer or
designer. [86:8.16.8]
(6) * The 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock set point shall not be set below 1400°F (760°C) and shall indicate its set point in units of temperature (degrees
Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius) that are consistent with the primary temperature-indicating controller. [86:8.17.6]
(7) Visual indication shall be provided to indicate when the 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock is in the bypass mode. [86:8.17.7]
(8) * The operating temperature interlock and its temperature-sensing element shall not be used as the 1400°F (760°C) bypass interlock. [86:8.17.8]
15.3.1.1.6.3
Resumption of [hydrogen atmosphere] flow following a power failure shall require manual intervention (reset) by an operator after power is restored.
[86:13.5.8.5]
15.3.1.1.6.4
Where the flammable fluid flow is interrupted, one of the following shall apply:
(1) The flow control unit shall automatically admit a flow of inert gas that restores positive pressure and shall initiate an audible and visual alarm, unless
otherwise permitted by 15.3.1.1.6.4(2).
(2) Manual inert gas purge shall be provided for furnaces where operators are present and able to effect timely shutdown procedures subject to the
authority having jurisdiction.
[86:13.5.8.6]
459 of 745
15.3.1.1.6.5
Means shall be provided to test for leak-free operation of safety shutoff valves for flammable or toxic fluids. [86:13.5.8.7]
15.3.1.1.6.6 *
Safety relief valves to prevent overpressurizing of glass tube flowmeters and all other system components shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1,
appropriate volume. [86:13.5.8.8]
15.3.1.1.6.7
The effluents from relief valves used to protect control unit components containing flammable or toxic fluids shall be piped to an approved disposal
location. [86:13.5.8.9]
15.3.1.1.6.8
Alternative valves meeting the following criteria shall be provided for manually shutting off the flow of flammable fluids into a furnace: [86:13.5.8.10]
(1) They shall be separate from the atmosphere control unit. [86:13.5.8.10(1)]
(2) They shall be accessible to operators. [86:13.5.8.10(2)]
(3) They shall be located remotely from the furnace and control unit. [86:13.5.8.10(3)]
(4) They shall be listed or approved for the service.
15.3.1.1.6.9 *
Pipes feeding atmosphere flow control units shall contain isolation valves. [86:13.5.8.11]
15.3.1.1.6.10
Low melting point solder shall not be used with piping supplying hydrogen to furnaces or to special [hydrogen] atmosphere blending systems of flow
control manifolds.
15.3.1.1.7 Piping Systems for Hydrogen Atmospheres.
15.3.1.1.7.1
Piping shall be sized for the full flow of [hydrogen] atmospheres to all connected furnaces at maximum demand rates. [86:13.5.9.1]
15.3.1.1.7.2 *
Pressure vessels and receivers shall be constructed of materials compatible with the lowest possible temperature of [hydrogen] processing atmospheres,
or controls shall be provided to stop the flow of gas when the minimum temperature is reached. [86:13.5.9.2]
(A)
A low temperature shutoff device used as prescribed in 15.3.1.1.7.2 shall not be installed so that closure of the device can interrupt the main flow of inert
safety purge gas to connected furnaces containing indeterminate special processing atmospheres. [86:13.5.9.2(A)]
(B)
If closure of a low temperature shutoff device creates any other hazard, an alarm shall be provided to alert furnace operators or other affected persons of
this condition. [86:13.5.9.2(B)]
(C)
The user shall consult with the industrial gas supplier to select the low temperature shutoff device, its placement, and a shutoff set point temperature.
[86:13.5.9.2(C)]
15.3.1.1.8 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.
15.3.1.1.8.1
All safety interlocks shall be tested for function at least annually. [86:7.4.4]
15.3.1.1.8.2 *
The set point of temperature, pressure, or flow devices used as safety interlocks shall be verified at least annually. [86:7.4.5]
15.3.1.1.8.3
Safety device testing shall be documented at least annually. [86:7.4.6]
15.3.1.1.8.4
Whenever any safety interlock is replaced, it shall be tested for function. [86:7.4.16]
15.3.1.1.8.5
Whenever any temperature, pressure, or flow device used as a safety interlock is replaced, the set point setting shall be verified. [86:7.4.17]
15.3.1.1.9 Fire Protection.
15.3.1.1.9.1 * General.
A study shall be conducted to determine the need for fixed or portable fire protection systems for ovens, furnaces, or related equipment. [86:9.1]
(A)
The determination of the need for fire protection systems shall be based on a review of the fire hazards associated with the equipment. [86:9.1.1]
(B)
Where determined to be necessary, fixed or portable fire protection systems shall be provided. [86:9.1.2]
15.3.1.1.10 * Special Atmospheres and Furnaces.
15.3.1.1.10.1 Indeterminate Atmospheres.
Indeterminate atmospheres shall be treated as flammable atmospheres with the following considerations:
(1) Where one special atmosphere is replaced with another special atmosphere (e.g., flammable [hydrogen] replaced with nonflammable) that can cause
the atmosphere to become indeterminate at some stage, burn-in or burn-out procedures shall not be used.
(2) In the case of any indeterminate atmosphere, inert gas purge procedures alone shall be used for introduction and removal of special processing
atmospheres.
[86:13.5.10.1]
460 of 745
Furnace
Type Feature Operating Temperature Example
Pusher tray (cold chambers at each end, inner
Type I The chamber(s) <1400°F are separated One or more zones always >1400°F and outer doors with and without integral
by doors from those operating at > quench)
1400°F Batch integral quench (1 or more cold
Type II Can be <1400°F after introduction of a cold load
chambers, integral quench)
Both inlet and outlet ends of furnace are At least one zone >1400°F and have no inner
Type III Belt (both ends open)
open and no external doors or covers doors separating zones > and <1400°F
Only one end of the furnace is open and
Type IV Belt (with integral quench, entry end open)
there are no external doors or covers
Type V Outer doors or covers are provided Box (exterior door)
>1400°F before introduction and removal of
Type VI
special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas
Type VII Never >1400°F
A heating cover furnace with an inner
Type VIII A heating cover and inner cover are separated Bell (with or without retort)
cover
from a base that supports the work being
A heating cover furnace without an inner processed
Type IX Car tip-up
cover or with a nonsealed inner cover
461 of 745
(F)
Burn-off pilots that have flame supervision shall accomplish the following:
(1) Provide an audible and visual alarm to alert the operator to the failure
(2) Not shut off the burn-off pilot gas in the event of flame failure
[86:13.5.11.2(F)]
(G) *
Burn-off pilot gas shall not shut off in the event of power failure. [86:13.5.11.2(G)]
(H) *
Burn-off pilots shall be located and sized to reliably ignite the effluent stream. [86:13.5.11.2(H)]
(I)
Each burn-off pilot shall be equipped with an individual manual shutoff valve. [86:13.5.11.2(I)]
(J)*
Burn-off pilots gas supply source shall be located downstream of the equipment main manual isolation valve and upstream of any other shutoff devices
that can close automatically, including safety shutoff valves. [86:13.5.11.2(J)]
15.3.1.1.11.3 * Flame Curtains.
Where a flame curtain is used, the following features shall be provided and in service:
(1) One or more flame curtain pilots shall be positioned to reliably ignite the flame curtain.
(2) At least one flame curtain pilot at a flame curtain shall have flame supervision interlocked to prevent the opening of a closed door served and
interlocked to prevent operation of the flame curtain at the door served.
(3) At least one safety shutoff valve upstream of all flame curtains on a furnace shall be interlocked to close upon the following conditions:
(a) Low fuel gas pressure on the flame curtain fuel gas supply
(b) High fuel gas pressure on the flame curtain fuel gas supply where a high gas pressure issue would create a safety concern
(4) An automatic control valve shall be provided ahead of each flame curtain arranged to open when the door served is not closed.
(5) When the safety shutoff valve in item 15.3.1.1.11.3(3) is closed, any doors served by that safety shutoff valve shall be interlocked so they cannot
open.
(6) * A manual means of overriding the door interlock in 15.3.1.1.11.3(5) shall be provided.
[86:13.5.11.3]
15.3.1.1.11.4 Flammable Special Atmosphere Introduction.
Flammable special [hydrogen] atmospheres shall be introduced into a furnace using one of the following methods:
(1) Purge-in
(2) Burn-in
[86:13.5.11.4]
15.3.1.1.11.5 Flammable Special Atmosphere Removal.
Flammable special [hydrogen] atmospheres shall be removed from a furnace using one of the following methods:
(1) Purge-out
(2) Burn-out
[86:13.5.11.5]
15.3.1.1.11.6 Purge-in Requirements.
(A)
Written purge-in instructions shall be provided for each furnace. [86:13.5.11.6.1]
(1) * Purge effectiveness shall not be compromised during the purge process. [86:13.5.11.6.1(A)]
(2) Furnace doors and covers shall be positioned in accordance with the operating instructions before purge-in begins. The inner and outer covers of
Type VIII and Type IX furnaces shall not be placed in position onto the furnace base unless the workload and base are at least 50°F (28°C) below the
auto-ignition temperature of any flammable gas mixture that can be present in the cover. [86:13.5.11.6.1(B)]
(B)
Purge-in shall reduce the oxygen content of the furnace to less than 1 percent by displacement with an inert gas or before introduction of the flammable
special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas. [86:13.5.11.6.2]
(C) Positive Furnace Pressure.
(1) A positive furnace pressure shall be maintained during the purge-in process and continue through the transition from the inert gas purge to the
introduction of special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas. [86:13.5.11.6.3(A)]
(2) Positive pressure for Type VIII or Type IX heating-cover (retort) type furnaces shall be indicated by a bubbler, vent manometer, or similar device.
[86:13.5.11.6.3(B)]
(D) *
During the inert gas purge, flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere safety shutoff valves shall remain closed. [86:13.5.11.6.4]
(E)
Purging of the furnace shall continue until the purge has been verified as complete using one of the following methods:
(1) Time-flow purge method in accordance with Section 13.5.12 of NFPA 86.
(2) Two consecutive analyses of all chambers indicating that the oxygen content is less than 1 percent
[86:13.5.11.6.5]
462 of 745
(F)
Furnaces shall not be required to be at any specific temperature when the inert gas is displaced by the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases.
[86:13.5.11.6.6]
(G) *
Active sources of ignition shall be provided at interfaces between air and flammable or indeterminate special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases at furnace
openings and doors. Effluent vents terminating inside a building shall also be provided with an active source of ignition. [86:13.5.11.6.7]
(H) *
All furnace and vestibule volumes that will contain a flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas shall be purged with inert gas prior to the special
[hydrogen] atmosphere gas being admitted. [86:13.5.11.6.8]
(I)
During the inert gas purge, all flame curtain fuel gas valves shall be closed. [86:13.5.11.6.9]
(J)
During the inert gas purge, all circulating and recirculating fans shall be operating as required by the operating instructions. [86:13.5.11.6.10]
(K)
Flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases shall not be introduced unless the following conditions exist:
(1) Burn-off pilots at open ends, doors, and effluent lines are ignited.
(2) All manual valves to flame curtains (where provided) are open.
(3) All automatic valves to flame curtain are in service.
(4) * All required quench fluid levels are at the correct level.
(5) Purging of the furnace has been completed as defined by 15.3.1.1.11.6(E)
(6) Operation of flame curtains (where provided) is verified.
[86:13.5.11.6.11]
(L)*
After the introduction of the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere, the purge-in atmosphere introduction process is considered complete when flame
appears at furnace doors, open ends, or effluent lines in accordance with the specific design features and operating instructions for the furnace.
[86:13.5.11.6.12]
15.3.1.1.11.7 Burn-in Requirements.
(A)
Written burn-in instructions shall be provided for each furnace. [86:13.5.11.7.1]
(1) * Burn-in effectiveness shall not be compromised by taking any action that deviates from the written operating instructions for burn-in.
[86:13.5.11.7.1(A)]
(2) The position of inner and outer furnace doors and the placement of manual torches shall be as directed in the operating instructions during each stage
of the burn-in procedure. [86:13.5.11.7.1(B)]
(B) *
Burn-in shall reduce the oxygen content of the furnace by consuming the oxygen in the air through combustion with a flammable atmosphere gas that will
reliably ignite at the gas–air interfaces. [86:13.5.11.7.2]
(C) *
To begin the burn-in process, the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas shall be introduced at a location in the furnace that is at or above 1400°F
(760°C). [86:13.5.11.7.3]
(D) *
Where a stable flame front propagating through a chamber under 1400°F (760°C) cannot be maintained, the burn-in process shall not be used.
[86:13.5.11.7.4]
(E) *
For zones under 1400°F (760°C), stable flames of burning gas shall be maintained in the zones as the special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas is burned-in.
[86:13.5.11.7.5]
(F)*
For a Type II furnace (batch integral quench furnace) with heating chamber fan, the fan shall not be operating during burn-in while the inner heating
chamber door is open. [86:13.5.11.7.6]
(G) *
For Types I through VII furnaces, recirculating fans in cooling zones shall be turned off during burn-in. [86:13.5.11.7.7]
(H) Special Requirements for Type VIII and IX Furnaces.
(1) Circulating base fans, where provided, shall be turned on. [86:13.5.11.7.8(A)]
(2) * The cover shall be sealed to the furnace base before flammable or indeterminate special [hydrogen] atmospheres are introduced. [86:13.5.11.7.8(B)]
(3) * Where a furnace uses an oil seal between a cover and a base, means shall be provided so that furnace pressure is maintained below the static head
pressure of the seal oil. [86:13.5.11.7.8(C)]
(I)
For Type VIII furnaces, atmosphere introduction shall be by purge-in, and atmosphere removal shall be by purge-out; burn-in and burn-out procedures
shall not be used. [86:13.5.11.7.9]
(J)*
After the introduction of the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere, the burn-in atmosphere introduction process shall be considered complete when
flame appears at the furnace doors, open ends, or effluent lines, where present, in accordance with the specific design features and operating instructions
for the furnace. [86:13.5.11.7.10]
463 of 745
(1) * Purge effectiveness shall not be compromised during the purge process. [86:13.5.11.8.1(A)]
(2) Furnace doors and covers shall be positioned in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions before purge-out begins. [86:13.5.11.8.1(B)]
(1) A positive furnace pressure shall be maintained at all times during purge-out, including the transition from the special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas
operation to the inert gas purge. [86:13.5.11.8.2(A)]
(2) For Types VIII and IX furnaces, an indication of positive furnace pressure shall be provided by an indicating manometer or similar device.
[86:13.5.11.8.2(B)]
(C) *
Once the inert purge gas flow has been established for purge-out, the flow of all flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases shall be stopped.
[86:13.5.11.8.3]
(D) *
Purging shall include all of the furnace volume that contains a flammable or indeterminate special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas. [86:13.5.11.8.4]
(E) *
Purge-out shall be considered complete when all chambers that would create a hazard are below 50 percent of LFL and shall be determined by one of the
following two methods:
(1) Time-flow purge method in accordance with Section 13.5.12 of NFPA 86 as it applies to the purge-out process
(2) Two consecutive analyses of all chambers indicating that the flammable level within the furnace is below 50 percent of LFL
[86:13.5.11.8.5]
(F)
When purge-out is complete, the following shall be permitted to be turned off:
[86:13.5.11.8.6]
15.3.1.1.11.9 Burn-Out Requirements.
(A)
Written burn-out instructions shall be provided for each furnace. [86:13.5.11.9.1]
(1) * Burn-out effectiveness shall not be compromised by taking any action that deviates from the written operating instructions for burn-out.
[86:13.5.11.9.1(A)]
(2) * Inner and outer furnace doors, where provided, shall be placed in the appropriate position as directed in the operating instructions during each stage
of the burn-out procedure. [86:13.5.11.9.1(B)]
(B) *
Through the controlled admission of air to a furnace, burn-out shall reduce the flammable content within all heating chambers and vestibules through
combustion with the oxygen in the air. [86:13.5.11.9.2]
(C) *
To initiate the burn-out process, one of the following conditions shall be met:
(1) Air is introduced into the furnace at a point that is at or above 1400°F (760°C).
(2) Where air is introduced into a furnace at a point below 1400°F (760°C), the following shall apply:
[86:13.5.11.9.3]
(D)
Burn-out shall include turning off all special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases and admitting air in a sequence outlined in the written burn-out instructions.
[86:13.5.11.9.4]
(E)
Burnout air shall be admitted by any of the following arrangements:
[86:13.5.11.9.5]
(F)*
During burn-out, recirculating fans shall be turned off in furnace zones under 1400°F (760°C) and in zones at or above 1400°F (760°C) that can cause
turbulence in zones under 1400°F (760°C). [86:13.5.11.9.6]
464 of 745
(G)
Burn-out shall be considered complete when one of the following conditions is satisfied:
(1) For furnaces that do not contain soot, all visible flame in the furnace and at all effluents are observed to be extinguished.
(2) For furnaces that contain soot that cannot re-form a flammable atmosphere gas, all visible flames in the furnace and at all effluents are observed to be
extinguished.
(3) For furnaces that contain soot that re-form flammable atmosphere gas, all visible flames in the furnace and at effluents are observed to be
extinguished after burn-out procedures are performed that include the introduction of additional air to effect the burn-out of the re-formed flammable
atmosphere gas.
[86:13.5.11.9.7]
(H)
When burn-out is complete, the following shall be permitted to be turned off:
[86:13.5.11.9.8]
15.3.1.1.11.10 * Special Atmosphere Equipment Piping System. [86:13.5.11.10]
(A) General.
The special [hydrogen] atmosphere equipment piping system shall be that piping starting at the equipment manual isolation valve that includes the
components for the delivery of special [hydrogen] atmosphere fluids to a furnace. [86:13.5.11.10.1]
(B) Manual Shutoff Valves and Equipment Isolation.
(1) * An equipment isolation manual shutoff valve shall be provided for each special [hydrogen] atmosphere fluid, shall be located upstream of all devices
on the special [hydrogen] atmosphere equipment piping, and shall be lockable. [86:13.5.11.10.2.1]
(a) Where fuel gas is used as a special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas, a separate manual shutoff valve shall be provided for the special [hydrogen]
atmosphere feed. This valve shall not be required to be lockable where the fuel gas main isolation manual shutoff valve is lockable.
[86:13.5.11.10.2.1(A)]
(b) Equipment isolation manual shutoff valves for each special [hydrogen] atmosphere fluid shall be accessible from the normal operator working
level without the use of ladders or portable equipment. [86:13.5.11.10.2.1(B)]
(2) The position of any manual shutoff valve that can interrupt the supply of inert gas to an automatic inert purge gas line shall be electrically supervised
and cause a visual and audible alarm to alert the operator whenever this valve is not in the open position and the automatic inert purge is required to
be in service. [86:13.5.11.10.2.2]
(3) A bypass manual shutoff valve shall be provided to bypass each normally open emergency inert gas purge valve, and be arranged as follows:
(a) Be accessible to the operator for use in accordance with written operating instructions
(b) Have a port area equal to or larger than the bypassed normally open emergency inert gas purge valve
[86:13.5.11.10.2.3]
(4) Each manual shutoff valve shall have a tag that identifies the valve and the special [hydrogen] atmosphere it controls. [86:13.5.11.10.2.4]
(5) The operating instructions required by Section 7.3.3 of NFPA 86 shall reference the valve tag identifications required by 15.3.1.1.11.10(B)(4) .
[86:13.5.11.10.2.5]
(6) Each manual shutoff valve (equipment isolation valve) shall be in accordance with the following: [86:13.5.11.10.2.6]
(7) Manual valves that are not used for shutoff shall not be required to comply with 15.3.1.1.11.10(B) other than 15.3.1.1.11.10(B)(4) . [86:13.5.11.10.2.7]
[86:13.5.11.10.2.3]
465 of 745
(C) Regulators.
(1) Regulators shall be provided on each special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas line where the gas supply pressure exceeds the operating or design
parameters of equipment piping and components in the equipment piping. [86:13.5.11.10.3(A)]
(2) * Regulator atmospheric vents shall be vented to an approved location. [86:13.5.11.10.3(B]
(3) Regulator vents shall not be manifolded with the following:
[86:13.5.11.10.3(C)]
(4) * Where a regulator vent is manifolded with other vents, the area of the vent manifold shall equal or exceed the sum of the individual vent line areas of
each vent line served from its point of connection. [86:13.5.11.10.3(D)]
(5) The regulator vent termination shall be designed to prevent the entry of water and insects without restricting the flow capacity of the vent.
[86:13.5.11.10.3(E)]
(1) * Relief valves shall be provided downstream of any regulator where a regulator failure could expose downstream piping, components, or furnace to
pressures exceeding their maximum design pressure. [86:13.5.11.10.4(A)]
(2) * Relief valve(s) or other means of controlling pressure shall be provided for each liquid special atmosphere piping system where there is a potential to
overpressurize the liquid special atmosphere piping. This specifically includes each section of liquid-filled special atmosphere piping that can be
isolated by valves. [86:13.5.11.10.4(B)]
(3) * Relief valves shall be piped to an approved location. [86:13.5.11.10.4(C)]
(4) Relief valve piping shall not be manifolded with either of the following:
[86:13.5.11.10.4(D)]
(5) Relief valve piping shall not be manifolded with other relief valve piping where either of the following could occur: [86:13.5.11.10.4(E)]
(E) Filters.
(1) A filter shall be provided upstream of each liquid flow sensor. [86:13.5.11.10.5(A)]
(2) A filter shall have a particle size rating that will not allow particles of a size that can foul liquid flow sensors or liquid flowmeters to pass the filter.
[86:13.5.11.10.5(B)]
(F) Flowmeters.
One flowmeter shall be provided on each special [hydrogen] atmosphere equipment supply line. [86:13.5.11.10.6]
(G) Pressure Gauges.
Pressure gauges shall be provided at points in the special [hydrogen] atmosphere equipment piping where the operator must be provided visual pressure
information to verify the furnace is being maintained within safe operating limits. These points shall be determined as part of the furnace design.
[86:13.5.11.10.7]
(H) * Atmosphere Inlets.
Atmosphere inlets shall not be located in such a way that atmosphere flow will directly impinge on temperature control or over temperature control
thermocouples. [86:13.5.11.10.8]
15.3.1.1.12 Special Atmosphere Safety Equipment.
Paragraphs 15.3.1.1.12.1 through 15.3.1.1.12.17 shall apply to the safety equipment and its application to the furnace special [hydrogen] atmosphere
system. [86:13.5.11.11]
15.3.1.1.12.1
All safety devices, with the exception of flow sensors, shall be one of the following:
[86:13.5.11.11.1]
15.3.1.1.12.2
Electric relays and safety shutoff valves shall not be used as substitutes for electrical disconnects and manual shutoff valves. [86:13.5.11.11.2]
15.3.1.1.12.3
Regularly scheduled inspection, testing, and maintenance of all safety devices shall be performed. (See Section 15.3.1.1.8 .) [86:13.5.11.11.3]
15.3.1.1.12.4
Safety devices shall be installed, used, and maintained in accordance with this standard and manufacturers’ instructions. [86:13.5.11.11.4]
15.3.1.1.12.5
Where a device is used with a flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas and the device manufacturer’s instructions require conduit seals or a cable
type that will not permit transfer of gas, the required seals or cable type shall be installed. [86:13.5.11.11.5]
15.3.1.1.12.6
Safety devices shall be located or guarded to protect them from physical damage. [86:13.5.11.11.6]
466 of 745
15.3.1.1.12.7
Safety devices shall not be bypassed electrically or mechanically. [86:13.5.11.11.7]
(A)
The requirement in 15.3.1.1.12.7 shall not prohibit safety device testing and maintenance in accordance with Chapter 7. Where a system includes a
built-in test mechanism that bypasses any safety device, it shall be interlocked to prevent operation of the system while the device is in test mode, unless
listed for that purpose. [86:13.5.11.11.7(A)]
(B)
The requirement in 15.3.1.1.12.7 shall not prohibit a time delay applied to the action of pressure proving or flow proving, where the following conditions
exist:
[86:13.5.11.11.7(B)]
15.3.1.1.12.8 *
A manual emergency means shall be provided for the removal of the furnace special [hydrogen] atmosphere using the method, either purge-out or
burn-out, that is the basis of the furnace design. [86:13.5.11.11.8]
15.3.1.1.12.9
The activation of any carrier gas or furnace pressure safety interlock required in 15.3.1.1.12 shall initiate the appropriate action to bring the furnace to a
safe state. The action shall be manual or automatic in accordance with the furnace design and operating instructions. [86:13.5.11.11.9]
15.3.1.1.12.10 Removal of Flammable Special Atmospheres. [86:13.5.11.11.10]
(A) *
Removal of flammable special [hydrogen] atmospheres by burn-out, purge-out, or emergency purge-out shall be initiated under the following conditions:
[86:13.5.11.11.10(A)]
(B)
When removal of flammable special [hydrogen] atmospheres is initiated in response to the conditions listed in 15.3.1.1.12.10(A)(3) through
15.3.1.1.12.10(A)(6) , one of the following shall occur based upon chamber temperature:
(1) For chambers below 1400°F (760°C), one of the following actions shall occur, and the selected action shall be implemented as part of the furnace
design:
(2) For chambers at or above 1400°F (760°C), the chamber shall be manually or automatically burned-out or purged-out.
[86:13.5.11.11.10(B)]
15.3.1.1.12.11 Flammable Special Atmosphere Safety Shutoff Valves — General. [86:13.5.11.11.11]
(A)
One safety shutoff valve shall be provided in the supply line of each flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas or liquid. [86:13.5.11.11.11(A)]
(B) *
Exothermic generated special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas supplies used for both purging and process shall not require safety shutoff valves.
[86:13.5.11.11.11(B)]
(C)
Safety shutoff valve components shall be of materials selected for compatibility with the gas or liquid handled and for ambient conditions.
[86:13.5.11.11.11(C)]
(D)
Means for testing all gas safety shutoff valves for valve seat leakage shall be installed. [86:13.5.11.11.11(D)]
(E) *
A test of seat leakage of gas safety shutoff valves shall be completed at least annually. [86:13.5.11.11.11(E)]
15.3.1.1.12.12 Flammable Special Atmosphere Safety Shutoff Valves. [86:13.5.11.11.12]
467 of 745
(A)
For furnaces using burn-in procedures for introducing flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gases, it shall be permissible to admit flammable
special [hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gas when the following conditions exist:
(1) The furnace temperature exceeds 1400°F (760°C) at the point where the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gas is introduced.
(2) If the furnace is designed to operate with an automatic inert gas purge, the presence of the required inert gas pressure shall be verified manually or
automatically.
(3) Operator action opens the valve.
[86:13.5.11.11.12(A)]
(B)
For furnaces using purge-in procedures for introducing flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gases, it shall be permissible to admit flammable
special [hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gas when one following conditions exist:
[86:13.5.11.11.12(B)]
(C)
For furnaces using burn-in or purge-in procedures for introducing flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gases that are not carrier gases, the safety
shutoff valves for the noncarrier gases shall open only when the carrier gas flow has been established. [86:13.5.11.11.12(C)]
(D) *
Safety shutoff valves shall automatically close upon occurrence of the following conditions:
[86:13.5.11.11.12(D)]
15.3.1.1.12.13 Emergency Inert Gas Purge. [86:13.5.11.11.13]
(A)
Where a furnace is designed for purge-out, the inert purge gas equipment pipe shall be controlled by a normally open purge control valve.
[86:13.5.11.11.13(A)]
(B)
Where a furnace is equipped with an emergency inert gas purge, the emergency inert gas purge shall be initiated upon any of the following conditions:
(1) Low flow of carrier gas(es) that will not maintain a positive pressure in chambers below 1400°F (760°C) and positive pressure not restored by the
automatic transfer to another source of gas
(2) A furnace temperature below which sufficient dissociation of liquids intended for use as a carrier gas will not occur at levels required to maintain
positive furnace pressure
(3) Manual operator emergency inert gas purge initiated
(4) Power failure
[86:13.5.11.11.13(B)]
15.3.1.1.12.14 Special Atmosphere Flow Interlocks. [86:13.5.11.11.14]
(A)
Minimum carrier gas flow(s) required by this standard shall be proved by either:
(1) A flow switch for each special atmosphere that is considered a carrier gas
(2) Furnace pressure switch(s)
[86:13.5.11.11.14]
(B)
If minimum carrier gas flow is not proven, the following shall be applied:
[86:13.5.11.11.14(B)]
468 of 745
(C)
Inert purge gas equipment piping shall be equipped with:
(1) A pressure switch that will audibly and visually alert the operator of a low purge pressure condition.
(2) A flow switch that will audibly and visually alert the operator of a low purge flow condition.
[86:13.5.11.11.14(C)]
15.3.1.1.12.15 *
Furnace vestibules shall be equipped with means for explosion relief. [86:13.5.11.11.15]
15.3.1.1.12.16 *
The flow of noncarrier special atmosphere gases that are nonflammable shall not be permitted until minimum carrier gas flow has been proven.
[86:13.5.11.11.16]
15.3.1.1.12.17 Operating Precautions for Heating Cover–Type Furnaces.
The rate of separating a heating cover from or rejoining a heating cover to the inner cover shall not exceed a rate that causes rapid expansion or
contraction of the atmosphere gas inside the inner cover. [86:13.5.11.11.17]
15.3.1.1.13 * Burner Management System Logic. [86:8.3]
15.3.1.1.13.1
Safety interlocks shall meet one or more of the following criteria:
(1) Be hardwired without relays in series and ahead of the controlled device
(2) Be connected to an input of a programmable controller logic system complying with 8.4 of NFPA 86
(3) Be connected to a relay that represents a single safety interlock that is configured to initiate safety shutdown in the event of power loss
(4) Be connected to a listed safety relay that represents one or more safety interlocks and initiates safety shutdown upon power loss
[86:8.3.1.3]
15.3.1.1.13.2 *
Electrical power for safety control circuits shall be dc or single-phase ac, 250 volt maximum, one-side grounded, with all breaking contacts in the
ungrounded, fuse-protected, or circuit breaker–protected line. [86:8.3.1.4]
15.3.1.1.14
Programmable logic controller systems shall be in accordance with 8.4 of NFPA 86.
15.3.1.1.15 * Inert Gas for Furnace Purge.
NFPA 86 identifies several specific situations where inert gas purge is required; NFPA 86 shall be referenced to identify the appropriate requirements.
15.3.1.1.15.1
Where inert purge gas is required by NFPA 86, the following shall apply:
(1) It shall be available at all times and be sufficient for five volume changes of all connected atmosphere furnaces.
(2) If the inert gas has a flammable gas component, it shall be analyzed on a continuous basis to verify that the oxygen content is less than 1 percent and
the combined combustible gas concentration remains less than 25 percent of the LFL.
[86:13.5.5.1(D)]
15.3.1.1.16
Where inert gases are used as safety purge media, the minimum volume stored shall be the amount required to purge all connected special [hydrogen]
atmosphere furnaces with at least five furnace volume changes wherever the flammable atmospheres are being used. [86:13.5.5.1(F)]
15.3.1.1.17 Purge Gas Inventory.
15.3.1.1.17.1
Tanks containing purge media shall be provided with a low-level audible and visual alarm that meets the following criteria:
(1) The alarm is situated in the area normally occupied by furnace operators.
(2) The low-level alarm set point is established to provide time for an orderly shutdown of the affected furnace(s).
(3) The minimum contents of a tank containing a purge medium at the low-level alarm set point is sufficient to purge all connected atmosphere furnaces
with at least five volume changes.
[86:13.5.5.2]
15.3.1.2 Special Atmospheres in Class D Furnaces.
15.3.1.2.1 Safety Controls and Equipment.
The requirements of 15.3.1.2 shall apply to any vacuum chamber or vacuum furnace in which [hydrogen] gas is used at a pressure of 50 percent or more
of its lower flammable limit (LFL) in air. [86:14.5.3.1]
15.3.1.2.1.1
A minimum supply of inert purge gas equal to five times the total vacuum system volume shall be available during operation with flammable atmospheres.
[86:14.5.3.1.1]
15.3.1.2.1.2
The purge gas supply shall be connected to the vacuum chamber through a normally open valve. [86:14.5.3.1.2]
(A)
A pressure sensor shall monitor the purge gas line pressure and shall stop the supply of flammable gas if the pressure becomes too low to allow purging in
accordance with 15.3.1.2.1.9.1. [86:14.5.3.1.2(A)]
(B)
Any manual inert purge gas shutoff valves shall be proved open through the use of a position monitoring switch and interlocked to prevent the introduction
of flammable gas. [86:14.5.3.1.2(B)]
469 of 745
[86:14.5.3.1.6]
15.3.1.2.1.7
The vacuum pumping system shall be interlocked with the supply gas system so that mechanical pumps continue to operate while flammable gas is in the
vacuum chamber, to prevent the backflow of air through nonoperating pumps. [86:14.5.3.1.7]
15.3.1.2.1.8
The following shall be piped to a source of inert gas:
[86:14.5.3.1.8]
15.3.1.2.1.9
Manual air release valves shall not be permitted. [86:14.5.3.1.9]
15.3.1.2.1.10
Vacuum furnaces that rely on a partial vacuum to hold the door closed shall incorporate a pressure switch, independent of the chamber pressure control
device, to terminate flammable gas addition before the backfill pressure rises to a point where door clamping is lost. [86:14.5.3.1.10]
15.3.1.2.1.11
Vacuum furnaces that are backfilled with flammable gases to pressures greater than that required to hold the door closed shall incorporate clamps and
seals to ensure the door is tightly and positively sealed. [86:14.5.3.1.11]
15.3.1.2.1.12 *
Sight glasses, where provided, shall be valved off before operation with flammable gases, except for sight glasses used solely for pyrometers.
[86:14.5.3.1.12]
15.3.1.2.2 Flammable Gases. [86:14.5.3.2]
15.3.1.2.2.1
During processing, flammable gases shall be exhausted from vacuum furnaces by pumping them through the vacuum pumps or by venting in continuous
flow to the atmosphere. [86:14.5.3.2.1]
15.3.1.2.2.2
If the flammable gas is exhausted through a vacuum pump, the system shall be designed to prevent air backflow if the pump stops. [86:14.5.3.2.2]
15.3.1.2.2.3
Venting of the vacuum pump shall be in accordance with 14.2.7 of NFPA 86, and one of the following actions shall be taken during flammable gas
operation:
(1) The pump discharge shall be diluted with inert gas to lower the combustible level of the mixture below the LFL.
(2) The pump discharge shall be passed through a burner.
[86:14.5.3.2.3]
15.3.1.2.2.4
If the flammable gas is vented to the atmosphere directly without passing through the vacuum pumps, the vent line shall be provided with a means of
preventing air from entering the furnace chamber. [86:14.5.3.2.4]
15.3.1.2.2.5
If the flammable gas is vented to the atmosphere through a burner, the vent line shall be provided with a means of preventing air from entering the furnace
chamber, and the following criteria also shall apply:
(1) The existence of the burner ignition source shall be monitored independently.
(2) Interlocks shall be provided to shut off the flammable gas supply and initiate inert gas purge if the flame is not sensed.
[86:14.5.3.2.5]
470 of 745
15.3.1.2.2.6
Where flammable gas is used to maintain chamber pressure above atmospheric pressure, the following criteria shall be met:
(1) A pressure switch shall be interlocked to close the flammable gas supply if the chamber pressure exceeds the maximum operating pressure.
(2) The pressure switch shall be independent of the chamber pressure control device.
[86:14.5.3.2.6]
15.3.1.2.2.7
Where flammable gas is used to maintain chamber pressure above atmospheric pressure, the following criteria shall be met:
(1) A pressure switch shall be interlocked to close the flammable gas supply and initiate purge if the chamber pressure drops below the minimum
operating pressure.
(2) The pressure switch shall be independent of the chamber pressure control device.
[86:14.5.3.2.7]
15.3.1.2.2.8
Where flammable gas is exhausted through a vent (not through the pump), the vent valve shall not open until a pressure above atmosphere is attained in
the chamber. [86:14.5.3.2.8]
15.3.1.2.3 Removal of Flammable Gas — Purging. [86:14.5.3.3]
15.3.1.2.3.1
When purge is initiated, the flammable gas valve(s) shall be closed. [86:14.5.3.3 (A)]
15.3.1.2.3.2
Purging shall be complete when any of the following criteria is satisfied: [86:14.5.3.3 (B)]
(1) Two consecutive analyses of the vent gas from the furnace indicate that less than 50 percent of the LFL has been reached. [86:14.5.3.3(B)(1)]
(2) Five furnace volume changes with inert gas have occurred. [86: 14.5.3.3(B)(2)]
(3) The furnace is pumped down to a minimum vacuum level of 1 × 10-1 torr (13.3 Pa) prior to inert gas backfill. [86:14.5.3.3(B)(3)]
471 of 745
15.3.2.1.4.2
The seal oil system shall include a secondary system capable of providing full seal oil pressure for the time required to reduce the speed to the
manufacturer’s recommended RPM to purge the generator of hydrogen.
15.3.2.1.4.3
Where an automatic purge capability is available, loss of seal oil pressure shall initiate the automatic purge of the generator hydrogen once the unit RPM
has been reduced to the manufacturer’s recommended purge speed.
15.3.2.1.4.4
Warnings of loss of seal oil pressure shall be provided to the operator(s).
15.3.2.2 Indoor Installations.
15.3.2.2.1 *
Buildings that enclose hydrogen-cooled generator installations shall be ventilated to avoid flammable gas buildup from potential system leaks.
15.3.2.2.2
The building ceiling shall avoid features that could trap hydrogen gas, such as solid beams that form a tight fit with the roof deck.
15.3.2.2.3
The building designer shall consider the use of redundant fans and hydrogen detection systems in the design of the ventilation system.
15.3.2.2.4 *
All hydrogen system vents shall be routed to an appropriate area outside the building and meet the requirements of Chapters 5 through 8, as applicable.
15.3.2.3 Outdoor Installations.
15.3.2.3.1
The potentially hazardous area surrounding a hydrogen-cooled generator and associated equipment shall not intersect with heating, ventilating, and
air-conditioning (HVAC) air intakes and windows, doors, and other openings into occupied spaces (e.g., control rooms and break rooms).
15.3.2.3.2 *
All hydrogen system vents shall be routed to an appropriate point above other equipment and buildings and meet the requirements of Chapters 5 through
8 as applicable.
15.4 Storage.
15.4.1 Requirements for Hydrogen Storage Systems Serving Furnace Installations.
15.4.1.1 * General.
The storage of GH2 or LH2 serving furnace installations shall be in accordance with Chapters 6 through 8, as applicable.
In my opinion, this chapter should be limited to add/delete from NFPA 86. NFPA 86 is not a code, it is a standard. It is also the bible for furnace manufacturers since
1931. They are not going to go to NFPA 2. We should send the reader to NFPA 86.
Since there are currently no add/deletes, the scope should send you to NFPA 86 and the balce of the chapter should be deleted.
472 of 745
From: W. Collins
Objective:
Discussion:
In my opinion, this chapter should be limited to add/delete from NFPA 86. NFPA 86 is not a code,
it is a standard. We extract from a code, reference a standard. In trying to extract, we lose context.
We should state something like “The rule set for furnaces set forth in NFPA 86 shall be followed
with the following modifications”. Then
473 of 745
WPCSOL, LLC
Appendix A
Comments on chapter 15
Why doesn’t this just reference NFPA 86 which is a standard, not a code, instead or
extracted sections?
15.3 Use.
15.3.1 Furnaces.
15.3.1.1.1.1 Subsection 15.3.1 shall apply to special atmospheres containing hydrogen used in Class C or
Class D furnaces.
15.3.1.1.4.3* Where the atmosphere is flammable, its flow rate shall be sufficient to provide stable burn-off
flames or dilution mixture at vent ports. [86:13.5.7.3]
(3) *Piping and components shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, appropriate volume Code for
Pressure Piping.
15.3.1.1.6.2 A safety interlock shall be provided for preventing the initial introduction of [any] flammable
fluid into a furnace before the furnace temperature has risen to 1400°F (760°C). [86:13.5.8.2]
Why 760oC (1400oF) which is 150% above the AIT? Typically it is 120%, which for
hydrogen is 600oC (1112oF), call it 1100oF.
1400oF is ~117% of the AIT for ammonia. Is this a forming gas requirement? I suspect that
it is.
15.3.1.1.6.6 * Safety relief valves to prevent over pressurizing of glass tube flowmeters and all other system
components shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, appropriate volume Code for Pressure Piping.
[86:13.5.8.8]
474 of 745
WPCSOL, LLC
15.3.1.1.11 Design Requirements for the Introduction, Use, and Removal of Flammable and
Indeterminate Special Atmospheres from Furnaces. [86:13.5.11.1]
15.3.1.1.11.1 General.
(F)* Process control air or burnout air shall be supplied from an air blower. [86:13.5.11.1(F)]
Process control air or burnout air shall be supplied from a pressurized source (i.e. natural
draft is inadequate).
(B)Purge-in shall reduce the oxygen content of the furnace to less than 1 percent by displacement with
an inert gas or before introduction of the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas.
[86:13.5.11.6.2]
Why 1%? The UFL of H2/Air is 75% or 5% oxygen and 5% at room temperature is non-
flammable?
(C)* To begin the burn-in process, the flammable special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas shall be
introduced at a location in the furnace that is at or above 1400°F (760°C). [86:13.5.11.7.3]
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(D)* Where a stable flame front propagating through a chamber under 1400°F (760°C) cannot be
maintained, the burn-in process shall not be used. [86:13.5.11.7.4]
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(E)* For zones under 1400°F (760°C), stable flames of burning gas shall be maintained in the zones
as the special [hydrogen] atmosphere gas is burned-in. [86:13.5.11.7.5]
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(C)* To initiate the burn-out process, one of the following conditions shall be met:
(1)Air is introduced into the furnace at a point that is at or above 1400°F (760°C).
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(2)Where air is introduced into a furnace at a point below 1400°F (760°C), the following shall apply:
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
475 of 745
WPCSOL, LLC
(F)* During burn-out, recirculating fans shall be turned off in furnace zones under 1400°F (760°C) and
in zones at or above 1400°F (760°C) that can cause turbulence in zones under 1400°F (760°C).
[86:13.5.11.9.6]
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(G)Pressure Gauges. Pressure gauges shall be provided at points in the special [hydrogen]
atmosphere equipment piping where the operator must be provided visual pressure information to
verify the furnace is being maintained within safe operating limits. These points shall be determined
as part of the furnace design. [86:13.5.11.10.7]
(1)For chambers below 1400°F (760°C), one of the following actions shall occur, and the selected
action shall be implemented as part of the furnace design:
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(2)For chambers at or above 1400°F (760°C), the chamber shall be manually or automatically burned-
out or purged-out. [86:13.5.11.11.10(B)]
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(A) For:
(1) The furnace temperature exceeds 1400°F (760°C) at the point where the flammable special
[hydrogen] atmosphere carrier gas is introduced.
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
(D)* Safety:
(3)Low flow of carrier gas(es) that will not maintain a positive pressure in chambers below 1400°F
(760°C) and positive pressure not restored by the automatic transfer to another source of gas
See 15.3.1.1.6.2
476 of 745
WPCSOL, LLC
15.3.1.1.15.1
(2)If the inert gas has a flammable gas component, it shall be analyzed on a continuous basis to verify
that the oxygen content is less than 1 percent and the combined combustible gas concentration
remains less than 25 percent of the LFL. [86:13.5.5.1(D)]
See 15.3.1.1.1.1
15.3.1.2.1 Safety Controls and Equipment. The requirements of 15.3.1.2 shall apply to any vacuum
chamber or vacuum furnace in which [hydrogen] gas is used at a pressure of 50 percent or more of its lower
flammable limit (LFL) in air. [86:14.5.3.1]
477 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
(1) Laboratory units that contain less than 75 scf (2.2 standard m 3 ) of GH 2 or 1 gal (3.8 L) of LH 2
16.2 General.
16.2.1 Means of Access to an Exit.
16.2.1.1 *
A second means of access to an exit shall be provided from a laboratory work area if any of the following situations exist: [ 45: 5.4.1]
(1) A laboratory work area contains an explosion hazard located so that an incident would block escape from or access to the laboratory work area.
[ 45: 5.4.1(1)]
(2) A hood in a laboratory work area is located adjacent to the primary means of exit access. [ 45: 5.4.1(4)]
(3) A compressed gas cylinder larger than lecture bottle size [approximately 2 in. × 13 in. (5 cm × 33 cm)] is located such that it could prevent safe
egress in the event of accidental release of cylinder contents. [ 45: 5.4.1(5)]
(4) A cryogenic container is located such that it could prevent safe egress in the event of accidental release of container contents. [ 45: 5.4.1(6)]
16.2.1.2
Emergency lighting facilities shall be provided for any laboratory work area requiring a second means of access to an exit, in accordance with 16.2.1.1 .
[ 45: 5.4.4]
16.2.1.3
Emergency lighting in laboratory work areas and exits shall be installed in accordance with Section 7.9, Emergency Lighting, of NFPA 101 . [ 45: 5.4.5]
16.2.2 Electrical Installation.
All electrical installations, including wiring and appurtenances, apparatus, lighting, signal systems, alarm systems, remote control systems, or parts thereof,
shall comply with NFPA 70 . [ 45: 5.6]
16.2.2.1 *
Laboratory work areas, laboratory units, and chemical fume hood interiors shall be considered as unclassified electrically with respect to Article 500 of
NFPA 70 , unless operations are determined to cause a hazardous atmosphere. [ 45: 5.6.2]
16.2.3 Fire Protection.
16.2.3.1 Automatic Fire Extinguishing Systems.
16.2.3.1.1 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
16.2.3.1.1.1
A fire protection system shall be provided for laboratories in accordance with Chapter 6.
16.2.3.1.1.2 *
Fire sprinklers in laboratory units shall be the quick-response (QR) sprinkler type installed in accordance with NFPA 13. [ 45: 6.1.1.2]
478 of 745
16.2.3.1.1.3
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be regularly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. [ 45: 6.1.1.3]
16.2.3.2 Fire Alarm Systems.
16.2.3.2.1
A fire alarm system shall be provided for laboratories in accordance with Chapter 6.
16.2.3.2.2
The fire alarm system, where provided, shall be designed so that all personnel endangered by the fire condition or a contingent condition shall be alerted.
[ 45: 6.4.3]
16.2.3.2.3
The fire alarm system shall alert local emergency responders or the public fire department. [ 45: 6.4.4]
16.2.3.3 Standpipe and Hose Systems.
16.2.3.3.1 *
In all laboratory buildings that are two or more stories above or below the grade level (level of exit discharge), Class I wet pipe standpipesystems shall be
installed in accordance with NFPA 14. [ 45: 6.2.1]
16.2.3.3.2 *
Standpipe systems shall be regularly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. [ 45: 6.2 2]
16.2.3.4 Portable Fire Extinguishers.
16.2.3.4.1
Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed, located, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10. [ 45: 6.3.1]
16.2.4 Explosion Hazard Protection.
16.2.4.1
A laboratory work area shall be considered to contain an explosion hazard if an explosion involving hydrogen could result in significant damage to a facility
or serious injuries to personnel within that laboratory work area.
16.2.5 Fire Prevention.
16.2.5.1 Fire Prevention Procedures.
16.2.5.1.1
Fire prevention procedures shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.1.1]
16.2.5.1.2
Fire prevention procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
[ 45: 6.5.1.2]
16.2.5.2 * Maintenance Procedures.
Maintenance procedures shall be established for all new and established laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.2]
16.2.5.3 * Emergency Plans.
16.2.5.3.1
Plans for laboratory emergencies shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. The emergency action plan shall include the following
procedures in the event of a chemical emergency, fire, or explosion:
[ 400: 7.2.3.2]
16.2.5.3.2 *
Procedures for extinguishing clothing fires shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.3.2]
479 of 745
16.2.5.3.3
All laboratory users, including, but not limited to, instructors and students, shall be trained prior to laboratory use and at least annually thereafter on the
emergency plan. [ 45: 6.5.3.3]
16.3 Use.
16.3.1 General.
16.3.1.1 Instructional Laboratories.
Experiments and tests conducted in educational and instructional laboratory units shall be under the direct supervision of an instructor.
16.3.1.2 Cylinders in Use.
16.3.1.2.1
Cylinders, when in use, shall be connected to gas delivery systems designed by a qualified person. [ 45: 10.1.6.1]
16.3.1.2.2
Cylinders shall be attached to an instrument for use by means of a regulator. [ 45: 10.1.6.2]
16.3.1.2.3
A compressed gas cylinder shall be considered to be “in use” if it is in compliance with one of the following:
[ 45: 10.1.6.3]
16.3.1.2.4
Cylinders not “in use” shall not be stored in the laboratory unit. [ 45: 10.1.6.4]
16.3.2 Indoor Use.
16.3.2.1 Laboratory Ventilating Systems and Hood Requirements.
16.3.2.1.1 * General.
16.3.2.1.1.1
This chapter shall apply to laboratory exhaust systems, including chemical fume hoods, local ventilated enclosures, fume arms, special local exhaust
devices, and other systems for exhausting air from laboratory work areas in which [GH 2 or LH 2 ] are released. [ 45: 7.1.1]
16.3.2.1.1.2
This chapter shall apply to laboratory air supply systems and shall provide requirements for identification, inspection, and maintenance of laboratory
ventilation systems and hoods. [ 45: 7.1.2]
16.3.2.1.2 Basic Requirements.
16.3.2.1.2.1 *
Laboratory ventilation systems shall be designed to ensure that fire hazards and risks are minimized. [ 45: 7.2.1]
16.3.2.1.2.2 *
Laboratory units and laboratory hoods in which [GH 2 or LH 2 ] are present shall be continuously ventilated under normal operating conditions. [ 45: 7.2.2]
16.3.2.1.2.3 *
Chemical fume hoods shall not be relied upon to provide explosion (blast) protection unless specifically designed to do so. (See also G.6.4 and G.6.5
for further information on explosion-resistant hoods and shields.) [ 45: 7.2.3]
16.3.2.1.2.4
Exhaust and supply systems shall be designed to prevent a pressure differential that would impede egress or ingress when either system fails or during a
fire or emergency scenario. This design includes reduced operational modes or shutdown of either the supply or exhaust ventilation systems. [ 45: 7.2.5]
16.3.2.1.2.5
The release of [GH 2 ] into the laboratory shall be controlled by enclosure(s) or captured to prevent any flammable concentrations of vapors from reaching
any source of ignition. [ 45: 7.2.6]
16.3.2.1.3 Supply Systems.
16.3.2.1.3.1
Laboratory ventilation systems shall be designed to ensure that [GH 2 ] originating from the laboratory shall not be recirculated. [ 45: 7.3.1]
16.3.2.1.3.2 *
The location and configuration of fresh air intakes shall be chosen so as to avoid drawing in [GH 2 ] or products of combustion coming either from the
laboratory building itself or from other structures and devices. [ 45: 7.3.2]
480 of 745
16.3.2.1.3.3
The air pressure in the laboratory work areas shall be negative with respect to corridors and non-laboratory areas of the laboratory unit except in the
following instances:
(1) Where operations such as those requiring clean rooms preclude a negative pressure relative to surrounding areas, alternate means shall be
provided to prevent escape of the atmosphere in the laboratory work area or unit to the surrounding spaces.
(2) The desired static pressure level with respect to corridors and non-laboratory areas shall be permitted to undergo momentary variations as the
ventilation system components respond to door openings, changes in chemical fume hood sash positions, and other activities that can for a short
term affect the static pressure level and its negative relationship.
(3) Laboratory work areas located within a designated electrically classified hazardous area with a positive air pressure system as described in
NFPA 496, Chapter 7, Pressurized Control Rooms, shall be permitted to be positive with respect to adjacent corridors.
[ 45: 7.3.3]
16.3.2.1.3.4 *
The location of air supply diffusion devices shall be chosen so as to avoid air currents that would adversely affect the performance of chemical fume hoods,
exhaust systems, and fire detection or extinguishing systems. (See 16.2.3.1 , 16.2.3.2 , and 16.3.2.1.8.1 .) [ 45: 7.3.4]
16.3.2.1.4 Exhaust Air Discharge.
16.3.2.1.4.1 *
Air exhausted from chemical fume hoods and other special local exhaust systems shall not be recirculated. (See also 16.3.2.1.3.1 .) [ 45: 7.4.1]
16.3.2.1.4.2 * Energy Conservation Devices.
(A)
If energy conservation devices are used, they shall be designed in accordance with 16.3.2.1.3.1 through 16.3.2.1.3.3 . [ 45: 7.4.2.1]
(B)
Energy conservation devices shall only be used in a laboratory ventilation system when evaluated and approved by a qualified person. These systems
must meet, or exceed, the criteria established by Section 5.4.7 and Section 5.4.7.1 of ANSI/AIHA Z9.5, 2012, Laboratory Ventilation . Systems that
recirculate within their respective laboratory area, such as fan coil units for sensible heat loads, are exempt from these requirements. [ 45: 7.4.2.2]
(C)
Energy conservation devices shall be designed and installed in a manner that safely facilitates anticipated service and maintenance requirements and does
not adversely impact the proper operation of the exhaust system. [ 45: 7.4.2.3]
16.3.2.1.4.3
Air exhausted from laboratory work areas shall not pass unducted through other areas. [ 45: 7.4.3]
16.3.2.1.4.4 *
Air from laboratory units and laboratory work areas in which [GH 2 ] is present shall be continuously discharged through duct systems maintained at a
negative pressure relative to the pressure of normally occupied areas of the building. [ 45: 7.4.4]
16.3.2.1.4.5
Positive pressure portions of the lab hood exhaust systems (e.g., fans, coils, flexible connections, and ductwork) located within the laboratory building shall
be sealed airtight or located in a continuously mechanically ventilated room. [ 45: 7.4.5]
16.3.2.1.4.6
Chemical fume hood face velocities and exhaust volumes shall be sufficient to contain [GH 2 ] generated within the hood and exhaust them outside of the
laboratory building. [ 45: 7.4.6]
16.3.2.1.4.7 *
The hood shall provide containment of the possible hazards and protection for personnel at all times when [GH 2 is] present in the hood. [ 45: 7.4.7]
16.3.2.1.4.8
Special local exhaust systems, such as snorkels or “elephant trunks,” shall have sufficient capture velocities to entrain the [GH 2 ] being released.
[ 45: 7.4.8]
16.3.2.1.4.9 *
Canopy hoods, laminar flow cabinets, and ductless enclosures shall not be used in lieu of chemical fume hoods. [ 45: 7.4.9]
16.3.2.1.4.10
Laminar flow cabinets shall not be used in lieu of chemical fume hoods. [ 45: 7.4.11]
16.3.2.1.4.11 *
Air exhausted from chemical fume hoods and special exhaust systems shall be discharged above the roof at a location, height, and velocity sufficient to
prevent re-entry of chemicals and to prevent exposures to personnel. [ 45: 7.4.12]
16.3.2.1.5 Duct Construction for Hoods and Local Exhaust Systems.
16.3.2.1.5.1
Ducts from chemical fume hoods and from local exhaust systems shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible materials except in the following cases:
(1) Flexible ducts of combustible construction shall be permitted to be used for special local exhaust systems within a laboratory work area. (See
16.3.2.1.5.2 .)
(2) Combustible ducts shall be permitted to be used if enclosed in a shaft of noncombustible or limited-combustible construction where they pass
through non-laboratory areas or through laboratory units other than the one they serve. (See 16.3.2.1.5.2 .)
(3) Combustible ducts shall be permitted to be used if all areas through which they pass are protected with an approved automatic fire extinguishing
system, as described in 16.2.3 . (See 16.3.2.1.5.2 .) [ 45: 7.5.1]
481 of 745
16.3.2.1.5.2
Combustible ducts or duct linings shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for
Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . Test
specimens shall be of the minimum thickness used in the construction of the duct or duct lining. [ 45: 7.5.2]
16.3.2.1.5.3
Ducts shall be of adequate strength and rigidity to meet the conditions of service and installation requirements and shall be protected against mechanical
damage. [ 45: 7.5.5]
16.3.2.1.5.4
Materials used for vibration isolation connectors shall comply with 16.3.2.1.5.2 . [ 45: 7.5.6]
16.3.2.1.5.5
Controls and dampers, where required for balancing or control of the exhaust system, shall be of a type that, in event of failure, will fail open to ensure
continuous draft. (See 16.3.2.1.9.3 through 16.3.2.1.9.5 .) [ 45: 7.5.8]
16.3.2.1.5.6
Hand holes, where installed for damper, sprinkler, or fusible link inspection or resetting and for residue clean-out purposes, shall be equipped with tight-
fitting covers provided with substantial fasteners. [ 45: 7.5.9]
16.3.2.1.5.7 Manifolding of Chemical Fume Hood and Ducts.
(A)
Exhaust ducts from each laboratory unit shall be separately ducted to a point outside the building, to a mechanical room, or to a shaft. [ 45: 7.5.10.1]
(B)
Connection to a common chemical fume hood exhaust duct system shall be permitted to occur within a building only in any of the following locations:
(1) A mechanical room, not connected to a shaft, shall be protected in accordance with Table 5.1.1 of NFPA 45.
(2) A shaft or a mechanical room connected to a shaft, shall be protected in accordance with the chapter for protection of vertical openings of NFPA
101
(3) A point outside the building
[ 45: 7.5.10.2]
(C)
Exhaust ducts from chemical fume hoods and other exhaust systems within the same laboratory unit shall be permitted to be combined within that
laboratory unit. (See 16.3.2.1.4.1 .) [ 45: 7.5.10.3]
16.3.2.1.6 Exhausters (Fans), Controls, Velocities, and Discharge.
16.3.2.1.6.1
Fans shall be selected to meet requirements for fire, explosion, and corrosion. [ 45: 7.7.1]
16.3.2.1.6.2
Fans conveying both corrosive and flammable or combustible materials shall be permitted to be lined with or constructed of corrosion-resistant materials
having a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. [ 45: 7.7.2]
16.3.2.1.6.3
Fans shall be located and arranged so as to afford ready access for repairs, cleaning, inspection, and maintenance. [ 45: 7.7.3]
16.3.2.1.6.4 *
Where [GH 2 is] passed through the fans, the rotating element shall be of nonferrous or spark-resistant construction; alternatively, the casing shall be
constructed of or lined with such material. [ 45: 7.7.4]
(A)
Nonferrous or spark-resistant materials shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
[ 45: 7.7.4.2]
16.3.2.1.6.5
Motors and their controls shall be located outside the location where [GH 2 is] generated or conveyed, unless specifically approved for that location and
use. [ 45: 7.7.5]
16.3.2.1.6.6 *
Fans shall be marked with an arrow or other means to indicate direction of rotation and with the location of chemical fume hoods and exhaust systems
served. [ 45: 7.7.6]
16.3.2.1.7 Chemical Fume Hood Construction.
(See also 16.3.2.1.2.2 ) [ 45: 7.8]
16.3.2.1.7.1 Chemical Fume Hood Interiors.
(A) *
Materials of construction used for the interiors of new chemical fume hoods or for the modification of the interiors of existing chemical fume hoods shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , unless the interior of the hood is provided with
automatic fire protection in accordance with 16.3.2.1.9.2 . [ 45: 7.8.1.1]
(B) *
Baffles shall be constructed so that they are unable to be adjusted to materially restrict the volume of air exhausted through the chemical fume hood.
[ 45: 7.8.1.3]
482 of 745
(C) *
Chemical fume hoods shall be provided with a means of preventing overflow of a spill of 0.5 gal (2 L) of liquid. [ 45: 7.8.1.4]
16.3.2.1.7.2 * Chemical Fume Hood Sash Glazing.
The sash, if provided, shall be glazed with material that will provide protection to the operator against the hazards associated with the use of the hood.
(See also Annex G.) [ 45: 7.8.2]
16.3.2.1.7.3 * Chemical Fume Hood Sash Closure.
(A)
Chemical fume hood sashes shall be kept closed whenever possible. [ 45: 7.8.3.1]
(B)
When a fume hood is unattended, its sash shall remain fully closed. [ 45: 7.8.3.2]
16.3.2.1.7.4 * Electrical Devices.
(A)
In installations where services and controls are within the hood, additional electrical disconnects shall be located within 50 ft (15 m) of the hood and shall
be accessible and clearly marked. [ 45: 7.8.4.1]
(B)
If electrical receptacles are located external to the hood, no additional electrical disconnect shall be required. [ 45: 7.8.4.2]
16.3.2.1.7.5 Other Hood Services.
(A)
For new installations or modifications of existing installations, controls for chemical fume hood services (gas, air, water, etc.) shall be located external to the
hood and within easy reach. [ 45: 7.8.5.1]
(B)
In existing installations where service controls are within the hood, additional shutoffs shall be located within 50 ft (15 m) of the hood and shall be
accessible and clearly marked. [ 45: 7.8.5.2]
16.3.2.1.7.6 Auxiliary Air.
For auxiliary air hoods, auxiliary air shall be introduced exterior to the hood face in such a manner that the airflow does not compromise the protection
provided by the hood and so that an imbalance of auxiliary air to exhaust air will not pressurize the hood interior. [ 45: 7.8.6]
16.3.2.1.7.7 Hood Proper Function Alarm.
(A) *
A measuring device for indicating that the hood airflow remains within safe design limits shall be provided on each chemical fume hood. [ 45: 7.8.7]
(B) *
The measuring device for hood airflow shall be a permanently installed device and shall provide continuous indication to the hood user of adequate airflow
and alert inadequate hood airflow by a combination of an audible and visual alarm. Where an audible alarm could compromise the safety of the user or the
research, alternative means of alarm shall be considered.. [ 45: 7.8.7.1]
16.3.2.1.8 Chemical Fume Hood Location.
16.3.2.1.8.1 *
Chemical fume hoods shall be located in areas of minimum air turbulence. [ 45: 7.9.1]
16.3.2.1.8.2
Chemical fume hoods shall not be located adjacent to a single means of access to an exit or to high-traffic areas. [ 45: 7.9.2]
16.3.2.1.8.3 *
Work stations not directly related to the chemical fume hood activity shall not be located directly in front of chemical fume hood openings. [ 45: 7.9.3]
16.3.2.1.9 Chemical Fume Hood Fire Protection.
16.3.2.1.9.1 *
Automatic fire protection systems shall not be required in chemical fume hoods or exhaust systems except in the following cases: [ 45: 7.10.1]
(1) If a hazard assessment shows that an automatic extinguishing system is required for the chemical fume hood, then the applicable automatic fire
protection system standard shall be followed. [ 45: 7.10.1(2)]
16.3.2.1.9.2
Automatic fire protection systems, where provided, shall comply with the following standards, as applicable:
(1) NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
(2) NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
(3) NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems
(4) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
(5) NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
(6) NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
(7) NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
(8) NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems
(9) NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
(10)* NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
[ 45: 7.10.2]
483 of 745
(A)
The fire extinguishing system shall be suitable to extinguish fires within the chemical fume hood under the anticipated conditions of use. [ 45: 7.10.2.1]
16.3.2.1.9.3 *
The design and installation of ducts from chemical fume hoods shall be in accordance with NFPA 91, except that specific requirements in NFPA 45 shall
take precedence. [ 45: 7.10.3]
(A) *
Automatic fire dampers shall not be used in laboratory exhaust systems connected to chemical fume hoods. Any exhaust duct conveying fume hood
exhaust through a fire rating shall provide an alternative means of protection equal to or greater that the rating through which the duct passes by one of the
following:.
(1) Wrapped or encased with listed or approved materials having a fire-resistance rating equal to the fire rating after exiting the originating fire
compartment for a minimum distance of 3.05 m (10 ft.) beyond the opening.
(2) Constructed of materials and supports having a minimum fire resistance rating equal to the fire barrier
[ 45: 7.10.3.1]
(B)
When a branch duct from a fume hood and/or lab exhaust connects to a common riser located in a shaft enclosure that must travel upward, then the
connection shall be made utilizing a separate upturned steel subduct of at least 22 guage and a length of at least 0.56 m (22 in.) prior to joining the riser
manifold from each separate branch duct entering the shaft entrance. [ 45: 7.10.3.1.1]
16.3.2.1.9.4
Fire detection and alarm systems shall not be interlocked to automatically shut down chemical fume hood exhaust fans. [ 45: 7.10.4]
16.3.2.1.9.5
Proper door operation for egress shall be maintained when the supply system shuts down and the lab exhaust system operates, creating a pressure
differential. [ 45: 7.10.5]
16.3.2.1.9.6
Chemical fume hoods equipped with control systems that vary the hood exhaust airflow as the sash opening varies and/or in conjunction with whether the
laboratory room is in use (occupied or unoccupied) shall be equipped with a user-accessible means to attain maximum exhaust hood airflow regardless of
sash position when necessary or desirable to ensure containment and removal of a potential hazard within the hood. [ 45: 7.10.6]
16.3.2.1.9.7 *
Chemical fume hoods shall be installed in a manner that prevents fire or smoke from a fire in the chemical fume hood from spreading into the voids above
the ceiling. [ 45: 7.10.7]
16.3.2.1.10 Identification of Chemical Fume Hood Systems.
16.3.2.1.10.1 *
Special-use chemical fume hoods and special-use local exhaust systems shall be identified to indicate their intended use. [ 45: 7.13.1]
16.3.2.1.10.2
A sign containing the following information from the last inspection shall be affixed to each hood, or a properly maintained log of all hoods providing the
following information shall be maintained:
[ 45: 7.13.2]
16.3.2.1.11 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.
16.3.2.1.11.1 *
When installed or modified and at least annually thereafter, chemical fume hoods, chemical fume hood exhaust systems, and laboratory special exhaust
systems shall be inspected and tested as applicable, as follows:
(1) Visual inspection of the physical condition of the hood interior, sash, and ductwork
(2) Measuring device for hood airflow
(3) Low airflow and loss-of-airflow alarms at each alarm location
(4) Face velocity
(5) Verification of inward airflow over the entire hood face
(6) Changes in work area conditions that might affect hood performance
[ 45: 7.14.1]
16.3.2.1.11.2
Deficiencies in hood performance shall result in immediate suspension of all activities in the hood until the deficiencies can be corrected.
[ 45: 7.14.2]
16.3.2.1.11.3
Chemical fume hood face velocity profile or hood exhaust air quantity shall be checked after any adjustment to the ventilation system balance. [ 45: 7.14.3]
16.3.2.1.11.4 Detectors and Alarms.
Air system flow detectors, if installed, shall be inspected and tested annually. [ 45: 7.13.4.1]
484 of 745
(1) Unattended operations shall be provided with override control and automatic shutdown to prevent system failure that can result in fire or explosion.
[ 45: 11.2.2.4]
(2) Electrically heated constant temperature baths shall be equipped with over-temperature shutoff switches in addition to normal temperature controls,
if overheating could result in a fire or an explosion. [ 45: 11.3.4.1]
16.3.2.2.2 Apparatus.
16.3.2.2.2.1 General.
(A)
Apparatus shall be installed in compliance with applicable requirements of NFPA standards, including NFPA 70 . [ 45: 11.13.1.1]
(B)
Operating controls shall be accessible under normal and emergency conditions. [ 45: 11.13.1.2]
16.3.2.2.2.2 Heating Equipment.
(A)
All unattended electrical heating equipment shall be equipped with a manual reset over-temperature shutoff switch, in addition to normal temperature
controls, if overheating could result in a fire or explosion. [ 45: 11.3.3.1]
485 of 745
(B)
Heating equipment with circulation fans or water cooling shall be equipped with an interlock arranged to disconnect current to the heating elements if the
fan fails or the water supply is interrupted. [ 45: 11.3.3.2]
(C)
Burners, induction heaters, ovens, furnaces, and other heat-producing equipment shall be located a safe distance from areas where temperature-sensitive
and flammable materials and [GH 2 ] are handled. [ 45: 11.3.3.3]
(D)
Oven and furnace installations shall comply with NFPA 86. [ 45: 11.3.3.4]
16.3.2.2.2.3 Pressure Equipment.
(A) *
Equipment used at pressures above 15 psi (103 kPa gauge) shall be designed and constructed by qualified individuals for use at the expected
temperature, pressure, and other operating conditions affecting safety. [ 45: 11.3.5.1]
(B)
Pressure equipment shall be fitted with a pressure relief device, such as a rupture disc or a relief valve. The pressure relief device shall be vented to a safe
location. [ 45: 11.3.5.2]
(C)
Equipment operated at pressures above 15 psi (103 kPa gauge), such as autoclaves, steam sterilizers, reactors, and calorimeters, shall be operated and
maintained according to manufacturers’ instructions, the design limitations of the equipment, and applicable codes and regulations. [ 45: 11.3.5.3]
(D)
Any pressure equipment that has been found to be degraded shall be derated or discarded, whichever is appropriate. [ 45: 11.3.5.4]
16.3.2.2.2.4 Analytical Instruments.
(A)
Analytical instruments, such as infrared, ultraviolet, atomic absorption, x-ray, mass spectrometers, chromatographs, and thermal analyzers, shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions and applicable standards and codes. [ 45: 11.3.6.1]
(B) *
Analytical instruments shall be operated in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions or approved recommended operating procedures. [ 45: 11.3.6.2]
16.3.2.3 Hazard Identification.
This chapter shall apply to new and existing laboratories [ 45: 13.1]
16.3.2.3.1 * Exhaust Systems.
Exhaust systems used for the removal of hazardous materials shall be identified to warn personnel of the possible hazards. [ 45: 13.3]
16.3.2.3.2 Identification Systems.
Graphic systems used to identify hazards shall comply with ANSI Z535.1, Safety Color Code ; ANSI Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs ;
ANSI Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols ; and ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels ; or other approved graphic systems. [ 45: 13.5]
16.3.3 Outdoor Dispensing. (Reserved)
16.4 Storage.
16.4.1 General.
16.4.1.1 GH 2 and LH 2 in Cylinders.
16.4.1.1.1
Cylinders shall be handled only by trained personnel. (See Annex H.)
16.4.1.1.2 Cylinder Safety.
16.4.1.1.2.1
Cylinders shall be secured in accordance with 7.1.7.4 .
16.4.1.1.2.2
Cylinders in the laboratory shall be equipped with a pressure regulator designed for the specific gas and marked for its maximum cylinder pressure.
[ 45: 10.1.5.2]
(A)
The regulator system shall be equipped with two gauges, either on the regulator or remote from the regulator, installed so as to show both the cylinder
pressure and the outlet pressure. [ 45: 10.1.5.2.1]
(B)
Where the source cylinder is outside of the laboratory, a station regulator and gauge shall be installed at the point of use to show outlet pressure.
[ 45: 10.1.5.2.2]
(C)
Cylinders shall have a manual shutoff valve. A quick connect shall not be used in place of a shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.1.5.3]
16.4.1.2 Storage and Piping Systems.
16.4.1.2.1 *
The method of storage and piping systems for compressed and liquefied gases shall comply with Chapters 4, 6, 7, and 8.
486 of 745
16.4.1.2.2 *
Each point of use shall have an accessible manual shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.2.3]
16.4.1.2.2.1
The manual shutoff valve at the point of use shall be located away from the potential hazards and be located within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the point of use.
[ 45: 10.2.3.1]
16.4.1.2.2.2
Where the cylinder valve is located within immediate reach, a separate point-of-use shutoff valve shall not be required. [ 45: 10.2.3.2]
16.4.1.2.2.3
Line regulators that have their source away from the point of use shall have a manual shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.2.3.3]
16.4.1.2.2.4
An emergency gas shutoff device in an accessible location at the exit shall be provided in addition to the manual point-of-use valve in each educational and
instructional laboratory space that has a piped gas-dispensing valve. [ 45: 10.2.3.4]
16.4.1.2.3
Each and every portion of a piping system shall have uninterruptible pressure relief. [ 45: 10.2.4]
16.4.1.2.3.1
Any part of the system that can be isolated from the rest of the system shall have adequate pressure relief. [ 45: 10.2.4.1]
16.4.1.2.3.2
Piping shall be designed for a pressure greater than the maximum system pressure that can be developed under abnormal conditions. [ 45: 10.2.4.2]
16.4.1.2.3.3
A pressure relief system shall be designed to provide a discharge rate sufficient to avoid further pressure increase and shall vent to a safe location.
[ 45: 10.2.4.3]
16.4.1.2.4 *
Permanent piping shall be identified at the supply point and at each discharge point with the name of the material being transported. [ 45: 10.2.5]
16.4.1.2.5 *
Piping systems, including regulators, shall not be used for gases other than those for which they are designed and identified unless a thorough review of
the design specifications, materials of construction, and service compatibility is made and other appropriate modifications have been made. [ 45: 10.2.6]
16.4.1.3 LH 2 .
16.4.1.3.1
All system components used for cryogenic fluids shall be selected and designed for such service. [ 45: 10.4.1]
16.4.1.3.1.1
Design pressure for vessels and piping shall be not less than 150 percent of maximum pressure relief. [ 45: 10.4.1.1]
16.4.1.3.1.2 *
Systems or apparatus handling a cryogenic fluid that can cause freezing or liquefaction of the surrounding atmosphere shall be designed to prevent contact
of the condensed air with organic materials. [ 45: 10.4.1.2]
16.4.1.3.2
Pressure relief of vessels and piping handling cryogenic fluids shall comply with the applicable requirements of 16.4.1.2 . [ 45: 10.4.2]
16.4.1.3.3
The space in which cryogenic systems are located shall be ventilated commensurate with the properties of [LH 2 ]. [ 45: 10.4.3]
16.4.3.2
Compressed gas delivery systems shall be designed in accordance with Chapters 1 through 7. [ 45: 10.3.2]
Requirements
T he requirements for laboratories handling hydrogen are addressed in NFPA 45.
The requirements for hoods, vents are bottle cabinets are addressed in UL 1805.
I cannot find any hydrogen specific language in this section. This appears to be a straight cut and paste of NFPA 45, “Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories
Using Chemicals”.
In my opinion, this chapter is in violation of the NFPA policy of extracting from codes and referencing standards and should either be deleted outright or have a single
line reference to NFPA 45.
Currently, the laboratories have been trained to use NFPA 45 as their safety bible since 1974. Additionally, name a laboratory which only handles hydrogen. And
finally, allowing two documents, which may diverge with time, does not help the industry.
I am also surprised that the key product safety standard for laboratories, UL 1805, “Laboratory Hoods and Cabinets”, is not referenced in either code set.
The code writing group might consider recommending the formal adoption of NFPA 45 in the ICC model codes and UL 1805 in both the ICC and NFPA sets of model
487 of 745
codes.
488 of 745
(1) Laboratory units that contain less than 75 scf (2.2 standard m 3 ) of GH 2 or 1 gal (3.8 L) of LH 2
16.2 General.
16.2.1 Means of Access to an Exit.
16.2.1.1 *
A second means of access to an exit shall be provided from a laboratory work area if any of the following situations exist: [ 45: 5.4.1]
(1) A laboratory work area contains an explosion hazard located so that an incident would block escape from or access to the laboratory work area.
[ 45: 5.4.1(1)]
(2) A hood in a laboratory work area is located adjacent to the primary means of exit access. [ 45: 5.4.1(4)]
(3) A compressed gas cylinder larger than lecture bottle size [approximately 2 in. × 13 in. (5 cm × 33 cm)] is located such that it could prevent safe
egress in the event of accidental release of cylinder contents. [ 45: 5.4.1(5)]
(4) A cryogenic container is located such that it could prevent safe egress in the event of accidental release of container contents. [ 45: 5.4.1(6)]
16.2.1.2
Emergency lighting facilities shall be provided for any laboratory work area requiring a second means of access to an exit, in accordance with 16.2.1.1 .
[ 45: 5.4.4]
16.2.1.3
Emergency lighting in laboratory work areas and exits shall be installed in accordance with Section 7.9, Emergency Lighting, of NFPA 101 . [ 45: 5.4.5]
16.2.2 Electrical Installation.
All electrical installations, including wiring and appurtenances, apparatus, lighting, signal systems, alarm systems, remote control systems, or parts thereof,
shall comply with NFPA 70 . [ 45: 5.6]
16.2.2.1 *
Laboratory work areas, laboratory units, and chemical fume hood interiors shall be considered as unclassified electrically with respect to Article 500 of
NFPA 70 , unless operations are determined to cause a hazardous atmosphere. [ 45: 5.6.2]
16.2.3 Fire Protection.
16.2.3.1 Automatic Fire Extinguishing Systems.
16.2.3.1.1 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
16.2.3.1.1.1
A fire protection system shall be provided for laboratories in accordance with Chapter 6 .
16.2.3.1.1.2 *
Fire sprinklers in laboratory units shall be the quick-response (QR) sprinkler type installed in accordance with NFPA 13. [ 45: 6.1.1.2]
489 of 745
16.2.3.1.1.3
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be regularly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. [ 45: 6.1.1.3]
16.2.3.2 Fire Alarm Systems.
16.2.3.2.1
A fire alarm system shall be provided for laboratories in accordance with Chapter 6 .
16.2.3.2.2
The fire alarm system, where provided, shall be designed so that all personnel endangered by the fire condition or a contingent condition shall be alerted.
[ 45: 6.4.3]
16.2.3.2.3
The fire alarm system shall alert local emergency responders or the public fire department. [ 45: 6.4.4]
16.2.3.3 Standpipe and Hose Systems.
16.2.3.3.1 *
In all laboratory buildings that are two or more stories above or below the grade level (level of exit discharge), Class I wet pipe standpipesystems shall be
installed in accordance with NFPA 14. [ 45: 6.2.1]
16.2.3.3.2 *
Standpipe systems shall be regularly inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. [ 45: 6.2 2]
16.2.3.4 Portable Fire Extinguishers.
16.2.3.4.1
Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed, located, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10. [ 45: 6.3.1]
16.2.4 Explosion Hazard Protection.
16.2.4.1
A laboratory work area shall be considered to contain an explosion hazard if an explosion involving hydrogen could result in significant damage to a facility
or serious injuries to personnel within that laboratory work area.
16.2.5 Fire Prevention.
16.2.5.1 Fire Prevention Procedures.
16.2.5.1.1
Fire prevention procedures shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.1.1]
16.2.5.1.2
Fire prevention procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
[ 45: 6.5.1.2]
16.2.5.2 * Maintenance Procedures.
Maintenance procedures shall be established for all new and established laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.2]
16.2.5.3 * Emergency Plans.
16.2.5.3.1
Plans for laboratory emergencies shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. The emergency action plan shall include the following
procedures in the event of a chemical emergency, fire, or explosion:
[ 400: 7.2.3.2]
16.2.5.3.2 *
Procedures for extinguishing clothing fires shall be established for all new and existing laboratories. [ 45: 6.5.3.2]
490 of 745
16.2.5.3.3
All laboratory users, including, but not limited to, instructors and students, shall be trained prior to laboratory use and at least annually thereafter on the
emergency plan. [ 45: 6.5.3.3]
16.3 Use.
16.3.1 General.
16.3.1.1 Instructional Laboratories.
Experiments and tests conducted in educational and instructional laboratory units shall be under the direct supervision of an instructor.
16.3.1.2 Cylinders in Use.
16.3.1.2.1
Cylinders, when in use, shall be connected to gas delivery systems designed by a qualified person. [ 45: 10.1.6.1]
16.3.1.2.2
Cylinders shall be attached to an instrument for use by means of a regulator. [ 45: 10.1.6.2]
16.3.1.2.3
A compressed gas cylinder shall be considered to be “in use” if it is in compliance with one of the following:
[ 45: 10.1.6.3]
16.3.1.2.4
Cylinders not “in use” shall not be stored in the laboratory unit. [ 45: 10.1.6.4]
16.3.2 Indoor Use.
16.3.2.1 Laboratory Ventilating Systems and Hood Requirements.
16.3.2.1.1 * General.
16.3.2.1.1.1
This chapter shall apply to laboratory exhaust systems, including chemical fume hoods, local ventilated enclosures, fume arms, special local exhaust
devices, and other systems for exhausting air from laboratory work areas in which [GH 2 or LH 2 ] are released. [ 45: 7.1.1]
16.3.2.1.1.2
This chapter shall apply to laboratory air supply systems and shall provide requirements for identification, inspection, and maintenance of laboratory
ventilation systems and hoods. [ 45: 7.1.2]
16.3.2.1.2 Basic Requirements.
16.3.2.1.2.1 *
Laboratory ventilation systems shall be designed to ensure that fire hazards and risks are minimized. [ 45: 7.2.1]
16.3.2.1.2.2 *
Laboratory units and laboratory hoods in which [GH 2 or LH 2 ] are present shall be continuously ventilated under normal operating conditions. [ 45: 7.2.2]
16.3.2.1.2.3 *
Chemical fume hoods shall not be relied upon to provide explosion (blast) protection unless specifically designed to do so. (See also G.6.4 and G.6.5
for further information on explosion-resistant hoods and shields.) [ 45: 7.2.3]
16.3.2.1.2.4
Exhaust and supply systems shall be designed to prevent a pressure differential that would impede egress or ingress when either system fails or during a
fire or emergency scenario. This design includes reduced operational modes or shutdown of either the supply or exhaust ventilation systems. [ 45: 7.2.5]
16.3.2.1.2.5
The release of [GH 2 ] into the laboratory shall be controlled by enclosure(s) or captured to prevent any flammable concentrations of vapors from reaching
any source of ignition. [ 45: 7.2.6]
16.3.2.1.3 Supply Systems.
16.3.2.1.3.1
Laboratory ventilation systems shall be designed to ensure that [GH 2 ] originating from the laboratory shall not be recirculated. [ 45: 7.3.1]
16.3.2.1.3.2 *
The location and configuration of fresh air intakes shall be chosen so as to avoid drawing in [GH 2 ] or products of combustion coming either from the
laboratory building itself or from other structures and devices. [ 45: 7.3.2]
491 of 745
16.3.2.1.3.3
The air pressure in the laboratory work areas shall be negative with respect to corridors and non-laboratory areas of the laboratory unit except in the
following instances:
(1) Where operations such as those requiring clean rooms preclude a negative pressure relative to surrounding areas, alternate means shall be
provided to prevent escape of the atmosphere in the laboratory work area or unit to the surrounding spaces.
(2) The desired static pressure level with respect to corridors and non-laboratory areas shall be permitted to undergo momentary variations as the
ventilation system components respond to door openings, changes in chemical fume hood sash positions, and other activities that can for a short
term affect the static pressure level and its negative relationship.
(3) Laboratory work areas located within a designated electrically classified hazardous area with a positive air pressure system as described in
NFPA 496, Chapter 7, Pressurized Control Rooms, shall be permitted to be positive with respect to adjacent corridors.
[ 45: 7.3.3]
16.3.2.1.3.4 *
The location of air supply diffusion devices shall be chosen so as to avoid air currents that would adversely affect the performance of chemical fume hoods,
exhaust systems, and fire detection or extinguishing systems. (See 16.2.3.1 , 16.2.3.2 , and 16.3.2.1.8.1 .) [ 45: 7.3.4]
16.3.2.1.4 Exhaust Air Discharge.
16.3.2.1.4.1 *
Air exhausted from chemical fume hoods and other special local exhaust systems shall not be recirculated. (See also 16.3.2.1.3.1 .) [ 45: 7.4.1]
16.3.2.1.4.2 * Energy Conservation Devices.
(A)
If energy conservation devices are used, they shall be designed in accordance with 16.3.2.1.3.1 through 16.3.2.1.3.3 . [ 45: 7.4.2.1]
(B)
Energy conservation devices shall only be used in a laboratory ventilation system when evaluated and approved by a qualified person. These systems
must meet, or exceed, the criteria established by Section 5.4.7 and Section 5.4.7.1 of ANSI/AIHA Z9.5, 2012, Laboratory Ventilation . Systems that
recirculate within their respective laboratory area, such as fan coil units for sensible heat loads, are exempt from these requirements. [ 45: 7.4.2.2]
(C)
Energy conservation devices shall be designed and installed in a manner that safely facilitates anticipated service and maintenance requirements and does
not adversely impact the proper operation of the exhaust system. [ 45: 7.4.2.3]
16.3.2.1.4.3
Air exhausted from laboratory work areas shall not pass unducted through other areas. [ 45: 7.4.3]
16.3.2.1.4.4 *
Air from laboratory units and laboratory work areas in which [GH 2 ] is present shall be continuously discharged through duct systems maintained at a
negative pressure relative to the pressure of normally occupied areas of the building. [ 45: 7.4.4]
16.3.2.1.4.5
Positive pressure portions of the lab hood exhaust systems (e.g., fans, coils, flexible connections, and ductwork) located within the laboratory building shall
be sealed airtight or located in a continuously mechanically ventilated room. [ 45: 7.4.5]
16.3.2.1.4.6
Chemical fume hood face velocities and exhaust volumes shall be sufficient to contain [GH 2 ] generated within the hood and exhaust them outside of the
laboratory building. [ 45: 7.4.6]
16.3.2.1.4.7 *
The hood shall provide containment of the possible hazards and protection for personnel at all times when [GH 2 is] present in the hood. [ 45: 7.4.7]
16.3.2.1.4.8
Special local exhaust systems, such as snorkels or “elephant trunks,” shall have sufficient capture velocities to entrain the [GH 2 ] being released.
[ 45: 7.4.8]
16.3.2.1.4.9 *
Canopy hoods, laminar flow cabinets, and ductless enclosures shall not be used in lieu of chemical fume hoods. [ 45: 7.4.9]
16.3.2.1.4.10
Laminar flow cabinets shall not be used in lieu of chemical fume hoods. [ 45: 7.4.11]
16.3.2.1.4.11 *
Air exhausted from chemical fume hoods and special exhaust systems shall be discharged above the roof at a location, height, and velocity sufficient to
prevent re-entry of chemicals and to prevent exposures to personnel. [ 45: 7.4.12]
16.3.2.1.5 Duct Construction for Hoods and Local Exhaust Systems.
16.3.2.1.5.1
Ducts from chemical fume hoods and from local exhaust systems shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible materials except in the following cases:
(1) Flexible ducts of combustible construction shall be permitted to be used for special local exhaust systems within a laboratory work area. (See
16.3.2.1.5.2 .)
(2) Combustible ducts shall be permitted to be used if enclosed in a shaft of noncombustible or limited-combustible construction where they pass
through non-laboratory areas or through laboratory units other than the one they serve. (See 16.3.2.1.5.2 .)
(3) Combustible ducts shall be permitted to be used if all areas through which they pass are protected with an approved automatic fire extinguishing
system, as described in 16.2.3 . (See 16.3.2.1.5.2 .) [ 45: 7.5.1]
492 of 745
16.3.2.1.5.2
Combustible ducts or duct linings shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for
Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . Test
specimens shall be of the minimum thickness used in the construction of the duct or duct lining. [ 45: 7.5.2]
16.3.2.1.5.3
Ducts shall be of adequate strength and rigidity to meet the conditions of service and installation requirements and shall be protected against mechanical
damage. [ 45: 7.5.5]
16.3.2.1.5.4
Materials used for vibration isolation connectors shall comply with 16.3.2.1.5.2 . [ 45: 7.5.6]
16.3.2.1.5.5
Controls and dampers, where required for balancing or control of the exhaust system, shall be of a type that, in event of failure, will fail open to ensure
continuous draft. (See 16.3.2.1.9.3 through 16.3.2.1.9.5 .) [ 45: 7.5.8]
16.3.2.1.5.6
Hand holes, where installed for damper, sprinkler, or fusible link inspection or resetting and for residue clean-out purposes, shall be equipped with tight-
fitting covers provided with substantial fasteners. [ 45: 7.5.9]
16.3.2.1.5.7 Manifolding of Chemical Fume Hood and Ducts.
(A)
Exhaust ducts from each laboratory unit shall be separately ducted to a point outside the building, to a mechanical room, or to a shaft. [ 45: 7.5.10.1]
(B)
Connection to a common chemical fume hood exhaust duct system shall be permitted to occur within a building only in any of the following locations:
(1) A mechanical room, not connected to a shaft, shall be protected in accordance with Table 5.1.1 of NFPA 45.
(2) A shaft or a mechanical room connected to a shaft, shall be protected in accordance with the chapter for protection of vertical openings of NFPA
101
(3) A point outside the building
[ 45: 7.5.10.2]
(C)
Exhaust ducts from chemical fume hoods and other exhaust systems within the same laboratory unit shall be permitted to be combined within that
laboratory unit. (See 16.3.2.1.4.1 .) [ 45: 7.5.10.3]
16.3.2.1.6 Exhausters (Fans), Controls, Velocities, and Discharge.
16.3.2.1.6.1
Fans shall be selected to meet requirements for fire, explosion, and corrosion. [ 45: 7.7.1]
16.3.2.1.6.2
Fans conveying both corrosive and flammable or combustible materials shall be permitted to be lined with or constructed of corrosion-resistant materials
having a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. [ 45: 7.7.2]
16.3.2.1.6.3
Fans shall be located and arranged so as to afford ready access for repairs, cleaning, inspection, and maintenance. [ 45: 7.7.3]
16.3.2.1.6.4 *
Where [GH 2 is] passed through the fans, the rotating element shall be of nonferrous or spark-resistant construction; alternatively, the casing shall be
constructed of or lined with such material. [ 45: 7.7.4]
(A)
Nonferrous or spark-resistant materials shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
[ 45: 7.7.4.2]
16.3.2.1.6.5
Motors and their controls shall be located outside the location where [GH 2 is] generated or conveyed, unless specifically approved for that location and
use. [ 45: 7.7.5]
16.3.2.1.6.6 *
Fans shall be marked with an arrow or other means to indicate direction of rotation and with the location of chemical fume hoods and exhaust systems
served. [ 45: 7.7.6]
16.3.2.1.7 Chemical Fume Hood Construction.
(See also 16.3.2.1.2.2 ) [ 45: 7.8]
16.3.2.1.7.1 Chemical Fume Hood Interiors.
(A) *
Materials of construction used for the interiors of new chemical fume hoods or for the modification of the interiors of existing chemical fume hoods shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials, or ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials , unless the interior of the hood is provided with
automatic fire protection in accordance with 16.3.2.1.9.2 . [ 45: 7.8.1.1]
(B) *
Baffles shall be constructed so that they are unable to be adjusted to materially restrict the volume of air exhausted through the chemical fume hood.
[ 45: 7.8.1.3]
493 of 745
(C) *
Chemical fume hoods shall be provided with a means of preventing overflow of a spill of 0.5 gal (2 L) of liquid. [ 45: 7.8.1.4]
16.3.2.1.7.2 * Chemical Fume Hood Sash Glazing.
The sash, if provided, shall be glazed with material that will provide protection to the operator against the hazards associated with the use of the hood.
(See also Annex G .) [ 45: 7.8.2]
16.3.2.1.7.3 * Chemical Fume Hood Sash Closure.
(A)
Chemical fume hood sashes shall be kept closed whenever possible. [ 45: 7.8.3.1]
(B)
When a fume hood is unattended, its sash shall remain fully closed. [ 45: 7.8.3.2]
16.3.2.1.7.4 * Electrical Devices.
(A)
In installations where services and controls are within the hood, additional electrical disconnects shall be located within 50 ft (15 m) of the hood and shall
be accessible and clearly marked. [ 45: 7.8.4.1]
(B)
If electrical receptacles are located external to the hood, no additional electrical disconnect shall be required. [ 45: 7.8.4.2]
16.3.2.1.7.5 Other Hood Services.
(A)
For new installations or modifications of existing installations, controls for chemical fume hood services (gas, air, water, etc.) shall be located external to the
hood and within easy reach. [ 45: 7.8.5.1]
(B)
In existing installations where service controls are within the hood, additional shutoffs shall be located within 50 ft (15 m) of the hood and shall be
accessible and clearly marked. [ 45: 7.8.5.2]
16.3.2.1.7.6 Auxiliary Air.
For auxiliary air hoods, auxiliary air shall be introduced exterior to the hood face in such a manner that the airflow does not compromise the protection
provided by the hood and so that an imbalance of auxiliary air to exhaust air will not pressurize the hood interior. [ 45: 7.8.6]
16.3.2.1.7.7 Hood Proper Function Alarm.
(A) *
A measuring device for indicating that the hood airflow remains within safe design limits shall be provided on each chemical fume hood. [ 45: 7.8.7]
(B) *
The measuring device for hood airflow shall be a permanently installed device and shall provide continuous indication to the hood user of adequate airflow
and alert inadequate hood airflow by a combination of an audible and visual alarm. Where an audible alarm could compromise the safety of the user or the
research, alternative means of alarm shall be considered.. [ 45: 7.8.7.1]
16.3.2.1.8 Chemical Fume Hood Location.
16.3.2.1.8.1 *
Chemical fume hoods shall be located in areas of minimum air turbulence. [ 45: 7.9.1]
16.3.2.1.8.2
Chemical fume hoods shall not be located adjacent to a single means of access to an exit or to high-traffic areas. [ 45: 7.9.2]
16.3.2.1.8.3 *
Work stations not directly related to the chemical fume hood activity shall not be located directly in front of chemical fume hood openings. [ 45: 7.9.3]
16.3.2.1.9 Chemical Fume Hood Fire Protection.
16.3.2.1.9.1 *
Automatic fire protection systems shall not be required in chemical fume hoods or exhaust systems except in the following cases: [ 45: 7.10.1]
(1) If a hazard assessment shows that an automatic extinguishing system is required for the chemical fume hood, then the applicable automatic fire
protection system standard shall be followed. [ 45: 7.10.1(2)]
16.3.2.1.9.2
Automatic fire protection systems, where provided, shall comply with the following standards, as applicable:
(1) NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
(2) NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
(3) NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems
(4) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
(5) NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
(6) NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
(7) NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
(8) NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems
(9) NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
(10)* NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
[ 45: 7.10.2]
494 of 745
(A)
The fire extinguishing system shall be suitable to extinguish fires within the chemical fume hood under the anticipated conditions of use. [ 45: 7.10.2.1]
16.3.2.1.9.3 *
The design and installation of ducts from chemical fume hoods shall be in accordance with NFPA 91, except that specific requirements in NFPA 45 shall
take precedence. [ 45: 7.10.3]
(A) *
Automatic fire dampers shall not be used in laboratory exhaust systems connected to chemical fume hoods. Any exhaust duct conveying fume hood
exhaust through a fire rating shall provide an alternative means of protection equal to or greater that the rating through which the duct passes by one of the
following:.
(1) Wrapped or encased with listed or approved materials having a fire-resistance rating equal to the fire rating after exiting the originating fire
compartment for a minimum distance of 3.05 m (10 ft.) beyond the opening.
(2) Constructed of materials and supports having a minimum fire resistance rating equal to the fire barrier
[ 45: 7.10.3.1]
(B)
When a branch duct from a fume hood and/or lab exhaust connects to a common riser located in a shaft enclosure that must travel upward, then the
connection shall be made utilizing a separate upturned steel subduct of at least 22 guage and a length of at least 0.56 m (22 in.) prior to joining the riser
manifold from each separate branch duct entering the shaft entrance. [ 45: 7.10.3.1.1]
16.3.2.1.9.4
Fire detection and alarm systems shall not be interlocked to automatically shut down chemical fume hood exhaust fans. [ 45: 7.10.4]
16.3.2.1.9.5
Proper door operation for egress shall be maintained when the supply system shuts down and the lab exhaust system operates, creating a pressure
differential. [ 45: 7.10.5]
16.3.2.1.9.6
Chemical fume hoods equipped with control systems that vary the hood exhaust airflow as the sash opening varies and/or in conjunction with whether the
laboratory room is in use (occupied or unoccupied) shall be equipped with a user-accessible means to attain maximum exhaust hood airflow regardless of
sash position when necessary or desirable to ensure containment and removal of a potential hazard within the hood. [ 45: 7.10.6]
16.3.2.1.9.7 *
Chemical fume hoods shall be installed in a manner that prevents fire or smoke from a fire in the chemical fume hood from spreading into the voids above
the ceiling. [ 45: 7.10.7]
16.3.2.1.10 Identification of Chemical Fume Hood Systems.
16.3.2.1.10.1 *
Special-use chemical fume hoods and special-use local exhaust systems shall be identified to indicate their intended use. [ 45: 7.13.1]
16.3.2.1.10.2
A sign containing the following information from the last inspection shall be affixed to each hood, or a properly maintained log of all hoods providing the
following information shall be maintained:
[ 45: 7.13.2]
16.3.2.1.11 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance.
16.3.2.1.11.1 *
When installed or modified and at least annually thereafter, chemical fume hoods, chemical fume hood exhaust systems, and laboratory special exhaust
systems shall be inspected and tested as applicable, as follows:
(1) Visual inspection of the physical condition of the hood interior, sash, and ductwork
(2) Measuring device for hood airflow
(3) Low airflow and loss-of-airflow alarms at each alarm location
(4) Face velocity
(5) Verification of inward airflow over the entire hood face
(6) Changes in work area conditions that might affect hood performance
[ 45: 7.14.1]
16.3.2.1.11.2
Deficiencies in hood performance shall result in immediate suspension of all activities in the hood until the deficiencies can be corrected.
[ 45: 7.14.2]
16.3.2.1.11.3
Chemical fume hood face velocity profile or hood exhaust air quantity shall be checked after any adjustment to the ventilation system balance. [ 45: 7.14.3]
16.3.2.1.11.4 Detectors and Alarms.
Air system flow detectors, if installed, shall be inspected and tested annually. [ 45: 7.13.4.1]
495 of 745
(1) Unattended operations shall be provided with override control and automatic shutdown to prevent system failure that can result in fire or explosion.
[ 45: 11.2.2.4]
(2) Electrically heated constant temperature baths shall be equipped with over-temperature shutoff switches in addition to normal temperature controls,
if overheating could result in a fire or an explosion. [ 45: 11.3.4.1]
16.3.2.2.2 Apparatus.
16.3.2.2.2.1 General.
(A)
Apparatus shall be installed in compliance with applicable requirements of NFPA standards, including NFPA 70 . [ 45: 11.13.1.1]
(B)
Operating controls shall be accessible under normal and emergency conditions. [ 45: 11.13.1.2]
16.3.2.2.2.2 Heating Equipment.
(A)
All unattended electrical heating equipment shall be equipped with a manual reset over-temperature shutoff switch, in addition to normal temperature
controls, if overheating could result in a fire or explosion. [ 45: 11.3.3.1]
496 of 745
(B)
Heating equipment with circulation fans or water cooling shall be equipped with an interlock arranged to disconnect current to the heating elements if the
fan fails or the water supply is interrupted. [ 45: 11.3.3.2]
(C)
Burners, induction heaters, ovens, furnaces, and other heat-producing equipment shall be located a safe distance from areas where temperature-sensitive
and flammable materials and [GH 2 ] are handled. [ 45: 11.3.3.3]
(D)
Oven and furnace installations shall comply with NFPA 86. [ 45: 11.3.3.4]
16.3.2.2.2.3 Pressure Equipment.
(A) *
Equipment used at pressures above 15 psi (103 kPa gauge) shall be designed and constructed by qualified individuals for use at the expected
temperature, pressure, and other operating conditions affecting safety. [ 45: 11.3.5.1]
(B)
Pressure equipment shall be fitted with a pressure relief device, such as a rupture disc or a relief valve. The pressure relief device shall be vented to a safe
location. [ 45: 11.3.5.2]
(C)
Equipment operated at pressures above 15 psi (103 kPa gauge), such as autoclaves, steam sterilizers, reactors, and calorimeters, shall be operated and
maintained according to manufacturers’ instructions, the design limitations of the equipment, and applicable codes and regulations. [ 45: 11.3.5.3]
(D)
Any pressure equipment that has been found to be degraded shall be derated or discarded, whichever is appropriate. [ 45: 11.3.5.4]
16.3.2.2.2.4 Analytical Instruments.
(A)
Analytical instruments, such as infrared, ultraviolet, atomic absorption, x-ray, mass spectrometers, chromatographs, and thermal analyzers, shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions and applicable standards and codes. [ 45: 11.3.6.1]
(B) *
Analytical instruments shall be operated in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions or approved recommended operating procedures. [ 45: 11.3.6.2]
16.3.2.3 Hazard Identification.
This chapter shall apply to new and existing laboratories [ 45: 13.1]
16.3.2.3.1 * Exhaust Systems.
Exhaust systems used for the removal of hazardous materials shall be identified to warn personnel of the possible hazards. [ 45: 13.3]
16.3.2.3.2 Identification Systems.
Graphic systems used to identify hazards shall comply with ANSI Z535.1, Safety Color Code ; ANSI Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs ;
ANSI Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols ; and ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels ; or other approved graphic systems. [ 45: 13.5]
16.3.3 Outdoor Dispensing. (Reserved)
16.4 Storage.
16.4.1 General.
16.4.1.1 GH 2 and LH 2 in Cylinders.
16.4.1.1.1
Cylinders shall be handled only by trained personnel. (See Annex H .)
16.4.1.1.2 Cylinder Safety.
16.4.1.1.2.1
Cylinders shall be secured in accordance with 7.1.7.4 .
16.4.1.1.2.2
Cylinders in the laboratory shall be equipped with a pressure regulator designed for the specific gas and marked for its maximum cylinder pressure.
[ 45: 10.1.5.2]
(A)
The regulator system shall be equipped with two gauges, either on the regulator or remote from the regulator, installed so as to show both the cylinder
pressure and the outlet pressure. [ 45: 10.1.5.2.1]
(B)
Where the source cylinder is outside of the laboratory, a station regulator and gauge shall be installed at the point of use to show outlet pressure.
[ 45: 10.1.5.2.2]
(C)
Cylinders shall have a manual shutoff valve. A quick connect shall not be used in place of a shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.1.5.3]
16.4.1.2 Storage and Piping Systems.
16.4.1.2.1 *
The method of storage and piping systems for compressed and liquefied gases shall comply with Chapters 4 , 6 , 7 , and 8 .
497 of 745
16.4.1.2.2 *
Each point of use shall have an accessible manual shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.2.3]
16.4.1.2.2.1
The manual shutoff valve at the point of use shall be located away from the potential hazards and be located within 6 ft (1.8 m) of the point of use.
[ 45: 10.2.3.1]
16.4.1.2.2.2
Where the cylinder valve is located within immediate reach, a separate point-of-use shutoff valve shall not be required. [ 45: 10.2.3.2]
16.4.1.2.2.3
Line regulators that have their source away from the point of use shall have a manual shutoff valve. [ 45: 10.2.3.3]
16.4.1.2.2.4
An emergency gas shutoff device in an accessible location at the exit shall be provided in addition to the manual point-of-use valve in each educational and
instructional laboratory space that has a piped gas-dispensing valve. [ 45: 10.2.3.4]
16.4.1.2.3
Each and every portion of a piping system shall have uninterruptible pressure relief. [ 45: 10.2.4]
16.4.1.2.3.1
Any part of the system that can be isolated from the rest of the system shall have adequate pressure relief. [ 45: 10.2.4.1]
16.4.1.2.3.2
Piping shall be designed for a pressure greater than the maximum system pressure that can be developed under abnormal conditions. [ 45: 10.2.4.2]
16.4.1.2.3.3
A pressure relief system shall be designed to provide a discharge rate sufficient to avoid further pressure increase and shall vent to a safe location.
[ 45: 10.2.4.3]
16.4.1.2.4 *
Permanent piping shall be identified at the supply point and at each discharge point with the name of the material being transported. [ 45: 10.2.5]
16.4.1.2.5 *
Piping systems, including regulators, shall not be used for gases other than those for which they are designed and identified unless a thorough review of
the design specifications, materials of construction, and service compatibility is made and other appropriate modifications have been made. [ 45: 10.2.6]
16.4.1.3 LH 2 .
16.4.1.3.1
All system components used for cryogenic fluids shall be selected and designed for such service. [ 45: 10.4.1]
16.4.1.3.1.1
Design pressure for vessels and piping shall be not less than 150 percent of maximum pressure relief. [ 45: 10.4.1.1]
16.4.1.3.1.2 *
Systems or apparatus handling a cryogenic fluid that can cause freezing or liquefaction of the surrounding atmosphere shall be designed to prevent contact
of the condensed air with organic materials. [ 45: 10.4.1.2]
16.4.1.3.2
Pressure relief of vessels and piping handling cryogenic fluids shall comply with the applicable requirements of 16.4.1.2 . [ 45: 10.4.2]
16.4.1.3.3
The space in which cryogenic systems are located shall be ventilated commensurate with the properties of [LH 2 ]. [ 45: 10.4.3]
16.4.3.2
Compressed gas delivery systems shall be designed in accordance with Chapters 1 through 7 . [ 45: 10.3.2]
Reason:
Delete entire Chapter.
The inclusion of Chapter 16 does not add any technical benefits and instead creates conflicts with building codes and fire codes adopted by jurisdictions. This
appears to be an unnecessary straight cut and paste of NFPA 45, “Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals”. All of the necessary safety
requirements for the use of hydrogen in labs can be gained by building and fire codes simply referencing the NFPA 2 requirements without this chapter being present.
Moreover, since existing building and fire codes do not refer to NFPA 45, the inclusion of the language adds conflicts that require unnecessary review and
determination of applicability. This current code development cycle for the International Fire Code, (the primary fire code applied to new construction and the majority
of maintenance fire code adoptions), includes a proposal with some minor references to NFPA 45 and the building and fire code development process is the
appropriate venue for inclusion of NFPA 45 requirements.
498 of 745
499 of 745
16.2.2.1 *
Laboratory work areas, laboratory units, and chemical fume hood interiors shall be considered as unclassified electrically with respect to Article 500 [or
Article 505] of NFPA 70, unless operations are determined to cause a hazardous atmosphere. [45:5.6.2]
The NFPA 70 Article 505 reference is being added to raise awareness of the alternate IEC information provided by Article 505. This makes NFPA 2 more universal
and applicable in countries that subscribe to the IEC classification methods.
500 of 745
17.2.1 What is a condominium complex? Keep it simple, Move A17.2 to 17.2.2. and add "The fire hazard presented by self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or
LH2 is sufficiently similar to those presented by vehicles fueled by liquid gasoline or diesel fuel that no additional requirements are warranted. Studies and fire tests
performed have concluded that the combustible components common to all types of automobiles can cause a vehicle fire to spread from one parked vehicle to an
adjacent one but that the presence or release of hydrogen (such as through activation of a thermal pressure relief device) is not a major cause of fire spread.".
501 of 745
17.2.1
The In addition to complying with all present requirements, the storage of self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or LH2 in parking garages or residential
garages associated with one- or two-family dwellings shall be subject to the same requirements applicable to vehicles powered by traditional
fuels. following additional requirements:
17.2.1.1 The garage shall be naturally vented and actively ventilated to prevent a dangerous concentration of hydrogen in the event of hydrogen leaks.
17.2.1.2 No open flame such as a gas fired water heater shall be present in the garage.
17.2.1.3 A DOT flammability label for liquid hydrogen or gaseous hydrogen shall be affixed to the outside of the garage door.
17.2.1.4 The local fire department shall be informed of the intention to garage the LH 2 or GH 2 vehicle before use.
My house, like many in the US is of wood frame construction with tar and gravel roof, with only 16 feet separation wall to wall from the neighbors. A sudden, intense
fire in the garage would quickly envelop the house in flame, which would quickly spread to the neighboring houses. Although there is quick response from our local
fire department, the house would be beyond saving before the fire department arrives. Three local gas stations in my town have been chosen to be modified for the
addition of hydrogen refueling capabilities, to encourage the citizens to purchase hydrogen fueled fuel cell automobiles. Storage of the vehicle in an ordinary
attached garage is very likely, and presently requires no permit approval. Note also that many, perhaps most garages contain a natural gas fired water heater. This
poses an additional risk of igniting any hydrogen escaping from the vehicle.
Thus, without modification of the garage structure to prevent hydrogen buildup, the addition of sensor systems, and ventilation fans, parking a hydrogen fueled car
presents a danger which is neighborhood-wide and threatens us all. One might argue that the probability of the garaged vehicle is small, but I depend heavily on risk
management for my job, and the risk is the product of the probability times the damage potential. Hydrogen fueled vehicles are too new for an accurate pictures of
the actual risks and probabilities to be established, unlike conventional gasoline powered vehicles. I believe that hydrogen fueled vehicles should be required to be
parked at the curb until the historical risks can be determined and mediated. Alternatively, if the hydrogen fueled vehicle is to be parked inside a garage, strong fire
prevention standards are required, at least for now. Perhaps over time and with the benefit of experience, future standards can be relaxed.
If there is an overpressure, the relief valve opens, spilling all the contents within ten seconds or so. The discharge is purposely directed upward so that on the road
the flame is less likely to damage other vehicles. Attached is a picture of the flame which results from an open relief valve. Note that most of the hydrogen flame is
not visible, and extends far above the flame visible in the picture. Think what would happen to the garage roof if this occurred if the vehicle had been inside.
GH2 is a high pressure system. Unless it id damaged, there is a low probability that the tank will burst, since testing based on road hazards during manufacture and
periodically later will ensure an adequate safety margin. In addition, there will not be road vibration or vehicle collision while the vehicle is garaged.
An in-tank pressure regulator is included so that the gas lines outside the tank are lower pressure. However, leaks from fittings or imperfections in tank construction
may occur. Hydrogen has very low viscosity and it is difficult to ensure that loose fittings or contamination of the seals will allow some loss, particularly after opening
the seals during maintenance or testing. If there is a leak, hydrogen will accumulate at the ceiling of the garage.
How safe will it be? Will the car have to bear a DOT safety sticker? If not, why not?
LH2 by contrast is a low pressure system. However, due to the extremely cold temperature of LH2, a continual boil-off must necessarily occur when the vehicle is not
in use. As pointed out in the BMW flyer (see attachment) on its LH2 vehicle, challenges remain to be solved. If there are unsolved challenges, are we really ready to
release a new NFPA standard which pretends that they have already been solved, when the manufacturer states that they have not?
From: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/sfm/programs-services/Documents/Responder%20Safety/Alternative%20Fuels/FuelCellHydrogenFuelVehicleSafety.pdf
The high probability of at least trickling emissions of hydrogen and the lower flammability level of about 6% (hydrogen under normal pressure) leads to the necessity
of early detection of even very low concentrations of hydrogen. Sensors to detect concentration of hydrogen below the lower flammability level are currently still very
expensive. Odorants that are added to natural gas cannot be easily added to hydrogen or methane used in fuel cells as the larger molecules and especially the sulfur
content of current odorants would poison fuel cells. Research is being conducted into the possibility of removing these odorants before the fuel enters the fuel cell.
This would leave the fuel cell itself and molecular-sized leaks in the fuel transport system as the only sources of odor-free hydrogen. Odorants are still difficult for
detectors to pick up, but they are less expensive than hydrogen detectors.
From: https://courses.engr.illinois.edu/npre470/web/readings/Hydrogen%20safety%20issues.pdf
Hydrogen as a source of fire or explosion may come from the fuel storage…
The largest amount of hydrogen at any given time is present in the tank. Several tank failure modes may be considered…
external fire combined with failure of pressure relief device to open;
massive leak, due to faulty pressure relief device tripping…operation of pressure relief device in a case of fire (which is the purpose of the device).
slow leak due to stress cracks in tank liner, faulty pressure relief device, or faulty coupling from tank to the feed line, or impact-induced openings in fuel line
connection.
A similar failure analysis may be applied to both high pressure and low pressure fuel lines.
502 of 745
In a study conducted on behalf of Ford Motor Company, Directed Technologies, Inc., has performed a detailed assessment of probabilities of the above failure
modes. The conclusion of the study is that a catastrophic rupture is a highly unlikely event. However, several failure modes resulting in large hydrogen release or a
slow leak has been identified both in normal operation and in collision.
Most of the above discussed failure modes may be either avoided or their occurrence and consequences minimized by:
leak detection by either a leak detector or by adding an odorant to the hydrogen fuel (this may be a problem for fuel cells);
designing the system for both active and passive ventilation (such as an opening to allow the hydrogen to escape upward).
From: http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=5&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwj_6taVnq3NAhUM6GMKHdkDB2MQFgg9MAQ&
url=http%3A%2F
%2Fwww.nhtsa.gov%2FDOT%2FNHTSA%2FNVS%2FCrashworthiness%2FAlternative%2520Energy%2520Vehicle%2520Systems%2520Safety%2520Research%2F811267.pdf&
usg=AFQjCNH6dy4nCx3Lsvx7XZyq6epEFL6zBQ
They also determined that an upward directed vent is not always effective especially in the event of an overturned vehicle or if released in a parking garage.
Thank you for giving me the opportunity to comment on this proposed change to the NFPA.
503 of 745
18.2 Applicability.
This chapter shall apply to service and repair operations in connection with self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or LH2. The storage, use, and handling
of GH2 or LH2 in any quantity shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 4 and the applicable requirements of Chapters 5 through 8 .
Dispensing of GH2 or LH2 shall comply with Chapters 10 and 11 .
18.2.1
Major repair facilities that also repair flammable and combustible liquid vehicles shall also meet the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.2.2
In major repair garages where CNG-fueled vehicles, LNG-fueled vehicles, or LP-Gas–fueled vehicles are also repaired all applicable requirements of
NFPA 52 or NFPA 58, whichever is applicable, shall be met.
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas.
Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1
The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system modification or repair or when
welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with Section 18.7 .
18.3.1.2
Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.3.2 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in accordance with the building code and the fire code adopted by the AHJ.
18.3.3 Gas Detection System.
Major repair garages shall be provided with an approved hydrogen gas detection system such that gas can be detected where vehicle hydrogen fuel
storage systems are serviced or indoor defueling occurs.
18.3.3.1
The detection system shall be maintained and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions on at least an annual basis, or more often, if
required by the manufacturer.
18.3.3.2
The repair garage operator shall maintain a record of detection system maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to an inspector.
18.3.3.3
The hydrogen detection system shall be designed to activate when the level of hydrogen exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
18.3.3.4 Location.
System shall provide coverage of the fuel cell vehicle service area. The hydrogen detection system shall have sensors in the following locations:
18.3.3.5
Activation of hydrogen detection system shall result in all of the following:
(1) Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage
(2) Deactivation of heating systems located in the repair garage
(3) Activation of the exhaust system, unless the exhaust system is in continuous operation
18.3.3.6
Failure of the hydrogen detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system and activation of the exhaust system and shall cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
18.3.3.7
The circuits of the detection system required by 18.3.3.6 shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with, NFPA 72.
18.4 Exhaust System.
In major repair garages, or where indoor defueling occurs exhaust duct openings shall be located so that they effectively remove hydrogen accumulation at
ceiling level from all parts of the room.
18.4.1
The exhaust system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ.
18.5 Heat-Producing Appliances.
504 of 745
18.5.1
Heat-producing appliances shall be installed to meet the requirements of NFPA 31, NFPA 54, NFPA 82, NFPA 90A, and NFPA 211, as applicable, except as
hereinafter specifically provided. [30A:7.6.9]
18.5.2
Heat-producing appliances shall be of an approved type. Solid- fuel stoves, improvised furnaces, salamanders, or space heaters shall not be permitted in
major repair garages or where indoor refueling occurs.
18.5.3
Heat-producing appliances in major repair garages shall be permitted to be installed in a special room that is separated from the repair area by walls that
are constructed to prevent the transmission of hydrogen, that have a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour, and that have no openings in the walls that lead
to a classified area. Specific small openings through the wall, such as for piping and electrical conduit, shall be permitted, provided the gaps and voids are
filled with a fire-resistant material to resist transmission of hydrogen. All air for combustion purposes shall be taken from outside the building.
18.5.4
Heat-producing appliances using gas or oil fuel shall be permitted to be installed in a major repair garage provided the combustion chamber is at least 18 in.
(455 mm) below the ceiling.
18.5.5
In major repairs garages, open-flame heaters or heating equipment with exposed surfaces having a temperature in excess of 750°F (399°C) shall not be
permitted in areas subject to ignitible concentrations of gas.
18.5.6
Electrical heat-producing appliances shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 .
18.6 Welding and Open-Flame Operations.
18.6.1
Operations involving open flame or electric arcs, including fusion gas and electric welding, shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such
purposes. Cutting and welding and related fire prevention precautions shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 51B. [30A:9.7.2.1]
18.6.2
Electric arc welding generators or transformers shall conform to NFPA 70. Gas fusion welding apparatus and storage of compressed gas cylinders shall be
in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 51. [30A:9.7.2.2]
18.6.3
The grounded side of an electric welding circuit shall be attached to the part being welded. [30A:9.7.2.3]
18.6.4
Gas fusion welding equipment shall be periodically inspected for worn or injured hoses and defective or damaged valves, gauges, and reducing devices.
[30A:9.7.2.5]
18.7 Defueling Systems.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge.
The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance
with 18.7.1 through 18.7.6 .
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities.
Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply containers. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled for the
intended use.
18.7.3 Manufacturer Equipment Required.
Equipment supplied by the vehicle manufacturer shall be used to connect the vehicle fuel supply containers to be defueled to the defueling system.
18.7.4 Isolated Use.
The defueling shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
18.7.5
Defueling systems shall discharge to a safe location in accordance with the requirements of CGA-G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems.
18.7.6 Grounding and Bonding.
The defueling system shall include a method of grounding and bonding and operator instructions to facilitate safe use. The defueling nozzle of the vehicle
storage tank system shall be bonded with the defueling system prior to the commencement of discharge or defueling operations.
18.X Electrical Installations
18.5.1 General Requirements. Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment shall be of a type specified by and shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 30A, NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, and Chapter 18.5. Electrical wiring and electrical utilization equipment shall be approved for the locations in
which they are installed.
18.5.1 Motor vehicle repair rooms, motor vehicle repair booths, or motor vehicle repair spaces where hydrogen vehicles are repaired, the area within
455mm (18 in.) of the ceiling shall be designated a Class I, Division 2 hazardous (classified) location.
Exception: motor vehicle repair rooms, motor vehicle repair booths, or motor vehicle repair spaces, this requirement shall not apply where continuous
ventilation rates meets the requirements in 18.4.X [see exhaust PI]
Areas adjacent to classified locations where flammable vapors are not likely to be released, such as stock rooms, switchboard rooms, and other similar
locations, where mechanically and continuously ventilated at a rate of four or more air changes per hour or designed with positive air pressure, or where
effectively cut off by walls or partitions shall be designated unclassified
505 of 745
NFPA2 currently has no electrical requirements specific for repair garages. This proposal uses language from NFPA30A to establish these electrical requirements.
The edited text shows the changes from NFPA30A in order to better apply to hydrogen, including applying the new, proposed exhaust flow rates (see exhaust PI). I
recommend this section go near 18.4
506 of 745
18.2 Applicability.
This chapter shall apply to service and repair operations in connection with self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or LH2. The storage, use, and handling
of GH2 or LH2 in any quantity shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 4 and the applicable requirements of Chapters 5 through 8 .
Dispensing of GH2 or LH2 shall comply with Chapters 10 and 11 .
18.2.1
Major repair facilities that also repair flammable and combustible liquid vehicles shall also meet the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.2.2
In major repair garages where CNG-fueled vehicles, LNG-fueled vehicles, or LP-Gas–fueled vehicles are also repaired all applicable requirements of
NFPA 52 or NFPA 58, whichever is applicable, shall be met.
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas.
Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1
The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system modification or repair or when
welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with Section 18.7 .
18.3.1.2
Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.3.2 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in accordance with the building code and the fire code adopted by the AHJ.
18.3.3 Gas Detection System.
Major repair garages shall be provided with an approved hydrogen gas detection system such that gas can be detected where vehicle hydrogen fuel
storage systems are serviced or indoor defueling occurs.
18.3.3.1
The detection system shall be maintained and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions on at least an annual basis, or more often, if
required by the manufacturer.
18.3.3.2
The repair garage operator shall maintain a record of detection system maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to an inspector.
18.3.3.3
The hydrogen detection system shall be designed to activate when the level of hydrogen exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
18.3.3.4 Location.
System shall provide coverage of the fuel cell vehicle service area. The hydrogen detection system shall have sensors in the following locations:
18.3.3.5
Activation of hydrogen detection system shall result in all of the following:
(1) Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage
(2) Deactivation of heating systems located in the repair garage
(3) Activation of the exhaust system, unless the exhaust system is in continuous operation
18.3.3.6
Failure of the hydrogen detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system and activation of the exhaust system and shall cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
18.3.3.7
The circuits of the detection system required by 18.3.3.6 shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with, NFPA 72.
18.4 Exhaust System.
In major repair garages, or where indoor defueling occurs exhaust duct openings shall be located so that they effectively remove hydrogen accumulation at
ceiling level from all parts of the room.
18.4.1
The exhaust system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ.
18.5 Heat-Producing Appliances.
507 of 745
18.5.1
Heat-producing appliances shall be installed to meet the requirements of NFPA 31, NFPA 54, NFPA 82, NFPA 90A, and NFPA 211, as applicable, except as
hereinafter specifically provided. [30A:7.6.9]
18.5.2
Heat-producing appliances shall be of an approved type. Solid- fuel stoves, improvised furnaces, salamanders, or space heaters shall not be permitted in
major repair garages or where indoor refueling occurs.
18.5.3
Heat-producing appliances in major repair garages shall be permitted to be installed in a special room that is separated from the repair area by walls that
are constructed to prevent the transmission of hydrogen, that have a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour, and that have no openings in the walls that lead
to a classified area. Specific small openings through the wall, such as for piping and electrical conduit, shall be permitted, provided the gaps and voids are
filled with a fire-resistant material to resist transmission of hydrogen. All air for combustion purposes shall be taken from outside the building.
18.5.4
Heat-producing appliances using gas or oil fuel shall be permitted to be installed in a major repair garage provided the combustion chamber is at least 18 in.
(455 mm) below the ceiling.
18.5.5
In major repairs garages, open-flame heaters or heating equipment with exposed surfaces having a temperature in excess of 750°F (399°C) shall not be
permitted in areas subject to ignitible concentrations of gas.
18.5.6
Electrical heat-producing appliances shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 .
18.6 Welding and Open-Flame Operations.
18.6.1
Operations involving open flame or electric arcs, including fusion gas and electric welding, shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such
purposes. Cutting and welding and related fire prevention precautions shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 51B. [30A:9.7.2.1]
18.6.2
Electric arc welding generators or transformers shall conform to NFPA 70. Gas fusion welding apparatus and storage of compressed gas cylinders shall be
in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 51. [30A:9.7.2.2]
18.6.3
The grounded side of an electric welding circuit shall be attached to the part being welded. [30A:9.7.2.3]
18.6.4
Gas fusion welding equipment shall be periodically inspected for worn or injured hoses and defective or damaged valves, gauges, and reducing devices.
[30A:9.7.2.5]
18.7 Defueling Systems.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge.
The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance
with 18.7.1 through 18.7.6 .
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities.
Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply containers. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled for the
intended use.
18.7.3 Manufacturer Equipment Required.
Equipment supplied by the vehicle manufacturer shall be used to connect the vehicle fuel supply containers to be defueled to the defueling system.
18.7.4 Isolated Use.
The defueling shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
18.7.5
Defueling systems shall discharge to a safe location in accordance with the requirements of CGA-G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems.
18.7.6 Grounding and Bonding.
The defueling system shall include a method of grounding and bonding and operator instructions to facilitate safe use. The defueling nozzle of the vehicle
storage tank system shall be bonded with the defueling system prior to the commencement of discharge or defueling operations.
18.A Spray Painting and Undercoating. Spray painting and undercoating spray operations shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.B Drying Apparatus. Drying and baking apparatus shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.C Parts Cleaning shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.D Chassis Cleaning shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.E Housekeeping shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 30A.
The NFPA2/NFPA30A task force proposes that NFPA2 add references to NFPA30A for standard repair garage operations.
508 of 745
509 of 745
18.2 Applicability.
This chapter shall apply to service and repair operations in connection with self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or LH2. The storage, use, and handling
of GH2 or LH2 in any quantity shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 4 and the applicable requirements of Chapters 5 through 8 .
Dispensing of GH2 or LH2 shall comply with Chapters 10 and 11 .
18.2.1
Major repair facilities that also repair flammable and combustible liquid vehicles shall also meet the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.2.2
In major repair garages where CNG-fueled vehicles, LNG-fueled vehicles, or LP-Gas–fueled vehicles are also repaired all applicable requirements of
NFPA 52 or NFPA 58, whichever is applicable, shall be met.
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas.
Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1
The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system modification or repair or when
welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with Section 18.7 .
18.3.1.2
Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.3.2 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in accordance with the building code and the fire code adopted by the AHJ.
18.3.3 Gas Detection System.
Major repair garages shall be provided with an approved hydrogen gas detection system such that gas can be detected where vehicle hydrogen fuel
storage systems are serviced or indoor defueling occurs.
18.3.3.1
The detection system shall be maintained and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions on at least an annual basis, or more often, if
required by the manufacturer.
18.3.3.2
The repair garage operator shall maintain a record of detection system maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to an inspector.
18.3.3.3
The hydrogen detection system shall be designed to activate when the level of hydrogen exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
18.3.3.4 Location.
System shall provide coverage of the fuel cell vehicle service area. The hydrogen detection system shall have sensors in the following locations:
18.3.3.5
Activation of hydrogen detection system shall result in all of the following:
(1) Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage
(2) Deactivation of heating systems located in the repair garage
(3) Activation of the exhaust system, unless the exhaust system is in continuous operation
18.3.3.6
Failure of the hydrogen detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system and activation of the exhaust system and shall cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
18.3.3.7
The circuits of the detection system required by 18.3.3.6 shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with, NFPA 72.
18.4 Exhaust System.
In major repair garages, or where indoor defueling occurs exhaust duct openings shall be located so that they effectively remove hydrogen accumulation at
ceiling level from all parts of the room.
18.4.1
The exhaust system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ.
18.5 Heat-Producing Appliances.
510 of 745
18.5.1
Heat-producing appliances shall be installed to meet the requirements of NFPA 31, NFPA 54, NFPA 82, NFPA 90A, and NFPA 211, as applicable, except as
hereinafter specifically provided. [30A:7.6.9]
18.5.2
Heat-producing appliances shall be of an approved type. Solid- fuel stoves, improvised furnaces, salamanders, or space heaters shall not be permitted in
major repair garages or where indoor refueling occurs.
18.5.3
Heat-producing appliances in major repair garages shall be permitted to be installed in a special room that is separated from the repair area by walls that
are constructed to prevent the transmission of hydrogen, that have a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour, and that have no openings in the walls that lead
to a classified area. Specific small openings through the wall, such as for piping and electrical conduit, shall be permitted, provided the gaps and voids are
filled with a fire-resistant material to resist transmission of hydrogen. All air for combustion purposes shall be taken from outside the building.
18.5.4
Heat-producing appliances using gas or oil fuel shall be permitted to be installed in a major repair garage provided the combustion chamber is at least 18 in.
(455 mm) below the ceiling.
18.5.5
In major repairs garages, open-flame heaters or heating equipment with exposed surfaces having a temperature in excess of 750°F (399°C) shall not be
permitted in areas subject to ignitible concentrations of gas.
18.5.6
Electrical heat-producing appliances shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 .
18.6 Welding and Open-Flame Operations.
18.6.1
Operations involving open flame or electric arcs, including fusion gas and electric welding, shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such
purposes. Cutting and welding and related fire prevention precautions shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 51B. [30A:9.7.2.1]
18.6.2
Electric arc welding generators or transformers shall conform to NFPA 70. Gas fusion welding apparatus and storage of compressed gas cylinders shall be
in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 51. [30A:9.7.2.2]
18.6.3
The grounded side of an electric welding circuit shall be attached to the part being welded. [30A:9.7.2.3]
18.6.4
Gas fusion welding equipment shall be periodically inspected for worn or injured hoses and defective or damaged valves, gauges, and reducing devices.
[30A:9.7.2.5]
18.7 Defueling Systems.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge.
The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance
with 18.7.1 through 18.7.6 .
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities.
Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply containers. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled for the
intended use.
18.7.3 Manufacturer Equipment Required.
Equipment supplied by the vehicle manufacturer shall be used to connect the vehicle fuel supply containers to be defueled to the defueling system.
18.7.4 Isolated Use.
The defueling shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
18.7.5
Defueling systems shall discharge to a safe location in accordance with the requirements of CGA-G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems.
18.7.6 Grounding and Bonding.
The defueling system shall include a method of grounding and bonding and operator instructions to facilitate safe use. The defueling nozzle of the vehicle
storage tank system shall be bonded with the defueling system prior to the commencement of discharge or defueling operations.
18.X Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Liquefied Petroleum Gases, and Other Flammable Gases. Except as
otherwise provided by this code, the storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with NFPA30, Flammable and
Combustible Liquids Code. The storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas shall be in accordance with NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code. The
storage and handling of flammable compressed gas fuels shall be in accordance with NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, and
NFPA 52, Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code. [30A 9.7.8]
18.X.1 Storage and Handling of Hydrogen Except as otherwise provided by this code, the storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids
shall be in accordance with Chapters 6 and 7.
This proposal adds requirements for storage and handling of hazardous materials. 18.12 extracts text from NFPA 30A. 18.12.1 provides requirements for hydrogen
and references Chapters 6 and 7.
511 of 745
City:
State:
Zip:
Submittal Date: Sun Jun 26 18:00:38 EDT 2016
512 of 745
18.2.3.2 If walls or ceiling assemblies are constructed of sheet metal, single-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 1.2 mm (0.0478 in.), and each sheet
of double-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 0.9 mm (0.0359 in.).
18.2.3.3 Structural sections of repair booths shall be permitted to be sealed with a caulk or sealant to minimize air leakage.
18.2.3.4 Repair rooms shall be constructed of and separated from surrounding areas of the building by construction assemblies that have a fire resistance
rating of 1 hour.
18.2.3.5 Enclosed repair booths and repair rooms shall be provided with means of egress that meet the applicable requirements of Chapter 40 of NFPA
101.
18.2.3.6 Separation from Other Operations. Repair booths shall be separated from other operations by a minimum distance of 915 mm (3 ft) or by a
partition, wall, or floor/ceiling assembly having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour. Multiple connected repair booths shall not be considered as “other
operations”.
18.2.3.7 A clear space of not less than 915 mm (3 ft) shall be maintained on all sides and above the repair booth. This clear space shall be kept free of any
storage or combustible construction.
18.2.3.8 This requirement shall not prohibit locating a repair booth closer than 915 mm (3 ft) to or directly against an interior partition, wall, or floor/ceiling
assembly that has a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, provided the repair booth can be maintained.
18.2.3.9 This requirement shall not prohibit locating a repair booth closer than 915 mm (3 ft) to an exterior wall or a roof assembly, provided the wall or roof
is constructed of noncombustible material and provided the repair booth can be maintained.
The purpose of this proposal is to limit the impact of application of the enhanced requirements necessary for the repair of vehicles fueled by hydrogen, i.e., ‘major
repair garages’.
Based upon current provisions of NFPA2 and related codes an entire motor vehicle repair facility must be constructed or renovated to meet these increased
requirements even if a single bay space out of many is all that is required to service such vehicles.
The new language provides that the requirements apply to the room, which could be the entire service bay area or a smaller separated room, to a motor vehicle
repair booth, or a motor vehicle repair area. The requirements for the major repair garage room/booth/area options have been copied from relevant portions of
existing language in NFPA 33 that are applied to spray finishing. The concept is the same, limit any increased hazard to a specific space (room/booth/area) and
protect that limited area. The major repair garage booth could be prefabricated or field constructed as long as it meets the specified requirements.
This new option enhances the ease of acceptance of hydrogen as an alternative motor fuel while properly addressing the additional hazards the repair and servicing
of these vehicles may present with no reduction in the level of protection currently required to be met.
Source
NFPA 33
Chapter 5 Construction and Design of Spray Areas, Spray Rooms, and Spray Booths
5.1* Walls and Ceilings. Walls, doors, and ceilings that intersect or enclose a spray area shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials or
assemblies and shall be securely and rigidly mounted or fastened. The interior surfaces of the spray area shall be smooth, designed and installed to prevent pockets
that can trap residues, and designed to facilitate ventilation and cleaning.
5.1.1 Air intake filters that are a part of a wall or ceiling assembly shall be listed as Class 1 or Class 2, in accordance with ANSI/UL 900, Standard for Air Filter Units.
5.1.2 The floor of the spray area shall be constructed of noncombustible material, limited-combustible material, or combustible material that is completely covered by
noncombustible material.
5.1.3 Aluminum shall not be used for structural support members or the walls or ceiling of a spray booth or spray room enclosure. Aluminum also shall not be used
for ventilation ductwork associated with a spray booth or spray room. Aluminum shall be permitted to be used for interior components, such as platforms, spray
apparatus components, and other ancillary devices.
5.1.4 If walls or ceiling assemblies are constructed of sheet metal, single-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 1.2 mm (0.0478 in.), and each sheet of double-skin
assemblies shall be no thinner than 0.9 mm (0.0359 in.).
5.1.5 Structural sections of spray booths shall be permitted to be sealed with a caulk or sealant to minimize air leakage.
5.1.6 Spray rooms shall be constructed of and separated from surrounding areas of the building by construction assemblies that have a fire resistance rating of 1
hour.
5.1.7 Enclosed spray booths and spray rooms shall be provided with means of egress that meet the applicable requirements of Chapter 40 of NFPA 101.
5.3* Separation from Other Operations. Spray booths shall be separated from other operations by a minimum distance of 915 mm (3 ft) or by a partition, wall, or
513 of 745
floor/ceiling assembly having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1 hour. Multiple connected spray booths shall not be considered as “other operations” except as
provided for in Section 13.3.
5.3.1 Spray booths shall be installed so that all parts of the booth are readily accessible for cleaning.
5.3.2 A clear space of not less than 915 mm (3 ft) shall be maintained on all sides and above the spray booth. This clear space shall be kept free of any storage or
combustible construction.
5.3.2.1 This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray booth closer than 915 mm (3 ft) to or directly against an interior partition, wall, or floor/ceiling assembly
that has a fire resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, provided the spray booth can be maintained and cleaned.
5.3.2.2 This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray booth closer than 915 mm (3 ft) to an exterior wall or a roof assembly, provided the wall or roof is
constructed of noncombustible material and provided the spray booth can be maintained and cleaned.
514 of 745
18.2 Applicability.
This chapter shall apply to service and repair operations in connection with self-propelled vehicles powered by GH2 or LH2. The storage, use, and handling
of GH2 or LH2 in any quantity shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 4 and the applicable requirements of Chapters 5 through 8.
Dispensing of GH2 or LH2 shall comply with Chapters 10 and 11.
18.2.1
Major repair facilities that also repair flammable and combustible liquid vehicles shall also meet the requirements of NFPA 30A.
18.2.2
In major repair garages where CNG-fueled vehicles, LNG-fueled vehicles, or LP-Gas–fueled vehicles are also repaired all applicable requirements of from
NFPA 52 or and NFPA 58 , whichever is applicable, shall be met.
515 of 745
This proposal was developed by a joint NFPA2/NFPA30A task force to address how hydrogen repair garages are addressed in the two documents. The task force
decided to place all of the hydrogen repair garage requirements in NFPA2 while keeping other fuels in NFPA30A. Repair garages that service vehicles which use
CNG, LNG, or LP-Gas must meet the requirements in NFPA30A which include requirements to meet NFPA 52 or NFPA 58 whichever is applicable. Minor repair
garages for hydrogen vehicles that do not service fuel systems only need to meet NFPA30A since there is no risk for leaks.
516 of 745
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas.
Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1
The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system removal, modification or repair
or when welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with
Section 18.7 .
18.3.1.2
Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.3.2 Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in accordance with the building code and the fire code adopted by the AHJ.
18.3.3 Gas Detection System.
Major repair garages shall be provided with an approved hydrogen gas detection system such that gas can be detected where vehicle hydrogen fuel
storage systems are serviced or indoor defueling occurs.
18.3.3.1
The detection system shall be maintained and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions on at least an annual basis, or more often, if
required by the manufacturer.
18.3.3.2
The repair garage operator shall maintain a record of detection system maintenance and calibration in good condition and accessible to an inspector.
18.3.3.3
The hydrogen detection system shall be designed to activate when the level of hydrogen exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable limit.
18.3.3.4 Location.
System shall provide coverage of the fuel cell vehicle service area. The hydrogen detection system shall have sensors in the following locations:
18.3.3.5
Activation of hydrogen detection system shall result in all of the following:
(1) Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage
(2) Deactivation of heating systems located in the repair garage
(3) Activation of the exhaust system, unless the exhaust system is in continuous operation
18.3.3.6
Failure of the hydrogen detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system and activation of the exhaust system and shall cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
18.3.3.7
The circuits of the detection system required by 18.3.3.6 shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with, NFPA 72.
Defuel if you disturb the fuel system (i.e. potentially breach containment).
517 of 745
This proposal was developed by a joint NFPA2/NFPA30A task force to address how hydrogen repair garages are addressed in the two documents. The task force
decided to place all of the hydrogen repair garage requirements in NFPA2 while keeping other fuels in NFPA30A. Repair garages that service vehicles which use
other gaseous fuels must meet the requirements in NFPA30A.
518 of 745
18.3.3.5
Activation of hydrogen detection system shall result in all of the following:
(1) Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in the repair garage
(2) Deactivation of modular heating systems located in the repair garage
Activation
Exceptions: Heating by central forced hot air, hot water, and/or steam (i.e. remote furnace, boiler and/or heat pump).
(3) Activation of the exhaust system, unless the exhaust system is in continuous operation
18.3.3.6
Failure of the hydrogen detection system shall result in the deactivation of the heating system and activation of the exhaust system and shall cause a
trouble signal to sound in an approved location.
18.3.3.7
The circuits of the detection system required by 18.3.3.6 shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with, NFPA 72.
Not every garage, especially in the northern tier of the US is heated by a modular gas or resistance heater.
519 of 745
18.4
Exhaust System. In major repair garages, or
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
18.4.1 Forced air heating, air-conditioning, and ventilating systems serving a fuel dispensing area inside a building or a repair garage shall not be
interconnected with any such systems serving other occupancies in the building. Such systems shall be installed in accordance with NFPA90A, Standard for
the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. [30A: 7.5.1]
18.4.2 Return air openings in areas of motor vehicle repair room, motor vehicle repair booth, or motor vehicle repair space used for the repair or servicing of
hydrogen vehicles shall be not less than 455 mm (18 in.) below the ceiling level measured to the bottom of the openings.
18.4.3 Combined ventilation and heating systems shall not recirculate air from areas that are below grade level.
18.4.4 Exhaust System. Each motor vehicle repair room, motor vehicle repair booth, or motor vehicle repair space for hydrogen vehicles shall be provided
with an approved mechanical ventilation system.
18.4.1 Design The exhaust system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ.
Exception: Where approved by the code official, natural ventilation shall be permitted in lieu of mechanical exhaust ventilation.
18.4.1.1 In each motor vehicle repair room, motor vehicle repair booth, or motor vehicle repair space, or where indoor defueling occurs exhaust duct
openings shall be located so that they effectively remove hydrogen accumulation at ceiling level from all parts of the room. The inlets and outlets for the
exhaust shall be arranged as uniformly as possible. The inlets shall be near the floor level, and the exhaust near the high point of the room or the ceiling.
18.4.
1
3 Operation The exhaust
system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ.
ventilation rate shall be a minimum of 1 cubic foot per minute per 12 cubic feet of room volume. The ventilation shall be continuous unless interlocked with
the gas detection system as discussed in 18.3.3.5.
This proposal attempts to enhance the HVAC and exhaust equipment requirements as well as attempting to align with NFPA 30A and IFC. The previous text had
almost no guidance for the AHJ. The proposal adds guidance on the requirements and location of the HVAC. It also adds detailed requirements on the exhaust
system where none existed. The exhaust ventilation rate is the same for a 12 foot tall room (Old: 1 ft3 per minute per square foot of floor area. New: 1 ft3 per
minute for 12 cubic foot of room volume)
520 of 745
18.4.1
The exhaust system should be designed per the mechanical code adopted by the AHJ. shall be in accordance with Section 6.17 .
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA 2 where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2
521 of 745
18.5.6
Electrical heat-producing appliances shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 .
NFPA 30A has some updates to the Heat Producing Appliances section which was not captured in NFPA2 2016. Instead of extracting this text from NFPA30A this
proposal provides a references. It also has additional requirements including specifying the location of the heating system 18 inches below ceiling and reference to
Chapter 6 for electrical heating systems.
522 of 745
This proposal simply provides a reference to NFPA30A rather than extracting text. The current text misses some important requirements on welding cylinders. The
NFPA2/30A task force agrees that NFPA2 should point to NFPA 30A for generic repair garage operations.
523 of 745
18.7
Defueling Systems.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge.
The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle
Defueling equipment Facilities for repairing or replacing hydrogen fuel tanks on hydrogen-fueled vehicles shall have equipment to defuel vehicle storage
tanks. Where work must be performed on a vehicle's fuel storage tank for the purpose of maintenance, repair or cylinder certification, defueling and purging
shall be conducted in accordance with this section, Chapters 7 and 8.
Exception: The fuel supply piping from the fuel storage tank to the engine compartment on a motor vehicle or forklift.
18.7.1 Applicability The requirements in this section apply to the defueling equipment and do not apply to the vehicle.
18.7.2 Documented procedure . A documented procedure that explains the logic sequence for defueling or discharging operations shall be maintained
on site and shall be provided to the AHJ upon request. The procedure shall include what actions the operator is required to take in the event of a
low-pressure or high-pressure hydrogen release during discharging activity.
Schematic design documents shall be maintained on site illustrating the arrangement of piping, regulators and equipment settings. The schematic shall
illustrate the piping and regulator arrangement and shall be shown in spatial relation to the location of the vehicle being defueled and, if applicable, to the
compressor, storage vessels and emergency shutdown devices.
18.7.3 Methods of discharge. The discharge of hydrogen from fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through a closed transfer system in accordance
with 18.7.3 or an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance with Section 18.7.
1 through
4.
18.7.
6.
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities.
Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply containers.
4 Closed transfer system . A documented procedure that explains the logic sequence for discharging the storage tank shall be provided to the fire code
official for review and approval. The procedure shall include what actions the operator is required to take in the event of a low-pressure or high-pressure
hydrogen release during discharging activity. Schematic design documents shall be provided illustrating the arrangement of piping, regulators and equipment
settings. The construction documents shall illustrate the piping and regulator a rangement and shall be shown in spatial relation to the location of the
compressor, storage vessels and emergency shutdown devices.
18.7.5 Atmospheric venting of hydrogen from fuel storage containers. Where atmospheric venting is used for the discharge of hydrogen from fuel
storage tanks, such venting shall be in accordance with Sections 18.7.4.1 to 18.7.4.10.
18.7.5.1 Atmospheric defueling equipment. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled or approved for the intended use.
18.7.
3 Manufacturer Equipment Required.
5.2 Manufacturer’s equipment required . Equipment supplied by the
vehicle
manufacturer shall be used to connect the
vehicle fuel supply containers
storage tanks to be defueled to the
defueling
vent pipe system.
18.7.
4 Isolated Use. The defueling
5.3 Vent Pipe Defueling vent pipes shall discharge to a safe location in accordance with the requirements of section 6 and 7.
18.7.5.3.1 Vent pipe maximum diameter. Defueling vent pipes shall have a maximum inside diameter of 1 inch (25 mm).
18.7.5.3.2 Isolated use. The defueling vent pipe used shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
18.7.5
Defueling systems shall discharge to a safe location in accordance with the requirements of CGA-G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems .
18.7.6 Grounding and Bonding.
The defueling system shall include a method of grounding and bonding and operator instructions to facilitate safe use. The defueling nozzle of the vehicle
storage tank system
.6 Construction documents . Construction documents shall be provided illustrating the defueling system to be utilized. Plan details shall be of sufficient
detail and clarity to allow for evaluation of the piping and control systems to be utilized and include the method of support for cylinders, containers or tanks to
be used as part of a closed transfer system, the method of grounding and bonding and other requirements specified herein.
18.7.5.7 Stability of cylinders, containers and tanks . A method of rigidly supporting cylinders, containers or tanks used during the closed transfer
system discharge or defueling of hydrogen shall be provided. The method shall provide not less than two points of support and shall be designed to resist
lateral movement of the receiving cylinder, container or tank. The system shall be designed to resist movement of the receiver based on the highest gas
release velocity through valve orifices at the receiver’s rated service pressure and volume. Supporting structures or appurtenances used to support receivers
shall be constructed of noncombustible materials in accordance with NFPA1, International Building Code, or applicable local code. Tanks mounted in
vehicles meet this requirement provided the vehicle is secured from moving.
18.7.5.8 Grounding and bonding . Cylinders, containers or tanks and piping systems used for defueling shall be bonded and grounded. Structures or
appurtenances used for supporting the cylinders, with NFPA 70. The valve of the vehicle storage tank shall be bonded with the defueling system prior to the
commencement of discharge or defueling operations.
524 of 745
This proposal recommends replacing the existing text on “Defueling Systems” with the Proposed text in order to align with IFC. This change will allow repair garages
to have similar designs across the country, while maintaining the same level of safety. The IFC text also provides additional guidance on procedures, closed transfer
systems, vent pipe design, and venting operation.
The edits in red represent changes from IFC or from the existing text. 18.7.4.3 modifies the vent pipe requirements to point to Section 6 and 7 instead of CGA 5.5
which significantly limits the location of the defueling pipe. The text in 18.7.4.9 and 18.7.4.10 has been mis-interpreted by AHJs to apply to the vehicle. The
proposed changes modifies the IFC text to clarify that the venting only applies to the defueling system and not the vehicle. The additional sentence in 18.7.4.7 allows
for defueling from a tank mounted in a vehicle
525 of 745
The PI provides the option for the use of defueling equipment not provided by the manufacturer, while still stating the equipment should be designed for that specific
vehicle. It also encourages the repair garage to use manufacturer equipment. Flexibility is needed to allow for different equipment suppliers
526 of 745
Reason: Questions have routinely arisen when dealing with the location of vent pipe terminations and the locations for defueling discharges. The typical path is from
a model building and fire code to NFPA 2 which then refers to CGA-G-5.5 to find guidance. The current language in NFPA 2 for vent pipe termination at 7.1.17.3.2
points the user back to Section 6.16 and for defueling discharge the user is pointed to Section 18.7.
To provide more affirmative language within NFPA 2 dealing with the location of the termination and discharge points language is proposed to be added to 6.16 and
18.7.5. The language is sourced from CGA-G-5.5 and by placing it within the body of NFPA 2 it helps the user of the code to design and install compliant systems as
well as assists code officials by providing clear guidance.
Along with the proposed changes to 6.16 and 18.7.5, a new Annex note “A.18.7.5” is proposed to point back to the guidance found at annex note A.6.16.
Related
A.6.16 The termination point for piped vent systems serving cylinders, containers, tanks, and gas systems used for the purpose of operational or emergency venting
[should] be located to prevent impingement exposure on the system served and to minimize the effects of high temperature thermal radiation or the effects of contact
with the gas from the escaping plume to the supply system, personnel, adjacent structures, and ignition sources. [55:6.15]
7.1.17.3.2 The termination point for piped vent systems serving cylinders, containers, tanks, and gas systems used for the purpose of operational or emergency
venting shall be in accordance with Section 6.16. [55:7.3.1.5.2]
18.3 General.
18.3.1 Motor Vehicle Repair Areas. Repairing of motor vehicles shall be restricted to areas specifically provided for such purposes. [30A:9.7.1]
18.3.1.1 The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel supply containers shall be required for the purpose of fuel storage system modification or repair or when
welding or open flame activities occur within 18 in. (0.45 m) of the vehicle fuel supply container. Defueling shall be in accordance with Section 18.7.
18.3.1.2 Other than for those repairs listed in 18.3.1.1, repairs that would be required to be performed in a major repair garage shall be permitted to be performed in
a minor repair garage if the vehicle is defueled in accordance with Section 18.7 to less than 200 scf (5.7 Nm3) and the fuel supply container is sealed.
18.7.1 Methods of Discharge. The discharge of hydrogen from motor vehicle fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through an approved method of atmospheric
venting in accordance with 18.7.1 through 18.7.6.
18.7.2 Defueling Equipment Required at Vehicle Maintenance and Repair Facilities. Major repair garages shall have equipment to defuel vehicle fuel supply
containers. Equipment used for defueling shall be listed and labeled for the intended use.
18.7.3 Manufacturer Equipment Required. Equipment supplied by the vehicle manufacturer shall be used to connect the vehicle fuel supply containers to be defueled
to the defueling system.
18.7.4 Isolated Use. The defueling shall not be connected to another venting system used for any other purpose.
Source
CGA G5.5-2014
Public Input No. 341-NFPA 2-2016 [New Section after 6.16] Same topic/need
Public Input No. 343-NFPA 2-2016 [Chapter A [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]
528 of 745
(1) .
(2) be bonded with the vehicle storage tank system
529 of 745
19.1 Scope
19.1.1 This chapter shall apply to equipment that uses Compressed hydrogen storage systems (CHSS) for hydrogen fuel source for mobile
applications such as portable power or lighting system s , delivery truck APUs, and small production quantiles of medium and heavy duty Fuel
Cell electric drive utility vehicles such as garbage trucks, FEDEX or UPS trucks, street sweepers, airport service vehicles .
19.1.2 Mobile, portable or transportable systems that have a CHSS and use an SAE J-2600 fuel receptacle interface shall comply with the pressure class
requirements in 19.2.3
19.2.1 All components that contact hydrogen shall be designed for the temperature and pressure range for the service conditions expected during fueling
and mobile operations.
19.2.2 The high pressure fuel system components that are part of the Compressed Hydrogen Storage System (CHSS) shall be rated for hydrogen service
at temperatures from -40 C to 100 C and for a maximum operating pressure of 1.25 x service pressure
19.2.3 components of the Compressed Hydrogen Storage system (CHSS) shall be rated for service temperature from -40 C to 85 C and shall be cycle
tested at 1.5 x service pressure.
19.2.4 The installation, testing, maintenance and repair of all vehicle fuel systems and mobile devices with CHSS storage system shall be in accordance
with chapter 19
19.2.5 Modifications. Modifications of a vehicle gaseous fuel system shall conform with, when available, the engineering recommendations of the original
specifications of the original chassis vehicle manufacturer. (52:15.2.1)
19.3.6 The system integrator shall obtain, when available, documented approval of the chassis original equipment and component manufacturers of the
onboard fuel and detection systems components, and verify proper installation and application for each of the following: (52:15.2.3.1)
(1) Vehicle
(2) Chassis
(3) Engine
(4) Gas detection
(5) Fuel system
19.3.7 Modifications of a vehicle gaseous fuel system shall conform with, when available, the engineering recommendations of the original specifications of
the original chassis vehicle manufacturer. (52:15.2.3.2)
19.3.8 Integration. The system integrator shall be responsible for integration of the engine, fuel system, and gaseous detection system, where required,
onto the vehicle chassis and for the operation of the vehicle. (52:15.2.4)
19.3 Pressure Class
The service pressure classes for hydrogen mobile system are H25, H35, H50 and H70 , Table define the pressure limitations of hydrogen
dispenser and vehicle fuel systems as shown in table 19.3
Maximum
Maximum Allowable Vehicle
Vehicle Dispenser Tank
Service
Fill Hose System
Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Proof
Class (SP) Relief Valve Pressure
(1.25 x
Set-Point
SP) (1.5 x SP)
(1.375 x SP)
Table 19.3
19.3.1 all component of the vehicle tank system (CHSS) shall be tested at a proof pressure of 1.5 x service pressure
19.4.1 Mobile fuel systems that supply fuel to vehicle sub-systems while underway shall include an in-tank valve with ability to isolate high pressure
hydrogen within all storage tubes in the event of an emergency, loss of containment or vehicle crash
530 of 745
19.4.2 Portable or mobile hydrogen storage systems that do not utilize an automatic in-tank valve shall have a manual in-tank valve that shall be closed for
transport
19.4.3 Portable or mobile hydrogen storage systems that have external valves shall be closed during transit and designed to protect connected external
valves in a vehicle crash.
19.3.4 Every fuel container on shall be equipped with a normally closed, remotely actuated shutoff valve connected directly to the container
10.3.5 Vehicles with more than one fuel supply container, where each container is equipped with a normally closed remotely actuated shutoff valve, shall
have an automatic system to detect the failure of any one of the valves. (52:15.3.3.6.1.2)
19.3.6 When shut-off valves are attached directly to fuel containers, there shall be a means for the technician to determine if there is still pressure in the
container, regardless of the valve position. (52:15.3.3.6.1.3)
19.3.7 A means shall be provided to bleed the container manually even in the event that a remote actuated shutoff valve fails or an excess flow device
should remain closed. (52:15.3.3.6.1.5)
19.3.8 Fuel System Isolation. In addition to the automatic shutoff valve required for each storage cylinder, a manual shutoff valve or a normally closed,
automatically actuated shutoff valve shall be installed that allows isolation of the low pressure fuel supply system
(A) An additional manual shutoff valve shall not be required on vehicles that are not normally operated on public streets, that have a single fuel supply
container, and that are equipped with an accessible manual container shutoff valve.
(B) The fuel system isolation valve shall be mounted and shielded or installed in a protected location to minimize damage from vibration and unsecured
objects.
(C) Where a manual shutoff valve is used, it shall be in an accessible location.
(D) The manual shutoff valve shall have not more than 90 degrees rotation (quarter turn fuel delivery valve) from the open to the closed positions.
(E) Access to the manual shutoff valves shall not require the use of any key or tool.
(F) Where a manual shutoff valve is used, the valve location shall be indicated by means of a decal or label containing the words “MANUAL SHUTOFF
VALVE.”
(G) A weather-resistant decal or label with red, blue, or black letters on a white or silver reflective background shall be used.
19.5.1 CNG CH2 vehicle fueling connection devices shall be listed in accordance with ANSI/IAS NGV1 SAE J-2600 , Standard for Compressed
Natural Gas Hydrogen Vehicle ( H N GV) Fueling Connection Devices. (52:14.4.2.7.1)
19.5.2 The service pressure of the fueling connection receptacle shall not exceed the service pressure of the fuel supply cylinders. (52:14.4.2.7.3.2)
19.5.3 A ll components in the high pressure fuel circuit shall be proof tested to 1.5 x service pressure in accordance with table 14.4.1.1
(52:14.4.2.7.3.2)
19.5.3.1 Fueling connections installed on vehicles less than 10,000 lb (4500 kg) gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) shall be in accordance with SAE
J-2600 for use on light duty vehicles
19.5.3.2 Larger vehicles such as buses and trucks shall be permitted to use fueling connections that are designed to prevent the connection of a lower
service pressure vehicle to a higher service pressure source. (52:15.3.3.7.2)
19.5.4 The fueling connection receptacle shall be mounted to withstand the breakaway force specified in 8.4.2.4. (52:15.3.3.7.3)
19.5.5 The receptacle shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (52:15.3.3.7.4)
19.5.6 The clearance around the fueling connection shall be free of interference that prevents the connection of the fueling nozzle. (52:15.3.3.7.5)
19.6.1 The fueling system shall be equipped with a backflow check valve that prevents the return flow of gas from the container(s) to the filling
connection.
19.6.2 One backflow check valve shall be mounted directly to each tank valve
19.6.3 A primary check valve shall be located at the fueling receptacle
19.5.1 Pipe, tubing, fittings, gaskets, and packing material shall be compatible with hydrogen under the maximum service conditions. (52:14.4.2.5.2)
19.5.2 Pipe, tubing, fittings, and other components shall be designed with a minimum safety factor of 3. (52:14.4.2.5.3)
19.5.3 Natural gas Hydrogen piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping. (52:14.4.2.5.4)
19.5.4 Piping components such as filters, snubbers, and expansion joints shall be permanently marked by the manufacturer to indicate the service ratings.
(52:14.4.2.5.7)
19.5.5 Valves, valve packing, and gaskets shall be designed or selected for the fuel over the full range of pressures and temperatures to which they are
subjected under operating conditions. (52:14.4.2.6.1)
19.5.6 Shutoff valves for vehicles shall have a service pressure not less than the service pressure of the fuel container and shall be capable of
withstanding a hydrostatic test of at least four times the operating pressure (1.25 times the service pressure)
19.5.7 Leakage shall not occur at less than 1.5 times the rated operating pressure. (52:14.4.2.6.1.3)
19.5.8 Valves of a design that allows the valve stem to be removed without removal of the complete valve bonnet or without disassembly of the valve body
shall not be used. (52:14.4.2.6.2)
19.5.8.1 The manufacturer shall stamp or otherwise permanently mark the valve body to indicate the service ratings. (52:14.4.2.6.3)
19.5.10 Hose and metallic hose shall be constructed of materials that are resistant to corrosion from the environmental and exposure to natural gas
hydrogen under operational range of conditions. (52:14.4.2.8.1)
19.5.10.1 Prior to use, hose assemblies shall be tested by the system integrator OEM or its designated representative at a pressure of at least 1.5 x
service pressure (52:14.4.2.8.2.1)
19.5.10.2 Vehicle hose, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall be designed or selected for the most severe pressures and
temperatures under normal operating conditions with a burst pressure of at least four times the operating pressure. (52:14.4.2.8.3)
19.5.10.3 Hose and metallic hose shall be distinctly marked by the OEM or component manufacturer, either by the manufacturer's permanently attached
tag or by distinct markings indicating the manufacturer's name or trademark, applicable service identifier, and design pressure. (52:14.4.2.8.4)
19.5.10.4 Vehicle hoses, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall comply with the requirements in 14.4.2.8 or ANSI NGV 3.1.
(52:14.4.2.8.5)
19.5.11 Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated and installed to minimize vibration. (52:15.2.8.1)
531 of 745
19.5.11.1 Manifolds shall be installed in a protected location or shielded to prevent damage from unsecured objects. (52:15.2.8.1.1)
19.5.11.2 Manifolds connecting containers or container pressure relief devices shall be designed to vent gas from the individual container(s) exposed to a
fire meet the requirements of Section
19.5.11.3 Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated and installed to minimize vibration. (52:15.2.8.1)
19.5.11.4 Manifolds shall be installed in a protected location or shielded to prevent damage from unsecured objects. (52:15.2.8.1.1)
19.5.11.5 Manifolds connecting containers or container pressure relief devices shall be designed to vent gas from the individual container(s) exposed to a
fire meet the requirements of Section 14.4.2.2. (52:15.2.8.2)
19.5.12 Valves shall be mounted securely and shielded or installed in a protected location to prevent damage from vibration, shock, and unsecured objects.
(52:15.2.9.1)
19.5.13Valves shall be installed so that their weight is not placed on, or supported by, the attached lines. (52:15.2.9.2)
19.8.1 Cylinders shall be manufactured in accordance with both of the following: (52:14.4.2.1.5.1)
(1) ANSI NGV HGV 2, Compressed Natural Gas Hydrogen Vehicle ( H N GV) Fuel Containers, specifically for CNG CH2 service
( 2) U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, 49 CFR 571.304, Compressed Natural Gas Hydrogen Fuel Container Integrity
19.8.2 Cylinders that have reached the labeled expiration date shall be removed from service. . (52:14.2.1.5.2)
19.9.1 Locations of Fuel Supply Containers. Fuel supply containers on vehicles shall be permitted to be located within,
below, or above the driver or passenger compartment, provided all connections to the container(s) are external to, or sealed and vented from, these
compartments. (52:15.2.6.1)
19.9.2 Containers shall be installed and fitted so that no gas from fueling operations can be released inside the passenger compartment, by permanently
installing the fueling receptacle outside the passenger compartment of the vehicle in a location protected from physical damage and dislodgment.
(52:15.2.6.2)
19.9.3 Installation of Containers. Fuel supply containers shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the container manufacturer and the fuel
specific requirements in for CNG CH2
19.9.3.1 Containers shall be mounted to prevent their jarring loose, slipping, or rotating. (52:15.2.6.4.1)
19.9.3.2 Containers shall be secured to the vehicle body, bed, or frame by means capable of withstanding the loads defined in the figure below (NFPA-52:
15.3.3.1.6)
19.10 PRDs
19.10.1 Each cylinder in the CHSS shall be fitted with one or more thermally activated pressure relief devices (PRDs) with the number, location, and part
number as specified by the cylinder manufacturer and shall be marked and certified in accordance with ANSI/CSA PRD 1, Pressure Relief Devices for
Natural Gas Hydrogen Vehicle ( NGV HGV ) Fuel Containers.
19.10.2 Containers shall be permitted to be protected using a combination of fire-resistant barriers and PRDs. (52:14.4.2.2.1)
19.10.3 The discharge flow rate of the PRD shall not be reduced below that required for the capacity of the container upon which the device is installed.
(52:14.4.2.2.1.1)
15.3.3.8.1 All PRDs shall be in direct communication with the fuel. (52:15.3.3.8.1)
15.3.3.8.2 PRD manifolds connecting two or more containers shall be permitted if in accordance with the container manufacturer’s instructions.
(52:15.3.3.8.2)
15.3.3.8.3 The PRD for the protection of the container shall be installed in the same vehicle compartment as the container. (52:15.3.3.8.3)
19.12.1 The discharge from the PRD shall be vented to the outside of the vehicle. (52:15.3.3.8.4.1)
19.12.2 Vent tube or hose shall be electrically conductive. (52:15.3.3.8.4.2)
19.12.2 Vent tube or hose shall be secured at intervals in such a manner as to minimize the possibility of damage, corrosion, or breakage of either the
vent line or the pressure relief device due to expansion, contraction, vibration, strains, or wear and to preclude any loosening while in operation.
(52:15.3.3.8.4.3)
19.12.3 Vent tube or hose shall have a burst pressure of at least 1.5 times the pressure in the vent that results from activation of the PRD. (52:15.3.3.8.4.4)
19.12.4 Vent(s) shall not discharge: (52:15.3.3.8.4.5)
(1) Into or toward the passenger or luggage compartment
(2) Into or toward wheel wells
(3) Toward CNG CH2 storage systems
(4) Toward the front of the vehicle
(5) Toward exhaust systems
(6) Into an engine compartment
19.12.5 Vent opening(s) shall not restrict the operation of a container pressure relief device or pressure relief device channel. (52:15.3.3.8.7)
532 of 745
19.12.5.1 Means shall be provided to prevent water, dirt, insects, and any foreign objects from collecting in the vent lines or pressure relief devices.
(52:15.3.3.9.1)
19.12.5.2 Protective devices in 19.12.5.1 shall not restrict the flow of gas. (52:15.3.3.9.2)
19.13.1 For vehicles with GVWR in excess of 19,500 lb (8863 kg), the following shall apply:
(1) Vent outlets shall be located vertically near the top of the vehicle.
(2) Vent outlets shall be orientated to direct the vent gas upward.
19.13.2 A safety sign(s) as depicted in Figure 19.13.2.3 shall indicate the PRD vent location. (52:15.3.3.10.1)
19.13.2.1 Each safety sign shall be 3 in. tall by 5 in. wide and shall use 18 point san serif font for the message text. (52:15.3.3.10.2)
19.13.2.2 One safety sign shall be located near each vent area. (52:15.3.3.10.3)
WARNING
CNG CH2 Vent Hazard
During vehicle fire: Keep people away
Prepare for large flame and let fire burn
Gas vents here
Failure to comply may injure or kill.
FIGURE 19.13.2.3
19.14.1 * The completed fuel system assembly shall be leak tested using natural gas hydrogen or inert gas. (52:15.3.8.1)
19.14.2 Before use, every connection not previously tested in subassemblies shall be inspected for leaks with a noncorrosive leak detector solution or a
leak detector instrument after the equipment is connected and pressurized to its service pressure. Passing inspection shall require the following:
(52:15.3.8.2)
(1) Each connection shall have no bubbles in three minutes.
(2) Any leakage as noted in 19.14.2 (1) shall be corrected; and
(3) The system shall be leak-checked again after any corrections, modifications, disassembly, repairs or replacement of components of the natural gas
hydrogen system.
19.15 System Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair.
19.15.1 Damaged fuel lines shall be replaced and not repaired. (52:15.3.9.1)
19.15.2 All containers, container appurtenances, piping systems, venting systems, and other components shall be maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements. (52:15.3.9.2)
19.15.3 Vehicle supply containers shall be inspected in accordance with the schedule in the vehicle label required in 15.3.6 and one of the following:
(52:15.3.9.3)
(1) Vehicle manufacturer’s instructions
(2) Container manufacturer’s instructions
(3) The instructions in CGA C-6.4, Methods for External Visual Inspection of Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) and Hydrogen Vehicle ((HGV) Fuel Containers and
Their Installations. Personnel inspecting vehicle fuel supply containers shall be trained on CGA C-6.4.
19.15.4 Fuel containers whose service life has expired shall be removed from service. (52:15.3.9.3.1)
19.15.5 After periodic container inspection, a label showing the next required inspection date shall be affixed as required in 15.3.6.1. (52:15.3.9.3.2)
19.15.6 Pressure relief devices on fuel containers shall be maintained in accordance with the following: (52:15.3.9.4)
(1) Pressure relief device channels or other parts that interfere with the functioning of the device shall not be plugged by paint or accumulation of dirt.
(2) Only qualified personnel shall be permitted to service pressure relief devices.
(3) No pressure relief valve that has been in service shall be repaired or reworked without the written authorization of the pressure relief device
manufacturer, valve manufacturer, fuel container manufacturer, or vehicle manufacturer. Any device that has been activated shall not be reworked or reused
and shall be removed from service.
(4) No pressure relief device that has been in service shall be reinstalled on another fuel cylinder.
19.15.7 The following shall be done during vehicle maintenance: (52:15.3.9.5)
(1) Ensure the engine is isolated from the fuel supply unless engine operation is required. If a manual isolation valve is used, it shall comply with 15.3.3.6.2.
(2) Prohibit torches, welding, or grinding equipment on or near high-pressure fuel lines and containers.
(3) Prevent damage to containers, including actions such as dropping, dragging, or rolling of the container.
(4) Prevent exposure of containers to strong chemicals such as battery acid or metal-cleaning solvents.
(5) Store CNG CH2 containers in a manner to avoid damage.
(6) Protect stored containers from sunlight.
(7) Containers shall be stored in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
(8) The openings in all stored cylinders shall be closed to prevent the entry of moisture and other contaminants.
(9) Reinstall containers to their original configuration using approved gaskets, bolts, nuts, washers, and parts in accordance with the recommendations of
the vehicle or container manufacturer or system installer.
(10) Prevent hoists or jacks from coming into direct contact with containers.
(11) Prohibit personnel from walking on containers unless permitted by the container manufacturer.
19.15.8 The system integrator OEMs, FSVIMs, alterers, and converters shall make available instructions for system maintenance and repair.
(52:15.3.9.6)
19.16.1 An automatic pressure-reducing regulator(s) shall be installed to reduce the fuel container pressure to a level consistent with the working pressure
required by fuel cell system
533 of 745
19.16.2 Means shall be provided to prevent regulator malfunctions due to refrigeration effects. (52:15.3.3.4.2)
19.16.3 Pressure Regulators.
19.16.3.1 Regulators shall be installed so that their weight is not placed on, or supported by, the attached gas lines. (52:15.3.3.4.3)
19.16.3.2 A pressure regulator inlet and each chamber shall be designed for its operating pressure with a pressure safety factor of at least four times the
operating pressure of the dispensing station.
19.16.3.3 Low-pressure chambers shall provide for overpressure relief or be able to withstand the service pressure of the upstream pressure chamber.
(52:14.4.2.4.1)
19.16. 4 Metallic tubing and fittings shall be clear and free from cutting or threading burrs and scales. (52:15.3.3.5.2)
19.16.5 The ends of all metallic tubing shall be deburred or prepared in accordance with the fitting manufacturer’s recommendations. (52:15.3.3.5.2.1)
19.16.6 Where necessary to prevent abrasion, fuel lines passing through a panel shall be protected by grommets or other protective devices.
(52:15.3.3.5.3)
19.16.7 Hydrogen fuel lines shall be protected the fuel lines from excessive heat by durable and effective means.
19.16.8 Fuel lines shall be mounted, braced, and supported to minimize vibration. (52:15.3.3.5.5)
19.16.9 Fuel lines shall be protected against damage, corrosion, or breakage due to strain or wear. (52:15.3.3.5.5.1)
19.16.10 A bend in metallic tubing shall be prohibited where such a bend weakens the tubing. (52:15.3.3.5.6)
19.16.11 Mechanical joints on fuel line systems shall be located in an accessible location and shall not be located where natural gas hydrogen leakage
can accumulate undetected. (52:15.3.3.5.7)
19.17.1 The venting or depressurization of a CNG CH2 container shall be performed only by trained personnel using written procedures in a repair
garage that meets the requirements of chapter 18 and the defueling requirements in 18.7
19.17.2 The gas to be removed from the container shall be discharged into a closed transfer system or vented by an approved method of atmospheric
venting. (52:15.3.4.1.1)
19.17. 3 A valve shall be used to control the discharge of gas from high-pressure systems to a venting system. (52:15.3.4.1.2)
19.17.4 Personnel training container depressurization shall do the following: (52:15.3.4.2)
(1) Depressurize containers only in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
(2) Use grounding to prevent static electrical charge buildup
(3) Limit the rate of gas release from plastic-lined containers to a value not greater than that specified by the container manufacturer
(4) Restrain containers during depressurization to prevent container movement
19.17.5 Direct gas venting shall be done through a vent tube that diverts the gas flow to atmosphere. (52:15.3.4.3)
19.17.5 The vent tube shall have a gastight connection to the container prior to venting. (52:15.3.4.3.1)
19.17.6 All components of the vent tube shall be grounded. (52:15.3.4.3.2)
19.18.1 Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to the CNG CH2 container, or if the container is subjected to a pressure
greater than 125 percent of service pressure, the CNG CH2 container shall be replaced, inspected, or retested in accordance with the vehicle or
container manufacturer’s instructions.
19.18.2 The mechanic performing the replacement, removal, inspection, and/or retesting shall prepare a document certifying that the cylinder is acceptable
for return to service and present the document to be retained by the vehicle owner/operator and a copy to be retained by himself. The
document shall identify the vehicle, (by license plate number or vehicle identification number) and the cylinder (by serial number); describe the work done
and the dates of work; and provide the mechanic’s name and contact information. (52:15.3.5.1)
19.18.3 Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to any part of the CNG CH2 fuel system, the system shall be repaired and
retested (see Section 15.3.8) before being returned to service. The mechanic performing the repair and retesting shall prepare a document certifying that
the CNG CH2 fuel system is acceptable for return to service and present the document to be retained by the vehicle’s owner/operator and a copy to be
retained by himself. The document shall identify the vehicle (by license number or vehicle identification number) parts of the CNG CH2 fuel system
worked on; describe the work done and dates of work; and provide the mechanic’s name and contact information. (52:15.3.5.2)
19.18.4 Where a CNG CH2 container is removed from a vehicle to be installed within a different vehicle, it shall be inspected or retested in accordance
with the vehicle or container manufacturer’s inspection or requalification procedures before it is reinstalled. (52:15.3.5.3)
19.19 Labeling.
19.19.1 A vehicle equipped with a CNG CH2 fuel system shall bear the following permanent labels: (52:15.3.6.1)
(1) A label(s) readily visible and located in the engine compartment shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNG CH2 -fueled vehicle
(b) System designed and installed in conformance with NFPA 52-XXXX (insert the edition year of the code)
(c) Service pressure
(d) Installer/converter’s name or company and contact information (i.e., address, telephone number, and email)
(2) A label(s) located at the primary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNG CH2 -fueled vehicle
(b) System service pressure
(c) Fuel container life expiration (insert date for limited-life fuel containers. This label item is not required for containers with unlimited life.)
(d) “Fuel containers are to be inspected by (insert date) and each (insert number) months thereafter.”
(3) Label(s) located at each auxiliary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNG CH2 -fueled vehicle
(b) Service pressure
19.19.2 The fuel container inspection dates shall be changed after each required container inspection to denote the next required inspection date. (See
Section 15.3.9 for inspections). (52:15.3.6.1.1)
19.19.3 In addition to the label(s) required by 15.3.6.1, each vehicle shall be identified with a permanent, diamond-shaped label located on the exterior
vertical surface or near-vertical surface on the lower right rear of the vehicle other than on the bumper of the vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2)
534 of 745
19.19.4 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of 4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high (120 mm long °¡ 83 mm high).
(52:15.3.6.2.1)
19.19.5 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm long °¡ 107 mm
high). (52:15.3.6.2.2)
19.19.6 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the letters “ CNG CH2 ” [1 in. (25 mm) minimum height centered in
the diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.3.6.2.3)
19.19.7 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the letters “ CNG CH2 ” [1.2 in. (30 mm) minimum height centered
in the diamond] in silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. In addition to placement of the “ CNG CH2 ” diamond label on the
right rear of the vehicle, the “ CNG CH2 ” diamond label shall also be affixed to both sides of the power unit.
19.19.8 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNG CH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label in the driver's compartment, clearly visible to a seated
operator, which includes the maximum total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2.5)
19.19.9 Each assembly of CNG CH2 containers shall be permanently labeled near the container valve as follows: DANGER. Venting of the pressure
from this system requires the use of special instructions or tools that can be obtained from the manufacturer [Insert the name, telephone number, and email
address of the vehicle manufacturer or system installer]. (52:15.3.6.3)
19.19.20 Each CNG CH2 or LNG each vehicle shall be identified with a permanent, diamond-shaped label located on the exterior vertical surface or
near-vertical surface on the lower right rear of the vehicle other than on the bumper of the vehicle (or on the trunk lid of a vehicle so equipped, but not on the
bumper or tailgate of any vehicle), inboard from any other markings. (52:15.2.11.1)
19.19.20.1 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb(8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of 4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high (120 mm °¡ 83 mm).
(52:15.2.11.1.1)
19.19.20.2 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm °¡ 107 mm).
(52:15.2.11.1.2)
19.19.20.3 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the letters “ CNG CH2 ” or “LNG,” as appropriate [1 in. (25
mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.2.11.1.3)
19.19.20.4 The marking in the label required in 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the letters “ CNG CH2 ” or “LNG, ” as appropriate [1.2 in.
(30 mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.2.11.1.4)
19.19.20.5 The labels for 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR and greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm °¡ 107 mm). In addition to the
requirement in 15.2.11.1.2 for placement of the diamond-shaped label on the lower right rear of the vehicle, labels shall be affixed to each side of the power
unit. If a DOT number is required to be displayed in accordance with 49 CFR 390.21, then the labels shall be affixed near the DOT numbers on each side of
the power unit. (52:15.2.11.1.5)
19.19.21 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNG CH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label in the drive’s compartment, clearly visible to a seated
operator, which includes the maximum total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.2.11.1.6)
19.20.1 All personnel engaged in activities in 15.3.4, 15.3.8, and 15.3.9, namely, discharging CNG CH2 fuel containers or maintenance, repair,
replacement, removal, and testing of CNG CH2 fuel system or its components shall be qualified mechanics with hydrogen vehicle safety training.
The need for these requirements is quite urgent as there are no established standards for mobile hydrogen systems and yet we are having systems in the built
environment being fueled today as portable power supplies, and other systems.
There is a California infrastructure requirement that the only authorization to fuel is a credit card.
DOE has a high priority for the development of the market for medium and heavy duty vehicles as well as transportable auxiliary power units
535 of 745
NFPA 2
Add new NFPA 2 chapter to cover mobile applications by third party converter companies
including all cases where H35 and H70 hydrogen vehicle fuel systems (CHSS) are used for such
applications as portable fuel delivery systems, portable energy or lighting system, small quantity
electric utility vehicles such as garbage trucks, street sweepers, airport service vehicles, mobile
hydrogen dispenser test systems.
APPROACH: Create a new chapter in NFPA 2 with requirements for medium duty, heavy duty
and off-road hydrogen powered vehicles and utility systems…with H2 specific requirements and
capturing relevant requirements from two chapters from NFPA 52 (2016) :
NFPA-52: Chapter 14 Automotive Equipment (Onboard)
NFPA-52: Chapter 15 Automotive Fuel and Safety Systems (Onboard)
Copyright 2016 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). NFPA-52 VEHICULAR NATURAL GAS FUEL SYSTEMS CODE 2016 Edition
This is a placeholder text and will need to be further developed before inclusion in NFPA 2
Existing Text: not applicable
Substantiation Statement: the need for this current as there are no established standards and
yet we are having systems in the built environment being fueled today as portable power
supplies, and other systems. There is a California infrastructure requirement that the only
authorization to fuel is a credit card. DOE has a high priority for the development of the
market for medium and heavy duty vehicles as well as transportable auxiliary power units
Editorial notes
536 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
Text from NFPA-52 that was not brought into NFPA-2 Chapter 19 ......................................................... 19
537 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
14.1Scope. ......................................................................................................................................... 26
538 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
539 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
540 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.1 Scope
19.1.1 This chapter shall apply to equipment that uses CNGCompressed and LNG fuel supply
(CHSS) for hydrogen fuel source for mobile applications such as portable power or lighting
systems, delivery truck APUs, and small production quantiles of medium and heavy duty Fuel
Cell electric drive utility vehicles such as garbage trucks, FEDEX or UPS trucks, street
sweepers, airport service vehicles.
19.1.2 Mobile, portable or transportable systems that have a CHSS and use an SAE J-2600 fuel
receptacle interface shall comply with the pressure class requirements in 19.2.3
19.2 General Requirements
19.2.1 All components that contact hydrogen shall be designed for the temperature and
pressure range for the service conditions expected during fueling and mobile operations.
19.2.2 The high pressure fuel system components that are part of the Compressed Hydrogen
Storage System (CHSS) shall be rated for hydrogen service at temperatures from -40 C to 100 C
and for a maximum operating pressure of 1.25 x service pressure
19.2.3 components of the Compressed Hydrogen Storage system (CHSS) shall be rated for
service temperature from -40 C to 85 C and shall be cycle tested at 1.5 x service pressure.
19.2.4 The installation, testing, maintenance and repair of all vehicle fuel systems and mobile
devices with CHSS storage system shall be in accordance with chapter 19
19.2.5 Modifications. Modifications of a vehicle gaseous fuel system shall conform with, when
available, the engineering recommendations of the original specifications of the original chassis
vehicle manufacturer. (52:15.2.1)
19.3.6 The system integrator shall obtain, when available, documented approval of the chassis
original equipment and component manufacturers of the onboard fuel and detection systems
components, and verify proper installation and application for each of the following:
(52:15.2.3.1)
(1) Vehicle
(2) Chassis
(3) Engine
(4) Gas detection
(5) Fuel system
19.3.7 Modifications of a vehicle gaseous fuel system shall conform with, when available, the
engineering recommendations of the original specifications of the original chassis vehicle
manufacturer. (52:15.2.3.2)
19.3.8 Integration. The system integrator shall be responsible for integration of the engine, fuel
system, and gaseous detection system, where required, onto the vehicle chassis and for the
541 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.4.1 Mobile fuel systems that supply fuel to vehicle sub-systems while underway shall
include an in-tank valve with ability to isolate high pressure hydrogen within all storage tubes in
the event of an emergency, loss of containment or vehicle crash
19.4.2 Portable or mobile hydrogen storage systems that do not utilize an automatic in-tank
valve shall have a manual in-tank valve that shall be closed for transport
19.4.3 Portable or mobile hydrogen storage systems that have external valves shall be closed
during transit and designed to protect connected external valves in a vehicle crash.
19.3.4 Every fuel container on shall be equipped with a normally closed, remotely actuated
shutoff valve connected directly to the container
10.3.5 Vehicles with more than one fuel supply container, where each container is equipped
with a normally closed remotely actuated shutoff valve, shall have an automatic system to detect
the failure of any one of the valves. (52:15.3.3.6.1.2)
19.3.6 When shut-off valves are attached directly to fuel containers, there shall be a means for
the technician to determine if there is still pressure in the container, regardless of the valve
542 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
position. (52:15.3.3.6.1.3)
19.3.7 A means shall be provided to bleed the container manually even in the event that a
remote actuated shutoff valve fails or an excess flow device should remain closed.
(52:15.3.3.6.1.5)
19.3.8 Fuel System Isolation. In addition to the automatic shutoff valve required for each storage
cylinder, a manual shutoff valve or a normally closed, automatically actuated shutoff valve shall
be installed that allows isolation of the low pressure fuel supply system
(A) An additional manual shutoff valve shall not be required on vehicles that are not normally
operated on public streets, that have a single fuel supply container, and that are equipped with an
accessible manual container shutoff valve.
(B) The fuel system isolation valve shall be mounted and shielded or installed in a protected
location to minimize damage from vibration and unsecured objects.
(C) Where a manual shutoff valve is used, it shall be in an accessible location.
(D) The manual shutoff valve shall have not more than 90 degrees rotation (quarter turn fuel
delivery valve) from the open to the closed positions.
(E) Access to the manual shutoff valves shall not require the use of any key or tool.
(F) Where a manual shutoff valve is used, the valve location shall be indicated by means of a
decal or label containing the words “MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE.”
(G) A weather-resistant decal or label with red, blue, or black letters on a white or silver
reflective background shall be used.
19.5.1 CNGCH2 vehicle fueling connection devices shall be listed in accordance with
ANSI/IAS NGV1SAE J-2600, Standard for Compressed Natural GasHydrogen Vehicle (HNGV)
Fueling Connection Devices. (52:14.4.2.7.1)
19.5.3 All components in the high pressure fuel circuit shall be proof tested to 1.5 x service
pressure in accordance with table 14.4.1.1 (52:14.4.2.7.3.2)
19.5.3.1 Fueling connections installed on vehicles less than 10,000 lb (4500 kg) gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) shall be in accordance with SAE J-2600 for use on light duty vehicles
19.5.3.2 Larger vehicles such as buses and trucks shall be permitted to use fueling
connections that are designed to prevent the connection of a lower service pressure vehicle to a
higher service pressure source. (52:15.3.3.7.2)
19.5.4 The fueling connection receptacle shall be mounted to withstand the breakaway force
specified in 8.4.2.4. (52:15.3.3.7.3)
19.5.5 The receptacle shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
543 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
(52:15.3.3.7.4)
19.5.6 The clearance around the fueling connection shall be free of interference that prevents
the connection of the fueling nozzle. (52:15.3.3.7.5)
19.6.2 One backflow check valve shall be mounted directly to each tank valve
19.5.2 Pipe, tubing, fittings, and other components shall be designed with a minimum safety
factor of 3. (52:14.4.2.5.3)
19.5.3 Natural gasHydrogen piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with
ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping. (52:14.4.2.5.4)
19.5.5 Valves, valve packing, and gaskets shall be designed or selected for the fuel over the full
range of pressures and temperatures to which they are subjected under operating conditions.
(52:14.4.2.6.1)
19.5.7 Leakage shall not occur at less than 1.5 times the rated operating pressure.
(52:14.4.2.6.1.3)
19.5.8 Valves of a design that allows the valve stem to be removed without removal of the
complete valve bonnet or without disassembly of the valve body shall not be used.
(52:14.4.2.6.2)
19.5.8.1 The manufacturer shall stamp or otherwise permanently mark the valve body to
indicate the service ratings. (52:14.4.2.6.3)
19.5.10 Hose and metallic hose shall be constructed of materials that are resistant to corrosion
from the environmental and exposure to natural gashydrogen under operational range of
conditions. (52:14.4.2.8.1)
19.5.10.1 Prior to use, hose assemblies shall be tested by the system integrator OEM or its
544 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.5.10.2 Vehicle hose, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall be
designed or selected for the most severe pressures and temperatures under normal operating
conditions with a burst pressure of at least four times the operating pressure. (52:14.4.2.8.3)
19.5.10.3 Hose and metallic hose shall be distinctly marked by the OEM or component
manufacturer, either by the manufacturer's permanently attached tag or by distinct markings
indicating the manufacturer's name or trademark, applicable service identifier, and design
pressure. (52:14.4.2.8.4)
19.5.10.4 Vehicle hoses, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall
comply with the requirements in 14.4.2.8 or ANSI NGV 3.1. (52:14.4.2.8.5)
19.5.11 Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated and installed to minimize
vibration. (52:15.2.8.1)
19.5.11.1 Manifolds shall be installed in a protected location or shielded to prevent damage from
unsecured objects. (52:15.2.8.1.1)
19.5.11.2 Manifolds connecting containers or container pressure relief devices shall be designed
to vent gas from the individual container(s) exposed to a fire meet the requirements of Section
19.5.11.3 Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated and installed to minimize
vibration. (52:15.2.8.1)
19.5.11.4 Manifolds shall be installed in a protected location or shielded to prevent damage from
unsecured objects. (52:15.2.8.1.1)
19.5.11.5 Manifolds connecting containers or container pressure relief devices shall be designed
to vent gas from the individual container(s) exposed to a fire meet the requirements of Section
14.4.2.2. (52:15.2.8.2)
19.5.12 Valves shall be mounted securely and shielded or installed in a protected location to
prevent damage from vibration, shock, and unsecured objects. (52:15.2.9.1)
19.5.13Valves shall be installed so that their weight is not placed on, or supported by, the
attached lines. (52:15.2.9.2)
10
545 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
GasHydrogen Fuel Container Integrity Commented [BoydH21]: Need to revise this reference
Commented [BoydH22]: Need to verfy
19.8.2 Cylinders that have reached the labeled expiration date shall be removed from service..
(52:14.2.1.5.2)
19.9.1 Locations of Fuel Supply Containers. Fuel supply containers on vehicles shall be
permitted to be located within,
below, or above the driver or passenger compartment, provided all connections to the
container(s) are external to, or sealed and vented from, these compartments. (52:15.2.6.1)
19.9.2 Containers shall be installed and fitted so that no gas from fueling operations can be
released inside the passenger compartment, by permanently installing the fueling receptacle
outside the passenger compartment of the vehicle in a location protected from physical damage
and dislodgment. (52:15.2.6.2)
19.9.3 Installation of Containers. Fuel supply containers shall be installed in accordance with
the instructions of the container manufacturer and the fuel specific requirements in for CNGCH2
19.9.3.1 Containers shall be mounted to prevent their jarring loose, slipping, or rotating.
(52:15.2.6.4.1)
19.9.3.2 Containers shall be secured to the vehicle body, bed, or frame by means capable of
withstanding the loads defined in the figure below (NFPA-52: 15.3.3.1.6)
19.10 PRDs
19.10.1 Each cylinder in the CHSS shall be fitted with one or more thermally activated pressure
11
546 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
relief devices (PRDs) with the number, location, and part number as specified by the cylinder
manufacturer and shall be marked and certified in accordance with ANSI/CSA PRD 1, Pressure
Relief Devices for Natural GasHydrogen Vehicle (NGVHGV) Fuel Containers. Commented [BoydH23]: Need to verify
19.10.3 The discharge flow rate of the PRD shall not be reduced below that required for the
capacity of the container upon which the device is installed. (52:14.4.2.2.1.1)
19.12.1 The discharge from the PRD shall be vented to the outside of the vehicle.
(52:15.3.3.8.4.1)
19.12.2 Vent tube or hose shall be secured at intervals in such a manner as to minimize the
possibility of damage, corrosion, or breakage of either the vent line or the pressure relief device
due to expansion, contraction, vibration, strains, or wear and to preclude any loosening while in
operation. (52:15.3.3.8.4.3)
19.12.3 Vent tube or hose shall have a burst pressure of at least 1.5 times the pressure in the vent
that results from activation of the PRD. (52:15.3.3.8.4.4)
19.12.5 Vent opening(s) shall not restrict the operation of a container pressure relief device or
pressure relief device channel. (52:15.3.3.8.7)
19.12.5.1 Means shall be provided to prevent water, dirt, insects, and any foreign objects from
collecting in the vent lines or pressure relief devices. (52:15.3.3.9.1)
19.12.5.2 Protective devices in 19.12.5.1 shall not restrict the flow of gas. (52:15.3.3.9.2)
12
547 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.13.1 For vehicles with GVWR in excess of 19,500 lb (8863 kg), the following shall apply:
(1) Vent outlets shall be located vertically near the top of the vehicle.
(2) Vent outlets shall be orientated to direct the vent gas upward.
19.13.2 A safety sign(s) as depicted in Figure 19.13.2.3 shall indicate the PRD vent location.
(52:15.3.3.10.1)
19.13.2.1 Each safety sign shall be 3 in. tall by 5 in. wide and shall use 18 point san serif font for
the message text. (52:15.3.3.10.2)
19.13.2.2 One safety sign shall be located near each vent area. (52:15.3.3.10.3)
WARNING
CNGCH2 Vent Hazard
During vehicle fire: Keep people away
Prepare for large flame and let fire burn
Gas vents here
Failure to comply may injure or kill.
FIGURE 19.13.2.3
19.15.1 Damaged fuel lines shall be replaced and not repaired. (52:15.3.9.1)
19.15.2 All containers, container appurtenances, piping systems, venting systems, and other
components shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.
(52:15.3.9.2)
19.15.3 Vehicle supply containers shall be inspected in accordance with the schedule in the
13
548 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.15.4 Fuel containers whose service life has expired shall be removed from service.
(52:15.3.9.3.1)
19.15.5 After periodic container inspection, a label showing the next required inspection date
shall be affixed as required in 15.3.6.1. (52:15.3.9.3.2)
19.15.6 Pressure relief devices on fuel containers shall be maintained in accordance with the
following: (52:15.3.9.4)
(1) Pressure relief device channels or other parts that interfere with the functioning of the device
shall not be plugged by paint or accumulation of dirt.
(2) Only qualified personnel shall be permitted to service pressure relief devices.
(3) No pressure relief valve that has been in service shall be repaired or reworked without the
written authorization of the pressure relief device manufacturer, valve manufacturer, fuel
container manufacturer, or vehicle manufacturer. Any device that has been activated shall not be
reworked or reused and shall be removed from service.
(4) No pressure relief device that has been in service shall be reinstalled on another fuel cylinder.
19.15.8 The system integrator OEMs, FSVIMs, alterers, and converters shall make available
14
549 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.16.3.1 Regulators shall be installed so that their weight is not placed on, or supported by, the
attached gas lines. (52:15.3.3.4.3)
19.16.3.2 A pressure regulator inlet and each chamber shall be designed for its operating pressure with
a pressure safety factor of at least four times the operating pressure of the dispensing station.
19.16.3.3 Low-pressure chambers shall provide for overpressure relief or be able to withstand the
service pressure of the upstream pressure chamber. (52:14.4.2.4.1)
19.16. 4 Metallic tubing and fittings shall be clear and free from cutting or threading burrs and
scales. (52:15.3.3.5.2)
19.16.5 The ends of all metallic tubing shall be deburred or prepared in accordance with the
fitting manufacturer’s recommendations. (52:15.3.3.5.2.1)
19.16.6 Where necessary to prevent abrasion, fuel lines passing through a panel shall be
protected by grommets or other protective devices. (52:15.3.3.5.3)
19.16.7 Hydrogen fuel lines shall be protected the fuel lines from excessive heat by durable and
effective means.
19.16.8 Fuel lines shall be mounted, braced, and supported to minimize vibration.
(52:15.3.3.5.5)
19.16.9 Fuel lines shall be protected against damage, corrosion, or breakage due to strain or
wear. (52:15.3.3.5.5.1)
19.16.10 A bend in metallic tubing shall be prohibited where such a bend weakens the tubing.
(52:15.3.3.5.6)
19.16.11 Mechanical joints on fuel line systems shall be located in an accessible location and
shall not be located where natural gashydrogen leakage can accumulate undetected.
(52:15.3.3.5.7)
19.17.2 The gas to be removed from the container shall be discharged into a closed transfer
15
550 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.17.5 Direct gas venting shall be done through a vent tube that diverts the gas flow to
atmosphere. (52:15.3.4.3)
19.17.5 The vent tube shall have a gastight connection to the container prior to venting.
(52:15.3.4.3.1)
19.17.6 All components of the vent tube shall be grounded. (52:15.3.4.3.2)
19.18.1 Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to the CNGCH2
container, or if the container is subjected to a pressure greater than 125 percent of service
pressure, the CNGCH2 container shall be replaced, inspected, or retested in accordance with the
vehicle or container manufacturer’s instructions.
19.18.2 The mechanic performing the replacement, removal, inspection, and/or retesting shall
prepare a document certifying that the cylinder is acceptable for return to service and present the
document to be retained by the vehicle owner/operator and a copy to be retained by himself. The
document shall identify the vehicle, (by license plate number or vehicle identification number)
and the cylinder (by serial number); describe the work done and the dates of work; and provide
the mechanic’s name and contact information. (52:15.3.5.1)
19.18.3 Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to any part of the
CNGCH2 fuel system, the system shall be repaired and retested (see Section 15.3.8) before being
returned to service. The mechanic performing the repair and retesting shall prepare a document
certifying that the CNGCH2 fuel system is acceptable for return to service and present the
document to be retained by the vehicle’s owner/operator and a copy to be retained by himself.
The document shall identify the vehicle (by license number or vehicle identification number)
parts of the CNGCH2 fuel system worked on; describe the work done and dates of work; and
provide the mechanic’s name and contact information. (52:15.3.5.2)
19.19 Labeling.
19.19.1 A vehicle equipped with a CNGCH2 fuel system shall bear the following permanent
16
551 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
labels: (52:15.3.6.1)
(1) A label(s) readily visible and located in the engine compartment shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) System designed and installed in conformance with NFPA 52-XXXX (insert the edition year
of the code)
(c) Service pressure
(d) Installer/converter’s name or company and contact information (i.e., address, telephone
number, and email)
(2) A label(s) located at the primary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) System service pressure
(c) Fuel container life expiration (insert date for limited-life fuel containers. This label item is not
required for containers with unlimited life.)
(d) “Fuel containers are to be inspected by (insert date) and each (insert number) months
thereafter.”
(3) Label(s) located at each auxiliary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) Service pressure
19.19.2 The fuel container inspection dates shall be changed after each required container
inspection to denote the next required inspection date. (See Section 15.3.9 for inspections).
(52:15.3.6.1.1)
19.19.3 In addition to the label(s) required by 15.3.6.1, each vehicle shall be identified with a
permanent, diamond-shaped label located on the exterior vertical surface or near-vertical surface
on the lower right rear of the vehicle other than on the bumper of the vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2)
19.19.4 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of
4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high (120 mm long °¡ 83 mm high). (52:15.3.6.2.1)
19.19.5 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a
minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm long °¡ 107 mm high). (52:15.3.6.2.2)
19.19.6 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the letters
“CNGCH2” [1 in. (25 mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] of silver or white
reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.3.6.2.3)
19.19.7 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the letters
“CNGCH2” [1.2 in. (30 mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] in silver or white
reflective luminous material on a blue background. In addition to placement of the “CNGCH2”
diamond label on the right rear of the vehicle, the “CNGCH2” diamond label shall also be
affixed to both sides of the power unit.
19.19.8 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNGCH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label
in the driver's compartment, clearly visible to a seated operator, which includes the maximum
total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2.5)
17
552 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
19.19.9 Each assembly of CNGCH2 containers shall be permanently labeled near the container
valve as follows: DANGER. Venting of the pressure from this system requires the use of special
instructions or tools that can be obtained from the manufacturer [Insert the name, telephone
number, and email address of the vehicle manufacturer or system installer]. (52:15.3.6.3)
19.19.20 Each CNGCH2 or LNG each vehicle shall be identified with a permanent, diamond-
shaped label located on the exterior vertical surface or near-vertical surface on the lower right
rear of the vehicle other than on the bumper of the vehicle (or on the trunk lid of a vehicle so
equipped, but not on the bumper or tailgate of any vehicle), inboard from any other markings.
(52:15.2.11.1)
19.19.20.1 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb(8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of
4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high (120 mm °¡ 83 mm). (52:15.2.11.1.1)
19.19.20.2 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a
minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm °¡ 107 mm). (52:15.2.11.1.2)
19.19.20.3 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the
letters “CNGCH2” or “LNG,” as appropriate [1 in. (25 mm) minimum height centered in the
diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.2.11.1.3)
19.19.20.4 The marking in the label required in 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the
letters “CNGCH2” or “LNG, ” as
19.19.20.5 The labels for 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR and greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in.
long °¡ 4.2 in. high (145 mm °¡ 107 mm). In addition to the requirement in 15.2.11.1.2 for
placement of the diamond-shaped label on the lower right rear of the vehicle, labels shall be
affixed to each side of the power unit. If a DOT number is required to be
displayed in accordance with 49 CFR 390.21, then the labels shall be affixed near the DOT
numbers on each side of the power unit. (52:15.2.11.1.5)
19.19.21 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNGCH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label
in the drive’s compartment, clearly visible to a seated operator, which includes the maximum
total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.2.11.1.6)
19.20.1 All personnel engaged in activities in 15.3.4, 15.3.8, and 15.3.9, namely, discharging
CNGCH2 fuel containers or maintenance, repair, replacement, removal, and testing of CNGCH2
fuel system or its components shall be qualified mechanics with hydrogen vehicle safety training.
18
553 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
Text from NFPA-52 that was not brought into NFPA-2 Chapter 19
14.2 Application. CNGCH2 P and LNG equipment used shall be in accordance with Section 14.3
and the fuel specific sections of
14.3 General. (52:14.3)
14.3.1 System Component Qualifications. (Reserved) (52:14.3.1)
14.3.2 System Approvals. (52:14.3.2)
14.3.2.1 OEM Approved Equipment. The following CNGCH2 and
(1) Vehicle fuel containers
(2) Fuel quantity gauging systems
(3) Pressure relief devices, including pressure relief valves
(4) Pressure measurement devices
(5) Pressure regulators
(6) Valves
(7) Hose and hose connections
(8) Vehicle fueling connections (nozzle)
(9) Vaporizers
(10) Pumps
(11) Electrical equipment related to engine fuel systemson-board fuel management
(12) Gas detection equipment and alarms
(13) Fire protection and suppression equipment
14.3.2.2 Safety Equivalent. Devices not otherwise specifically provided for shall be constructed
to provide safety equivalent
to that required for other parts of a system. (52:14.3.2.2)
14.3.3 Equipment. (52:14.3.3)
14.3.3.1 Pressure Gauges. A pressure gauge, if provided, shall be capable of reading at least 1.2
times the maximum allowable working pressure for the dispensing station or 1.2 °¡ 1.25 times
the service pressure for the vehicle. (52:14.3.3.1)
19
554 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
14.4.2.6 Valves.
14.4.2.6.4 Valves of cast irons other than those complying with ASTM A47, Standard
Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings (Grade 35018); ASTM A395, Standard
Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated
Temperatures; and ASTM A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings (Grade 60-40-
18), shall not be used as primary stop valves.in hydrogen service (52:14.4.2.6.4)
20
555 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.2.5.2 All other components shall be designed or selected for service for a minimum
temperature range of –40°„F (–40°„C)
to 180°„F (82°„C).
and for LN
15.2.7 Installation of Venting Systems.
15.2.7.1 Enclosures, structures, seals, and conduits used to vent enclosures shall be fabricated of
materials designed to
resist damage, blockage, or dislodgment caused by the movement of articles carried in the
vehicle or by the closing of
luggage compartment enclosures or vehicle doors. (52:15.2.7.1)
15.2.7.1.1 Enclosures shall require the use of tools for removal. (52:15.2.7.1.1)
21
556 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.3.1.1 Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a fuel specific requirement,
the fuel specific requirement
shall apply. (52:15.3.1.1)
15.3.2 System Component Qualifications. (52:15.3.2)
15.3.2.1 In addition to the requirements of Section 15.2, system components shall comply with
the applicable provisions of Chapter 15 and this section. (52:15.3.2.1)
15.3.2.2 Devices not otherwise specifically provided for shall be constructed to provide safety
equivalent to that required for
other parts of a system. (52:15.3.2.2)
15.3.2.3 Temperature Range. Components in the engine compartment shall be designed or
selected for a minimum temperature range of −40°„F to 250°„F (−40°„C to 121°„C).
(52:15.3.2.3)
15.3.2.4 System components shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 15 and this
section. (52:15.3.2.4
22
557 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
This has been modified to capture NFPA-52 (2016) reference clause numbers at the end of each of the
requirements, and section headers have been added to allow for the use of the index at the beginning of
this word document
14.2 Application. CNGCH2 P and LNG equipment used shall be in accordance with Section 14.3 and the fuel specific sections of
14.3 General. (52:14.3)
14.3.1 System Component Qualifications. (Reserved) (52:14.3.1)
14.3.2 System Approvals. (52:14.3.2)
14.3.2.1 OEM Approved Equipment. The following CNGCH2 and
recommended by the original equipment manufacturer(OEM) for the intended service and shall be listed or
(1) Vehicle fuel containers
(2) Fuel quantity gauging systems
(3) Pressure relief devices, including pressure relief valves
(4) Pressure measurement devices
(5) Pressure regulators
(6) Valves
(7) Hose and hose connections
(8) Vehicle fueling connections (nozzle)
(9) Vaporizers
(10) Pumps
(11) Electrical equipment related to engine fuel systemson-board fuel management
(12) Gas detection equipment and alarms
(13) Fire protection and suppression equipment
14.3.2.2 Safety Equivalent. Devices not otherwise specifically provided for shall be constructed to provide safety equivalent
to that required for other parts of a system. (52:14.3.2.2)
14.3.3 Equipment. (52:14.3.3)
14.3.3.1 Pressure Gauges. A pressure gauge, if provided, shall be capable of reading at least 1.2 times the maximum allowable
working pressure for the dispensing station or 1.2 °¡ 1.25 times the service pressure for the vehicle. (52:14.3.3.1)
14.4 CNGHigh Pressure Components (52:14.4) (Supplemental Requirements).
14.4.1 Application. This section applies only to pressurized system components handling CNGCH2. (52:14.4.1)
14.4.2.1.5* Cylinders.
14.4.2.1.5.1 Cylinders shall be manufactured in accordance with both of the following: (52:14.4.2.1.5.1)
(1) ANSI NGV HGV 2, Compressed Natural GasHydrogen Vehicle (HNGV) Fuel Containers, specifically for CNGCH2 service
23
558 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
(2) U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, 49 CFR 571.304, Compressed Natural GasHydrogen Fuel Container Integrity Commented [BoydH24]: Need to revise this reference
14.4.2.1.5.2 Cylinders that have reached the labeled expiration date shall be removed from service. Cylinders that are
disconnected, depressurized, and permanently disabled shall be permitted to be left on the vehicle. (52:14.2.1.5.2) Commented [BoydH25]: Need to verfy
14.4.2.1.5.3* Composite reinforced cylinders or other cylinders marked with exemption or special permit numbers shall
be removed from service. (52:14.4.2.1.5.3)
14.4.2.1.6 ASME Compliance.
14.4.2.2 Pressure Relief Devices (PRDs). See Annex C.
14.4.2.2.1 Each cylinder complying with 14.4.2.1.4 shall be fitted with one or more thermally activated pressure relief devices
(PRDs) with the number, location, and part number as specified by the cylinder manufacturer and shall be marked
and certified in accordance with ANSI/CSA PRD 1, Pressure Relief Devices for Natural GasHydrogen Vehicle (NGVHGV) Fuel
Containers. Commented [BoydH26]: Need to verify
Containers shall be permitted to be protected using a combination of fire-resistant barriers and PRDs. (52:14.4.2.2.1)
14.4.2.2.1.1 The discharge flow rate of the PRD shall not be reduced below that required for the capacity of the container
upon which the device is installed. (52:14.4.2.2.1.1)
14.4.2.2.2 Pressure vessels complying with 14.4.2.1.5 used for stationary storage without temperature compensation of the
storage operating pressure shall be protected with one or more spring-loaded pressure relief valves in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. (52:14.4.2.2.2)
14.4.2.2.2.1 The minimum rate of discharge of PRDs on containers shall be in accordance with CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief
Device Standards — Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed Gases, or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, whichever is applicable. (52:14.4.2.2.2.1)
14.4.2.2.2.2 Pressure relief valves (PRVs) for CNGCH2 service shall not be fitted with lifting devices. (52:14.4.2.2.2.2) Formatted: Level 1
(A) The adjustment, if external, shall be provided with a
means for sealing the adjustment to prevent tampering.
(B) If at any time it is necessary to break such a seal, the valve shall be removed from service until it has been reset and
sealed.
(C) Adjustments shall be made only by the manufacturer or other companies having competent personnel and facilities for
the repair, adjustment, and testing of such valves.
(D) The organization making such adjustments shall attach a permanent tag with the setting, capacity, and date.
14.4.2.5.2 Pipe, tubing, fittings, gaskets, and packing material shall be compatible with the fuel under the maximum service
conditions. (52:14.4.2.5.2)
14.4.2.5.3 Pipe, tubing, fittings, and other components shall be designed with a minimum safety factor of 3. (52:14.4.2.5.3)
14.4.2.5.4 Natural gasHydrogen piping shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Process Piping.
(52:14.4.2.5.4)
14.4.2.5.5 The refueling connection shall be permitted to be
to indicate the service ratings. (52:14.4.2.5.7)
24
559 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
14.4.2.6 Valves.
14.4.2.6.1 Valves, valve packing, and gaskets shall be designed or selected for the fuel over the full range of pressures and
temperatures to which they are subjected under operating conditions. (52:14.4.2.6.1)
14.4.2.6.1.1 Shutoff valves for dispensing stations shall have a
and shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test of at least four times the operating pressure (1.25 times the service
pressure) or shall comply with the requirements in ANSI NGV 3.1. (52:14.4.2.6.1.2)
14.4.2.6.1.3 Leakage shall not occur at less than 1.5 times the rated operating pressure. (52:14.4.2.6.1.3)
14.4.2.6.2 Valves of a design that allows the valve stem to be removed without removal of the complete valve bonnet or without
disassembly of the valve body shall not be used. (52:14.4.2.6.2)
14.4.2.6.3 The manufacturer shall stamp or otherwise permanently mark the valve body to indicate the service ratings.
(52:14.4.2.6.3)
14.4.2.6.3.1 Container valves incorporating integral PRDs complying with 14.4.2.6.1 shall not require additional marking.
(52:14.4.2.6.3.1)
14.4.2.6.4 Valves of cast irons other than those complying with ASTM A47, Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron
Castings (Grade 35018); ASTM A395, Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at
Elevated Temperatures; and ASTM A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings (Grade 60-40-18), shall not be used
as primary stop valves.in hydrogen service (52:14.4.2.6.4)
25
560 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
(3) Engine
(4) Gas detection
(5) Fuel system
15.2.3.2 Modifications of a vehicle gaseous fuel system shall conform with, when available, the engineering recommendations
of the original specifications of the original chassis vehicle manufacturer. (52:15.2.3.2)
15.2.4* Integration. All those listed in 15.2.3 shall be responsible for integration of the engine, fuel system, and gaseous
detection system, where required, onto the vehicle chassis and for the operation of the vehicle. (52:15.2.4)
15.2.5.2 All other components shall be designed or selected for service for a minimum temperature range of –40°„F (–40°„C)
to 180°„F (82°„C).
26
561 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.2.10.2 All conductors shall be sized for the maximum anticipated load and shall be protected by overcurrent protection
devices. (52:15.2.10.2)
15.2.11 Labeling.
15.2.11.1 Each CNGCH2 or LNG each vehicle shall be identified with a permanent, diamond-shaped label located on the exterior
vertical surface or near-vertical surface on the lower right rear of the vehicle other than on the bumper of the vehicle (or on the
trunk lid of a vehicle so equipped, but not on the bumper or tailgate of any vehicle), inboard from any other markings.
(52:15.2.11.1)
15.2.11.1.1 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb(8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of 4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high
(120 mm °¡ 83 mm). (52:15.2.11.1.1)
15.2.11.1.2 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in.
high (145 mm °¡ 107 mm). (52:15.2.11.1.2)
15.2.11.1.3 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the letters “CNGCH2” or “LNG,” as
appropriate [1 in. (25 mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue
background. (52:15.2.11.1.3)
15.2.11.1.4 The marking in the label required in 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the letters “CNGCH2” or “LNG, ” as
15.2.11.1.5 The labels for 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR and greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in. high
(145 mm °¡ 107 mm). In addition to the requirement in 15.2.11.1.2 for placement of the diamond-shaped label on the lower right
rear of the vehicle, labels shall be affixed to each side of the power unit. If a DOT number is required to be
displayed in accordance with 49 CFR 390.21, then the labels shall be affixed near the DOT numbers on each side of the power
unit. (52:15.2.11.1.5)
15.2.11.1.6 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNGCH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label in the drive’s compartment,
clearly visible to a seated operator, which includes the maximum total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.2.11.1.6)
27
562 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.3.3.1.4.4 No portion of a fuel supply container or container appurtenance mounted on the undercarriage of the vehicle shall be
located ahead of the front axle or behind the point of attachment of the rear bumper to the vehicle. (52:15.3.3.1.4.4)
15.3.3.1.4.5 Any portion of the fuel supply container or its appurtenances on the exterior of the vehicle shall be provided
with a protective cover. (52:15.3.3.1.4.5)
15.3.3.1.5 Each fuel supply container shall be secured to the vehicle in a manner that minimizes the risk of damage from road
hazards, slippage, loosening, or transfer of vehicle chassis loads to the container due to frame flexing. (52:15.3.3.1.5)
15.3.3.1.6 Each fuel supply container shall be secured in a manner that it is capable of withstanding a static force, applied in the
six principal directions shown in Figure 15.3.3.1.6 of eight times the weight of the fully pressurized container. (52:15.3.3.1.6)
15.3.3.1.7 The fuel supply container weight shall not be supported by outlet valves, manifolds, or other fuel connections.
(52:15.3.3.1.7)
28
563 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.3.3.6.3 Engine Isolation. A valve fuel injector, or other means shall be provided that automatically prevents the flow of
gaseous fuel to the engine when the engine is not running, even if the ignition is switched on. (52:15.3.3.6.3)
29
564 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
being used.
15.3.3.6.5 Fuel Backflow Prevention.
The fueling system shall be equipped with a backflow check valve that prevents the return flow of gas from the container(s) to
the filling connection.
15.3.3.6.5.1 The backflow check valve shall be mounted to withstand the breakaway force specified in 8.4.2.4. (52:15.3.3.6.5.1)
15.3.3.6.5.2 A second check valve shall be located between the fueling receptacle and the fuel supply containers.
(52:15.3.3.6.5.2)
30
565 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
15.3.6 Labeling.
15.3.6.1 A vehicle equipped with a CNGCH2 fuel system shall bear the following permanent labels: (52:15.3.6.1)
(1) A label(s) readily visible and located in the engine compartment shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) System designed and installed in conformance with NFPA 52-XXXX (insert the edition year of the code)
(c) Service pressure
(d) Installer/converter’s name or company and contact information (i.e., address, telephone number, and email)
31
566 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
(2) A label(s) located at the primary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) System service pressure
(c) Fuel container life expiration (insert date for limited-life fuel containers. This label item is not required for containers with
unlimited life.)
(d) “Fuel containers are to be inspected by (insert date) and each (insert number) months thereafter.”
(3) Label(s) located at each auxiliary fueling connection receptacle shall include the following:
(a) Identification as a CNGCH2-fueled vehicle
(b) Service pressure
15.3.6.1.1 The fuel container inspection dates shall be changed after each required container inspection to denote the next
required inspection date. (See Section 15.3.9 for inspections). (52:15.3.6.1.1)
15.3.6.2 In addition to the label(s) required by 15.3.6.1, each vehicle shall be identified with a permanent, diamond-shaped
label located on the exterior vertical surface or near-vertical surface on the lower right rear of the vehicle other than on the
bumper of the vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2)
15.3.6.2.1 The labels for vehicles less than 19,500 lb (8863 kg) GVWR shall be a minimum of 4.72 in. long °¡ 3.27 in. high (120
mm long °¡ 83 mm high). (52:15.3.6.2.1)
15.3.6.2.2 The labels for vehicles with a GVWR of 19,500 lb (8863 kg) or greater shall be a minimum of 5.7 in. long °¡ 4.2 in.
high (145 mm long °¡ 107 mm high). (52:15.3.6.2.2)
15.3.6.2.3 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.1 shall consist of a border and the letters “CNGCH2” [1 in. (25 mm)
minimum height centered in the diamond] of silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. (52:15.3.6.2.3)
15.3.6.2.4 The marking in the label required by 15.2.11.1.2 shall consist of a border and the letters “CNGCH2” [1.2 in.
(30 mm) minimum height centered in the diamond] in silver or white reflective luminous material on a blue background. In
addition to placement of the “CNGCH2” diamond label on the right rear of the vehicle, the “CNGCH2” diamond label shall also
be
affixed to both sides of the power unit. If a DOT number is required to be displayed in accordance with 49 CFR 390.21,
then the labels shall be affixed near the DOT numbers on each side of the power unit. (52:15.3.6.2.4)
15.3.6.2.5 Vehicles with roof-mounted CNGCH2 fuel containers shall include a permanent label in the driver's compartment,
clearly visible to a seated operator, which includes the maximum total height of the unladen vehicle. (52:15.3.6.2.5)
15.3.6.3 Each assembly of CNGCH2 containers shall be permanently labeled near the container valve as follows:
DANGER. Venting of the pressure from this system requires the use of special instructions or tools that can be obtained from
the manufacturer [Insert the name, telephone number, and email address of the vehicle manufacturer or system installer].
(52:15.3.6.3)
15.3.7 Permanent labels shall meet the requirements of ANSI/UL 969, Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems. (52:15.3.7)
32
567 of 745
new NFPA 2 Chapter 19 “ Mobile Hydrogen Fuel Systems “
accumulation of dirt.
(2) Only qualified personnel shall be permitted to service pressure relief devices.
(3) No pressure relief valve that has been in service shall be repaired or reworked without the written authorization of the
pressure relief device manufacturer, valve manufacturer, fuel container manufacturer, or vehicle manufacturer. Any device that
has been activated shall not be reworked or reused and shall be removed from service.
(4) No pressure relief device that has been in service shall be reinstalled on another fuel cylinder.
15.3.9.5 The following shall be done during vehicle maintenance: (52:15.3.9.5)
(1) Ensure the engine is isolated from the fuel supply unless engine operation is required. If a manual isolation valve is used, it
shall comply with 15.3.3.6.2.
(2) Prohibit torches, welding, or grinding equipment on or near high-pressure fuel lines and containers.
(3) Prevent damage to containers, including actions such as dropping, dragging, or rolling of the container.
(4) Prevent exposure of containers to strong chemicals such as battery acid or metal-cleaning solvents.
(5) Store CNGCH2 containers in a manner to avoid damage.
(6) Protect stored containers from sunlight.
(7) Containers shall be stored in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
(8) The openings in all stored cylinders shall be closed to prevent the entry of moisture and other contaminants.
(9) Reinstall containers to their original configuration using approved gaskets, bolts, nuts, washers, and parts in
accordance with the recommendations of the vehicle or container manufacturer or system installer.
(10) Prevent hoists or jacks from coming into direct contact with containers.
(11) Prohibit personnel from walking on containers unless permitted by the container manufacturer.
15.3.9.6 OEMs, FSVIMs, alterers, and converters shall make available instructions for system maintenance and repair.
(52:15.3.9.6)
33
568 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
Annex A is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. This annex contains explanatory material,
numbered to correspond with the applicable text paragraphs.
A.18.7.5 See A.6.16.
Reason: Questions have routinely arisen when dealing with the location of vent pipe terminations and the locations for defueling discharges. The typical path is from
a model building and fire code to NFPA 2 which then refers to CGA-G-5.5 to find guidance. The current language in NFPA 2 for vent pipe termination at 7.1.17.3.2
points the user back to Section 6.16 and for defueling discharge the user is pointed to Section 18.7.
To provide more affirmative language within NFPA 2 dealing with the location of the termination and discharge points language is proposed to be added to 6.16 and
18.7.5. The language is sourced from CGA-G-5.5 and by placing it within the body of NFPA 2 it helps the user of the code to design and install compliant systems as
well as assists code officials by providing clear guidance.
Along with the proposed changes to 6.16 and 18.7.5, a new Annex note “A.18.7.5” is proposed to point back to the guidance found at annex note A.6.16.
569 of 745
this change in definition was developed by the NFPA 2 Task Force on HEE
570 of 745
A.6.4.1.5.1
Occupancies including industrial and storage occupancies are defined by the building code adopted by the jurisdiction. Occupancy is a term used to
define the activity or purpose of a building or space within a building where activity occurs. In general, occupancies are separated into various categories
depending on the use. Some of the categories, depending on the adopted building code, can include but are not limited to the following: assembly,
business, educational, factory (or industrial), hazardous, institutional, mercantile, residential, storage, etc. Construction features as well as engineering
controls are influenced by the occupancy. The greater the hazard, the more restrictive the controls to be applied within the context of construction features
and engineering controls integral to the use of the building. Limitations are placed on building heights, areas, construction types, and construction features,
including building or area exits and the egress system in general, depending on the risk based on a predefined set of conditions imposed by the occupancy
category. Industrial occupancies are typically involved with manufacturing of a product and involve factories and workshops used to manufacture or
process a wide array of materials. A storage occupancy is one in which manufactured goods are stored. Activity in these areas is limited to the storage of
goods or materials. The quantity of hazardous materials in occupancies other than those classified as hazardous is limited. When the need for quantity of
various hazardous materials including hydrogen increases, the occupancy of the area can revert to that of a “hazardous occupancy,” or the excess
quantities might have to be isolated from the factory floor by either placing them into a room that is isolated by fire-resistive construction, or by transferring
the materials outside of the building or to a separate building where they can be piped to a point of use.
This section this annex note is related to is recommended for deletion for being overly restrictive and presenting a road block to hydrogen technology. A simple
example is use of hydrogen in a laboratory which is classified as either a business or educational occupancy. This topic is best regulated by the adopted building and
fire codes which include thresholds for varied levels of protection.
571 of 745
A.6.17.2.1.7 The make-up air intake inlets to the exhaust systems shall be designed to prevent blockage due to debris, foliage, ice, snow, etc. to ensure
effective air intake.
Reason: In reviewing NFPA 2 the general requirements for ventilation exhaust systems is found at Section 6.17. The core requirements of system design and
installation are located in 6.17 including a link to the requirements of the [adopted] mechanical code.
In following sections of NFPA where ventilation is required, most point to Section 6.17, some repeat similar requirements, some set up potentially conflicting
requirements and some add additional requirements specific to the type of installation requiring the exhaust ventilation.
This proposal is intended to correlate the various exhaust ventilation requirements by adding some of the later design material to Section 6.17 to enhance the core
design parameters, adding pointers to Section 6.17 where lacking, deleting overlapping or otherwise unnecessary language and leaving additional requirements
specific to the type of system ventilated in those areas of NFPA 2.
572 of 745
SEE SUBSTANTIATION and ATTACHMENTS for PROPOSED CHANGES - THIS WAS A Public Comment HELD from LAST CYCLE
A .7.3.2.3.1.1
Conversions for distance between inch-pound and SI units of measure cannot be consistently performed using typical mathematical conversion factors. The
majority of separation distances shown in the SI table have been determined by the application of a risk-informed approach substantiated by statistical
evaluation and modeling based on validated models for both ignited and unignited release of hydrogen gas. Where distance has been determined to allow
for access or for correlation with the electrical code, the distances were not established through the use of models. Tabular distances in the inch-pound
table have been determined by first converting SI units into inch-pound units and then rounding the distance to the nearest 5 ft for ease of application by
code enforcers and users. A similar rounding technique has not been applied in the tabular distances shown in the SI table.
The exposures integral to Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a), Exposure Group 1(a) Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(b) , and Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(c) have been arranged into groups based
on similar risks. The thresholds are applicable to the exposures identified in each group, as follows: [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
(1) Group 1 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to 500 Btu/hr / ft2 (1577 W/m2) at the property
line or the distance to a point in the unignited hydrogen jet where the hydrogen content is reduced to a 4 percent mole fraction (volume fraction) of
hydrogen, whichever is greater. In all cases the distance required to achieve a 4 percent mole fraction was the greater distance and used to establish the
requirements. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
(2) Group 2 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to 1500 Btu/hr / ft2 (4732 W/m2) for persons
exposed a maximum of 3 minutes. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
(3) Group 3 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to 6340 Btu/hr / ft2 (20,000 W/m2) or the visible
flame length for combustible materials, or a radiant heat flux level of 8000 Btu/hr / ft2 (25,237 W/m2) or the visible flame length for noncombustible
equipment. In both cases the visible flame length was used to establish the requirements. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Exposure Group 1(a). Lot lines (property lines) are those property lines between parcels and should not be construed to be the
imaginary property lines that are drawn for the purposes of protecting the exterior walls of multiple buildings placed on the same lot or parcel. Railroad
easements that are not accessible to the public other than by rail travel can be used as a means of spatial separation, with the required separation being
measured between the hydrogen system and the nearest railroad track. It should be noted that in these cases, the addition or relocation of track may result
in an encroachment that will necessitate relocation of the hydrogen system at the system user’s expense. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
Where the property on the other side of a property line is determined to be unbuildable or unoccupiable due to natural features including, but not limited to,
waterways, terrain, wetlands, or similar features encroachment by the hydrogen system on the property line can be acceptable with the approval of the
authority having jurisdiction. Should the property that is encroached upon become buildable or otherwise occupiable, the hydrogen system location should
be reevaluated by the system user and the AHJ notified of the results. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(a) Exposure Group 2(a). The exposed persons of concern are non-work-related persons or members of the public who are not involved
with servicing the system, because these persons typically are neither trained nor knowledgeable in the operation of the system, but are on the premises.
By comparison, service personnel or those involved with servicing the system are trained and engaged in activities related to the system operation
including, but not limited to, inspecting, monitoring system inventory, delivering product, maintenance, or similar functions. Administrative controls,
engineering controls, or construction features are typically used to restrict persons other than service personnel from being within the zone of potential
exposure. The permit holder is responsible for managing and administering the controls to restrict access. Examples of such controls could include painted
lines or signs or physical barriers such as a fence. [55:A.10.4.2.2.1]
NOTE: This Public Input appeared as "Reject But Held" in Public Comment No. 46 (A2015 Cycle) Second Draft Report for NFPA 2 and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.
The paragraph on rounding to next 5 feet, etc. does not appear to apply to the new tables. Changed references to section and tables to correlate with proposed
change (see Public Comment No. 44).
573 of 745
A.7.3.2.3.1.1 (A)
Conversions for distance between inch-pound and SI units of measure cannot be consistently performed using
typical mathematical conversion factors. The majority of separation distances shown in the SI table have been
determined by the application of a risk-informed approach substantiated by statistical evaluation and modeling
based on validated models for both ignited and unignited release of hydrogen gas. Where distance has been
determined to allow for access or for correlation with the electrical code, the distances were not established
through the use of models. Tabular distances in the inch-pound table have been determined by first converting
SI units into inch-pound units and then rounding the distance to the nearest 5 ft for ease of application by code
enforcers and users. A similar rounding technique has not been applied in the tabular distances shown in the SI
table.
The
The exposures integral to Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)( a) , Exposure Group 1(a) Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)( b), and Table
7.3.2.3.1.1(A)( c) have been arranged into groups based on similar risks. The thresholds are applicable to the
exposures identified in each group, as follows: [55:A.10.3.2.1]
(1) Group 1 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to
500 Btu/hr / ft2 (1577 W/m2) at the property line or the distance to a point in the unignited hydrogen jet where
the hydrogen content is reduced to a 4 percent mole fraction (volume fraction) of hydrogen, whichever is
greater. In all cases the distance required to achieve a 4 percent mole fraction was the greater distance and
used to establish the requirements. [55:A.10.3.2.1]
(2) Group 2 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to
1500 Btu/hr / ft2 (4732 W/m2) for persons exposed a maximum of 3 minutes. [55:A.10.3.2.1]
(3) Group 3 Exposures. The distances specified are those required to reduce the radiant heat flux level to
6340 Btu/hr / ft2 (20,000 W/m2) or the visible flame length for combustible materials, or a radiant heat flux level
of 8000 Btu/hr / ft2 (25,237 W/m2) or the visible flame length for noncombustible equipment. In both cases the
visible flame length was used to establish the requirements. [55:A.10.3.2.1]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)( a) Exposure Group 1(a). Lot lines (property lines) are those property lines between
parcels and should not be construed to be the imaginary property lines that are drawn for the purposes of
protecting the exterior walls of multiple buildings placed on the same lot or parcel. Railroad easements that are
not accessible to the public other than by rail travel can be used as a means of spatial separation, with the
required separation being measured between the hydrogen system and the nearest railroad track. It should be
noted that in these cases, the addition or relocation of track may result in an encroachment that will necessitate
relocation of the hydrogen system at the system user’s expense. [55:A.10.3.2.1]
Where the property on the other side of a property line is determined to be unbuildable or unoccupiable due to
natural features including, but not limited to, waterways, terrain, wetlands, or similar features encroachment by
the hydrogen system on the property line can be acceptable with the approval of the authority having
jurisdiction. Should the property that is encroached upon become buildable or otherwise occupiable, the
hydrogen system location should be reevaluated by the system user and the AHJ notified of the results.
[55:A.10.3.2.1]
Table 7.3.2.3.1.1(A)( a) Exposure Group 2(a). The exposed persons of concern are non-work-related persons
or members of the public who are not involved with servicing the system, because these persons typically are
neither trained nor knowledgeable in the operation of the system, but are on the premises. By comparison,
service personnel or those involved with servicing the system are trained and engaged in activities related to
the system operation including, but not limited to, inspecting, monitoring system inventory, delivering product,
maintenance, or similar functions. Administrative controls, engineering controls, or construction features are
typically used to restrict persons other than service personnel from being within the zone of potential exposure.
The permit holder is responsible for managing and administering the controls to restrict access. Examples of
such controls could include painted lines or signs or physical barriers such as a fence. [55:A.10.3.2.1]
574 of 745
1 of 2 5/13/2016 8:33 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittalsarchive.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/Terra...
The paragraph on rounding to next 5 feet, etc. does not appear to apply to the new tables.
Changed references to section and tables to correlate with proposed change (see Public Comment No. 44).
Committee Statement
Copyright Assignment
I, Stephen Goyette, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this
Public Comment (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire
no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Comment in this or another similar or derivative
form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Comment and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright
assignment.
By checking this box I affirm that I am Stephen Goyette, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms
and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my
submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature
575 of 745
2 of 2 5/13/2016 8:33 AM
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
A.10.2.1.2
A hazard(s) analysis can be performed by a number of methods where the end result can be achieved through the use of more than one method. Several of
the more common methods employed by those involved in systems safety today include, but are not limited to, hazard and operability studies (HAZOPs),
failure modes effects and criticality analysis (FMECA), preliminary hazards analysis (PHA), fault tree analysis (FTA), and event tree analysis. Standard
designs that have been analyzed by recognized methodology need not be studied each and every time such an installation occurs. Rather, site-specific
elements that are unique to the installation should be reviewed in concert with the analysis performed on the standard system to ensure that the standard
design has not been altered in a way that would negatively affect the hazard analysis.
The reviews conducted frequently involve a series of meetings between members of a multidisciplinary team that methodically “brainstorms” the system
design, following a structure provided by study format and the team leader’s experience. Members of the team can include engineers as well as other
personnel skilled in the application of a systems safety approach.
Reason: This proposal takes guidance language from the annex note and places that language within the body of the code to provide specific enforceable language,
rather than just guidance to eliminate unnecessary costs for redundant analysis.
576 of 745
A.10.3.1.1
It is acknowledged that with a developing technology not all components included in 10.3.1.1 have listing standards to be listed to. The purpose of the
language “listed or approved” is to require listing documentation for those items for which listing standards exist, and for an appropriate amount of
documentation proving suitability and safety of the intended use be provided to the AHJ to allow for the “approval” of components that do not have listings
. Dispensers can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4.1.
Reason: The added language is to further clarify the concept of "listed or approved" as it relates to components of systems, some of which will have listing standards,
and some that will not.
577 of 745
A.10.3.1.1
Dispensers can be The following are examples of standards that can be used for listing or certification:
(1) Valves can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4. 6 or ANSI/CSA HGV 4.7.
(2) Hoses can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4.2.
(3) Hydrogen dispensers can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4. 1.
(4) Breakaway devices can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4.4.
(5) Compressors can be listed and certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4.8.
(6) Fittings can be listed and certifed to meet the requirements of ANSI/CSA HGV 4.10.
Additional CSA standards for valves, hoses, breakaway devices, compressors and fittings allows guidance to the user of NFPA 2. These additional system or system
components included to Section A.10.3.1.1 is consistent with the text already present in A.10.3.1.1 for dispensers.
578 of 745
A.10.3.3.2.3
A generic dispenser piping and instrumentation diagram with NFPA 2 references is provided to help the user to apply the requirements. See Figure
A.10.3.3.2.3.
Figure A.10.3.3.2.3 Indoor Nonpublic Fast-Fill Dispenser P & ID.
Update Figure A.10.3.3.2.3 P&ID Tag BC1 to correct reference from NGV 4.4 (natural gas) to HGV 4.4 (hydrogen) standard.
579 of 745
A.12.2
Fuel cell technology is evolving at a rapid rate, and codes and standards criteria are needed to help acceptance of the new technology. Currently, there is
only one standard for testing stationary fuel cell power systems, which is ANSI/ CSA FC.1, American National Standard for Fuel Cell Power Systems. ANSI
Fuel cell technologies - Part 3-100: Stationary fuel cell power systems - Safety . ANSI/ CSA FC.1 applies to a specific size fuel cell power system that is
prepackaged and assembled as one complete unit. The constraints of ANSI/ CSA FC.1 limit the ability to test and list larger power plants or power systems
that use fuels other than natural gas or LP-Gas or that are not prepackaged and self-contained.
NFPA 853 provides additional guidance for acceptance of power system installations that are not within the scope of ANSI/ CSA FC.1, commensurate with
the need to protect life safety and property and the need of the adoption agencies to be able to uniformly evaluate power system installations outside the
scope of available equipment standards. [853: A.4.1]
580 of 745
A.12.3.2.1.1
ANSI/CSA FC 3, American National Standard / CSA American Standard for Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, applies to ac- and dc-type portable fuel cell
power systems, with a rated output voltage not exceeding 600 volts, for commercial, industrial, and residential indoor and outdoor use in nonhazardous
locations, in accordance with NFPA 70. ANSI/ CSA FC3 FC 3 does not apply to portable fuel cell power systems that are permanently connected
(stationary) to either fuel or electric supply, designed to export power to a grid, replacement fuel cell power units for appliances, or fuel cell systems for
propulsion. Additional guidance pertaining to portable fuel cell power systems is provided by IEC 62282-5-1, Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, Safety.
581 of 745
A.16.2.2.1
A qualified design professional and owner safety officer should review the laboratory conditions through a hazard analysis and/or risk assessment to
determine if a hazardous (ignitable) atmosphere could be developed within the laboratory work area, laboratory area, laboratory unit, and/or fume hood. If a
hazardous atmosphere could be developed, these areas should be electrically classified per NFPA 70, Article 500 [or Article 505] . [45: A.5.6.2]
The NFPA 70 Article 505 reference is being added to raise awareness of the alternate IEC information provided by Article 505. This makes NFPA 2 more universal
and applicable in countries that subscribe to the IEC classification methods.
582 of 745
[86: L.2]
583 of 745
584 of 745
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329-2305.
ASHRAE Handbook-Fundamentals, Chapter 24, “Airflow Around Buildings Buildings” , ” 2013.
ASHRAE 110 STD 110 , Method of Testing Performance of Laboratory Fume Hoods, 1995 2016 .
M.1.2.4 ASME Publications.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME International , Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.
ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems , 2015 .
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, “Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,” Division 1, 2013 2015 .
ASME B31.1, Power Piping, 2012 2016 .
ANSI/ ASME B31.3, Process Piping, 2012 2016 .
ASME B31.12, Hydrogen piping and pipelines: ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, 2012 2014 .
Note: ASME Publications: B31.12-2012Hydrogen piping and pipelines: ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31 is a use specific document for hydrogen
service. A Section Committee was formed by the B31 Standards Committee to address gaps that existed between piping and pipeline codes and standards,
and hydrogen infrastructure applications. The first edition of the B31.12 code applies to design, construction, operation, and maintenance requirements for
piping, pipeline, and distribution in hydrogen service. ASME B31.12 includes information specific to hydrogen service by either reference or incorporation of
applicable parts of B31.3, B31.1, B31.8, B31.8S, and Section VIII, Division 3 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Many materials included in
B31.3 have been omitted from B31.12 tables due to their unsuitability for hydrogen service.
ASME B40.100 , Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments, 2013 .
M.1.2.5 ASTM Publications.
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM E1472, Standard Guide for Documenting Computer Software for Fire Models, 2005 (Withdrawn 2007) .
ASTM E2079, Standard Test Method for Limiting Oxygen (Oxidant) Concentration for Gases and Vapors, 2013.
M.1.2.6 CGA Publications.
Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923 1788 .
CGA Pamphlet P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers, 8th 12 th edition, 2008 2015 .
CGA/ANSI V-1, Standard for Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections, 2013.
CGA H-5,Installation Standards Standard for Bulk Hydrogen Supply Systems, 2008 Edition 2015 .
M.1.2.7 U.S. Government Publications.
U.S. Government Printing Government Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, DC 20402 20401-0001 .
Title 16, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1500.44.
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 260-299.
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 173, Appendix H.
585 of 745
M.S. Butlera, C.W. Moranb, P.B. Sunderlandb, R.L. Axelbauma, Limits for hydrogen leaks that can support stable flames, International Journal of Hydrogen
Energy, 34 (2009) 5174-5182.
Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards, NIOSH, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, September, 2005.
Procedure for Certifying Laboratory Fume Hoods to Meet EPA Standards, Environmental Protection Agency, Safety, Health, and Environmental
Management Division (3207A), Ariel Rios Bldg., 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20406. Atten: Chief, Technical Support and Evaluation
Branch.
Schefer, R., Houf, W., Bourne, B., and Colton, J., “Spatial and Radiative Properties of an Open-Flame Hydrogen Plume,” Inter. Jour. of Hydrogen Energy
31: 1332–1340, 2006.
Schefer, R., Houf, W., Williams, T.C., Bourne, B., and Colton, J., “Characterization of High-Pressure, Underexpanded Hydrogen-Jet Flames,” Inter. Jour. of
Hydrogen Energy 32: 2081–2093, 2007.
Standard on Laboratory Fume Hoods (SEFA 1-2002), The Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association, 225 Reinekers, Suite 625, Alexandria, VA
22314 65 Hilton Avenue , Garden City , NY 11530 .
U. S. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 627, Flammability Characteristics of Combustible Gases and Vapors, U.S. Bureau of Mines, Pittsburgh, PA, 1965.
M.2 Informational References.
The following documents or portions thereof are listed here as informational resources only. They are not a part of the requirements of this document.
M.2.1 NFPA Publications.
National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
NFPA 59, Utility LP-Gas Plant Code, 2015 edition.
NFPA 88A, Standard for Parking Structures, 2015 edition.
NFPA 1962, Standard for the Inspection, Care, and Use of Fire Hose, Couplings, and Nozzles and the Service Testing of Fire Hose, 2013 edition.
M.2.2 CGA Publications.
Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923 1788 .
CGA G-6.1, Standard for Insulated Liquid Carbon Dioxide Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA G-6.5, Standard for Small, Stationary, Insulated Carbon Dioxide Supply Systems, 2007 2013 .
CGA G-6.7, Safe Handling of Liquid Carbon Dioxide Containers That Have Lost Pressure2013 , 2009 .
CGA H. - 1, Conditions for Portable, Reversible Metal Hydride Systems, 2011.
CGA H-2, Guidelines for the Classification and Labeling of Hydrogen Storage Systems with Hydrogen Absorbed in Reversible Metal Hydrides, 2004.
M.2.3 ISO Publications.
International Organization for Codeization Publications, 1 rue de Varembé, Case Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20, Standardization , ISO Central
Secretariat, Chemin de Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva , Switzerland.
ISO 10156, Gases and gas mixtures—Determination of Fire Potential and Oxidizing Ability for the Selection of Cylinder Valve Outlets, 2010, Corrigendum
1, 2010 .
ISO 10298, Determination of Toxicity of a Gas or Gas Mixture, 2010.
ISO 22734-1, Hydrogen generators using water electrolysis process—Part 1: Industrial and commercial applications, 2011 2008 .
ISO 22734-2, Hydrogen generators using water electrolysis process—Part 2: Residential applications, 2011.
586 of 745
587 of 745
ANSI Z21.21-2005 /CSA 6.5, Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, 2005 2015 .
ANSI Z535.1, Safety Color Code, 2006 2011 .
ANSI/AIHA Z9.5, Laboratory Ventilation, 2012.
ANSI/UL 2085, Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, 1997, revised 1999 2003 .
ASTM D5/D5M , Standard Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous Materials, 2006 2013 .
ASTM D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester , 2005 2012b .
ASTM D323, Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method), 2006 2015a .
ASTM E681-01 , Code Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals (Vapors and Gases), 2004 2009, reapproved 2015 .
CGA G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 2009.
CGA G-4.4, Piping Systems, 2012.
CGA G-6.1, Standard for Insulated Liquid Carbon Dioxide Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA G-6.5, Standard for Small, Stationary, Insulated Carbon Dioxide Supply Systems, 2013.
CGA H-1, Service Conditions for Portable, Reversible Metal Hydride Systems, 2011.
CGA H-2, Guidelines for the Classification and Labeling of Hydrogen Storage Systems with Hydrogen Absorbed in Reversible Metal Hydrides, 2004.
CGA P-23, Standard for Categorizing Gas Mixtures Containing Flammable and Nonflammable Components, 2008 2015 .
CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, Keith A. Furr, 5th edition, CRC Press, Chemical Rubber Company, Boca Raton, FL, 2000.
NSF /ANSI 49 49 , Biosafety Cabinetry: Design, Construction, Performance, and Field Certification, 2010 2014 .
UL 429, Standard for Electrically Operated Valves, 2009 2013 .
Allen, D. S. and P. Athens. 1968. “Influence of Explosion on Design.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York: American Institute of Chemical
Engineers.
Bader, M., C. C. Phillips, T. R. Mueller, W. S. Underwood, and S. D. Whitson. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to Service, Part II:
Disassembly, Decontamination, Disposal, and Analytical Procedures.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, Volume 14:369-375, 1999.
Brasie, W. C. and D. W. Simpson. 1968. “Guidelines for Estimating Explosion Damage.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York. American Institute
of Chemical Engineers.
Brinkley, S. R. 1969. “Determination of Explosion Yields.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 3. New York: American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
Cohen, E. 1968. “Prevention of and Protection Against Accidental Explosion of Munitions, Fuels, and Other Hazardous Mixtures.” New York Academy of
Science Annals — Volume 152. New York: New York Academy of Science.
Cote, A. E. Fire Protection Handbook, 20th edition. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association.
Damon, E. G. et al. 1971. Biodynamics of Air Blast, Albuquerque, NM: Lovelace Biomedical and Environmental Research Institute.
Dobbs, N. et al. 1970. New Concepts in the Design of Structures to Resist the Effects of Explosive-Toxic Detonations. Dover, NJ: Picatinny Arsenal.
Floyd, J., “Siting Requirements for Hydrogen Supplies Serving Fuel Cells in Non-Combustible Enclosures" , “Hughes Associates, Inc., Jensen Hughes,
3610 Commerce Drive, Suite 817, Baltimore, MD 21227, HAI Project #3250-000, November 30, 2006. Fire Protection Research Foundation, 2006.
Gray, P. and P. R. Lee. Thermal Explosion Theory, New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
Hartwigsen, C. 1971. Shrapnel Containment Shields. Albuquerque, NM: Sandia Laboratories.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Analytical and Experimental Investigation of Small-Scale Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen Energy
33:1435-1444, 2008.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Predicting Radiative Heat Fluxes and Flammability Envelopes from Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy, 32:136–151, 2007.
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Operation and Maintenance, 26th edition. 2007. Lansing, MI: American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
JANNAF Propulsion Committee. 1971. “Chemical Propellant/Rocket Hazards.” General Safety Engineering Design Criteria, Volume 2. Silver Springs, MD:
Chemical Propulsion Information Agency.
Johnson, W. G. 1973. The Management Oversight and Risk Tree. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Government Publishing Office.
Kinney, G. F. 1986. Explosive Shocks in Air. New York: The Macmillan Co.
Kinney, G. F. and G. S. Robert. 1972. Pressure Rises in Internal Explosions. Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, B. Middleton (all of Sandia National Laboratories), and L. Fluer (of Fluer, Inc.), “Analyses to Support Development of Risk-Informed
Separation Distances for NFPA Hydrogen Codes and Standrds,” SAND 2009-0874, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM 87185, and
Lovermore, CA 94550, March 2009.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, R. Schefer, and G. Evans, “Analysis of Bariers for Mitigation of Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Paper presented at Annual
Hydrogen Conference and Hydrogen Expo USA, March 30-April 3, 2008, Sacramento, CA.
Lawrence, W. E. and E. E. Johnson. 1974. “Design for Limiting Explosion Damage.” Chemical Engineering, Volume 81, No. 1, pp. 96–104.
Lewis, B. and von Elbe, G., Combustion, Flames, and Explosions of Gases, Academic Press, 2nd Edition, New York 1961.
Matheson Gas Data Book, 7th edition, Matheson Co., East Rutherford, NJ, 2001.
Newmark, N. M. 1956. “An Engineering Approach to Blast Resistant Design.” American Society of Civil Engineers, Transaction 121.
“NIOSH Alert: Preventing Worker Injuries and Deaths from Explosions in Industrial Ethylene Oxide Sterilization Facilities.” Available at www.cdc.gov/niosh
/homepage.html.
Norris, C. H. et al. 1959. Structural Design for Dynamic Loads. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Phillips, C. C., T. R. Mueller, B. Marwan, M. W. Haskew, J. B. Phillips, and D. O. Vick. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to
Service, Part I: Survey, Sampling, and Analysis.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 9(7):503-509, July 1994.
588 of 745
Polentz, L. M. “The Peril in Pressurized Liquids.” Design News, September 6 and October 22, 1973.
Prudent Practices in the Laboratory, National Research Council, National Academy Press, Washington DC, 1995.
Rogers, R. N. and J. Zinn. 1962. “Thermal Initiation of Explosives.” Journal of Physical Chemistry, Volume 66, p. 2646.
Rules of the City of New York, “Chemical Laboratories,” Chapter 10. 1991. Albany, NY: Lenz & Rieker, Inc.
Schefer, R., W. Houf, B. Bournd, and J. Colton, “Spatial and Radiative Properties of an Open-Flame Hydrogen Plume,” Inter.J. Hydrogen Energy
31:1332-1340,2006.
Schefer R., W. Houf, T.C. Williams, B. Bourne, and J. Colton, “Characterization of High-Pressure, Underexpanded Hydrogen Jet Flames,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy 32:2081-2093, 12007.
Schilt, Alfred A., 1979. Perchloric Acid and Perchlorates. Columbus, OH: The G. Frederick Smith Chemical Company.
Scott Specialty Gases, Design and Safety Handbook, 2007 edition.
Smith, L. C. and M. J. Urizar. 1967. Lightweight Safety Shields for Small Scale Operations Involving Explosives. Los Alamos, NM: Los Alamos Scientific
Laboratories.
Tanaka, T., Azuma, T., Evans, J., Cronin, P., Johnson, D., and Cleaver, R./ “Experimental Study on Hydrogen Explosions in a Full-Scale Hydrogen Filling
Station Model,” International Conference on Hydrogen Safety, Pisa Italy 8–10 September 2005.
Standard Specification for Laboratory Fume Hoods, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460, Attn: Chief, Facilities Engineering and Real
Property Branch (PM-215).
UN Recommendations on the Transit the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations, 15 th edition 19 t h revised edition .
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 173.
Uniform Mechanical Code, 2003 2018 edition.
M.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections.
NFPA 1, Fire Code, 2015 edition.
NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2015 edition.
NFPA 30A, Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages, 2015 edition.
NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, 2015 edition.
NFPA 52, Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code, 2013 edition.
NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, 2016 edition.
NFPA 56, Standard for Fire and Explosion Prevention During Cleaning and Purging of Flammable Gas Piping Systems, 2014 edition.
NFPA 68, Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting, 2013 edition.
NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, 2014 edition.
Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.
589 of 745
Remove CSA Group Reference Publications from M.1.2.2 ANSI Publications. Proposal to recognize CSA Group as publisher of FC 1 & FC 3 has been submitted
separately.
590 of 745
updates
591 of 745
M.1.2.7 CSA Group Publications. CSA Group, 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road, Cleveland, OH 44131.
ANSI/CSA FC 1, Fuel cell technologies — Part 3-100: Stationary fuel cell power systems – Safety, 2014.
ANSI/CSA America FC 3, Standard For Portable Fuel Cell Power Systems, 2004.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.1, Standard for hydrogen dispensing systems, 2013.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.2, Standard for hoses for compressed hydrogen fuel stations, dispensers and vehicle fuel systems, 2013.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.3, Test methods for hydrogen fueling parameter evaluation, 2016.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.4, Standard for breakaway devices for compressed hydrogen dispensing hoses and systems, 2013.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.6, Manually operated valves for use in gaseous hydrogen vehicle fueling stations, 2013.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.7, Automatic valves for use in gaseous hydrogen vehicle fueling stations, 2013.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.8, Hydrogen gas vehicle fueling station compressor guidelines, 2012.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.10, Standard For Fittings for compressed hydrogen gas and hydrogen rich gas mixtures, 2012.
Move CSA FC 1 & FC 3 from M.1.2.2 ANSI Publications to a new section to recognize CSA Group as publisher of these documents. This proposal also updates
CSA document designations, tiles and/or year of edition. Additional reference standards that were proposed to be added to A.10.3.1.1 are being added to this new
clause as well.
592 of 745
CSA Group Publications. CSA Group, 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road, Cleveland, OH 44131
ANSI/CSA CHMC 1, Test methods for evaluating material compatibility in compressed hydrogen applications - Metals, 2014.
ANSI/CSA HGV 4.5, Standard for priority and sequencing equipment for hydrogen vehicle fueling, 2013.
ANSI Z21.21 • CSA 6.5, Automatic valves for gas appliances, 2015.
CSA HGV 4.9, Hydrogen fueling stations, 2016.
Move CSA Group document ANSI Z21.21 • CSA 6.5 from M.2.4 Other Publications section to a new section to recognize CSA Group as publisher of this document.
This proposal also updates the document year of edition. Other CSA Group documents (CSA CHMC 1, CSA HGV 4.5 and CSA HGV 4.9) are included in this
proposal to provide additional Informational References.
593 of 745
594 of 745
595 of 745
CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, Keith A. Furr, 5th edition, CRC Press, Chemical Rubber Company, Boca Raton, FL, 2000.
NSF/ANSI 49, Biosafety Cabinetry: Design, Construction, Performance, and Field Certification, 2010.
UL 429, Standard for Electrically Operated Valves, 2009 2013 .
Allen, D. S. and P. Athens. 1968. “Influence of Explosion on Design.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York: American Institute of Chemical
Engineers.
Bader, M., C. C. Phillips, T. R. Mueller, W. S. Underwood, and S. D. Whitson. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to Service, Part II:
Disassembly, Decontamination, Disposal, and Analytical Procedures.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, Volume 14:369-375, 1999.
Brasie, W. C. and D. W. Simpson. 1968. “Guidelines for Estimating Explosion Damage.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York. American Institute
of Chemical Engineers.
Brinkley, S. R. 1969. “Determination of Explosion Yields.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 3. New York: American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
Cohen, E. 1968. “Prevention of and Protection Against Accidental Explosion of Munitions, Fuels, and Other Hazardous Mixtures.” New York Academy of
Science Annals — Volume 152. New York: New York Academy of Science.
Cote, A. E. Fire Protection Handbook, 20th edition. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association.
Damon, E. G. et al. 1971. Biodynamics of Air Blast, Albuquerque, NM: Lovelace Biomedical and Environmental Research Institute.
Dobbs, N. et al. 1970. New Concepts in the Design of Structures to Resist the Effects of Explosive-Toxic Detonations. Dover, NJ: Picatinny Arsenal.
Floyd, J., “Siting Requirements for Hydrogen Supplies Serving Fuel Cells in Non-Combustible Enclosures, “Hughes Associates, Inc., 3610 Commerce
Drive, Suite 817, Baltimore, MD 21227, HAI Project #3250-000, November 30, 2006. Fire Protection Research Foundation, 2006.
Gray, P. and P. R. Lee. Thermal Explosion Theory, New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
Hartwigsen, C. 1971. Shrapnel Containment Shields. Albuquerque, NM: Sandia Laboratories.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Analytical and Experimental Investigation of Small-Scale Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen Energy
33:1435-1444, 2008.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Predicting Radiative Heat Fluxes and Flammability Envelopes from Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy, 32:136–151, 2007.
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Operation and Maintenance, 26th edition. 2007. Lansing, MI: American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
JANNAF Propulsion Committee. 1971. “Chemical Propellant/Rocket Hazards.” General Safety Engineering Design Criteria, Volume 2. Silver Springs, MD:
Chemical Propulsion Information Agency.
Johnson, W. G. 1973. The Management Oversight and Risk Tree. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Kinney, G. F. 1986. Explosive Shocks in Air. New York: The Macmillan Co.
Kinney, G. F. and G. S. Robert. 1972. Pressure Rises in Internal Explosions. Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, B. Middleton (all of Sandia National Laboratories), and L. Fluer (of Fluer, Inc.), “Analyses to Support Development of Risk-Informed
Separation Distances for NFPA Hydrogen Codes and Standrds,” SAND 2009-0874, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM 87185, and
Lovermore, CA 94550, March 2009.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, R. Schefer, and G. Evans, “Analysis of Bariers for Mitigation of Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Paper presented at Annual
Hydrogen Conference and Hydrogen Expo USA, March 30-April 3, 2008, Sacramento, CA.
Lawrence, W. E. and E. E. Johnson. 1974. “Design for Limiting Explosion Damage.” Chemical Engineering, Volume 81, No. 1, pp. 96–104.
Lewis, B. and von Elbe, G., Combustion, Flames, and Explosions of Gases, Academic Press, 2nd Edition, New York 1961.
Matheson Gas Data Book, 7th edition, Matheson Co., East Rutherford, NJ, 2001.
Newmark, N. M. 1956. “An Engineering Approach to Blast Resistant Design.” American Society of Civil Engineers, Transaction 121.
“NIOSH Alert: Preventing Worker Injuries and Deaths from Explosions in Industrial Ethylene Oxide Sterilization Facilities.” Available at www.cdc.gov/niosh
/homepage.html.
Norris, C. H. et al. 1959. Structural Design for Dynamic Loads. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Phillips, C. C., T. R. Mueller, B. Marwan, M. W. Haskew, J. B. Phillips, and D. O. Vick. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to
Service, Part I: Survey, Sampling, and Analysis.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 9(7):503-509, July 1994.
596 of 745
Polentz, L. M. “The Peril in Pressurized Liquids.” Design News, September 6 and October 22, 1973.
Prudent Practices in the Laboratory, National Research Council, National Academy Press, Washington DC, 1995.
Rogers, R. N. and J. Zinn. 1962. “Thermal Initiation of Explosives.” Journal of Physical Chemistry, Volume 66, p. 2646.
Rules of the City of New York, “Chemical Laboratories,” Chapter 10. 1991. Albany, NY: Lenz & Rieker, Inc.
Schefer, R., W. Houf, B. Bournd, and J. Colton, “Spatial and Radiative Properties of an Open-Flame Hydrogen Plume,” Inter.J. Hydrogen Energy
31:1332-1340,2006.
Schefer R., W. Houf, T.C. Williams, B. Bourne, and J. Colton, “Characterization of High-Pressure, Underexpanded Hydrogen Jet Flames,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy 32:2081-2093, 12007.
Schilt, Alfred A., 1979. Perchloric Acid and Perchlorates. Columbus, OH: The G. Frederick Smith Chemical Company.
Scott Specialty Gases, Design and Safety Handbook, 2007 edition.
Smith, L. C. and M. J. Urizar. 1967. Lightweight Safety Shields for Small Scale Operations Involving Explosives. Los Alamos, NM: Los Alamos Scientific
Laboratories.
Tanaka, T., Azuma, T., Evans, J., Cronin, P., Johnson, D., and Cleaver, R./ “Experimental Study on Hydrogen Explosions in a Full-Scale Hydrogen Filling
Station Model,” International Conference on Hydrogen Safety, Pisa Italy 8–10 September 2005.
Standard Specification for Laboratory Fume Hoods, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460, Attn: Chief, Facilities Engineering and Real
Property Branch (PM-215).
This modification updates the referenced UL Standard to the most recent edition.
597 of 745
598 of 745
599 of 745
ANSI Z21.21-2005/CSA 6.5, Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances , 2005.ANSI Z535.1, Safety Color Code, 2006.
ANSI/AIHA Z9.5, Laboratory Ventilation, 2012.
ANSI/UL 2085, Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, 1997, revised 1999.
ASTM D5, Standard Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous Materials, 2006.
ASTM D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup, 2005.
ASTM D323, Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method), 2006.
ASTM E681-01, Code Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals (Vapors and Gases), 2004.
CGA G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 2009.
CGA G-4.4, Piping Systems, 2012.
CGA G-6.1, Standard for Insulated Liquid Carbon Dioxide Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA G-6.5, Standard for Small, Stationary, Insulated Carbon Dioxide Supply Systems, 2013.
CGA H-1, Service Conditions for Portable, Reversible Metal Hydride Systems, 2011.
CGA H-2, Guidelines for the Classification and Labeling of Hydrogen Storage Systems with Hydrogen Absorbed in Reversible Metal Hydrides, 2004.
CGA P-23, Standard for Categorizing Gas Mixtures Containing Flammable and Nonflammable Components, 2008.
CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, Keith A. Furr, 5th edition, CRC Press, Chemical Rubber Company, Boca Raton, FL, 2000.
NSF/ANSI 49, Biosafety Cabinetry: Design, Construction, Performance, and Field Certification, 2010.
UL 429, Standard for Electrically Operated Valves, 2009.
Allen, D. S. and P. Athens. 1968. “Influence of Explosion on Design.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York: American Institute of Chemical
Engineers.
Bader, M., C. C. Phillips, T. R. Mueller, W. S. Underwood, and S. D. Whitson. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to Service, Part II:
Disassembly, Decontamination, Disposal, and Analytical Procedures.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, Volume 14:369-375, 1999.
Brasie, W. C. and D. W. Simpson. 1968. “Guidelines for Estimating Explosion Damage.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 2. New York. American Institute
of Chemical Engineers.
Brinkley, S. R. 1969. “Determination of Explosion Yields.” Loss Prevention Manual — Volume 3. New York: American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
Cohen, E. 1968. “Prevention of and Protection Against Accidental Explosion of Munitions, Fuels, and Other Hazardous Mixtures.” New York Academy of
Science Annals — Volume 152. New York: New York Academy of Science.
Cote, A. E. Fire Protection Handbook, 20th edition. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association.
Damon, E. G. et al. 1971. Biodynamics of Air Blast, Albuquerque, NM: Lovelace Biomedical and Environmental Research Institute.
Dobbs, N. et al. 1970. New Concepts in the Design of Structures to Resist the Effects of Explosive-Toxic Detonations. Dover, NJ: Picatinny Arsenal.
Floyd, J., “Siting Requirements for Hydrogen Supplies Serving Fuel Cells in Non-Combustible Enclosures, “Hughes Associates, Inc., 3610 Commerce
Drive, Suite 817, Baltimore, MD 21227, HAI Project #3250-000, November 30, 2006. Fire Protection Research Foundation, 2006.
Gray, P. and P. R. Lee. Thermal Explosion Theory, New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
Hartwigsen, C. 1971. Shrapnel Containment Shields. Albuquerque, NM: Sandia Laboratories.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Analytical and Experimental Investigation of Small-Scale Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen Energy
33:1435-1444, 2008.
Houf, W., and R. Schefer, “Predicting Radiative Heat Fluxes and Flammability Envelopes from Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy, 32:136–151, 2007.
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Operation and Maintenance, 26th edition. 2007. Lansing, MI: American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
JANNAF Propulsion Committee. 1971. “Chemical Propellant/Rocket Hazards.” General Safety Engineering Design Criteria, Volume 2. Silver Springs, MD:
Chemical Propulsion Information Agency.
Johnson, W. G. 1973. The Management Oversight and Risk Tree. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Kinney, G. F. 1986. Explosive Shocks in Air. New York: The Macmillan Co.
Kinney, G. F. and G. S. Robert. 1972. Pressure Rises in Internal Explosions. Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, B. Middleton (all of Sandia National Laboratories), and L. Fluer (of Fluer, Inc.), “Analyses to Support Development of Risk-Informed
Separation Distances for NFPA Hydrogen Codes and Standrds,” SAND 2009-0874, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM 87185, and
Lovermore, CA 94550, March 2009.
LaChance, J., W. Houf, R. Schefer, and G. Evans, “Analysis of Bariers for Mitigation of Unintended Releases of Hydrogen,” Paper presented at Annual
Hydrogen Conference and Hydrogen Expo USA, March 30-April 3, 2008, Sacramento, CA.
Lawrence, W. E. and E. E. Johnson. 1974. “Design for Limiting Explosion Damage.” Chemical Engineering, Volume 81, No. 1, pp. 96–104.
Lewis, B. and von Elbe, G., Combustion, Flames, and Explosions of Gases, Academic Press, 2nd Edition, New York 1961.
Matheson Gas Data Book, 7th edition, Matheson Co., East Rutherford, NJ, 2001.
Newmark, N. M. 1956. “An Engineering Approach to Blast Resistant Design.” American Society of Civil Engineers, Transaction 121.
“NIOSH Alert: Preventing Worker Injuries and Deaths from Explosions in Industrial Ethylene Oxide Sterilization Facilities.” Available at www.cdc.gov/niosh
/homepage.html.
Norris, C. H. et al. 1959. Structural Design for Dynamic Loads. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Phillips, C. C., T. R. Mueller, B. Marwan, M. W. Haskew, J. B. Phillips, and D. O. Vick. “Returning Perchlorate-Contaminated Fume Hood Systems to
Service, Part I: Survey, Sampling, and Analysis.” Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 9(7):503-509, July 1994.
600 of 745
Polentz, L. M. “The Peril in Pressurized Liquids.” Design News, September 6 and October 22, 1973.
Prudent Practices in the Laboratory, National Research Council, National Academy Press, Washington DC, 1995.
Rogers, R. N. and J. Zinn. 1962. “Thermal Initiation of Explosives.” Journal of Physical Chemistry, Volume 66, p. 2646.
Rules of the City of New York, “Chemical Laboratories,” Chapter 10. 1991. Albany, NY: Lenz & Rieker, Inc.
Schefer, R., W. Houf, B. Bournd, and J. Colton, “Spatial and Radiative Properties of an Open-Flame Hydrogen Plume,” Inter.J. Hydrogen Energy
31:1332-1340,2006.
Schefer R., W. Houf, T.C. Williams, B. Bourne, and J. Colton, “Characterization of High-Pressure, Underexpanded Hydrogen Jet Flames,” Inter. J. Hydrogen
Energy 32:2081-2093, 12007.
Schilt, Alfred A., 1979. Perchloric Acid and Perchlorates. Columbus, OH: The G. Frederick Smith Chemical Company.
Scott Specialty Gases, Design and Safety Handbook, 2007 edition.
Smith, L. C. and M. J. Urizar. 1967. Lightweight Safety Shields for Small Scale Operations Involving Explosives. Los Alamos, NM: Los Alamos Scientific
Laboratories.
Tanaka, T., Azuma, T., Evans, J., Cronin, P., Johnson, D., and Cleaver, R./ “Experimental Study on Hydrogen Explosions in a Full-Scale Hydrogen Filling
Station Model,” International Conference on Hydrogen Safety, Pisa Italy 8–10 September 2005.
Standard Specification for Laboratory Fume Hoods, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460, Attn: Chief, Facilities Engineering and Real
Property Branch (PM-215).
Remove CSA Group Reference Publication from M.2.4 Other Publications. Proposal to recognize CSA Group as publisher of ANSI Z21.21 • CSA 6.5 has been
submitted separately.
601 of 745
602 of 745
17.3.1 The following components of the cryogenic fluid central supply system shall be accessible
and visible to delivery personnel during filling operations:
(1) Fill connection
(2) Top and bottom fill valves
(3) Hose purge valve
(4) Vent valve
(5) Full trycock valve
(6) Liquid level gauge
17.3.2 C ryogenic fluid central supply systems shall consist of the following:
(1) One or more main supply vessel(s), whose capacity shall be determined after consideration of
the customer usage requirements, delivery schedules, proximity of the facility to alternative
supplies, and the emergency plan
(2) A contents gauge on each of the main vessel(s)
(3) A reserve supply sized for greater than an average day's supply, with the size of vessel or
number of cylinders being determined after consideration of delivery schedules, proximity of the
facility to alternative supplies, and the facility's emergency plan
(4) At least two main vessel relief valves and rupture discs installed downstream of a three-way
(three-port) valve
(5) A check valve located in the primary supply piping upstream of the intersection with a
secondary supply or reserve supply
17.3.3 R eserve CMG supply systems consisting of either a second cryogenic fluid source or a
compressed gas source shall include the following:
(1) When the reserve source is a compressed gas source, the reserve shall be equipped with the
following:
(a) A cylinder manifold having not less than three gas cylinder connections or as otherwise
required for an average of one day's gas supply
(b) A pressure switch to monitor the pressure in the cylinder manifold
(2) When the reserve source is a second cryogenic fluid vessel, the reserve tank shall be equipped
with the following:
(a) An actuating switch or sensor to monitor the internal tank pressure
(b) A contents gauge to monitor the liquid level
(3) When the reserve source is either a cryogenic fluid or compressed gas source, a check valve
shall be provided to prevent backflow into the reserve system
17.3.4 Bulk cryogenic liquid sources shall include automatic means to provide the following
functions:
(1) When the main supply is supplying the system, the reserve supply shall be prevented from
supplying the system until the main supply is reduced to a level at or below the reserve activation
pressure.
(2) When the main supply cannot supply the system, the reserve supply shall automatically begin
to supply the system.
(3) Where there is more than one main supply vessel, the system shall operate as described below
for primary, secondary, and reserve operation:
a) If provided with two liquid container headers, one cryogenic liquid header shall be the
primary and the other shall be the secondary, with either being capable of either role.
b) If provided with one liquid container header and one gas cylinder header (a hybrid
arrangement), the liquid container header is the primary and the gas cylinder header is the
secondary.
c) When the primary header is supplying the system, the secondary header is prevented
from supplying the system.
d) When the primary header is depleted, the secondary header automatically begins to
603 of 745
605 of 745
606 of 745
displayed are typically those that will also be monitored at the master alarm, but the local signal
is visible at the equipment rather than remotely.
Bulk supply system requirements are being moved from NFPA 99 to NFPA 55 to have storage system
requirements for all compressed gas and cryogenic fluid systems in one document for ease of use. NFPA 99 will
use the NFPA extract method to copy specific bulk medical gas supply system requirements.
607 of 745
The NFPA 99/55 Task Group is proposing a new chapter for Cryogenic Fluid Central Supply Systems for Health
Care Facilities. This change is to clarify the specific applications of NFPA 55.
608 of 745
NFPA 72® , National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 edition.
NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities Code, 2015 edition.
NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2016 edition.
NFPA 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials, 2013 edition.
NFPA 496, Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, 2013 edition.
NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas of Use,
Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations, 2013 edition.
NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response,
2012 edition.
NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials, 2014 edition.
2.3 Other Publications.
609 of 745
610 of 745
611 of 745
Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.
612 of 745
Date updates
613 of 745
2.3.9 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062.
ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008, revised
2010 2013 .
614 of 745
Manual of Style requires that no references to specific sections of a code or standard be included in a definition.
Moreover 6.6.1 already states that weather protection does not make an area an indoor area.
615 of 745
3.3.XX * Compressed Medical Gases (CMG). Any liquefied or vaporized gas alone or in
combination with other gases that is a drug as defined by 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act, 21USC321(g)(1).
A.3.3.XX CMG includes gas(es) recognized in the current USP-NF or supplement(s) and
gas(es) intended for direct use or as a component of a gas(es) in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation,
treatment, or prevention of diseases in man or in animals that achieves its intended purpose
through chemical rather than physical means.
Bulk supply system requirements are being moved from NFPA 99 to NFPA 55 to have storage system
requirements for all compressed gas and cryogenic fluid systems in one document for ease of use. NFPA 99 will
use the NFPA extract method to copy specific bulk medical gas supply system requirements.
616 of 745
A cryogenic fluid central supply system with a storage capacity of more than 566 m 3 [20,000 ft 3 (scf)].
[99, 2018]
3.3.29.3 Micro-Bulk Cryogenic Fluid Central Supply System.
A cryogenic fluid central supply system with a storage capacity of less than or equal to 566 m 3 [20,000 ft 3
(scf)]. [99, 2018]
The NFPA 99/55 Task Group is proposing a new chapter for Cryogenic Fluid Central Supply Systems for Health
Care Facilities. This change is to clarify the "name" or terminology used for this system and align the definition
with NFPA 99.
617 of 745
Hydrogen Equipment Enclosure (HEE). A prefabricated area designed to protect hydrogen equipment that is
confined by at least 3 walls, not routinely occupied, and has a total area less than 450 ft 2 (41.8 m 2 ).
The definition for hydrogen equipment enclosures is not included in NFPA 55. It should be added for consistency
with NFPA 2. The definition included in this public input should be updated consistent with the definition changes
made in other public comments.
618 of 745
3.3.65 Material.
3.3.65.1 Inert Material
Non-flammable, non-reactive material.
3.3.65.2 Limited-Combustible Material.
See 4.12.2.
3.3.65.2 3 Noncombustible Material.
See 4.12.1.
3.3.65.3 4 Incompatible [Hazardous] Material.
Materials that, when in contact with each other, have the potential to react in a manner that generates heat,
fumes, gases, or by-products that are hazardous to life or property. [400, 2016]
The term "inert material" is used in Section 10.4.3.1.7, but is not defined anywhere. As this section is extracted into
NFPA 2 as well, requesting the agreed definition also be extracted into NFPA 2.
619 of 745
Currently there is no definition for Press-Connect fittings in NFPA 55. The term Press-Connect Fitting is used in
both the IAPMO and ICC codes. The wide use of Mechanical type fittings has created the need to identify fittings
such as Press-Connect and provide definitions to prevent confusion between mechanical fitting types and to help
identify the correct standards these fittings are required to be listed to based upon the use of the fittings.. This
definition is proposed to prevent confusion within the industry and aligns definitions for these type fittings. This
definition will also help to prevent incorrect terminology in the industry such as referring to Press-Connect fittings
as Propress which we have all commonly seen. As the Manufacturer of Propress we do like that our brand name
is the name used by those in the industry when referring to Press-Connect fittings, but we do want the industry to
have the correct terminology of the fittings to avoid any confusion between manufactured products.
620 of 745
Bulk supply system requirements are being moved from NFPA 99 to NFPA 55 to have storage system
requirements for all compressed gas and cryogenic fluid systems in one document for ease of use. NFPA 99 will
use the NFPA extract method to copy specific bulk medical gas supply system requirements.
621 of 745
622 of 745
Public Input is also being submitted to NFPA 2 (PI 300 NFPA 2: 2016)to address this issue. A literal application of
existing requirement could result in a requirement to train members of the public who are simply refueling their
GH2 powered vehicle beyond the simple requirements which can be addressed mostly by signage for a refueling
operation. For a public fueling station in compliance with NFPA 2 Chapter 10, the need for additional training of
public personnel is minimal - similar to how gasoline is handled. The text in this section is extracted into NFPA 2.
Therefore the submitter respectfully requests this item be coordinated between NFPA 55 and NFPA 2 TCs.
623 of 745
4.11.1.2
Where guard posts are installed, the posts shall meet the following criteria:
(1) They shall be constructed of steel not less than 4 in. (102 mm) in diameter and concrete filled.
(2) They shall be spaced not more than 4 ft (1.2 m) between posts on center.
(3) They shall be set not less than 3 ft (0.9 m) deep in a concrete footing of not less than a 15 in.
(381 mm) diameter.
(4) They shall be set with the top of the posts not less than 3 ft (0.9 m) above ground.
(5) They shall be located not less than 5 ft 3 ft (1 0 .5 m 9 m ) from the tank.
[400:6.1.9.2]
NFPA 400 first revision 20 (for the 2016 edition) changed the guard post distance from 5 feet to 3 feet.
624 of 745
The provision intends to establish the requirement on the presence of either compressed gases or cryogenic
fluids, not both compressed gases and cryogenic fluids.
625 of 745
626 of 745
627 of 745
Where the quantities of compressed gases or cryogenic fluids stored or used within an indoor control area
exceed those shown in Table 6.3.1.1 , the area shall meet the requirements for Protection Levels 1 through
5 in accordance with the building code, based on the requirements of 6.3.2 .
Table 6.3.1.1 Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) of Hazardous Materials per Control Area
Use — O
Storage Use — Closed Systems System
High
Hazard
Protection Solid Liquid Gasa Solid Liquid Gasa Solid L
Material Class Level Pounds Gallons scf (lb) Pounds Gallons scf (lb) Pounds G
Cryogenic Flammable 2 NA 45b, c NA NA 45b,c NA NA
fluid
Oxidizing 3 NA 45d, e NA NA 45d,e NA NA
Inert NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA
Flammable, Gaseous 2 NA NA 1000d,e NA NA 1000d,e NA
gasf
Liquefied 2 NA NA (150)d,e NA NA (150)d,e NA
LP 2 NA NA (300)g,h,i NA NA (300)g NA
Unstable Gaseous4
(reactive)
gas
or 3 1 NA NA 10d,j NA NA 10d,j NA
detonable 4
3 2 NA NA 50d,e NA NA 50d,e NA
nondetonable
3
2 3 NA NA 750d,e NA NA 750d,e NA
1 NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA
Unstable Liquefied
(reactive)
gas
4 or 3 1 NA NA (1)d,j NA NA (1)d,j NA
detonable
3 2 NA NA (2)d,e NA NA (2)d,e NA
nondetonable
2 3 NA NA (150)d,e NA NA (150)d,e NA
1 NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA
Corrosive Gaseous 4 NA NA 810d,e NA NA 810d,e NA
gas
628 of 745
Use — O
Storage Use — Closed Systems System
High
Hazard
Protection Solid Liquid Gasa Solid Liquid Gasa Solid L
Material Class Level Pounds Gallons scf (lb) Pounds Gallons scf (lb) Pounds G
Liquefied NA NA (150)d,e NA NA (150)d,e NA
NA: Not applicable within the context of NFPA 55 (refer to the applicable building or fire code for additional
information on these materials).
NL: Not limited in quantity.
Notes:
(1) For use of control areas, see Section 6.2.
(2) Table values in parentheses or brackets correspond to the unit name in parentheses or brackets at the
top of the column.
(3) The aggregate quantity in use and storage is not permitted to exceed the quantity listed for storage. In
addition, quantities in specific occupancies are not permitted to exceed the limits in the building code.
aMeasured at NTP [70°F (20°C) and 14.7 psi (101.3 kPa)].
bNone allowed in unsprinklered buildings unless stored or used in gas rooms or in approved gas cabinets
or exhausted enclosures, as specified in this code.
cWith pressure-relief devices for stationary or portable containers vented directly outdoors or to an exhaust
hood.
dQuantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent where stored or used in approved cabinets, gas
cabinets, exhausted enclosures, gas rooms, as appropriate for the material stored. Where Footnote e also
applies, the increase for the quantities in both footnotes is permitted to be applied accumulatively.
eMaximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13. Where Footnote d also applies, the increase for
the quantities in both footnotes is permitted to be applied accumulatively.
fFlammable gases in the fuel tanks of mobile equipment or vehicles are permitted to exceed the MAQ
where the equipment is stored and operated in accordance with the applicable fire code.
gSee NFPA 58 for requirements for liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas). LP-Gas is not within the scope of
NFPA 55.
hAdditional storage locations are required to be separated by a minimum of 300 ft (92 m).
iIn mercantile occupancies, storage of LP-Gas is limited to a maximum of 200 lb (91 kg) in nominal 1 lb
(0.45 kg) LP-Gas containers.
jPermitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
NFPA 13.
kAllowed only where stored or used in gas rooms or in approved gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures, as
specified in this code.
629 of 745
The proposed change removes the detonable and non-detonable subcategories from the Unstable Reactive Gas 3
(both gaseous and liquefied). The subcategories (detonable and non-detonable) should only apply to quantities
greater than the MAQ. This change would make NFPA 55 more consistent with the requirements in the
International Fire Code, which does not apply the sub-categorization until the Unstable Reactive 3 gas (both
detonable and non-detonable combined) MAQ has been exceeded.
NFPA 55 does not provide a clear definition or other method for determining whether an Unstable Reactive gas 3
is detonable vs non-detonable. A clarification should be provided for detonable vs. non-detonable Unstable
Reactive Gas 3. Note: HMEX provides the categorization for Unstable Reactive Gas 3 detonable and
non-detonable. HMEX is intended to be used with the International Fire Code and International Building Code.
630 of 745
631 of 745
6.3.1.6.1
Flammable and oxidizing gases shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies
and laboratory areas of business occupancies not used for offices .
Flammable and Oxidizing gases >250 cu ft. in non office areas of a business occupancy is permitted by the IFC
5803.1.1. This change achieves consistency but clarifies further that only laboratory areas are permitted to have >
250 cu ft. Note that in areas of conflict the IFC shall have primacy over referenced codes (such as NFPA 55 in this
case).
for reference:
2015 IFC: 5803.1.1 Special limitations for indoor storage and use.
Flammable gases shall not be stored or used in Group A,
E, I or R occupancies or in offices in Group B occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. Cylinders of nonliquefied compressed gases not
exceeding a capacity of 250 cubic feet (7.08 m3)
or liquefied gases not exceeding a capacity of 40
pounds (18 kg) each at normal temperature and
pressure (NTP) used for maintenance purposes,
patient care or operation of equipment.
2. Food service operations in accordance with Section
6103.2.1.7.
3. Hydrogen gas systems located in a hydrogen fuel
gas room constructed in accordance with Section
421 of the International Building Code.
2015 IFC: [A] 102.7 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be those that are listed
in Chapter 80, and such codes and standards shall be considered
to be part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed
extent of each such reference and as further regulated
in Sections 102.7.1 and 102.7.2.
[A] 102.7.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between provisions
of this code and referenced codes and standards,
the provisions of this code shall apply.
632 of 745
6.3.1.6.3
Hydrogen gas systems located in a hydrogen gas room that meets the requirements of 10.4.5.3 are
permissible in quantities up to those allowed by Table 6.3.1.1 in Assembly, Educational, Institutional,
Residential, or Business occupancies.
Hydrogen gas rooms are not currently invoked by NFPA 55. This change is consistent with the IFC 5803.1.1 and
provides a driver for building one. A hydrogen gas room in NFPA 55 is analogous to a "Hydrogen Fuel Gas Room"
in the IFC. Its use is different from a gas room. A gas room can be used to double base MAQ but there is no
driver for a hydrogen gas room currently. A hydrogen gas room can allow a hydrogen system to be built in other
than industrial or storage occupancies with a system that is greater than 250 cu ft but less than MAQ and still be
part of the base occupancy when the room is built per 10.4.5.3. This is appropriate and should be allowed.
633 of 745
Except for containers or cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.6 Nm3) content at NTP stored or used within gas
cabinets or exhausted enclosures of educational occupancies , toxic or highly toxic compressed gases
shall not be stored or used in other than industrial and storage occupancies.
The NFPA 400 (2016 Edition) occupancy specific MAQ tables 5.2.1.2 through 5.2.1.10.1, all allow toxic and highly
toxic compressed gases in cylinders not exceeding 20 scf at NTP within exhausted cabinets or exhausted
enclosures making the specific allowance for educational occupancies unnecessary. Delete Educational
occupancy so that this requirement is consistent with the allowances within NFPA 400.
634 of 745
Public Input No. 56-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 6.16 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Indoor storage and use areas and storage buildings for compressed gases and cryogenic fluids shall be
provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation or fixed natural ventilation, where ventilation per 6.16.1 or
mechanical exhaust ventilation per 6.16.2. Fixed natural ventilation is permissible, where fixed natural
ventilation is shown to be acceptable for the material as stored.
Introduces the concept that exhaust ventilation (direct to the outside) does not kick in until >MAQ. At less than
MAQ ventilation per the mechanical code is OK.
635 of 745
Currently all requirements of 6.16 apply for any quantity. Below MAQ the only requirement should be that normal
ventilation designed per he mechanical code is OK. For instance, bringing a lecture bottle of flammable gas into
any occupancy would trigger the requirements of 6.16 currently. Most building do not meet these requirements
and they are not needed for small quantities.
636 of 745
The requirements of the existing 6.16.1 -7 are appropriate for quantities greater than MAQ but are excessive for <
MAQ.
637 of 745
Mechanical exhaust or fixed natural ventilation shall be provided at a rate of not less than 1 scf/min/ft2
(0.3048 Nm 0051m 3 / min/m sec •m 2 ) of floor area over the area of storage or use.
The metric units are supposed to be in SI units. SI doesn’t use minutes; only hours or seconds as defined in ANSI
SI-10.
638 of 745
6.16.4.4
For LH2 systems, exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 in. (305 mm) of the cieling and inlets shall
be provided within 12 in. (305 mm) of the floor.
Please renumber subsequent sections
Release of LH2 are different in that the initial release will normally (but not always) be buoyant. regardless most of
the release will quickly vaporize and warm up and become lighter than air. So exhaust near the ceiling is also
appropriate and should be required. To assure that the room space is adequately swept with air, floor level intakes
are also appropriate.
639 of 745
7.1.5.5.2
Pressure relief devices are to conform to either stationary or transportable storage requirements based
on design and usage.
7.1.5.5.2.1 Pressure relief devices to protect transportable containers shall be designed and provided in
accordance with CGA S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards – Part 1– Cylinders for Compressed Gases,
for cylinders; CGA S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards – Part 2 – Cargo and Portable Tanks for
Compressed Gases, for portable tanks; and CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards – Part 3 –
Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed Gases, for stationary tanks or in accordance with applicable
equivalent requirements in the country of use.
The intent is to differentiate between transportable and stationary storage, as requirements and agencies for the
two types are different. This issue for clarification by differentiation was identified in FCHEA review of NFPA 2,
where extract text from NFPA 55 is used. The submitter requests consideration jointly between NFPA 55 and
NFPA 2 as this differentiation would impact both documents.
640 of 745
7.1.7.3.1
Stationary compressed gas cylinders, containers, and tanks shall be marked in accordance with NFPA 704
or Hazardous Materials Identification System (HMIS) as the application dictates .
US DoL OSHA - 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazardous Materials Identification may be applicable for some applications.
641 of 745
7.1.8.3.2
Guard posts Bollards, guards or other approved means shall be provided to protect compressed gas
cylinders, containers, tanks, and systems indoors and outdoors from vehicular damage in accordance with
Section 4.11 .
Guard posts are security stations. Bollards are posts in the ground provided for protection from physical damage.
If other means are provided, they should be approved, which is a defined term.
642 of 745
Public Input No. 46-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 7.1.8.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Compressed Transportable compressed gas cylinders, containers, and tanks in use or in storage shall be
secured to prevent them from falling or being knocked over by corralling them and securing them to a cart,
framework, or fixed object by use of a restraint, unless otherwise permitted by 7.1.8.4.1 and 7.1.8.4.2 .
Need to differentiate between transportable storage and stationary storage. This issue was identified in review of
NFPA 2, for several sections of Chapter 7. The submitter requests this issue be considered jointly between NFPA
55 and NFPA 2 to facilitate coordination and harmonization.
643 of 745
Unstable
Reactive
Class 2, Toxic or
Class 3, or Highly
Class 4 Corrosive Oxidizing Flammable Pyrophoric Toxic
Other
Gas Category Gas ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m
Toxic or highly
NR 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 — —
toxic
Pyrophoric NR 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 — — 20 6.1
Flammable NR 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 — — 20 6.1 20 6.1
Oxidizing NR 20 6.1 20 6.1 — — 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1
Corrosive NR 20 6.1 — — 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1
Unstable
reactive
Class 2, NR — — 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1 20 6.1
Class 3, or
Class 4
Other gas — NR NR NR NR NR NR
645 of 745
7.1.10.10.1*
Electrical devices mounted on compressed gas piping, cylinders, containers, or tanks stationary or
transportable storage shall be installed, grounded, and bonded in accordance with the methods specified in
NFPA 70 (NEC).
Seeking to make a clear distinction between stationary and transportable storage as requirements and agencies
are different. This impacts NFPA 2, which has extracted these requirements from NFPA 55, where use of both
types are common. Examples of areas of concern with potential misinterpretation of applicable requirements are
as follows:
Inadvertent activation of the CGA S-1 valve. Stationary storage does not require S-1 valves. So this only applies
to transportable storage.
The concern with stationary storage is the possibility of a pool fire under the storage. An appropriate approach
might be to place the storage above grade, maybe a concrete slab, so that an untenable release of a liquid fuel
cannot pool under the storage.
Other solutions to resolve this are possible. Request discussion between NFPA 55 and NFPA 2 TCs.
646 of 745
The use of a generic table for separation of gas cylinders (of different gas categories) presents unnecessary
difficulties when storing gases of multiple gas categories. For example, per NFPA 55 7.1.10.2 a cylinder of chlorine
gas (classified as an oxidizer and a toxic gas by HMEX(TM)) cannot be stored adjacent to a cylinder of oxygen
(only classified as an oxidizer). Per NFPA 55, the cylinder of chlorine would require a special storage area for only
oxidizer/toxics. Per available chemical compatibility sources, oxygen and chlorine gas would be chemically
compatible and could be stored together.
Additionally, the reworded section would require separations from incompatible solids and liquids.
647 of 745
648 of 745
Throughout this chapter we are seeking to clarify requirements through differentiation between stationary and
transportable storage, as requirements may differ. Request this be addressed between NFPA 55 and NFPA 2 TCs
as this impacts both.
649 of 745
Access by the general public needs to be addressed. The AHJ has found with other fuel gases that historically
tampering is a greater threat so they required standardized valves and the first responders carry the tools to close
the valve.
Also PI attempts to clarify terminology. An operator is a person, an actuator is a device. A handle is a manual
actuator.
650 of 745
7.3.1.9 Transfer.
Transfer of gases between cylinders, containers, and tanks stationary and portable storage shall be
performed by qualified personnel using equipment and operating procedures in accordance with CGA P-1,
Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers.
651 of 745
7.3.1.11.3
Manual emergency shutoff valves shall visually indicate their position, open or closed, and shall be 1/4 turn
to shut off gas flow.
This adds basic requirement appropriate for emergency shutoff valves so that the position of a valve can be
quickly determined visually and quickly closed from the open position.
652 of 745
7.3.1.12.2
Approved means of meeting the requirements for emergency isolation shall include any of the following:
(1) Automatic shutoff valves, located as close to the bulk source as practical, tied to leak detection
systems
(2) Attended control stations where trained personnel can monitor alarms or supervisory signals and can
trigger emergency responses
(3) A constantly monitored control station with an alarm and remote shut off of the gas supply system
(4) Excess flow valves at the bulk source
7.3.1.12.3
The requirements of 7.3.1.12 shall not be required for the following:
(1) Piping for inlet connections designed to prevent backflow at the source
(2) Piping for pressure relief devices
(3) Where the source of the gas is not in excess of the quantity threshold as indicated in Table 6 . 3.1.1
no technical change intended. This simply relocates a key concept of this requirement to increase visibility and
improve compliance.
653 of 745
Public Input No. 45-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 8.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Containers employed for the storage or use of cryogenic fluids shall be designed, fabricated, tested, marked
(stamped), and maintained in accordance with DOT regulations; Transport Canada (TC), Transportation of
Dangerous Goods Regulations; the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, “Rules for the Construction of
Unfired Pressure Vessels” ; or regulations of other administering agencies.
The text as written limits the user to Section VIII, when Section X or in some cases Section XII may be applicable.
This section is extracted into NFPA 2, where we feel the limitation to Section VIII may not be appropriate. Request
this issue be coordinated between NFPA 55 and NFPA 2.
654 of 745
8.2.4.1.1
Pressure relief devices shall be provided to protect containers and piping systems containing cryogenic
fluids from rupture in the event of damage due to overpressure.
Leak and deformation are not rupture. Rupture is a catastrophic event. We are also concerned about any loss of
containment or any damage which may lead to a catastrophic event. Request this item be discussed jointly
between NFPA 55 and NFPA 2.
655 of 745
8.2.4.1.2
Pressure relief devices shall be designed in accordance with ASME, or in accordance with CGA S-1.1,
Pressure Relief Device Standards — Part 1 — Cylinders for Compressed Gases, and CGA S-1.2, Pressure
Relief Device Standards – Part 2 – Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, for portable tanks;
and CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards – Part 3 — Stationary Storage Containers for
Compressed Gases, for stationary tanks.
Provide option to use appropriate ASME relief valves. Valves meeting ASME requirements are suitable for these
applications.
656 of 745
Hydrogen is a flammable gas which will experience boil-off. It is not clear how this is addressed by the
requirements stated. Requesting clarification or pointers to appropriate text. Also request this item be discussed
jointly with NFPA 2 TC.
657 of 745
The schematic may be important for operations and maintenance. A copy should be with the site O&M and
possibly LOTO instructions.
658 of 745
8.5.1.2
The following components of the bulk system shall be accessible and visible to delivery personnel during
filling operations:
8.5.1.3
Bulk cryogenic fluid systems shall be anchored with foundations in accordance with the provisions of CGA
M-1, Guide for Medical Gas Installations at Consumer Sites .
659 of 745
8.5.1.4
Bulk cryogenic fluid systems shall consist of the following:
(1) One or more main supply vessel(s), whose capacity shall be determined after consideration of the
customer usage requirements, delivery schedules, proximity of the facility to alternative supplies, and
the emergency plan
(2) A contents gauge on each of the main vessel(s)
(3) A reserve supply sized for greater than an average day's supply, with the size of vessel or number of
cylinders being determined after consideration of delivery schedules, proximity of the facility to
alternative supplies, and the facility's emergency plan
(4) At least two main vessel relief valves and rupture discs installed downstream of a three-way
(three-port) valve
(5) A check valve located in the primary supply piping upstream of the intersection with a secondary
supply or reserve supply
8.5.1.5
Bulk cryogenic fluid reserve supply systems consisting of either a second cryogenic fluid source or a
compressed gas source shall include the following:
(1) When the reserve source is a compressed gas source, the reserve shall be equipped with the
following:
(2) A cylinder manifold having not less than three gas cylinder connections or as otherwise
required for an average of one day’s gas supply
(3) A pressure switch to monitor the pressure in the cylinder manifold
(4) When the reserve source is a second cryogenic fluid vessel, the reserve tank shall be equipped with
the following:
(7) When the reserve source is either a cryogenic fluid or compressed gas source, a check valve shall
be provided to prevent backflow into the reserve system
8.5.1.6
Bulk cryogenic fluid systems shall include a fill mechanism consisting of the following components:
(1) A nonremovable product-specific fill connection in compliance with CGA V-6, Standard Cryogenic
Liquid Transfer Connection
(2) A means to cap and secure the fill connection inlet
(3) A check valve to prevent product backflow from the fill inlet
(4) A fill hose purge valve
(5) Supports that hold the fill piping off the ground
(6) A secure connection between the bulk tank and the fill piping
(7) Supports as necessary to hold the fill line in position during all operations associated with the filling
procedure
660 of 745
8.5.1.7
Where vaporizers are required to convert cryogenic liquid to the gaseous state, the vaporizer units shall
conform to the following:
(1) Be permitted to operate by either ambient heat transfer or external thermal source (e.g., electric
heater, hot water, steam)
(2) Be designed to provide capacity for the customer’s peak and average flow rates under local
conditions, seasonal conditions for weather and humidity, and structures that obstruct air circulation
flow and sunlight
(3) If switching is required as part of the system design, have piping and manual/automatic valving
configured in such a manner that operating vaporizer(s) or sections of the vaporizer can be switched
to nonoperating vaporizer or section of the vaporizer to de-ice through a valving configuration that
ensures continuous flow to the facility through either or both vaporizers and/or sections of the
vaporizer if valving switchover fails
8.5.1.8
Where a vaporizer requires an external thermal source, the flow from the source of supply shall be
unaffected by the loss of the external thermal source through either of the following:
(1) Reserve ambient heat transfer vaporizers capable of providing capacity for at least one day's
average supply and piped so as to be unaffected by flow stoppage through the main vaporizer
(2) A reserve noncryogenic source capable of providing at least one day’s average supply
Bulk supply system requirements are being moved from NFPA 99 to NFPA 55 to have storage system
requirements for all compressed gas and cryogenic fluid systems in one document for ease of use. NFPA 99 will
use the NFPA extract method to copy specific bulk medical gas supply system requirements.
661 of 745
8.8.1 General.
Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 or NFPA 79 as appropriate, and
Section 8.8.
NPFA 79 is not currently referenced. While NFPA 70 applies between components and the grid, NFPA 79 applies
within systems and modules (e.g. – what if you have five 110 circuits in the same box? What are the color code
and labeling requirements?)
662 of 745
8.9.1.1 Testing.
Containers out of service in excess of 1 year shall be inspected and tested as required in 8.9.1.2 and ??? .
The text currently requires only the relief device be tested and inspected. The section is not directing to
requirements for testing the container itself. Such requirements may differ depending on whether the storage is a
transportable system or a stationary system. Request coordinating any change with NFPA 2, as this language is
extracted into NFPA 2, and the issue was identified in a review on NFPA 2.
663 of 745
Public Input No. 79-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 8.13.2.6.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]
The grade elevation differential for a distance of not less than 50 ft (15.2 m) from where cryogenic fluid
storage or delivery systems are installed shall be higher than the grade on which such that a release will
not flow into an area where other flammable or combustible liquids are stored or used.
The word "grade" is confusing as it can be interpreted to mean an average change in elevation. Proposed
rewording is intended to clarify the intent.
664 of 745
8.14.2.2
Piping systems shall be designed and constructed to allow for expansion, contraction, vibration, settlement,
and fire exposure .
Request for clarification: Is the fire exposure requirement pertaining to insulation? Other than fire exposure, the
requirement is redundant to calling out the Piping Code. Please clarify intent.
665 of 745
8.14.9.2.1
Container systems equipped with cathodic protection shall be inspected for the intended operation by a
cathodic protection tester.
8.14.9.2.1.1
The examinations shall be documented. A record of the examination history shall be maintained by the
owner and shall be available to the authority having jurisdiction upon reques
Results of testing currently required need to be made available to the AHJ. This PI adds language for this.
Request coordinating with NFPA 2 TC as this requirements has been extracted into NFPA 2, and the
documentation addition would be applicable there as well.
666 of 745
Clarifying the requirements and ensuring appropriate records are maintained. Differentiating terminology.
Equipment is examined. Paperwork is inspected.
667 of 745
9.1.1.2
A bulk oxygen An oxygen cryogenic fluid central supply system used in medical gas applications shall be
in be in accordance with Section 8.5 and Chapter 17 and CGA M-1, Guide Standard for Medical Gas
Installations at Consumer Sites Supply Systems at Health Care Facilities , in addition to the provisions
stated herein.
Bulk supply system requirements are being moved from NFPA 99 to NFPA 55 to have storage system
requirements for all compressed gas and cryogenic fluid systems in one document for ease of use. NFPA 99 will
use the NFPA extract method to copy specific bulk medical gas supply system requirements.
668 of 745
Public Input No. 17-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 9.3.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
669 of 745
Oxygen systems located outdoors shall be separated from exposure hazards in accordance with the
requirements of Table 9.3.2 as applicable.
Table 9.3.2 Minimum Separation Distances Between Bulk Liquid Oxygen Systems and Exposure Hazards
Distance
(See 9.3.2.1 .)
Type of Exposure ft m
(1) Buildings of Type I and II construction as defined by the building code 1 0.3
(2) Buildings of Type III, IV, or V construction as defined by the building code 50 15
(3) Wall openings as measured from high-pressure gas or liquefied gas regulators,
10 3
pressure relief devices, vaporizers, manifolds, and interconnected piping
(4) Property lines 5 1.5
(5) Public sidewalks 10 3
(6) Public assembly 50 15
(7) Areas occupied by nonambulatory patients as measured from the primary pressure
50 15
relief device discharge vent and from filling and vent connections
(8) Parked vehicles 10 3
(9) Exterior walls that encroach on the container to form a court with three or more sides See 8.13.2.7
(10) All classes of flammable and combustible liquids above ground (See 9.3.2.2.)
(a) 0 gal to 1000 gal (0 to 3785 L) 25 7.5
(b) Over 1000 gal (3785 L) 50 15
(11) All classes of flammable and combustible liquids in belowground tanks or vaults
(a) Horizontal distance from oxygen storage container to tank or vault 15 4.6
(b) Horizontal distance from oxygen storage container to filling and vent connections or
25 7.5
other openings to tank or vault
(12) Flammable gases aboveground
(a) Liquefied hydrogen (any quantity) 75 22.5
(b) Other liquefied gas, 0 gal to 1000 gal (0 L to 3785 L) 25 7.5
(c) Other liquefied gas, over 1000 gal (3785 L) 50 15
(d) Nonliquefied or dissolved gases, 0 scf to 25,000 scf (0 Nm3 to 708 Nm3) 25 7.5
The phrase “including piping systems below ground” is vague and could be interpreted to apply to either
underground flammable gas piping systems or to underground oxygen piping systems.
671 of 745
9.4.1.4.1
Joints in piping and tubing shall be permitted to be made by welding or brazing or by use of flanged,
threaded, socket, slip, compression or compression press-connect fittings.
Press-Connect fittings have been allowed for use as Compression fittings currently. This proposal will help to
define the difference between a true compression fitting and a press-connect fitting as to which a definition is being
provided in the related Public Input Number 37. This clarification and addition of press-connect language will help
to remove confusion within the industry as well as provide the correct terminology for the fitting which is needed to
refer to the related standards and ASME B 31 listings. This terminology and definition of press-connect fittings are
used in both the ICC and IAPMO codes.
672 of 745
CGA H-5 provides more details for bulk hydrogen supply systems.
673 of 745
This is a placeholder to allow the TCs for NFPA 55 and NFPA 2 to work together to develop clearer distinction
between requirements for bulk storage plugged into a building versus connected to an intelligent fueling station
with robust safety protocols. (Personnel dealing with these 2 scenarios are different at hydrogen supply
companies, as they are very different markets.)
674 of 745
10.2.5.3
Control circuits that automatically shut down
When an automatic shutdown control shuts down a system, the system shall remain down until manually
activated or reset
after a safe shutdown is performed
by personnel authorized by the owner after determination of the cause of the shut down and the
determination that the system is safe to restart .
675 of 745
As currently written, the maintenance of hydrogen systems would be required annually for all systems regardless
of whether the quantities are less than or greater than Maximum Allowable Quantities. This is a significant change
from the maintenance philosophy in the previous editions of NFPA 55.
Changing the section number puts this requirement into a section that would only be required if the quantities were
greater than the MAQ. This would also make the requirement consistent with annual maintenance requirement for
flammable gas systems found in NFPA 400 (2016 Edition) section 21.3.6.5. This would also make it consistent
with the maintenance requirements for hydrogen systems found in the previous NFPA 55 Edition (2013) Chapter
10.
676 of 745
The need is to have containers inspected at intervals of 5 years or less. The revision clarifies this.
677 of 745
Clarification. As written, the requirement may be interpreted to mean that inspection intervals are greater than 5
years.
678 of 745
There could be jurisdictions that require compliance with NFPA 55 but not NFPA 2. The reference is needed to
ensure that the requirements for Hydrogen Equipment Enclosure are addressed by NFPA 55.
679 of 745
10.4.2.2 Location.
10.4.2.2.1 * Minimum Distance.
680 of 745
The minimum distance from a bulk hydrogen compressed gas system located outdoors to specified
exposures shall be
in accordance with Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) , Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) , or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) . (See also
Annex G .)
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Pressure > 15 to ≤250 psig > 250 to ≤3000 psig > 3000 to ≤7500 psig > 7500 to ≤15,000 psig Internal Pipe
Diameter (ID) >103.4 to ≤1724 kPa >1724 to ≤20,684 kPa >20,684 to ≤51,711 kPa >51,711 to
≤103,421 kPa d mm d = 52.5 mm d = 18.97 mm d = 7.31 mm d = 7.16 mm Group 1 Exposures
m ft m ft m ft m ft (a) Lot lines 12 40 14 46 9 29 10 34 (b) Air intakes (HVAC, compressors,
other) (c) Operable openings in buildings and structures (d) Ignition sources such as open flames and
welding Group 2 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft (a) Exposed persons other than those
servicing the system 6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16 (b) Parked cars Group 3 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m
ft (a) Buildings of noncombustible non-fire-rated construction 5 17 6 19 4 12 4 14 (b) Buildings of
combustible construction (c) Flammable gas storage systems above or below ground (d) Hazardous
materials storage systems above or below ground (e) Heavy timber, coal, or other slow-burning
combustible solids (f) Ordinary combustibles, including fast-burning solids such as ordinary lumber,
excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and vegetation other than that found in maintained landscaped
areas (g) Unopenable openings in building and structures (h) Encroachment by overhead utilities
(horizontal distance from the vertical plane below the nearest overhead electrical wire of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous materials (j) Flammable gas metering and regulating stations such as
natural gas or propane
Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
>15 to ≤250 psig
>103.4 to ≤1724 kPa >250 to ≤3000 psig
>1724 to ≤20,684 kPa Pressure Exposures *† Exposures *† Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) Group 1 Group 2
Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 ID
(in.) d
(mm) D = 0.231d D = 0.12584d - 0.47126 D = 0.096d D = 0.738d D = 0.43616d - 0.91791 D =
0.307d m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft 0.2 5.1 1 4 0 1 0 2 4 12 1 4 2 5 0.3 7.6 2 6 0 2 1 2 6 18 2 8 2 8 0.4 10.2 2 8 1 3 1 3 7
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
* For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.4.2.2.1(a).
† When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The
calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of
measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
>3000 to ≤7500 psig
>20,684 to ≤51,711 kPa >7500 to ≤15,000 psig
>51,711 to ≤103,421 kPa Pressure Exposures *† Exposures *† Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) Group
1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 ID
(in.) d
(mm) D = 1.105d D = 0.68311d - 1.3123 D = 0.459d D = 1.448d D = 0.92909d - 1.6813 D =
0.602d m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft 0.2 5.1 6 18 2 7 2 8 7 24 3 10 3 10 0.3 7.6 8 28 4 13 3 11 11 36 5 18 5 15 0.4 10.2
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
* For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.3.2.1(a).
† When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The
calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of
measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
681 of 745
10.4.2.2.1.1
The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters other than those specified in Table
10.4.2.2.1(a) for the pressure range selected shall be permitted with tabular distances determined based
on the use of Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) .
10.4.2.2.2 Maximum Internal Diameter of Interconnecting Piping.
The maximum internal diameter of the piping system used for interconnecting piping between the shutoff
valve on any single storage container to the point of connection to the system source valve shall not be
required to be in accordance with the values shown in Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) when in accordance with
Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) .
10.4.2.2.2.1 * Determination of Internal Diameter.
The internal diameter of the piping system shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving that
portion of a storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ). The piping system size used in
the application of Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) , Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) , or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) shall be determined
based on that portion of the system with the greatest maximum internal diameter.
10.4.2.2.2.2
Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) shall be
subject to review and approval by the AHJ.
10.4.2.2.3 *
Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum
operating pressure of the storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm 3 ), irrespective of
those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure.
10.4.2.2.4 * Reduction of Distance by Mitigation Means.
682 of 745
(1) Fire barrier walls shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
(2) The fire barrier wall shall interrupt the line of sight between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas
system and the exposure.
(3) The configuration of the fire barrier shall allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of
hazardous gas concentrations.
(4) The number of fire barrier walls used to separate individual systems shall be limited to three.
(5) The fire barrier wall shall not have more than two sides at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) directions or not
more than three sides with connecting angles of 135 degrees (2.36 rad).
(6) * The connecting angles between fire barrier walls shall be permitted to be reduced to less
than 135 degrees (2.36 rad) for installations consisting of three walls when in accordance with
8.13.2.7.2 .
(7) Fire barrier walls shall be designed and constructed as a structure in accordance with the
requirements of the building code without exceeding the specified allowable stresses for the materials
of construction utilized. Structures shall be designed to resist the overturning effects caused by lateral
forces due to wind, soil, flood, and seismic events.
(8) Where clearance is required between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the barrier
wall for the performance of service or maintenance-related activities, a minimum horizontal clearance
of 5 ft (1.5 m) shall be provided between the structure and the system.
(9) The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building
adjacent to the storage or use area when the exterior building wall meets the requirements for fire
barrier walls.
683 of 745
Bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems shall be allowed to integrate or co-locate other nonliquefied
flammable gas systems as a component of the hydrogen gas system without separation, where the output
of the system is designed to deliver a product in which the gases are mixed or blended for delivery into the
user’s system.
10.4.2.2.6.1
The following provisions shall apply in order to allow adjacent storage:
(1) The tubes shall be designed, built, and stamped in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code , Section VIII, Division 1 or approved by the DOT or the TC for use as an exempted
compressed gas shipping container.
(2) Hydrogen manifolds shall be designed and tested in accordance with ASME B31.12, Hydrogen
Piping and Pipelines , to ensure initial leaktightness. Other gas manifolds shall be designed and
tested in accordance with ASME B31.3, Process Piping .
(3) Pressure relief devices protecting storage vessels excluding cylinders with a water volume less than
20 ft 3 (566 L) shall meet design requirements and be piped to a vent system that has been
designed and installed in accordance with CGA G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems .
(4) Where systems are provided with an emergency shutdown device, the device shall be common to
all the co-located flammable gases. An event that causes the shutdown or isolation of the hydrogen
system shall simultaneously shut down or isolate the other flammable gas system.
684 of 745
Substantiation:
The subject of separation distances is one of the most complicated issues in the code to properly apply
in developing bulk gaseous hydrogen systems. The subject has been thoroughly researched and refined
over the last 2-3 code cycles. This work has resulted in a technically defensible set of separation
distances in the code with background substantiation that provided the technical committee a strong
basis to modify previous values in the 2010, 2013 and 2016 editions of NFPA 55.
I chaired the original task group that put together the basis for the code changes that appeared in the
2010 edition. This was a significant effort and could not have been completed without the expertise of
the Industry partners that participated and provided expert pertinent input as well as the support of the
Department of Energy and notably the scientists from Sandia National Lab (DOE funded) who developed
and executed many of the calculations and models needed to create a scientific based methodology that
was documented, repeatable and revisable. These efforts were ultimately successful and resulted in the
body of technical supporting substantiation behind the separation distance revisions that appeared in
the 2010 edition and remain part of the code today.
As often happens when an issue is thoroughly researched by a group of detail oriented experts, the
resulting requirements, though viewed as a straightforward and logical result by the authors, are
complicated. Complicated requirements are difficult to apply as intended by designers, reviewers and
enforcers charged with applying the code to assure public safety. The results were separation distances
that varied by system pressure, exposures and pipe sizes. One could devote a significant effort
determining which requirements apply to a given system. This process would need to be repeated for
the designers, reviewers and enforcers to conclude that a given installation is indeed code compliant.
Simplifications were called for.
In the 2013 and 2016 editions of the code, additional refinements were made, mostly towards the goal
of simplifying the application of the requirements. These efforts were successful as well and resulted in
incremental improvements.
Another significant effort was initiated for the development of input to the 2019 Edition. Again with
significant support of both Industry and DOE. Because the previous methodology was documented,
retrievable and revisable, the group revisited several of the key input assumptions to determine if
revisions were warranted. This group effort resulted in a Public Input on behalf of the Task Group that
proposes several changes to the separation distances and is a solid and technically justifiable proposal
warranting TC consideration. If fact, much of the substantiation for that Public Input is included below
and applies equally well to this PI.
Through this beneficial development process, I considered the big picture implications of the issue of
separation distances in general and developed this PI alone, based on the work of the task group but
685 of 745
neither reviewed or endorsed by the task group. This PI is a solo effort that builds on the good work of
the Task Group.
A case for significant simplification can be made. When one considers the overall fire risk of bulk
hydrogen systems, separation distances are actually one of the last resort protective measures to
control fire risk. While valid, they assume that significant incidents have occurred, such that separation
distances are the last resort, after the fact, mitigation to prevent an already bad incident from getting
worse. Separation distances are important and must be maintained in the code, but there are many
other requirements in the code that contribute more to reduction of fire risk. Given that, one must
consider if public safety is better served by the current approach involving 3 separate tables, multiple
pressures, which result in different separation distances in different cases, OR is a single separation
distance a better approach.
This PI uses the basis developed originally and modified by the Task Group but selects a single
separation distance of 20 ft for all exposures for ease of application and enforcement. In some
cases, this approach is slightly more conservative than those achieved by the current method. In no case
is it less conservative. In all cases, it is greatly simpler to apply and enforce. In most cases, simpler is
better. This PI presents a simple option.
Material below is lifted from the substantiation developed by the current Separation Distance
Task Group:
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas
Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
686 of 745
(b) Parked cars
Group 3 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Buildings of noncombustible non-fire- 54 1713 65 1916 43 1210 44 1413
rated construction
(b) Buildings of combustible construction
(c) Flammable gas storage systems above
or below ground
(d) Hazardous materials storage systems
above or below ground
(e) Heavy timber, coal, or other slow-
burning combustible solids
(f) Ordinary combustibles, including fast-
burning solids such as ordinary lumber,
excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and
vegetation other than that found in
maintained landscaped areas
(g) Unopenable openings in building and
structures
(h) Encroachment by overhead utilities
(horizontal distance from the vertical plane
below the nearest overhead electrical wire
of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous
materials
(j) Flammable gas metering and regulating
stations such as natural gas or propane
Justification: There were three parameters identified in the analysis done to support the revised setback
distances that appeared in the 2010 edition of NFPA 55 that effectively determine the setback distances
for bulk gaseous hydrogen storage systems. These parameters are the heat flux harm criteria, the leak
area from the pipe that is the source of hydrogen, and the ignition concentration of hydrogen at which
sustained combustion occurs. The changes shown in this proposal are based on the proposed values
shown below. This justification statement will explain the rationale for revising these three parameters.
Parameter Existing Value from 2010 Proposed Value for 2019 edition
edition of NFPA 55 of NFPA 55
Leak area (percent of pipe leak 3% 1%
area)
Ignition concentration 4% hydrogen by volume 8% hydrogen by volume
Harm criteria 4.7 kW/m2 1.6 kW/m2
The analysis that forms the basis for the 2010 gaseous hydrogen setback distances is described in
“Analyses to Support Development of Risk-Informed Separation Distances for Hydrogen Codes and
687 of 745
Standards “ (SAND2009-0874). The 2014 NFPA Task Group decided to revisit three of the risk criteria:
the leak area as a percent of the pipe diameter, the incident heat flux threshold, and the hydrogen
concentration threshold. The basis for reexamining these criteria was that since the 2010 edition of
NFPA 55 had been published there was considerably more experience with storage systems and
hydrogen fueling station performance. NREL, through its Technology Validation program has been
collecting data on hydrogen station performance since 2010. These data shows that there have not
been serious incidents involving hydrogen storage systems. These data are available for review at
http://www.nrel.gov/hydrogen/proj_infrastructure_analysis.html#cdp.
The cumulative probability for different leak sizes was calculated to determine what range of leaks
represents the most likely leak sizes. The system leakage frequency corresponds to the largest internal
pipe downstream of the highest-pressure source in the system. The results of this analysis indicated that
leaks less than 0.1 percent of the component flow areas represent 95 percent of the leakage frequency
for the example systems, however the risk resulting from this small leak size significantly exceeded the 2
x 10-5/yr. risk guideline set by the Task Group. At the same time, the use of a leak size between 1
percent and 10 percent of the component flow area results in risk estimates that are reasonably close to
the risk guideline. Table 1 shows the setback distances as function of various leak areas, radiant heat
fluxes and unignited jet concentration. This table appears as Table 3-3 in the SAND2009-0874 report.
Table 1. Harm Distances for Leak Areas, Harm Criteria, and Pressures [2]
>0.10 to 1.72 MPa (>15 >1.72 to 20.68 MPa >20.68 to 51.71 MPa >51.71 to 103.43
to 250 psig) (>250 to 3000 psig) (>3000 to 7500 psig) MPa (>7500 to 15000
Harm Criteria psig)
Un-ignited jet 31.2 m (20% Area) 36.1 m (20% Area) 22.6 m (20% Area) 26.8 m (20% Area)
concentration - 4% 22.1 m (10% Area) 25.6 m (10% Area) 16.0 m (10% Area) 19.0 m (10% Area)
mole fraction of 15.7 m (5% Area) 18.1 m (5% Area) 11.3 m (5% Area) 13.4 m (5% Area)
hydrogen 12.1 m (3% Area) 14.0 m (3% Area) 8.8 m (3% Area) 10.4 m (3% Area)
7.0 m (1% Area) 8.1 m (1% Area) 5.0 m (1% Area) 6.0 m (1% Area)
Radiation heat flux 23.4 m (20% Area) 28.1 m (20% Area) 16.6 m (20% Area) 20.5 m (20% Area)
level of 1.6 kW/m2 15.9 m (10% Area) 19.0 m (10% Area) 11.2 m (10% Area) 13.8 m (10% Area)
00(500 Btu/hr-ft2) 10.7 m (5% Area) 12.8 m (5% Area) 7.8 m (5% Area) 9.6 m (5% Area)
7.9 m (3% Area) 9.5 m (3% Area) 5.5 m (3% Area) 6.8 m (3% Area)
4.1 m (1% Area) 4.8 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area) 3.3 m (1% Area)
688 of 745
Radiation heat flux 17.0 m (20% Area) 20.2 m (20% Area) 12.2 m (20% Area) 14.9 m (20% Area)
level of 4.7 kW/m2 11.6 m (10% Area) 13.8 m (10% Area) 8.2 m (10% Area) 10.0 m (10% Area)
(1500 Btu/hr-ft2) 7.9 m (5% Area) 9.4 m (5% Area) 5.5 m (5% Area) 6.7 m (5% Area)
5.9 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.1 m (3% Area) 5.1 m (3% Area)
3.1 m (1% Area) 3.7 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 13.0 m (20% Area) 15.0 m (20% Area) 9.4 m (20% Area) 11.1 m (20% Area)
heat flux level of 9.2 m (10% Area) 10.6 m (10% Area) 6.7 m (10% Area) 7.9 m (10% Area)
25237 W/m2 or 6.5 m (5% Area) 7.5 m (5% Area) 4.7 m (5% Area) 5.6 m (5% Area)
visible flame length1 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 13.0 m (20% Area) 15.0 m (20% Area) 9.4 m (20% Area) 11.1 m (20% Area)
heat flux level of 9.2 m (10% Area) 10.6 m (10% Area) 6.7 m (10% Area) 7.9 m (10% Area)
20000 W/m2 or 6.5 m (5% Area) 7.5 m (5% Area) 4.7 m (5% Area) 5.6 m (5% Area)
visible flame length1 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
1
The largest harm distances are predicted for the visible flame length.
Based on the results of both the system leakage frequency evaluation and the associated risk
assessment, the Task Group decided that adjusting to a diameter of 1 percent value, instead of a 3
percent, would remove excess conservatism from the input assumption to the model. The 1 percent
value still accounts for 95 percent of the leakage frequency from the example systems and does not
exceed the 2 x 10-5/year risk guideline established in the previous analysis. This results in more
permissive separation distance requirements with no change in risk.
The Task Group also reviewed the heat flux values and determined that the use of a “no harm” criterion
(1.6 kW/m2) was overly conservative. This heat flux assumes exposed persons will not take protective
actions, such as moving away from the fire scene. The task group deemed it reasonable to assume that
exposed personnel will relocate away from a fire scene within a few minutes and therefore the “no harm”
criteria is not appropriate for establishing separation distances. Exposures that were analyzed based on
this heat flux value were updated to reflect the harm distance for a radiation heat flux level of 4.7 kW/m 2.
The Task Group decided to not change the three other heat flux values used in the previous revision of the
separation distances in 2009.
689 of 745
The Task Group reviewed the hydrogen concentration threshold. Based on work done at Sandia
National Laboratories Combustion Research Facility, the Group concluded that there would not be
sustained ignition at hydrogen concentrations of 8% or less. There could be localized hydrogen ignition
that would not develop into sustained combustion. This point is demonstrated in the paper “Ignitability
limits for combustion of unintended hydrogen releases: Experimental and theoretical results” by R.W.
Schefer, et. al. This paper is available online at www.elsevier. Com/locate/he. Without getting into
great detail the paper states “Fig 4a shows that no flame light up can be achieved along the centerline
for XH2 ≤ 0.08 to 0.10”. The paper argues that no sustained combustion can be achieved below 10%
concentration. The selection of 8% concentration as the basis for revised setback distances reflects the
Task Group incorporating a measure of safety.
Most of the revised setback distances shown in the proposal had been calculated in the SAND2009-
0874 report because the setback distances for 1% leak area were calculated. However, a
methodology had to be developed to recalculate the distances for the n8% ignition concentration.
A correlation equation was used to determine hydrogen concentration, referenced in the SAND2009-
0874 report as Equation A.7, is given by:
1/2
𝐾𝑑𝑗 𝜌∞
𝜂̅ 𝑐𝑙 (𝑥) = ( )
𝑥 + 𝑥𝑜 𝜌𝑔𝑎𝑠
Where K is the entrainment constant, ρ∞ is the density of the ambient fluid, ρgas is the density of the
exiting gas evaluated at ambient temperature and pressure, x is the axial position, xo is the virtual origin
of the jet, dj is the jet exit diameter, and 𝜂̅ 𝑐𝑙 is the mean volume fraction. This equation shows that the
mean mole fraction is inversely proportional to the distance (x) from the release, which makes the
distances exactly half as large when the mean mole fraction is doubled. Because all other parameters in
the equation are exactly the same, doubling the hydrogen concentration from 4% to 8% halves the
distances from the original table.
Based on these three proposals, a new version of the Table 3-3 that appeared in the SAND report was
created with updated values.
690 of 745
>0.10 to 1.72 >1.72 to 20.68 >20.68 to 51.71 >51.71 to 103.43
MPa (>15 to 250 MPa (>250 to MPa (>3000 to MPa (>7500 to
psig) 3000 psig) 7500 psig) 15000 psig)
Un-ignited jet 6.1 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.4 m (3% Area) 5.2 m (3% Area)
concentration - 8% mole
fraction of hydrogen 3.5 m (1% Area) 4.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area) 3.0 m (1% Area)
Radiation heat flux level 5.9 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.1 m (3% Area) 5.1 m (3% Area)
of 4.7 kW/m2 (1500
Btu/hr-ft2) 3.1 m (1% Area) 3.7 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
heat flux level of 25237
W/m2 or visible flame
length 2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
heat flux level of 20000
W/m2 or visible flame
length 2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
Table 3 shows the revised separation distances for the four storage pressure ranges based on the task
group’s recommended changes in risk criteria. The safety distances in the table are also rounded to the
nearest whole number and multiplied by a 1.5 safety factor. To better understand how these numbers
are calculated, consider the Group 1 7500 to 15000 psig value of 5 meters. This number is the greater
691 of 745
10.4.2.2 Location.
The minimum distance from a bulk hydrogen compressed gas system located outdoors to the
exposures specified below specified exposures shall be 20 ft. in accordance with Table
10.4.2.2.1(a), Table 10.4.2.2.1(b), or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c). (See also Annex G.)
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas
Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Group 2 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
692 of 745
Pressure > 15 to > 250 to > 3000 to > 7500 to
≤250 psig ≤3000 psig ≤7500 psig ≤15,000 psig
Internal Pipe Diameter (ID) >103.4 to >1724 to >20,684 to >51,711 to
≤1724 kPa ≤20,684 kPa ≤51,711 kPa ≤103,421 kPa
dmm d = 52.5mm d = 18.97mm d = 7.31mm d = 7.16mm
(a) Exposed persons other than those
6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16
servicing the system
Group 3 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas
Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
693 of 745
>15 to ≤250 psig
.
>250 to ≤3000 psig
.
0.3 7.6 2 6 0 2 1 2 6 18 2 8 2 8
0.4 10.2 2 8 1 3 1 3 7 25 4 12 3 10
0.5 12.7 3 10 1 4 1 4 9 31 5 15 4 13
0.6 15.2 4 12 1 5 1 5 11 37 6 19 5 15
0.7 17.8 4 13 2 6 2 6 13 43 7 22 5 18
0.8 20.3 5 15 2 7 2 6 15 49 8 26 6 20
0.9 22.9 5 17 2 8 2 7 17 55 9 30 7 23
1.0 25.4 6 19 3 9 2 8 19 62 10 33 8 26
1.1 27.9 6 21 3 10 3 9 21 68 11 37 9 28
1.2 30.5 7 23 3 11 3 10 22 74 12 41 9 31
1.3 33.0 8 25 4 12 3 10 24 80 13 44 10 33
1.4 35.6 8 27 4 13 3 11 26 86 15 48 11 36
1.5 38.1 9 29 4 14 4 12 28 92 16 52 12 38
1.6 40.6 9 31 5 15 4 13 30 98 17 55 12 41
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.4.2.2.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm).
The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D)
694 of 745
to units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest
whole foot.
Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas
Systems to Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
0.3 7.6 8 28 4 13 3 11 11 36 5 18 5 15
0.4 10.2 11 37 6 18 5 15 15 48 8 25 6 20
0.5 12.7 14 46 7 24 6 19 18 60 10 33 8 25
0.6 15.2 17 55 9 30 7 23 22 72 12 41 9 30
0.7 17.8 20 64 11 36 8 27 26 84 15 49 11 35
0.8 20.3 22 74 13 41 9 31 29 97 17 56 12 40
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.3.2.1(a).
695 of 745
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm).
The calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D)
to units of measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest
whole foot.
10.4.2.2.1.1
The separation distance for piping systems with internal diameters other than those specified in
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) for the pressure range selected shall be permitted with tabular distances
determined based on the use of Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c).
The maximum internal diameter of the piping system used for interconnecting piping between the
shutoff valve on any single storage container to the point of connection to the system source valve
shall not be required to be in accordance with the values shown in Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) when in
accordance with Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c).
The internal diameter of the piping system shall be determined by the diameter of the piping serving
that portion of a storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3). The piping system
size used in the application of Table 10.4.2.2.1(a), Table 10.4.2.2.1(b), or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) shall
be determined based on that portion of the system with the greatest maximum internal diameter.
10.4.2.2.2.2
Separation distances determined based on the use of Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c)
shall be subject to review and approval by the AHJ.
10.4.2.2.3*
Determination of System Pressure. The system pressure shall be determined by the maximum
operating pressure of the storage array with content greater than 5000 scf (141.6 Nm3), irrespective
of those portions of the system elevated to a higher pressure.
Except for The distances to air intakes, the distances to Group 1 and 2 exposures 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6
in 10.4.2.2.1 shown in Table 10.4.2.2.1(a), Table 10.4.2.2.1(b), and Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) shall be
permitted to be reduced by one-half and shall not apply to exposures 7 through 16 in 10.4.2.2.1
Group 3 exposures where fire barrier walls are located between the system and the exposure and
constructed in accordance with the following:
(1) Fire barrier walls shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
(2) The fire barrier wall shall interrupt the line of sight between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas
system and the exposure.
(3) The configuration of the fire barrier shall allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation
of hazardous gas concentrations.
696 of 745
(4) The number of fire barrier walls used to separate individual systems shall be limited to three.
(5) The fire barrier wall shall not have more than two sides at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) directions or
not more than three sides with connecting angles of 135 degrees (2.36 rad).
(a) *The connecting angles between fire barrier walls shall be permitted to be reduced to less
than 135 degrees (2.36 rad) for installations consisting of three walls when in accordance with
8.13.2.7.2.
(6) Fire barrier walls shall be designed and constructed as a structure in accordance with the
requirements of the building code without exceeding the specified allowable stresses for the
materials of construction utilized. Structures shall be designed to resist the overturning effects
caused by lateral forces due to wind, soil, flood, and seismic events.
(7) Where clearance is required between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the
barrier wall for the performance of service or maintenance-related activities, a minimum horizontal
clearance of 5 ft (1.5 m) shall be provided between the structure and the system.
(8) The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building
adjacent to the storage or use area when the exterior building wall meets the requirements for fire
barrier walls.
10.4.2.2.4.2 The distance reduction allowed by 10.4.2.2.4.1 shall not apply to air intakes.
Active control systems that mitigate the risk of system leaks and failures shall be permitted to be
used as a means to reduce separation distances where approved by the AHJ under the authority as
granted by Section 1.5.
Separation distances shall be required for bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems independent of
system pressure or internal diameter of piping systems in accordance with 10.4.2.2.5.1 through
10.4.2.2.5.3.
10.4.2.2.5.1
Unloading connections on delivery equipment shall not be positioned closer to any of be separated
from the exposures cited in10.4.2.2.1 by not less than 20 ft. Table 10.4.2.2.1(a), Table 10.4.2.2.1(b),
or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) than the distances given for the storage system.
10.4.2.2.5.2
The minimum separation distance between gaseous and liquid systems integrated into a single
system where the liquid source is vaporized, compressed, and stored in the gaseous state shall be
15 ft (4.6 m).
10.4.2.2.5.3
Systems within 50 ft (15 m) of aboveground storage of all classes of flammable and combustible
liquids shall be located on ground higher than such storage, except where dikes, diversion curbs,
grading, or separating solid walls are used to prevent accumulation of these liquids under the
system.
697 of 745
of the unignited jet setback distance (3 meters) and the radiant heat flux distance (2.6 meters) shown
in Table 2 multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. Therefore, the table value is 3 meters times a 1.5 safety
factor or 4.5 meters. This number was rounded up to 5 meters. The 1.5 safety factor was used by the
Task Group because it is a commonly used safety factor in industrial gas system design.
Table 3. Draft Proposed Values to 2 NFPA 55 Tables with 1.5 Safety Factor
Separation Distance
Exposures >0.10 to 1.7 MPa >1.7 to 20.7 MPa >20.7 to 51.7 MPa 51.7 to 103.4 MPa
(>15 to 250 psig) (>250 to 3000 psig) (>3000 to 7500 psig) (7500 to 15000 psig)
Group Existing 12 m (40 ft) 14 m (46 ft) 9 m (29 ft) 10 m (34 ft)
1
Proposed
5 m (16 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft)
New
Group Existing 6 m (20 ft) 7 m (24 ft) 4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft)
2
Proposed
5 m (16 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 4 m (13 ft)
New
Group Existing 5 m (17 ft) 6 m (19 ft) 4 m (12 ft) 4 m (14 ft)
3
Proposed
4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 4 m (13 ft)
New
Group 1 Exposures include: lot lines, air intakes, operable openings in buildings and structures, and
ignition sources. Group 1 separation distances are based on the higher value of radiation heat flux of
4.7kW/m2 or the unignited jet concentration decay distance of 8% hydrogen volume fraction
concentration. In this instance, the separation distance is higher for the concentration value than the
heat flux value so the change in the heat flux value does not impact these distances. It should be noted
that these Group 1 distances are typically the critical distances in determining whether a hydrogen
storage system can be located at a specific site.
Group 2 Exposures include: parked cars, exposed persons other than those servicing the system. Group
2 separation distances are based on the higher value of the incident radiation heat flux of 4.7kW/m2
exposure to employees for a maximum of 3 minutes or the visible flame length.
Group 3 Exposures includes everything else (ex: buildings of combustible construction, ordinary
combustibles, openings in buildings and structures, etc.). Group 3 separation distances are based on the
higher value of the radiant heat flux for non-combustible equipment of 25.2 kW/m2 or the visible flame
length.
698 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
Public Input No. 53-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 10.4.2.2.1 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]
699 of 745
The minimum distance from a bulk hydrogen compressed gas system located outdoors to specified
exposures shall be in accordance with Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) , Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) , or Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) .
(See also Annex G.)
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Group 1 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Lot lines 12 40 14 46 9 29 10 34
(b) Air intakes (HVAC, compressors, other)
(c) Operable openings in buildings and
structures
(d) Ignition sources such as open flames
and welding
Group 2 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Exposed persons other than those
6 20 7 24 4 13 5 16
servicing the system
(b) Parked cars
Group 3 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Buildings of noncombustible
non-fire-rated construction
(b) Buildings of combustible construction
(c) Flammable gas storage systems above
or below ground
(d) Hazardous materials storage systems
above or below ground
(e) Heavy timber, coal, or other
slow-burning combustible solids
(f) Ordinary combustibles, including
fast-burning solids such as ordinary lumber,
excelsior, paper, or combustible waste and 5 17 6 19 4 12 4 14
vegetation other than that found in
maintained landscaped areas
(g) Unopenable openings in building and
structures
(h) Encroachment by overhead utilities
(horizontal distance from the vertical plane
below the nearest overhead electrical wire
of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous
materials
(j) Flammable gas metering and regulating
stations such as natural gas or propane
Table 10.4.2.2.1(b) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >15 to ≤3000 psig
700 of 745
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.4.2.2.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The
calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of
measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
Table 10.4.2.2.1(c) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems to
Exposures by Maximum Pipe Size with Pressures >3000 to ≤15,000 psig
701 of 745
Note: Linear interpolation of internal pipe diameters and distances between table entries is allowed.
*For a list of exposures in each exposure group see Column 1 of Table 10.3.2.1(a).
†When calculating the minimum separation distance (D) using the formulas indicated, based on the
exposure group and pressure indicated, the internal pipe diameter (d) is entered in millimeters (mm). The
calculated distance (D) is expressed in units of measure in meters (m). To convert distance (D) to units of
measure in feet, multiply the value of (D) in meters by 3.2808 and round to the nearest whole foot.
The setback distances are in Table 10.4.2.2.1.(a) do not reflect deployment information that has been accrued
since the 2010 revision of these distances. This proposal incorporates the latest information and analysis. This
proposal reflects over two years of work of the NFPA hydrogen Storage Task Group. See earlier file attachment for
substantiation.
702 of 745
703 of 745
Table 10.4.2.2.1(a) Minimum Distance (D) from Outdoor Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas
Systems to Exposures — Typical Maximum Pipe Size
Group 1 Exposures m ft m ft m ft m ft
(a) Lot lines 125 4016 146 4620 94 2913 105 3416
704 of 745
(h) Encroachment by overhead utilities
(horizontal distance from the vertical plane
below the nearest overhead electrical wire
of building service)
(i) Piping containing other hazardous
materials
(j) Flammable gas metering and regulating
stations such as natural gas or propane
Justification: There were three parameters identified in the analysis done to support the revised setback
distances that appeared in the 2010 edition of NFPA 55 that effectively determine the setback distances
for bulk gaseous hydrogen storage systems. These parameters are the heat flux harm criteria, the leak
area from the pipe that is the source of hydrogen, and the ignition concentration of hydrogen at which
sustained combustion occurs. The changes shown in this proposal are based on the proposed values
shown below. This justification statement will explain the rationale for revising these three parameters.
Parameter Existing Value from 2010 edition Proposed Value for 2019 edition
of NFPA 55 of NFPA 55
Leak area (percent of pipe leak 3% 1%
area)
Ignition concentration 4% hydrogen by volume 8% hydrogen by volume
Harm criteria 4.7 kW/m2 1.6 kW/m2
The analysis that forms the basis for the 2010 gaseous hydrogen setback distances is described in
“Analyses to Support Development of Risk-Informed Separation Distances for Hydrogen Codes and
Standards “ (SAND2009-0874). The 2014 NFPA Task Group decided to revisit three of the risk criteria:
the leak area as a percent of the pipe diameter, the incident heat flux threshold, and the hydrogen
concentration threshold. The basis for reexamining these criteria was that since the 2010 edition of
NFPA 55 had been published there was considerably more experience with storage systems and
hydrogen fueling station performance. NREL, through its Technology Validation program has been
collecting data on hydrogen station performance since 2010. These data shows that there have not
been serious incidents involving hydrogen storage systems. These data are available for review at
http://www.nrel.gov/hydrogen/proj_infrastructure_analysis.html#cdp.
The cumulative probability for different leak sizes was calculated to determine what range of leaks
represents the most likely leak sizes. The system leakage frequency corresponds to the largest internal
pipe downstream of the highest-pressure source in the system. The results of this analysis indicated that
leaks less than 0.1 percent of the component flow areas represent 95 percent of the leakage frequency
for the example systems, however the risk resulting from this small leak size significantly exceeded the 2
x 10-5/yr. risk guideline set by the Task Group. At the same time, the use of a leak size between 1
705 of 745
percent and 10 percent of the component flow area results in risk estimates that are reasonably close to
the risk guideline. Table 1 shows the setback distances as function of various leak areas, radiant heat
fluxes and unignited jet concentration. This table appears as Table 3-3 in the SAND2009-0874 report.
Table 1. Harm Distances for Leak Areas, Harm Criteria, and Pressures [2]
>0.10 to 1.72 MPa (>15 >1.72 to 20.68 MPa >20.68 to 51.71 MPa >51.71 to 103.43
to 250 psig) (>250 to 3000 psig) (>3000 to 7500 psig) MPa (>7500 to 15000
Harm Criteria psig)
Un-ignited jet 31.2 m (20% Area) 36.1 m (20% Area) 22.6 m (20% Area) 26.8 m (20% Area)
concentration - 4% 22.1 m (10% Area) 25.6 m (10% Area) 16.0 m (10% Area) 19.0 m (10% Area)
mole fraction of 15.7 m (5% Area) 18.1 m (5% Area) 11.3 m (5% Area) 13.4 m (5% Area)
hydrogen 12.1 m (3% Area) 14.0 m (3% Area) 8.8 m (3% Area) 10.4 m (3% Area)
7.0 m (1% Area) 8.1 m (1% Area) 5.0 m (1% Area) 6.0 m (1% Area)
Radiation heat flux 23.4 m (20% Area) 28.1 m (20% Area) 16.6 m (20% Area) 20.5 m (20% Area)
level of 1.6 kW/m2 15.9 m (10% Area) 19.0 m (10% Area) 11.2 m (10% Area) 13.8 m (10% Area)
00(500 Btu/hr-ft2) 10.7 m (5% Area) 12.8 m (5% Area) 7.8 m (5% Area) 9.6 m (5% Area)
7.9 m (3% Area) 9.5 m (3% Area) 5.5 m (3% Area) 6.8 m (3% Area)
4.1 m (1% Area) 4.8 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area) 3.3 m (1% Area)
Radiation heat flux 17.0 m (20% Area) 20.2 m (20% Area) 12.2 m (20% Area) 14.9 m (20% Area)
level of 4.7 kW/m2 11.6 m (10% Area) 13.8 m (10% Area) 8.2 m (10% Area) 10.0 m (10% Area)
(1500 Btu/hr-ft2) 7.9 m (5% Area) 9.4 m (5% Area) 5.5 m (5% Area) 6.7 m (5% Area)
5.9 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.1 m (3% Area) 5.1 m (3% Area)
3.1 m (1% Area) 3.7 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 13.0 m (20% Area) 15.0 m (20% Area) 9.4 m (20% Area) 11.1 m (20% Area)
heat flux level of 9.2 m (10% Area) 10.6 m (10% Area) 6.7 m (10% Area) 7.9 m (10% Area)
25237 W/m2 or 6.5 m (5% Area) 7.5 m (5% Area) 4.7 m (5% Area) 5.6 m (5% Area)
visible flame length1 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 13.0 m (20% Area) 15.0 m (20% Area) 9.4 m (20% Area) 11.1 m (20% Area)
heat flux level of 9.2 m (10% Area) 10.6 m (10% Area) 6.7 m (10% Area) 7.9 m (10% Area)
20000 W/m2 or 6.5 m (5% Area) 7.5 m (5% Area) 4.7 m (5% Area) 5.6 m (5% Area)
visible flame length1 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
706 of 745
1
The largest harm distances are predicted for the visible flame length.
Based on the results of both the system leakage frequency evaluation and the associated risk
assessment, the Task Group decided that adjusting to a diameter of 1 percent value, instead of a 3
percent, would remove excess conservatism from the input assumption to the model. The 1 percent
value still accounts for 95 percent of the leakage frequency from the example systems and does not
exceed the 2 x 10-5/year risk guideline established in the previous analysis. This results in more
permissive separation distance requirements with no change in risk.
The Task Group also reviewed the heat flux values and determined that the use of a “no harm” criterion
(1.6 kW/m2) was overly conservative. This heat flux assumes exposed persons will not take protective
actions, such as moving away from the fire scene. The task group deemed it reasonable to assume that
exposed personnel will relocate away from a fire scene within a few minutes and therefore the “no harm”
criteria is not appropriate for establishing separation distances. Exposures that were analyzed based on
this heat flux value were updated to reflect the harm distance for a radiation heat flux level of 4.7 kW/m2.
The Task Group decided to not change the three other heat flux values used in the previous revision of the
separation distances in 2009.
The Task Group reviewed the hydrogen concentration threshold. Based on work done at Sandia
National Laboratories Combustion Research Facility, the Group concluded that there would not be
sustained ignition at hydrogen concentrations of 8% or less. There could be localized hydrogen ignition
that would not develop into sustained combustion. This point is demonstrated in the paper “Ignitability
limits for combustion of unintended hydrogen releases: Experimental and theoretical results” by R.W.
Schefer, et. al. This paper is available online at www.elsevier. Com/locate/he. Without getting into
great detail the paper states “Fig 4a shows that no flame light up can be achieved along the centerline
for XH2 ≤ 0.08 to 0.10”. The paper argues that no sustained combustion can be achieved below 10%
concentration. The selection of 8% concentration as the basis for revised setback distances reflects the
Task Group incorporating a measure of safety.
707 of 745
Most of the revised setback distances shown in the proposal had been calculated in the SAND2009-
0874 report because the setback distances for 1% leak area were calculated. However, a
methodology had to be developed to recalculate the distances for the n8% ignition concentration.
A correlation equation was used to determine hydrogen concentration, referenced in the SAND2009-
0874 report as Equation A.7, is given by:
1/2
𝐾𝑑𝑗 𝜌∞
𝜂̅𝑐𝑙 (𝑥) = ( )
𝑥 + 𝑥𝑜 𝜌𝑔𝑎𝑠
Where K is the entrainment constant, ρ∞ is the density of the ambient fluid, ρgas is the density of the
exiting gas evaluated at ambient temperature and pressure, x is the axial position, xo is the virtual origin
of the jet, dj is the jet exit diameter, and 𝜂̅𝑐𝑙 is the mean volume fraction. This equation shows that the
mean mole fraction is inversely proportional to the distance (x) from the release, which makes the
distances exactly half as large when the mean mole fraction is doubled. Because all other parameters in
the equation are exactly the same, doubling the hydrogen concentration from 4% to 8% halves the
distances from the original table.
Based on these three proposals, a new version of the Table 3-3 that appeared in the SAND report was
created with updated values.
Un-ignited jet 6.1 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.4 m (3% Area) 5.2 m (3% Area)
concentration - 8% mole
fraction of hydrogen 3.5 m (1% Area) 4.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area) 3.0 m (1% Area)
Radiation heat flux level 5.9 m (3% Area) 7.0 m (3% Area) 4.1 m (3% Area) 5.1 m (3% Area)
of 4.7 kW/m2 (1500
Btu/hr-ft2) 3.1 m (1% Area) 3.7 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.6 m (1% Area)
Greater of radiation 5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
heat flux level of 25237
W/m2 or visible flame
length 2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
5.0 m (3% Area) 5.8 m (3% Area) 3.6 m (3% Area) 4.3 m (3% Area)
Greater of radiation
708 of 745
heat flux level of 20000
W/m2 or visible flame
length 2.9 m (1% Area) 3.4 m (1% Area) 2.1 m (1% Area) 2.5 m (1% Area)
Table 3 shows the revised separation distances for the four storage pressure ranges based on the task
group’s recommended changes in risk criteria. The safety distances in the table are also rounded to the
nearest whole number and multiplied by a 1.5 safety factor. To better understand how these numbers
are calculated, consider the Group 1 7500 to 15000 psig value of 5 meters. This number is the greater
of the unignited jet setback distance (3 meters) and the radiant heat flux distance (2.6 meters) shown
in Table 2 multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. Therefore, the table value is 3 meters times a 1.5 safety
factor or 4.5 meters. This number was rounded up to 5 meters. The 1.5 safety factor was used by the
Task Group because it is a commonly used safety factor in industrial gas system design.
Table 3. Draft Proposed Values to 2 NFPA 55 Tables with 1.5 Safety Factor
Separation Distance
Exposures >0.10 to 1.7 MPa >1.7 to 20.7 MPa >20.7 to 51.7 MPa 51.7 to 103.4 MPa
(>15 to 250 psig) (>250 to 3000 psig) (>3000 to 7500 psig) (7500 to 15000 psig)
Group Existing 12 m (40 ft) 14 m (46 ft) 9 m (29 ft) 10 m (34 ft)
1
Proposed
5 m (16 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft)
New
Group Existing 6 m (20 ft) 7 m (24 ft) 4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft)
2
Proposed 5 m (16 ft) 6 m (20 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 4 m (13 ft)
709 of 745
New
Group Existing 5 m (17 ft) 6 m (19 ft) 4 m (12 ft) 4 m (14 ft)
3
Proposed 4 m (13 ft) 5 m (16 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 4 m (13 ft)
New
Group 1 Exposures include: lot lines, air intakes, operable openings in buildings and structures, and
ignition sources. Group 1 separation distances are based on the higher value of radiation heat flux of
4.7kW/m2 or the unignited jet concentration decay distance of 8% hydrogen volume fraction
concentration. In this instance, the separation distance is higher for the concentration value than the
heat flux value so the change in the heat flux value does not impact these distances. It should be noted
that these Group 1 distances are typically the critical distances in determining whether a hydrogen
storage system can be located at a specific site.
Group 2 Exposures include: parked cars, exposed persons other than those servicing the system. Group
2 separation distances are based on the higher value of the incident radiation heat flux of 4.7kW/m2
exposure to employees for a maximum of 3 minutes or the visible flame length.
Group 3 Exposures includes everything else (ex: buildings of combustible construction, ordinary
combustibles, openings in buildings and structures, etc.). Group 3 separation distances are based on the
higher value of the radiant heat flux for non-combustible equipment of 25.2 kW/m2 or the visible flame
length.
710 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
10.4.2.2.1.1
The distance shall be measured from the part of the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system closest to the
exposure.
The NFPA 2 / 55 hydrogen separations task group found a gap in the code where there is no specific guidance on
measuring exposure distances.
711 of 745
(1) Fire barrier walls shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
(2) The fire barrier wall shall interrupt the line of sight between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system
and the exposure.
(3) The configuration of the fire barrier shall allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of
hazardous gas concentrations.
(4) The number of fire barrier walls used to separate individual systems shall be limited to three.
(5) The fire barrier wall shall not have more than two sides at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) directions or not more
than three sides with connecting angles of 135 degrees (2.36 rad).
(6) * The connecting angles between fire barrier walls shall be permitted to be reduced to less
than 135 degrees (2.36 rad) for installations consisting of three walls when in accordance with
8.13.2.7.2 .
(7) Fire barrier walls shall be designed and constructed as a structure in accordance with the
requirements of the building code without exceeding the specified allowable stresses for the materials
of construction utilized. Structures shall be designed to resist the overturning effects caused by lateral
forces due to wind, soil, flood, and seismic events.
(8) Where clearance is required between the bulk hydrogen compressed gas system and the barrier wall
for the performance of service or maintenance-related activities, a minimum horizontal clearance of 5 ft
(1.5 m) shall be provided between the structure and the system.
(9) The fire barrier wall shall be either an independent structure or the exterior wall of the building
adjacent to the storage or use area when the exterior building wall meets the requirements for fire
barrier walls.
In section 10.4.2.2.4.1, the existing wording is not clear about the impact of firewalls on the group 3 exposures.
The existing language states (shortened with some wording removed for simplicity) “the distances to Group 1 and
2 exposures… shall not apply to Group 3 exposures where fire barrier walls are located…” The intent is to say
that the group 3 exposure distances do not apply where fire barrier walls are used. However, the language says
that the group 1 and 2 exposure distances do not apply to group 3 exposures. The new language removes the
confusion by stating that the group 3 exposure distances can be reduced to 5 ft when a fire barrier wall is used.
5 ft was added to provide a requirement for room between the exposure and the fire barrier wall to be consistent
with the general requirements in chapter 8:
8.7.2.1.3 The fire barrier wall shall be located not less than 5 ft (1.5 m) from any exposure.
The reasoning for separation between the fire barrier wall and the hydrogen system also applies to the separation
between the exposure and the fire barrier wall.
712 of 745
713 of 745
10.4.5.1.1
The location of bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems shall be in accordance with Table 10.4.5.1.1 .
Table 10.4.5.1.1 Location of Bulk Hydrogen Compressed Gas Systems
Quantity of Hydrogen
≥5000 to <15,000
scf
(≥142 to ≥15,000 scf
Location <425 Nm3) (≥425 Nm3)
In a detached building A A
In a gas room, Protection Level 2 occupancy in accordance with Detached building
A
Section 6.4 Section 6.3.2 required
Detached building
Not in a gas room Protection Level 2 occupancy NA
required
Gas Rooms are OK to double the MAQ but 15,000 cu ft is far in excess of that. However, the requirements for
detached building is a good one and should be retained because without this limit the amount of flammable gas in
a PL-2 occupancy would be unlimited.
714 of 745
Hydrogen gas rooms are not currently invoked in NFPA 55. They are analogous to "Hydrogen Fuel Gas Rooms"
per the IFC. Hydrogen gas rooms are not useful in an indoor bulk hydrogen application which would be a high
hazard PL-2 or H-2 (IFC) occupancy and subject to those requirements. A hydrogen gas room is useful in
occupancies where greater than 250 cu ft of gas is needed that are not already storage or industrial occupancies.
It allows the use of reasonable quantities of flammable gas with appropriate protective measures. So this change
makes that possible by moving the section out of 10.4.5 (Indoor Bulk) where it only applies greater that 5000 cu ft
but has no driver to invoke it, and moving it to section 6.5 following 6.4 Gas Rooms.
715 of 745
716 of 745
11.1.1
The storage, use, and handling of bulk liquefied hydrogen in liquefied hydrogen storage systems shall be in
accordance with the provisions of Chapters 1 through 11 as applicable and with ANSI/CGA H-5, Standard
for Bulk Hydrogen Supply Systems .
CGA H-5 provides more details for bulk hydrogen supply systems.
717 of 745
Public Input No. 25-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 11.3.2.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
718 of 745
The minimum distance from bulk liquefied hydrogen systems of indicated capacity shall be in accordance
with Table 11.3.2.2.
11.3.2.2.1 The distance shall be measured from the part of the bulk liquefied hydrogen system closest to
the exposure.
Table 11.3.2.2 Minimum Distance from Bulk Liquefied Hydrogen Systems to Exposures
719 of 745
a Portions of wall less than 10 ft (3.1 m) (measured horizontally) from any part of a system must have a fire
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour.
b Exclusive of windows and doors.
c The separation distances for Class IIIB combustible liquids shall be permitted to be reduced to 15 ft
720 of 745
(4.6 m).
The NFPA 2 / 55 hydrogen separations task group found a gap in the code where there is no specific guidance on
measuring exposure distances.
721 of 745
11.3.2.2.2 *
The distances in 1, 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12 in Table 11.3.2.2 shall be permitted to be reduced to 5 ft (1.5 m) by
the use of fire barrier walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours when constructed in
accordance with 8.7.2.1 and 11.3.2.2.
Section 11.3.2.2.2 states that separation distances can be reduced by the use of fire barrier walls but does not
specify the amount of reduction. The separation distances table in NFPA 50B, which covered liquid hydrogen
systems and has been incorporated into NFPA 55, called out a 5 ft distance to fire barrier walls (also called
protective structures) as shown in the 1994 edition.
722 of 745
11.3.2.3
Unloading connections on delivery equipment shall not be positioned closer to any of the exposures cited in
Table 11.3.2.2 than the distances given for the storage system.
11.3.2.3.1
The distance to unloading connection to exposures shown in table 11.3.3.3(A) Group 1 and Group 2 may
be reduced to 50 feet when the following active mitigation methods are installed and employed as standard
practice at the bulk liquid hydrogen storage site:
(a) the installed bulk liquid hydrogen system shall include equipment to allow for connection of both liquid
transfer (fill) hose and a separate trailer “head space” vent hose to connect to the bulk storage system vent
stack.
(b) all liquid hydrogen delivery trailers shall utilize a vent hose connection method to vent the trailer head
space to the bulk storage vent stack system at the end of the bulk liquid hydrogen trans-fill process.
(c) the liquid hydrogen delivery procedures shall incorporate the physical changes required in (a) and (b)
above to eliminate “end of trans-fill venting” at the trailer vent stack.
(d) all liquid hydrogen delivery trailers trans-filling at the site are equipped with an emergency shutdown
(ESD) system and fast acting liquid hydrogen shut off valve that will isolate the trailer in the event of an
emergency during the trans-fill process
The existing setback distance required by NFPA section are based on the vent-down of trailer headspace after
fueling events happening at the back of the trailer, where there is a relatively low-to-the-ground vent stack on the
top of the trailer. By moving the discharge point of the trans-fill related vent release from the back end of the
trailer vent to the much taller bulk storage system vent the key drivers for the separation distance from the back of
the trailer has been eliminated.
These alternative trans-fill procedures reduce the setback distance requirements from the back of the trailer, and
minimize the risks associated with the liquid hydrogen trans-fill process. Based on the supporting information at
the time of this submittal, the setback distance from the end of the trailer, the fill connection point and fill
connections on the liquid hydrogen trailer shall be a minimum of 50 feet.
The Linde North American engineering and risk management teams have reviewed the potential for leaks and has
chosen as a worst case a 10% leak area of the liquid transfer hose. Linde engineering standards are based on
high pressure oilfield leak data known as the Dutch Purple Book Table and 3.19 to show a likelihood of 4x10^-5.yr
for leaks of up to 10% leak area for equipment such as the 1.5" ID Vacuum Jacketed Air Force-type bayonet hose
according to the guidelines of Appendix H of NFPA 55.
The need for setback distance from the fill point to be equal to the setback distance of the installed bulk liquid
hydrogen tank is no longer necessary with the use of the improved trans-fill procedures which eliminates the need
to vent hydrogen from the back end of the trailer at the end of the trans-fill event. The distance to exposures is
now driven by the potential leaks in the liquid hydrogen transfer hose, connections and devices on the trailer and
the control valves on the bulk liquid hydrogen tank and conservative modeling of those leaks show a worst case
leak with a 41 foot range of flammability (based on the conservative 4% LFL and 10 % leak area assumptions).
Linde has implemented PHAST dispersion models to calculate the horizontal distance to the 4% volume fraction
concentration (LFL) of hydrogen in air at the 7ft (door height) elevation to be 41 feet. This is a very conservative
large leak rate assumption and although the probability of such a leak is extremely low, the horizontal distance
such a hydrogen jet could travers in unfavorable wind conditions (same direction as the jet) is 41 feet.
NFPA 55 setback distances are currently based on 3% leak area (still very conservative) and Linde PHAST
modeling using the of the NFPA 2 shows a horizontal distance of 14.5 feet to the LFL of 4%. If we are to use the
723 of 745
assumptions from the NFPA-2 Task Group and the worst case leaks that will be accepted by the NFPA 2 and
NFPA 55 technical committee for the 3rd edition of NFPA 2, for compressed setback distances the assumptions
would be 1% leak area and effective LFL for hydrogen in air at 8% and this would justify perhaps a 25 foot setback
distance from the back end of the trailer and from the liquid hydrogen fill connection point.
It is possible that Sandia, BoydH2 and Linde members of the Liquid H2 separations task group may be able to
provide further justification to allow for a greater reduction of setback distance to the back end of the trailer than
this proposal for changing from 75 to 50 feet .
724 of 745
11.3.3 Installation of LH2 Inside Buildings Other Than Detached Buildings and Gas Rooms.
Portable liquefied hydrogen (LH2) containers of 39.7 gal (150 L) or less capacity where housed inside
buildings, not located in a gas room, and exposed to other occupancies shall comply with the following
minimum requirements:
(1) Containers shall be located 20 ft (6.1 m) from all classes of flammable or combustible liquids and
combustible materials such as excelsior or paper.
(2) Containers shall be located 25 ft (7.6 m) from ordinary electrical equipment and other sources of
ignition, including process or analytical equipment. (See Section 8.7.)
(3) Containers shall be located 50 ft (15 m) from intakes for ventilation, air-conditioning equipment, or
compressors.
(4) Containers shall be located 50 ft (15 m) from storage or use of other flammable gases or storage or
use of incompatible gases.
(5) Containers shall be protected against physical damage in accordance with the requirements of 8.6.5 .
(6) Containers shall be secured in accordance with the requirements of 8.6.3 .
(7) Welding or cutting operations and smoking shall be prohibited while hydrogen is in the room allowed
to vent into the area , and signs shall be provided as required by 6.12.2.2 .
(8) Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.16 .
(9) Pressure relief devices on stationary or portable containers shall be vented directly outdoors or to an
exhaust hood. (See 8.2.4.6 .)
Clarify intent. If nothing is released into the room, there is no hazard over and above a “hot work” permit. Request
collaborating with NFPA 2 TC as this text is extracted into NFPA 2.
725 of 745
The title is misleading as this chapter also refers to uninsulated Carbon Dioxide Systems.
726 of 745
Inclusion of as applicable, matches the verbiage used in 2013 NFPA 55 13.1 General. The storage, use, and
handling of liquid carbon dioxide in insulated systems shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 13 and
Chapters 1 through 7 as applicable.
727 of 745
Adding this section defines what an Insulated Liquid Carbon Dioxide Compressed Gas System must be compliant
with.
728 of 745
Public Input No. 9-NFPA 55-2016 [ Section No. 13.10.4 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]
Carbon dioxide storage tanks, cylinders, piping, and equipment located indoors, in rooms, and other areas
where a leak of carbon dioxide can collect shall be provided with either ventilation in accordance with
13.10.4.1 or an emergency alarm system in accordance with 13.10.4.2.
This appears to be a scrivener's error. This change was originally intended to harmonize with 2015 IFC 5307.5
Required Protection, and by adding the word “OR” will correct the error. The absence of the word OR creates
confusion for the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
729 of 745
A.1.1.2(3)
Bulk compressed gas and cryogenic fluid Cryogenic fluid central supply system installations are intended
to be covered by the requirements of this code. Instrumentation and alarms that are attendant to the system
and designed to interface with the application in a health care facility are to be retained within the purview
of NFPA 99. See Section 17.1.2.
The NFPA 99/55 Task Group is proposing a new chapter for Cryogenic Fluid Central Supply Systems for Health
Care Facilities. This change is to correct the "name" of the supply system so it is constant in the document and
with NFPA 99. Also added the section to reference for the reader.
730 of 745
There is confusion in the industry as to what constitutes an exhausted enclosure. The definition clearly states that
the exhausted enclosure has to be an appliance or equipment for local capture. However, based on the existing
annex material some people interpret that only rooms with general building HVAC cannot be classified as an
exhausted enclosures and as soon as you add a dedicated exhaust system to the room it becomes an exhausted
enclosure. This does not seem to match the intent of the definition. The added text will limit the interpretation for
an entire room becoming the exhausted enclosure when it has a dedicated exhaust system.
If it is the intent of the committee to allow entire rooms to be considered exhausted enclosures when provided with
a dedicated exhaust system then the definition in Chapter 3 must be revised to include these rooms.
731 of 745
A.6.3.1.1 Where an exhausted enclosure (such as a gas cabinet, gas room, etc.) is used to increase
the MAQ and gas cylinders are also stored outside of the exhausted enclosures, the maximum
allowable quantity may be normalized as follows:
The code does not address how to manage MAQ when gas bottles are stored both inside of and outside of gas
cabinets (for example, a situation where a gas bottle is only needed temporarily that doesn't warrant an installation
of a cabinet).
732 of 745
733 of 745
National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...
A.6.5
Bulk hydrogen compressed gas systems terminate at the source valve. In cylinder filling or packaging
operations, cylinders located on filling manifolds located downstream of the source valve are not
considered to be part of the bulk gas system. For definitions of source valve and bulk hydrogen
compressed gas system, see 3.3.89 and 3.3.94.9.1 . Additional requirements for source valves can be
found in Section 6.19. This 15,000 scf threshold only applies to the supply and not to cylinders being filled
from the system. An example of individual bulk hydrogen system would be supply containers manifolded
together into an individual system, such as a bundle or a tube trailer that exceeds 15,000 scf that is
intended to feed a process.
To make it clear that it is the supply system that includes cylinders manifolded together into an individual system or
even a single large container that feeds a process and exceeds 15,000 SCF. It doesn't include the cylinders being
filled. This is the original intent that was intended to be preserved when this information was transferred from
NFPA 50A.
734 of 745
A.8.13.2.7.1
CGA P-41, Locating Bulk Storage Systems in Courts, provides methodology to determine the suitability of a
court or enclosed court.
CGA developed P-41 to provide methods to assess courts and enclosed courts. Having the document referenced
in NFPA 55 will help it to be used more often.
735 of 745
A.Table 9.3.2(18)
Table 9.3.2, line (12) defines the exposure distances to flammable gas storage systems as a function of
type and quantity of stored flammable gases. Line (18) defines the exposure distance to flammable gas in a
piping system that may not be associated with a storage system. An example is a flammable gas pipeline.
The pipeline may be aboveground, belowground, or transition to above and below ground. The exposure
distance applies to the parts of the flammable gas piping system, including the piping and in-line
components, that are located aboveground. The exposure distance does not apply to the underground
portion of the pipeline.
The annex note is meant to clarify the use of the exposure distance and to explain underground flammable gas
piping from the section removed in the note above.
736 of 745
A.10.4.2.2.1
Clarification of types of exposures and application of the distances should be in accordance with CGA
PS-48, Clarification of Existing Hydrogen Setback Distances and Development of New Hydrogen Setback
Distances in NFPA 55.
CGA PS-48 was developed to clarify the gas and liquid hydrogen setback distances and to deal with code gaps.
737 of 745
A.11.3.2.2.1
Clarification of types of exposures and application of the distances should be in accordance with CGA
PS-48, Clarification of Existing Hydrogen Setback Distances and Development of New Hydrogen Setback
Distances in NFPA 55.
CGA PS-48 was developed to clarify the gas and liquid hydrogen setback distances and to deal with code gaps.
738 of 745
Authority Having Jurisdiction are confused believing that a contents gauge is required in the fill box to determine
when the container has been filled to its design capacity. Furthermore, this change will harmonize with 2013 CGA
G-6.5, Standard for Small Stationary Insulated Carbon Dioxide Supply Systems.
739 of 745
740 of 745
TLVs ® and BEIs ®, Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological
Exposure Indices, 2013 2016 edition.
I.1.2.2 API Publications.
American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070.
API RP 579-1/ASME FFS-1 Fitness for Service , Second Edition, June 2007, Errata, 2009 .
I.1.2.3 ASME Publications.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME International , Two Park Avenue, New York, NY
10016-5990.
ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, 2007 2015 .
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, “Rules for the Construction of Unfired Pressure Vessels,” Section VIII,
2013 2015 .
ASME B31.3, Process Piping, 2012 2016 .
I.1.2.4 ASTM Publications.
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM A380/A380 M A380M , Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel
Parts, Equipment, and Systems, 2013.
ASTM E681, Standard Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals (Vapors and
Gases), 2009, reapproved 2015 .
I.1.2.5 BSI Publications.
BSI British Standards, 389 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 4AL, England.
BS 7910, Guide to Methods for Assessing the Acceptability of Flaws in Metallic Structures , 2013 ,
Corrigendum, 2015.
I.1.2.6 CGA Publications.
Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923 1788 .
CGA G-1.6, Standard for Mobile Acetylene Trailer Systems, 2011.
CGA G-1.7, Standard for Storage and Handling of Calcium Carbide in Containers, 2012.
CGA G-8.1, Standard for Nitrous Oxide Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA H-3, Cryogenic Hydrogen Storage, 2013.
ANSI/ CGA H-5, Installation Standards for Bulk Hydrogen Supply Systems, 2008 2014 .
ANSI/CGA P-18, Standard for Bulk Inert Gas Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA P-52, Security Standard for Qualifying Customers Purchasing Compressed Gases, 2007 2014
CGA SB-4, Handling Acetylene Cylinders in Fires, 2012.
CGA SB-6, Nitrous Oxide Security Standard, 2014.
CGA S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards – Part 3 – Stationary Storage Containers for Compressed
Gases, 2008.
I.1.2.7 ICC Publications.
500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070.
International Fuel Gas Code (IFCG), 2012 2015 .
741 of 745
I.1.2.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 558, Standard for Safety Industrial Trucks, Internal Combustion Engine–Powered, 1996, Revised
2012 2012 , r evised 2015 .
ANSI/UL 583, Standard for Safety Electric-Battery-Powered Industrial Trucks, 1996, Revised 2012 2012 ,
r evised 2015 .
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, 2013.
I.1.2.9 U.S. Government Publications.
U.S. Government Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, DC 20402 20401-0001 .
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.38, “Emergency Action Plans.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, 1910.103, “Hydrogen.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.119, “Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous
Materials.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.165, “Employee Alarm Systems.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.1000, “Air Contaminants.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.1047, “Ethylene Oxide.”
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 191.1200, “Hazard Communication.”
Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 68, “Chemical Accident Prevention Provisions.”
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–179, “Hazardous Materials Regulations.”
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–185, “Transportation.”
I.2 Informational References.
The following documents or portions thereof are listed here as informational resources only. They are not a
part of the requirements of this document.
I.2.1 NFPA Publications.
National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
NFPA 51, Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, 1969 edition.
NFPA 86, Ovens and Furnaces, 2011 edition.
NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction, 1969 edition.
NFPA 566, Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites, 1969 edition.
NFPA 850, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High Voltage
Direct Current Converter Stations, 2015 edition.
I.2.2 CGA Publications.
Compressed Gas Association, 1405 George Carter Way, Suite 103, , Chantilly, VA 20151-2923 1788 .
CGA G-5.5, Hydrogen Vent Systems, 2004, reaffirmed 2014.
CGA G-6.1, Standard for Insulated Liquid Carbon Dioxide Systems at Consumer Sites, 2013.
CGA G-6.5, Standard for Small, Stationary, Insulated Carbon Dioxide Supply Systems, 2013.
CGA G-6.7, Safe Handling of Liquid Carbon Dioxide Containers That Have Lost Pressure, 2009.
CGA H-1, Service Conditions for Portable, Reversible Hydride Systems, 2011.
CGA H-2, Guidelines for the Classification and Labeling of Hydrogen Storage Systems with Hydrogen
Absorbed in Reversible Metal Hydrides, 2004 reaffirmed 2010.
ANSI/ CGA H-5, Installation Standards for Bulk Hydrogen Supply Systems, 2008 2014 .
742 of 745
API Spec 5L, Specification for Line Pipe, 44th edition, 2012, Errata, 2015 .
ASME B36.10M, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe, 2004 2015 .
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, 191.1200, “Hazard Communication.”
Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 100–179, “Hazardous Materials Regulations.”
I.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections.
NFPA 1, Fire Code, 2015 edition.
Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.
Please update NFPA documents editions in I2.1.
743 of 745
Public Input No. 3-NFPA 55-2015 Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names,
[Chapter 2] numbers, and editions.
744 of 745
I.1.2.8 UL Publications.
Underwriters Laboratories, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 558, Standard for Safety Industrial Trucks, Internal Combustion Engine–Powered, 1996, Revised
2012 2015 .
ANSI/UL 583, Standard for Safety Electric-Battery-Powered Industrial Trucks, 1996, Revised 2012 2016 .
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, 2013.
745 of 745